The Atlantic - 09.2026

🟢 已通过两轮自愈质检 & 证据链核验
🔍
🌐 本篇已纳入【2026-08-16 全球报刊态势报告】深度研判矩阵 查看全日战略态势总览 ➔

2026-08-16 Boosty PDF 中文极简摘要

The Atlantic - 09.2026.pdf

  • Boosty 帖子:Magazines - 16.08.2026
  • 特写 / 基地组织成功了吗?:分析9/11事件25年后基地组织的现状,指出其在美发动致命袭击能力严重下降,仅在2019年彭萨科拉发生一起关联袭击。
  • 特写 / 一名消防员的故事:通过中尉凯文·道德尔及其子辈的故事,描述纽约消防员在极端环境下依靠专业知识与勇气救人的职业生活。
  • 特写 / 基地组织与伊斯兰国的分裂:探讨基地组织与伊斯兰国因对待敌人的策略分歧于2014年正式脱离关系,伊斯兰国的极端行为导致许多穆斯林厌恶圣战。
  • 特写 / 君主是如何做到的?:探讨黑脉金斑蝶(Monarch butterflies)跨越大陆迁徙的生物学秘密及其生存韧性。
  • 特写 / 黑脉金斑蝶的迁徙之旅:记录作者在墨西哥保护区见证蝴蝶聚集的盛况,并追踪个体“辛德瑞拉”飞行超过3000英里的超自然旅程。
  • 特写 / 芬太尼危机与“僵尸启示录”:批评旨在减轻伤害的洁净针头政策,指出其在西雅图等地导致露天毒品市场泛滥,造成严重的社会绝望景象。
  • 特写 / 药物流行病下的治理困境:对比不同官员对成瘾者的处理方式,讨论在缺乏资金建设避难所的情况下,执法与同情心之间的矛盾。
  • 特写 / 正念单身活动“感受”:介绍一种通过躯体意识练习(如长时间拥抱)来对抗约会软件疏离感的社交活动,旨在建立真实的脆弱连接。
  • 特写 / 现代生育与单身父母趋势:指出2024年美国40%的婴儿出生于未婚女性,分析单身人士通过冻卵或IVF追求生育但面临经济与情感挑战的现状。
  • 自白 / 我为何对学术界失去信心:作者泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀自述在贝茨学院的经历,揭露学术界在聘用有色人种学者时存在的潜意识偏见与双重标准。
  • 自白 / 学术标准与种族主义的博弈:探讨校园内DEI政策的虚伪性,作者质疑同事是否认为边缘化教师只能通过降低学术标准才能获得教职。
  • OMNIVORE / 《寡妇湾》与恐怖喜剧:分析Apple TV剧集《寡妇湾》如何融合恐怖与喜剧,认为这反映了2026年美国社会荒诞与可怕并存的现实。
  • OMNIVORE / 理查德·鲁索的被遗忘者肖像:通过小说家理查德·鲁索及其父亲的故事,探讨底层人物如何通过不断“修订”生活故事来寻找生存意义。
  • OMNIVORE / 马龙·詹姆斯的新小说:评述布克奖得主马龙·詹姆斯的作品,探讨牙买加男同性恋者在政治暴力与生存边缘的挣扎。
  • OMNIVORE / 指挥家:音乐界最神秘的职业:探讨指挥家在管弦乐团中的角色,分析其行为在“魔术”与“胡闹”两种极端观点之间的争议。
  • OMNIVORE / 指挥与演奏的差异:对比演奏者对肌肉精准控制的运动员式要求与指挥家抽象引导之间的区别,探讨指挥工作的实际价值。
  • 目录 / 2026年9月刊目录概览:涵盖基地组织分析、生物迁徙、药物危机及学术界反思等多个深度专题。
  • 公告 / 美国卫生与公众服务部圆桌对话:提及主编杰弗里·戈德堡将组织关于公共卫生与社会问题的深度圆桌讨论。
  • 公共服务 / 退伍军人心理援助呼吁:在正文中插入针对退伍军人的心理健康求助提醒,强调不要等待,应积极寻求帮助。

🏛️ 哲学与批判理论深度研判 ➔ 立即阅读

透视本期报纸背后的结构性权力机制、普遍概念与具体事件之间的非同一性辩证摩擦。

⚖️ 理性与情感辩证深度研判 ➔ 立即阅读

解构冰冷制度治理(Logos)与民众真实痛感/集体情绪(Pathos)之间的断裂与隐性诉求。

The Atlantic - 09.2026.pdf

2026年9月

A

《大西洋月刊》

创立于 1817年

一名“花瓶”黑人教授的 自白

我为何对学术界失去信心

作者:泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀

此外:

基地组织, 9 / 11事件 25年后

作者:格雷姆·伍德

一名消防员的故事

作者:萨莉·詹金斯


img-0.jpeg

-1.

自 1976 年起,支持那些守护地球的人


-2.

-3.

探险者

劳力士

欲访问劳力士官方授权零售商,请访问 ROLEX.COM

劳力士 ♥ OYSTER PERPETUAL 和 EXPLORER 是 8 个商标。纽约

为卓越而设计

-4.

欧洲车型所示:2028 路虎揽胜 Autobiography,含选装配置。© 2025 捷豹路虎北美有限公司

美国 卫生与公众服务部 美国 卫生与公众服务部 首席办公室 美国卫生部

首席办公室

路虎揽胜

-5.

加入《大西洋月刊》主编杰弗里·戈德堡的行列,参与本周最深刻的圆桌对话,与新闻界最敏锐的头脑共话。

《大西洋月刊》之华盛顿周报 (WASHINGTON WEEK with The Atlantic)


不属于任何党派或派系

第 338 卷 - 第 3 期

2026年9月

目录

特写

26

基地组织成功了吗?

在 911 事件 25 年后,分析人士仍无法确定该恐怖组织是否得到了它想要的东西。

作者:格雷姆·伍德 (Graeme Wood)

36

君主是如何做到的?

科学家们才刚刚开始揭开他们的秘密。

作者:范·R·纽基克二世 (Vann R. Newkirk II)

48

那些对毒品说“是”的城市

向成瘾者提供洁净针头和用药场所的政策旨在减轻伤害。结果却造成了一场“僵尸末日”。

作者:迈克尔·鲍威尔 (Michael Powell)

58

伟大的浪漫低迷期

为什么如此少的年轻人能找到爱情?

作者:费思·希尔 (Faith Hill)

68

封面故事

一名“花瓶”黑人教授的自白

为什么我对学术界失去了信心

作者:泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀 (Tyler Austin Harper)

1986年,凯文·道德尔 (Kevin Dowdell) 和罗斯艾伦·道德尔 (RoseEllen Dowdell) 与他们的儿子帕特里克(2, 岁)和詹姆斯(1, 岁)

16

凯文·道德尔的儿子们

作者:萨莉·詹金斯 (Sally Jenkins)

当一名资深消防员在 911 事件中失踪时,他的青少年儿子们出发寻找他。

道德尔家族提供

《大西洋月刊》

摄影:坂口遥 (HARUKA SAKAGUCHI) 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄

5


2026年9月

前沿

8

公共空间

讨论与辩论

派遣报告

11,

开篇论点

《蓝皮书》回归

谢天谢地。

作者:沃尔特·亨特 (Walt Hunter)

14

健身

你管那叫引体向上?

国防部长需要改进他的动作。

作者:汤姆·巴特利特 (Tom Bartlett)

文化与评论

82

杂食者

不完全是葡萄园

热门剧集《寡妇湾》(Widow's Bay) 如何传达这个时代的恐怖与喜剧

作者:詹姆斯·帕克 (James Parker)

84

书籍

如果弗洛伊德是对的呢?

一位神经科学家敢于主张,传统的精神分析是治愈精神疾病的关键。

作者:斯科特·斯托塞尔 (Scott Stossel)

89

书籍

霉运,糟糕的选择

理查德·鲁索 (Richard Russo) 是美国那些被掏空的城镇中被遗忘人群的肖像画家。

作者:马克·奥本海默 (Mark Oppenheimer)

92

一本不打算被阅读的书

J. D. 万斯 (J. D. Vance) 的《圣餐》(Communion) 为何存在?

作者:马修·沃尔瑟 (Matthew Walther)

96

隐形人

在马龙·詹姆斯 (Marlon James) 的新小说中,牙买加同性恋男性在为生存而奋斗。

作者:斯蒂芬妮·伯特 (Stephanie Burt)

99

立场

一首由德博拉·加里森 (Deborah Garrison) 创作的诗

后记

100

随笔

音乐界最神秘的职业

指挥家究竟在做什么

作者:马修·奥科因 (Matthew Aucoin)

108

近距离观察

大卫·霍克尼 (David Hockney) 的《法式逆光》(Contrejour in the French Style)

作者:苏珊·塔曼 (Susan Tallman)

封面

插画:保罗·斯佩拉 (PAUL SPELLA)

GULAY 2026 / 盖蒂 (GETTY)

6

A

“没有谁能比 Folio 出版社制作出更好的书籍”

艾丽西亚,纽约

1984 乔治·奥威尔 (GEORGE ORWELL)

Folio 出版社

封面背后: 在本月的封面故事《一名“花瓶”黑人教授的自白》(第 68 页)中,泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀 (Tyler Austin Harper) 讲述了他决定离开缅因州贝茨学院 (Bates College) 终身制助理教授职位的经历。作为少数几位黑人教职员工之一,哈珀发现该学院对社会正义的表演性承诺令人窒息,且最终被证明是虚伪的。封面上,一个孤独的身影在贝茨学院的校徽背景下走远。 —— 保罗·斯佩拉 (Paul Spella),高级艺术总监

THE

历史正在倒退

在5月号中,大卫·布鲁克斯探讨了为何反动主义者正在接管世界。

读者来信

“《历史正在倒退》是一篇具有挑衅性的文章。但我认为大卫·布鲁克斯在将传统主义和现代性设定为‘非此即彼’的关系时犯了错误,而事实上,它们存在于一种‘两者兼有’的语境中。一个人可以同时既是传统主义者又是现代主义者。正如布鲁克斯所指出的,关键在于‘一个适应良好的生活是由基于安全基地的勇敢探索所组成的’。愿我们所有人都能如此幸运地拥有这一点!”

朱迪·D·科特雷尔 (Judy D. Cottrell) 俄勒冈州,尤金

“布鲁克斯将人类分为两种简洁的心理类型——寻求稳定的传统主义者和寻求新奇的进步主义者——这使他忽略了一个关键点:心理学并非存在于真空之中;它不断地与变化的社会因素相互作用。不久前可能还愿意随时更换工作并搬迁城市的人们,现在更有可能留在原地,因为新职位的匮乏和经济适用房的缺失。他们的心理没有改变——改变的是他们的处境。190 万年前走出非洲的祖先很可能是在寻找下一顿美餐,而非追求冒险的快感。如今,人们倾向于否认科学并在传统机构中寻求安全感,是因为现代技术最宏大的产物——人工智能——威胁到了我们生活方式的一切。辩论的重点不应放在心理上的不安全感,而应放在那些导致物质不确定性并迫使人们紧抓一个更安全之过去的科技、经济和政治决策上。”

艾伦·弗朗西斯 医学博士 (Allen Frances, M.D.) 加利福尼亚州,卡梅尔

“布鲁克斯讨论的那些传统主义者甚至无法就人类‘堕落’发生在何时达成一致,这一事实就应当让人对其意识形态产生怀疑。他们所构建的与其说是历史,不如说是创世神话:就像亚当和夏娃的故事一样,当人们开始独立思考时,堕落就发生了。历史和科学告诉我们,从未有过一个完美和谐的人类伊甸园。文明是在痛苦中建立的,而且按照大多数可衡量标准来看,

8

2026年9月

A


公共空间

讨论 与 辩论

如今的生活比过去好得多。

理解传统主义者的关键,不在于分析他们声称描述的过去,而在于分析其诉求获得支持的现状。随着社会赋予此前被边缘化群体更多权利,他们的运动随之兴起。在传统主义者的论点之下,隐藏着一种反复出现的情绪:我的群体曾经拥有定义社会如何运作的权威,而现在不再拥有了。只要人们停止质疑继承的传统,再次服从由我的群体所定义的既定权威,社会就能恢复失去的和谐。

布鲁克斯建议,培养一种“根植感”或许有助于削弱传统主义者的吸引力。但许多美国人并不认为自己能在这所谓的美国传统中看到自己的影子。我们的社会并不让他们容易地感受到“根植”——他们在学习的文学或历史中看不到像自己一样的人。我们需要发展更广泛的叙事,讲述这个国家的完整故事。这反过来可以培养一种更广泛的归属感。正如布鲁克斯所主张的,人文学科确实需要复兴。但它们不应围绕一个衰落的神话来组织,而应基于‘人人生而平等且拥有不可剥夺的权利’这一奠基原则。为了实现这些理想而持续进行的斗争,可以提供一个共同的公民故事,让所有美国人都能从中找到根基。”

托马斯·M·瑟斯顿 (Thomas M. Thurston) 墨西哥,罗萨里托

万物皆免费,一切皆无意义

在五月号中,诺亚·霍利(Noah Hawley)描述了他在杰夫·贝佐斯(Jeff Bezos)的“营火”(Campfire)静修会中所见。

F. 斯科特·菲茨杰拉德(F. Scott Fitzgerald)曾写道:“让我告诉你关于极富之人的事。他们与你我不同。”欧内斯特·海明威(Ernest Hemingway)在《乞力马扎罗的雪》中给出了回应,写道:“是的。他们钱更多。”在阅读诺亚·霍利关于他在杰夫·贝佐斯静修会经历的散文时,我想到了他们的这段对话。霍利证明了菲茨杰拉德确实是正确的——而且不仅仅是海明威所认为的那种方式。贝佐斯、埃隆·马斯克(Elon Musk)、马克·扎克伯格(Mark Zuckerberg)以及他们的同僚们如此富有,以至于他们一生都花不完所有的钱。他们确实无需承担后果。

尼尔·拉文(Neil Ravin) 新罕布什尔州,汉普顿

亿万富翁们确实正处于一个高光时刻——他们比以往任何时候都更强大。但诺亚·霍利关于他们生活在无需承担后果之境的断言是

错误的。在埃隆·马斯克批评唐纳德·特朗普(Donald Trump)那份“巨大且美丽的法案”后,总统显然不高兴,两位巨头之间出现了裂痕。但这很短暂:特朗普有能力通过取消马斯克与联邦政府之间利润丰厚的合同来损害其商业利益。政治领导人仍然拥有约束亿万富翁的力量——只要他们足够勇敢去尝试。

肯·托布(Ken Taub) 纽约州,圣詹姆斯

蓝色考试册回归了

谢天谢地。

作者:沃尔特·亨特(WALT HUNTER)

在我阁楼里那些褪色的蓝色考试册封面上,我可以追溯自己学术生涯的轨迹。我依然能看到自己在“现代艺术中抽象的含义”课程(A)和神经生物学课程(B–)测试中获得的分数。仅仅是看到这些小册子,就足以让我感受到那种必须表现出色的压力,将一学期的知识内容雕琢成某种新鲜的形态。但到 2013 年我自己成为一名大学教授时,蓝色考试册已经开始消失。既然测试可以像其他所有事情一样在笔记本电脑上进行,为什么还要费力去辨认学生的笔迹,或者冒着在斯巴鲁汽车后备箱里弄丢期末考卷的风险(举一个完全假设的例子)呢?

冠状病毒使教育的方方面面都变得虚拟化,但即使在疫情消退之后,

《大西洋月刊》

II


特派报道

许多课程的线下期末考试依然不受青睐。部分原因纯粹是行政上的——很难找到足够的教职员工或研究生来监考。但教师评估学生学习方式的转变也是原因之一。蓝色考试册意味着限时论文和手写作业,这些评估模式让人觉得退步且残酷。它让人想起一个惩戒性强且阴郁的高等教育时代——那是狄更斯笔下严厉的格拉德格林先生(Mr. Gradgrind)的领域——而现代大学正渴望摆脱这个时代。当然,并非完全摆脱;一些教师在雪天依然将一箱箱蓝色考试册扛回家,并在封面上用红笔写下分数。但线下考试的替代方案激增:顶峰项目、带回家写的论文、学期内精选作品集。

蓝色考试册似乎注定会成为一件遗物,像草书一样过时。但它有一个难以复制的优点:在蓝色考试册考试中作弊很困难。当教职员工放弃线下纸笔考试时,他们假设作弊可以通过荣誉准则或“锁定”浏览器来控制,后者能防止学生访问那些能唤起记忆或直接提供答案的网站。但这些措施从未完全奏效。在 2020 年发布的一项针对本科生的调查中,62% 的人承认以某种方式作弊。

AI 的出现进一步加剧了这个问题。在短短几秒钟内,学生就可以在聊天机器人的帮助下写出一整篇论文。如果他们足够精明,可以多花一点时间让文章听起来足够像人类写的,从而逃过教授的检测。正如我的同事罗斯·霍罗维奇(Rose Horowitch)报道的那样,这种作弊行为已如此普遍,以至于普林斯顿大学最近放弃了其久负盛名的荣誉准则。133 年来,学生们一直签署承诺书保证不作弊,教授们也信任他们会做正确的事。今年 5 月,面对猖獗的 AI 辅助作弊,该校教职员工投票决定开始监考,这是自镀金时代(Gilded Age)以来的首次。

大学发现自己处于一个令人惊讶的境地。评估学生学习成果的唯一可靠方法可能是重新启用纸笔。教职员工正回归到线下、手写作业和限时论文——任何能让评估脱离网络的手段。当下的意外英雄是蓝色考试册,自 2023 年以来,部分大学的蓝色考试册销量增长了高达 80%。

然而,蓝色考试册不仅仅是抵御作弊的最后堡垒。尽管外观陈旧,但蓝色考试册鼓励实验,甚至鼓励精湛的技巧。它值得继续存在,不是因为它的排斥,而是因为它的成就:在纸上思考,这是人文科学的标志,对其价值至关重要——并且对于博雅教育机构希望培养并输送到世界上的那种人类至关重要。

蓝色考试册(THE BLUE BOOK)在一百年或更久的时间里几乎没有变化:天蓝色的色调,淡红色的边线,两个整齐的订书钉,宽敞的行间距,以及封面上那份简朴的要求清单(姓名、科目、班级、组别)。蓝色考试册的确切历史已湮没在时间之中。一种起源说法将其出现时间定在 20 世纪 20 年代的巴特勒大学(Butler University);据说这种小册子独特的色调借鉴了该大学的代表色。哈佛大学的传说则认为蓝色考试册的历史更为悠久:根据一种说法,一名古典学讲师埃万格利努斯·阿波斯托利德斯·索福克勒斯(Evangelinus Apostolides Sophocles)在 1857 年烧掉了一叠蓝色考试册试卷,以抗议大学将口试改为笔试。

我意识到,在 2026 年倡导使用蓝色考试册,我可能在从事与老索福克勒斯教授相同的反对进步的行为。但对我而言,蓝色考试册代表了一种永恒的人类活动——即信任你的大脑去发掘未知的潜能。

我想起大学时代的自己,在翻页时抬头看钟,划掉一个句子,折断了铅笔尖。我记得填满一本册子并从书桌前起身去拿另一本时的满足感,以及利用知识即兴创作并发现仍有话可说时的肾上腺素飙升。通过这种方式写作所学到的东西,与撰写一篇具有论点陈述、呆板结构以及机械部署论据和证据的五段式论文所学到的东西截然不同。任何 AI 代理都能模仿那种模板。

参加一场使用蓝色考试册的考试几乎是一项体育竞技,这不仅仅是因为它对心智和手部耐力的要求。考生被迫撰写一篇论文,以证明他们对一个学期或一整年学习材料的掌握程度。他们必须鼓起勇气去应对一个关于自由在美国小说中地位的题目,或者关于《哈姆雷特》中人类生命的价值,或者惠特曼在说“美国本身本质上就是最伟大的诗篇”时所指的含义。盯着蓝色考试册的空白页,我学会了全身心地投入写作。在这个过程中,我发现了自己作为一名作者和思考者的能力。当你完成了阅读并复习了讲义,你会觉得自己像一名篮球运动员,在健身房里的数小时训练让季后赛的超凡表现成为可能;或者像一名音乐家,在隔音练习室里无休止地练习琶音,从而在音乐厅里完成一次精彩的独奏。

并非每个学生都能在 90 分钟内笔耕不辍而不抬头。即使是最优秀的学生,起初也可能在回答问题或组织思路时感到吃力。但这同样是热爱蓝色考试册的原因。当学生写作时,他们是在不确定性中写作。他们在面对风险。没有什么可以替代那种感受一个想法在脑海中形成并尝试将其表达在纸上的感觉。而对于教师来说,美妙之处在于,蓝色考试册记录了学生如何艰难地推导出一个答案或论点。纸上的痕迹是不可磨灭的,而修改的尝试也会留下自己的印记:愤怒的擦除或匆忙的划线。蓝色考试册是初次思考、本能和直觉的记录。

这些磕磕绊绊和失败的尝试是一件好事——对于个人的教育以及社会的健康而言皆然。人文学科的独特之处在于它们所培养的思维习惯,而非在于强迫学生记忆事实的成功程度。在这些习惯中最重要的一类是思维的敏捷性和论证的灵活性,

12

2026年9月

A


开篇论述

以及在不同组的事实之间建立联系的能力。这些习惯是通过在压力下写作来磨练的。在蓝色考试册的挑战下,学生们学会识别并坚持自己的个人承诺。作为他们的教授,我希望他们能将这一课带出教室,带出大学,带入他们作为公民所进入的那个充满分歧的世界。

关键的洞察往往在时间即将耗尽时才出现,我非常喜欢书中的任何部分都可以成为终场哨响前最后思考的阵地。在我的美国文学课程期末考试中,一名学生在页边空白处偷偷写道:“教育是梭罗所相信的最伟大的一件事。”对于教师而言,这就是蓝色考试册(blue book)的乐趣——尽管它的呈现形式统一且行线僵硬,但其任何部分都可能揭示一个突然迸发的奇思妙想。许多最精彩的句子出现在封底内页,比如一篇关于托妮·莫里森论文的结尾:“美好的生活是由我们创造的——现在我们要做的就是去生活。”

当然,学生们知道他们被教了什么:英国内战的时间线、格温多林·布鲁克斯(Gwendolyn Brooks)十四行诗的结构、马勒交响曲中主题的发展。但蓝色考试册要求的不仅仅是对事实的背诵。它要求学生证明的不仅是他们知道某事何时或在何地发生,而且是为什么发生。它要求他们不仅要知道谁写了一首诗,或者何时写的,而且要分析这首诗传达了关于其创作时代的怎样的世界观。那些准备最充分的学生,那些沉浸在构成本学期教学大纲的历史、诗歌和音乐中的学生,会发现他们对材料的理解方式在打开蓝色考试册且时钟开始滴答作响之前是未曾意识到的。

人工智能的支持者承诺,通过移除写作工艺中的某些元素,学生可以专注于让作品更精炼,让想法定义得更清晰。这是一个危险的骗局。要观察一个学生学到了什么,请看他们挣扎着开始写作的那一刻——然后他们如何超越这种挣扎,创造出真正令人惊喜的东西。在那一刻,作者思维的全部力量接管了整个过程。

当我们消除了写得糟糕或不连贯的可能性,我们也消除了写作最大的满足感:那种感觉我们已经跳出自我,看着自己的文字以正确的顺序组合在一起的感觉。我所描述的听起来像是一种恩宠状态,但它也是一种在仅凭学识和才智引导下进行的激烈的智力活动和表达行为。我渐渐地爱上了在考试日分发蓝色考试册,并看到学生脸上准备好迎接挑战的聪慧神情。他们即将写出的文章将比他们认为的更好。他们唯一需要做的就是写下来。A

沃尔特·亨特(Walt Hunter)是《大西洋月刊》的特约编辑,也是凯斯西储大学的英语教授。

img-13.jpeg

《大西洋月刊》

插画:本·希基(BEN HICKEY)

13


健身(FITNESS)

你管这叫引体向上?

国防部长需要改进他的动作规范。

作者:汤姆·巴特利特(TOM BARTLETT)

Pete Hegseth 想让我们看他挥汗如雨。这位国防部长身着 T 恤和短裤,与军方人员一起健身的视频已成为他任期内的标志。他被拍到在奥马哈海滩跑步,在大学校园里挥舞壶铃,以及在两栖攻击舰上做开合跳。在其中一段剪辑中,Hegseth 在关塔那摩湾海军基地与部队一起举铁——或者用国防部一个 X 账号的话来说,“美国的 @SECWAR 在晨跑后在卧推凳上完成了 44 次重复。”

但他在这些重复动作中真的“碾压”了吗?每当新一集《新兵训练营皮特》(Boot Camp Pete)发布时,批评者们就会抨击他的动作规范并嘲笑他的耐力。他们坚称他只是在摆姿势,而毫无基础。例如,在那段卧推剪辑中,他的手臂没有完全伸展,这使得练习变得简单得多,并虚报了总数。在剪辑开始几秒钟后,你可以听到有人

大喊:“完全下去,完全上来!”Hegseth 没有理会这个有用的提示。

如果 Hegseth 只是另一个在 Planet Fitness 健身房锻炼的 40 多岁父亲,这种挑剔将是不宽容的。但这些是五角大楼发布的精彩集锦。此外,这位前福克斯新闻主持人自己也并非以不评判他人著称:回想一下去年 9 月,他召集了全国的将军和海军上将,以便斥责他们体重超标。他告诉他们,领导者设定标准,而当你“放任小事时,大事最终也会失控”。

考虑到 Hegseth 的智慧,让我们来看看美国军队的训练手册对于正确运动规范是如何规定的。简短的回答是:规定很多。你会发现数百页的内容精确地阐述了如何执行各种动作,包括如何拉伸大腿(“抓住左脚踝并向左臀部方向拉”)、如何

做平板支撑(“前臂平贴地面,形成一个三角形”),以及如何从坐姿投掷一个四磅重的球(“不要像投篮一样投掷药球”)。这些手册充满了图表、要点和插图。陆军的《整体健康与体能测试》手册提供了关于卧推的详细指令并配有照片,警告你绝不能“猛拉或耸肩,弓背,或允许臀部离开卧推凳”(给 Hegseth 部长的提示:第 65 页,附录 B)。

不同军种的标准各异,即使是基础练习也是如此。以俯卧撑为例。在陆军的体能测试中,士兵必须进行所谓的“离手俯卧撑”,要求他们在每次重复后将手臂笔直地伸向两侧。海军陆战队的指南用了数百字来描述如何做传统的俯卧撑,明确规定士兵“不得将胸部靠在甲板上,除非是为了确保上臂至少与甲板平行”。在空军中,你的双脚间距不能超过 12 英寸,且必须保持“从头到脚的僵直姿态”。这些是指令而非建议。未能达到标准在军事术语中会导致“不通过”(no-go),这意味着你没有通过测试的该部分。

Hegseth 的俯卧撑在任何军种都无法过关。去年夏天,Hegseth 和卫生部长 Robert F. Kennedy Jr. 发起了“皮特与鲍比挑战”(Pete & Bobby Challenge),参与者尝试在 10 分钟内完成 50 个引体向上和 100 个俯卧撑。Hegseth 的俯卧撑更像是“半俯卧撑”:在视频捕捉到的动作中,他没有完成

完整的运动幅度。他这种不达标的技术具有讽刺意味,因为他曾公开嘲笑他人缺乏俯卧撑能力。在他 2024 年出版的《战士之战》(The War on Warriors)一书中,Hegseth 嘲讽那些一次只能做“十个俯卧撑”的女兵,并将一名跨性别女性称为“十个俯卧撑水平的家伙”。

公平地说,赫格塞斯的引体向上姿势有时或多或少符合教科书标准。问题在于一致性:赫格塞斯似乎无法在整个比赛过程中维持该标准,并且会通过将膝盖抬向胸口来给自己增加额外的动力。这种动作被称为“摆动”(kipping),在海军陆战队发布的一份八页引体向上指南中是被禁止的。在一段剪辑中,赫格塞斯在采用反手握法时进行了摆动,从技术上讲,他所做的是下巴向上(chin-up)——这种练习通常被认为比引体向上(pull-up)挑战性较低。(海军陆战队的指南允许这两种练习,但摆动始终是被禁止的。)该指南指出:“质量低劣的练习将使你无法从锻炼中获得最大收益,并可能导致受伤。”按照海军陆战队的标准,赫格塞斯的练习质量低劣。

赫格塞斯在视频最后声称他在不到六分钟内完成了挑战,如果他没有无视规则并为了速度而牺牲姿势,这本该令人印象深刻。更何况,他在一项以自己名字命名的挑战中错误地执行这些练习。鉴于这一切,无法对赫格塞斯自报的成就之真实性抱有信心。

诚然,我并不是一名经过训练的军事练习评分员。在研读这些手册之前,我并不知道在进行改良版弯腿躯干扭转时,手臂需要与躯干成 45 度角,

14

2026年9月

A


派遣报道

或者在进行俯卧划船时,脚尖必须指向后方。我对深蹲弯曲(squat bender)和四重复合练习(quadraplex)完全不熟悉。在观看一段陆军教学视频之前,我也不知道如何挥动壶铃。

巧合的是,赫格塞斯也不懂。今年 1 月,有人拍到他在加州大学洛杉矶分校(UCLA)与新兵一起挥动壶铃。正确做法应该是将壶铃保持在身体附近,并利用腿部和臀部产生动力。相反,赫格塞斯却在做深蹲,就像在做深膝弯曲一样,并且将重量放得离地面太近,给他的肩膀和背部带来了压力。根据

(图上:由一名海军陆战队军官演示的正确引体向上姿势。图下:赫格塞斯部长的姿势不一致。在“皮特与鲍比挑战”的一段剪辑中,他做了一个下巴向上动作,并抬起膝盖以给自己增加额外动力——这种被称为“摆动”的技术被海军陆战队禁止。)

退休海军陆战队员兼壶铃教练乔尔·德尔·罗萨里奥(Joel Del Rosario)的说法,这是错误的。德尔·罗萨里奥告诉我,他很高兴看到赫格塞斯鼓励军队提高体能,并指出根据他的经验,几乎每个初次尝试壶铃的人一开始都会失败。他说,如果被邀请向赫格塞斯演示如何正确进行该练习,他将深感荣幸。

我还咨询了其他军事练习专家。其中包括斯图·史密斯(Stew Smith),他曾是一名海军海豹突击队成员,并撰写了一系列关于准备通过特种部队资格认证的书籍,其中包括一本关于游骑兵体能评估的书。作为前陆军国民警卫队步兵军官,赫格塞斯一直抱怨军队中标准下滑,包括在游骑兵学校——尽管他从未完成过那门著名的、极其艰苦的 61 天领导力与体能课程。史密斯表示,除非对方要求,否则他不会评估他人的表现,因此不会具体评论赫格塞斯的

方法和能力。但他表示,他向学生强调完全撑起和完全下降的重要性,无论那是引体向上、俯卧撑还是卧推。

我还询问了莫琳·勒博夫(Maureen LeBoeuf)对“皮特与鲍比挑战”视频的看法。勒博夫是一位退役准将,也是西点军校第一位且唯一一位领导体育部门的女性,该职位被称为“剑术大师”。她说,如果由她来评分,她在视频中看到的国防部长的所有表现都将不计入成绩,而她曾为数千次此类测试评分。“他的引体向上或下巴向上,以及他的踢腿动作——你绝不会允许那样做。你会叫停某人,然后说:‘好了,你结束了,’”勒博夫说道,“他只是不停地踢腿,这看起来并不专业。”她承认他在这些片段中可能已经精疲力竭,但陆军通常不将疲劳视为理由。而且,对于一个被勒博夫形容为“非常强调标准”的人来说,很难原谅这种失误和偷工减料。

针对有关赫格塞斯健身训练批评的询问,五角大楼代理新闻秘书乔尔·瓦尔德兹(Joel Valdez)坚称,赫格塞斯被不公平地针对了。“你见过劳埃德·奥斯汀(Lloyd Austin)的动作吗?《大西洋月刊》问过这个问题吗?”他写道,“这两个问题的答案都是没有。”这确实如此,但前国防部长奥斯汀并不以在社交媒体上发布自我宣传的健身内容而闻名。不过,他确实完成了游骑兵学校和空降学校的培训,在阿富汗指挥过第10山地师,领导过对抗伊斯兰国的战斗,并获得过银星勋章。

汤姆·巴特利特(Tom Bartlett)是《大西洋月刊》的特约撰稿人。

美国海军陆战队;美国卫生与公众服务部

《大西洋月刊》

插画:西蒙·拜利(SIMON BAILLY) / 棕褐色

15

--。

凯文·道德尔的儿子们

作者:萨莉·詹金斯

摄影:坂口遥

由道德尔家族提供

《大西洋月刊》

17

--。

T

对于身处其中的消防员来说,火灾产生的黑暗与热量一样多。火焰起初明亮,但随后排出的烟雾会将一切笼罩在漆黑之中。中尉凯文·道德尔(Kevin Dowdell)与其说是在“战斗”火灾,不如说是在其中摸索并解决问题,依靠的是

半盲目的判断力与专业知识——以及他的消防员同僚们帮他挡住背后的燃烧碎片。

在纽约市消防局一次成功的24小时轮班结束、一切化为灰烬之时,凯文会挂起他的头盔——头盔上沾满了灰烬,看起来像撒了盐一样——然后开车回到皇后区罗考威海滩(Rockaway Beach)的家中,陪伴妻子和两个儿子。“噢,昨晚我们干了一场漂亮的活,”他会这样说,既兴奋又疲惫。他的家人知道,所谓的“漂亮”,是指那场火灾规模很大

在消防员内心最深处,凯文喜欢警报响起的时候。一场“漂亮的活”能打破消防局厨房里操练和蘸甜甜圈的枯燥生活。它需要凯文全身心地投入;在携带40磅装备的同时,他必须计算燃烧率和气流。火需要四个要素:氧气、热量、燃料和化学反应。只要剥夺其中任何一个,火就会熄灭。但在纽约——这座钢筋堆叠、隧道纵横,建筑涵盖从廉租房到玻璃塔楼的大都市——这些要素的相互作用极其复杂。成为中尉的考试题目中就有一个问题:一根100英尺长的钢梁在达到1,200华氏度的固有热水平时,其膨胀系数是多少?

一名消防员必须兼具化学家、工程师和冒险家的特质。但任务本身很简单。“你在别人最糟糕的一天出现,并试图让情况好转,”凯文告诉他的儿子帕特里克(Patrick)和詹姆斯(James)。

纽约市消防局(FDNY)有一句话:有些人只是为了薪水而在部门工作,而有些人则是真正的消防员。凯文就是一名真正的消防员。“他们热爱出警灭火,”他的遗孀罗斯艾伦(RoseEllen)坐在罗考威海滩帕特里克的厨房餐桌旁告诉我,“他们一直在等待一场漂亮的火灾。”

但在9月11, 2001,,凯文遇到了一场宛如地狱之火的火灾。它在空中四分之一英里高处燃烧,任何梯子都无法触及,几乎就在世界贸易中心双塔的顶端。凯文所在的皇后区救援4队在第二架被劫持的飞机撞击约20分钟后抵达。他本会通过烟雾的颜色来判断,并剖析火灾的要素:航空燃料、可燃的办公材料,以及富含氧气的烟囱效应。这些要素构成的不是一场“漂亮的火”,而是一场无法控制的火。尽管如此,凯文还是带领他的队员进入了南塔。

袭击发生25年后,“永不忘记”成了一件T恤上的口号。三分之一的美国公众太年轻,无法回忆起那

一天。周年纪念已变成了机械的仪式,政客们描述着他们并未目睹的场景,以及早已不复存在的国家统一。为了超越这种麻木的抽象感,有必要进行具体地记忆。9月11是一个被经历过的事件。那么,有意义地回忆它的一个方式,就是通过一个生命。

凯文·道德尔长得端正,留着老式的侧分深褐色头发,瘦削的三角形脸庞收拢于一个坚毅的下巴。但他骨子里有股韧劲,前臂像棒球棒的粗端一样粗壮。他的祖父是一名爱尔兰码头工人,当年离开了芬加尔(Fingal)一个没落的渔港,于1904年揣着$3抵达了埃利斯岛(Ellis Island)。凯文的父亲是一名屠夫,在布鲁克林一座1,100平方英尺的排屋里,靠着剩下的波洛尼亚香肠边角料养大了七个孩子。

18岁时,凯文开始担任一名“沙地挖掘工”(sandhog),这是对那些挖掘城市中承载汽车、蒸汽、下水道和水管的迷宫般隧道矿工的昵称。在他成年早期的岁月里,他经常下降数百英尺进入压力舱,这有时会导致沙地挖掘工所说的“蹒跚症”或“窒息症”,即潜水减压病。他用炸药炸开岩石,在没过膝盖的淤泥中挖掘——这项工作缓慢、肮脏且极其危险,据说每挖掘一英里就会死一个人。但四个小时的班次能拿到八小时的工资。

在不从事挖掘工作时,他会去罗考威海滩(Rockaway Beach),在那里冲浪,并与一群来自他旧布鲁克林社区的朋友在雅各布·里斯公园(Jacob Riis Park)闲逛。其中就包括罗丝艾伦·费代莱(RoseEllen Fedele),一名身材高挑纤细的18岁大学生。起初他太害羞,不敢与她目光接触,但最终他拿到了她的电话号码。他们交往了五年,而这恰好是他脱离挖掘工作所花费的时间——她从未怀疑过他能成功。在轮班之余,他学习并参加了全市所有的公务员考试。1980年,凯文获得了成为一名警察的资格,并与已成为学校教师的罗丝艾伦结婚。他佩戴警徽仅一年就转到了消防部门,因为他被姐夫讲述的关于这份工作多么令人满足的故事所吸引。

罗丝艾伦在1983年的复活节星期日生下了帕特里克(Patrick)。当他们把婴儿带回家,亲戚们纷纷挤过来想抱他时,凯文拒绝松手。“谁也不准碰他,”他开玩笑说。道德尔一家搬到了罗考威地区,这里因聚集了许多消防员和警察而被誉为“爱尔兰里维埃拉”,那里的邻居可能会互换班次,以便你能有时间陪伴孩子。凯文找了一栋没有冬季保温设施的小平房,用自己的双手将其翻修。他们起初穷到买不起炉灶,只能用电热盘做饭。在帕特里克出生17个月后詹姆斯(James)出生,他们在狭小的育儿室里放了第二个婴儿床。“你得像这样,侧身在它们之间挤过去,”罗丝艾伦说道。

凯文经常一周工作七天。在休息日,他会铺设硬木地板和瓷砖以赚外快。如果他下班回家发现孩子们在睡觉,有时他会把他们叫醒,只为了能陪他们一会儿。“快起来,我们去散散步。”他们会在罗考威海滩漫步寻找旧玻璃瓶,然后去买冰淇淋。他教他们冲浪以及如何应对巨浪。“潜到水底,抓一把沙子。到那时,浪潮就过去了。相信我。”他们相信了。

在星期天早晨,罗丝艾伦会在炉子上慢炖红酱,同时带着孩子们去参加弥撒,然后将酱汁装瓶,供一周内其余的

18

2026年9月

A


晚餐使用。他们少数的奢侈享受之一是周五在格林威治村(Greenwich Village)吃晚餐,通常是在卡迈恩街(Carmine Street)和布利克街(Bleecker Street)拐角处一家名为 Trattoria Spaghetti 的心仪意大利餐厅。 “穿得体面一点,”凯文会对孩子们说。“穿得像你父亲有份正经工作一样。”他会点一份帕玛森小牛肉和一杯红葡萄酒,环视桌旁的家人,然后说:“这就是我一周辛苦工作的意义。”

孩子们在消防局花的时间如此之多,以至于他们学会了无线电对讲机中那些噼啪作响的术语的含义。“10-75”意味着结构火灾正在进行,而“K”则意味着传输结束。孩子们会大喊:“救援 2 号呼叫皇后区 10-75 K!”他们和凯文及其团队一起进行演习。那些身材魁梧的男人会将 10 岁的詹姆斯绑在安全带上,将他吊到消防局二楼的屋顶上。当接到出警电话时,孩子们会坐在消防车的前排长凳上,处于穿着笨重防火服的男人之间。他们可以按下鸣笛的脚踏板。凯文教他们如何短促地释放它。“你得轻点按。”他会拍拍詹姆斯的膝盖——这是再次鸣笛的信号。在火灾现场,孩子们会透过挡风玻璃看着那些穿着沉重装备的男人走下车,穿过冒烟的门口。“火越大,”詹姆斯告诉我,“他们出来时的笑容就越灿烂。”

这座城市有五个救援单位,每个区一个,其成员选自纽约市消防局(FDNY)中最能干的消防员。凯文接受过应对最严重紧急情况的训练:隧道火灾、结构坍塌、航空事故、火车脱轨。他携带专业工具,并且是一名熟练的黑水潜水员,用于处理车辆坠河的情况。作为救援 4 号队的中尉,他负责组织后勤,并对风险因素做出迅速且专业的判断。一个井盖重 300 磅,但可能会被炸到六层楼高的地方。隐藏的燃料可能在任何地方。公寓大堂旁边可能有一家干洗店;杂货店的储藏室里有易燃成分。烟雾和热量在走廊中沿一个方向移动,而在垂直竖井中则沿另一个方向移动。在一天之内,凯文和他的队员们可能会从建筑物上救下一名受困的窗户清洗工,处理井盖下的变压器火灾,并在直升机坠毁后从哈德逊河中救出乘客。2000, 年,该单位响应了 2,524 次呼叫。但主要地,救援 4 号队是去灭火的。有时一个班次会有半打火灾。

火越大,凯文表现得越冷静。“他能开车停在建筑物前,立刻告诉你人们会被困在什么地方,以及火势将向哪个方向蔓延,”救援 4 号队的同事利亚姆·弗拉赫蒂告诉我。“我认为火势越严重,他的心率实际上反而越低。”凯文的队员们经常能感觉到火,但看不见它。“当你处于这种闷热的黑暗环境中,

img-26.jpeg

1985 年 2 月,凯文在布鲁克林贝德福德-斯图伊维森特响应一场四级火警。

就像被锁在房间里和一只老虎在一起一样,”另一位同事比利·墨菲告诉我。“你会想,‘它在哪儿?’”弗拉赫蒂会透过呼吸面罩凝视着刺鼻的黑色面纱,试图在燃烧的公寓中寻找出路。然后他会听到凯文冷静的声音:“嘿,李,那边情况怎么样?”

多年来,凯文参与了如此多场“典型”的火灾,以至于根据弗拉赫蒂的说法,他成了纽约市消防局(FDNY)中的一个传奇。1991, 年,凯文帮助控制住了第七大道一栋建筑 12 层的火焰,以协助一次惊人的绳索救援,将两名男子从窗台救出。1993, 年,他是世界贸易中心恐怖袭击爆炸事件的第一批响应者之一,这次爆炸留下了一个数层楼深的深坑,要求他在地下停车场气罐爆炸的同时,在依然闪烁着橙光的危险瓦砾中搜寻。1994, 年,一次燃气泄漏炸毁了长岛市的一家餐厅,导致地面层掉入地下室,并将一名女服务员压在

照片由 MARINA SAKAUCHI 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄。来源:GLENN D. USMIN。

《大西洋月刊》

19


img-27.jpeg

混凝土。凯文和他的伙伴们爬进废墟,在碎片堆在他们头顶颤抖的情况下工作了三个小时才将她救出。他轮流握着她的手,并用自己的身体遮挡她,以防混凝土板坍塌。他们成功地将她救活,并因此获得了奖章。1995年,他是部署在俄克拉荷马城爆炸事件后搜寻幸存者和回收遗体的联邦紧急事务管理局(FEMA)精锐小队的一员。

凭借他的资历,他本可以在部门中晋升到更高的职位。但担任上尉需要离开救援4队(Rescue 4)前往市内的另一个单位,而他想留下来。“做一个快乐的中尉更好,”他告诉罗斯艾伦(RoseEllen)。

该单位有着强烈的兄弟情谊;许多成员共同参加翡翠协会风笛鼓队(Emerald Society Pipes and Drums),这是部门内一个在市政活动中行进的爱尔兰团体。

弗拉赫蒂(Flaherty)是一个头发凌乱的讲故事高手,他是他们的鼓手长。墨菲(Murphy)是一名身材高大的海岸警卫队退伍军人,演奏风笛。凯文如此热爱风笛鼓队,以至于他劝说儿子们学习爱尔兰音乐——帕特里克(Patrick)学风笛,詹姆斯(James)学小军鼓——这样他们就可以在圣帕特里克节游行中行进,而凯文本人则敲大鼓。他常对儿子们说:“我和世界上最棒的一群人一起工作。”

与每个纽约市消防局(FDNY)单位一样,救援4队的核心是消防局的厨房,队员们在那里一起吃饭、喝咖啡,并在每次任务后进行总结。这里也是喷涌般笑声的发生地,那些笑声幼稚且经常是以某人为代价。如果凯文纠正他们对他名字的发音(是 Dowdell),他们就会叫他“迪德尔”(Diddle)。一个班次长达24小时,在警报响起之间的间隙,他们有时间开玩笑。有一次,一名官员犯了错,抱怨自己不喜欢吃热狗。在接下来的一个月里,该单位晚餐供应的所有食物都是热狗。烧烤酱热狗。意面热狗。烤热狗和煮热狗。那位官员只能阴沉地忍耐。到了月底,一大块肉饼被放在桌子中央。然后他们给他切了一片。那块肉饼里塞满了热狗。

救援4队给了凯文一种家的感觉,以及一种他在亲自保护心爱的罗克威(Rockaways)的感觉。他不仅响应该地区的麻烦——他还会主动寻找。在邻居的一个男孩掉进化粪池后,凯文在仪表盘上安装了一个扫描仪;他认为如果能听到呼叫,他本可以提供帮助。在从少棒联盟开车回家时,他会听紧急调度指令并说:“我们就在附近。走,去看看。”如果看到车祸,凯文会靠边停车,在急救人员(EMS)到达之前将受困者从残骸中救出。他告诉儿子们不要

HARVEY SARAQUINI 为《大西洋月刊》绘制

20

2026年9月

A


成为旁观者。“不要坐在场边。要让事情发生。去做事。”有一次,当凯文看到邻居的一栋建筑冒烟时,他让孩子们给消防局打电话,然后跑开,抓起一根花园软管,从后窗爬进去开始亲自灭火。

他对儿子们要求严格且精准。他们每迟到一分钟,凯文就扣除他们半小时的自由时间。当他们足够大时,他让他们参与建筑工作,并且直到他们能搬动重物之前不给他们发工资。“像男人一样工作,就像男人一样拿钱。”他曾因为詹姆斯没打扫房间而把他从朋友家叫回家。他把詹姆斯领到门口,说:“看看那个。”地板上有一双袜子。

帕特里克正成长为一个体格魁梧的成就者,志在进入西点军校。詹姆斯则更纤瘦、更温顺,但拥有长跑运动员的耐力。在纽约交通堵塞的长途车程中,凯文会问孩子们打算如何规划人生。他们的祖父是个屠夫。他们的父亲是个消防员。“我希望你们能比这更进一步,”凯文告诉他们。“我希望你们能做比我更好的事情。”

到2001年夏末,凯文因表现卓越获得了20次表彰。他开始考虑退休,并梦想着去旅行——尤其是去冰岛,那里有在烈火中锻造的火山地貌。而他的儿子们也快成年了。帕特里克18岁,刚刚进入位于新罗谢尔的艾奥纳大学,此前他曾在西点军校的候补名单上。詹姆斯即将满17岁,开始在曼哈顿的泽维尔高中读高四。他想成为一名消防员。“你必须上大学,”凯文坚持道,但他还是带詹姆斯在斯罗格斯颈桥下进行了一次潜水训练。詹姆斯穿上纽约市消防局(FDNY)的干式潜水服,潜入阴暗且波涛汹涌的东河,而他的父亲在船上监督。潜水结束后,有人拍了他们两人的照片:凯文的手搭在儿子的肩膀上,而詹姆斯在脱掉潜水服时正灿烂地笑着。

9月9日周日,全家庆祝詹姆斯的生日。凯文当天休息,帕特里克从艾奥纳大学回来,他们一起烧烤、吃蛋糕。凯文和帕特里克把自己关在书房里,准备重新申请西点军校。随后,凯文开车送帕特里克回学校,并在他的脸颊上亲了一下。“爱你。很快见。下周和你聊。”

9月10日傍晚6点,凯文前往救援4队报到,开始一个24小时的轮班。利亚姆·弗拉赫蒂下班后前往麋鹿会所参加乐队练习。比利·墨菲在休假。厨房里很安静。

次日早晨8:46,美国航空11号航班在加速撞向世界贸易中心北塔时,发出了一声恐怖的尖啸。救援4队的召集令在8:55发出。七名男子与凯文一起跳上了救援车:特伦斯·法雷尔、威廉·马奥尼、彼得·尼尔森、杜雷尔·皮尔索尔、彼得·布伦南、艾伦·塔拉谢维奇,以及一名名为迈克尔·考利的潜在招募人员。车程大约花费了20分钟。当他们向曼哈顿下城疾驰时,调度电台传来了一条令人不安的警报:“请注意,有人跳楼。”从远处看,救援4队应该能看到纽约最高建筑——北塔的第93层到第99层正涌出浓烟。

img-28.jpeg

上图:2001年9月11日上午9:59,南塔坍塌。

在行驶约七分钟后,他们可能看到了第二架喷气式飞机——联合航空175号航班撞击南塔第77层至85层之间时绽放的爆炸火球。

救援4队抵达现场时,眼前的景象冲击着所有感官。碎片从建筑中倾泻而下——撕裂的金属和绝缘材料、混凝土块、颤抖的玻璃碎片——伴随着震耳欲聋的警笛声和尖叫声。躯干、行李和波音767的铝制碎片散落在人行道上。广场上看起来像红色油漆的喷溅,其实是从北塔高层像风车一样坠落的跳楼者的遗骸。凯文遇到了同样处于震惊之中的同僚,来自9号梯队的副队长罗伯特·拉罗科,他看到了一只被截断的前臂,上面的手修剪得非常整齐。拉罗科设法给妻子打通了电话。他告诉她:“现在在下人的雨。”

凯文在北塔对面的指挥所报到,纽约市消防局(FDNY)特别行动指挥官雷·道尼正在那里下达指令。他指派救援4队协助南塔的疏散工作,并且如果可能的话,进入高层压制火势。有人看到凯文将他的队员们排成一列,专注地与他们交谈。随后,他带领他们单列向南塔前进,紧贴着建筑物的侧墙。

仅在门厅里,一支救援小队就已分身乏术。电梯损坏,楼梯间烟雾弥漫,无线电信号不稳定。人们成群结队地向下涌出,有的被严重灼伤,有的血迹斑斑,有些人必须由他人背负。一部电梯在快到地面层时停止,人们被困在其中。消防员撬开了外门,能看到他们的腿,但找不到办法将电梯轿厢降得足够低以释放他们。在救援人员工作时,燃烧的航空燃料如瀑布般沿井道倾泻而下。

上午 9:52,在凯文到达约半小时后,一名叫奥里奥·帕尔默(Orio Palmer)的营长到达了南塔的 78 层,那里是飞机机翼造成大规模伤亡的地方。“我们需要两台消防车上来,”帕尔默通过无线电向下报告。

THOMAS WILSON / GETTY

《大西洋月刊》

21


无论凯文当时在做什么——是试图强行打开电梯,还是开始缓慢向 78 层攀登——火势的各种因素正逐渐占据主导。第二架飞机以超过 500 英里的时速撞击南塔,剥离了钢桁架和立柱上的防火层。烈焰吞噬了地毯、窗帘、椅子、办公桌和电脑。浓烟将热量困在其中。温度达到了 1,800 华氏度,使建筑的骨架软化。上午 9:59,南塔顶部下陷。随后,它开始坍塌。梁柱相互撞击。随着每一层楼的失效,坠落的质量不断增加,速度随之加快。约 500,000 吨混凝土和钢材急速坠向地面,估计时速达到 124 英里。

第 9 号云梯队的拉罗科(LaRocco)中尉刚刚把脚踏在南塔夹层北端的一部停运自动扶梯上,就感觉到地板像波浪一样起伏。他听到一阵不断增强的轰鸣声,像航天飞机起飞一样。窗外的光线消失了,仿佛有人猛地拉下了一块巨大的遮光帘。

凯文几乎没有时间去思考头顶上的声音。塔楼在 10 秒钟内便彻底坍塌。当巨大的质量接近地面时,它产生了一股巨大的压缩空气冲击波,以及相当于 2.1 级地震的地震波。

img-29.jpeg

詹姆斯拿着他父亲的哈利根撬棍。

来自双塔的纸质文件飘散到数英里之外,散落在罗考韦(Rockaways)的海滩上。那天的大部分时间里,罗斯艾伦(RoseEllen)都在 P.S. 312 学校,忙于让她的三年级学生回到父母身边。现在,她在家里等待凯文的电话。他总是会打电话,如果她没接,他会留下留言:“嘿,是我。如果你在新闻上看到什么,别担心。我没事。”但下午 6 点过去了,没有任何消息。凌晨 12:30,特种作战司令部打电话告诉罗斯艾伦,凯文被列入失踪名单;救援 4 小队的全体成员都下落不明,他们的队长布莱恩·希基(Brian Hickey)也是如此,他那天在与救援 3 小队协同工作。

罗斯艾伦彻夜未眠,目光在电视新闻和前门之间来回地扫视。日出时分,罗斯艾伦走到门廊上,凝视着街道。“在那一刻,我知道了,”她多年后回忆道,“在内心深处,我知道了。”

一周后,在世贸中心遗址(Ground Zero)挖掘粉碎残骸的一支队伍发现了一把哈利根撬棍,这把工具可能被用来撬电梯门。上面标有 KD 和 R4。凯文·道德尔(Kevin Dowdell),救援 4 小队。这件工具被冲击波从门厅中震了出来。但除此之外,再也没有凯文的任何迹象。

救援 4 小队的幸存成员在消防局设立了一个作战室,轮班昼夜不停地挖掘残骸,并指派一名消防员与每个失踪者家属保持联系。“今天找到他了吗?”罗斯艾伦会这样问。不,比利·墨菲(Billy Murphy)日复一日地回答。

每当道德尔家的门打开时,三张脸都会带着希望地转向门口。“我们当时在想,‘如果有人能从那里逃出来,或者能被救出来,那一定是他’,”帕特里克回忆道,但每次来的都是亲戚或邻居。袭击发生两周后,罗斯艾伦决定,沉浸在悲痛中枯坐在家里对他们没有任何好处。“听着,”她对孩子们说,“你们回学校,我回公司上班。”在开车去约拿(Iona)的路上,她劝说帕特里克完成西点军校的重新申请。“在你的生活中,你不能——我们不能——把任何事情当作借口,”她说。

泽维尔高中(Xavier High School)笼罩在哀悼之中;60名校友以及学生和教职员工的近亲在事件中丧生。心理辅导员和神父们观察詹姆斯是否有抑郁迹象,但当罗斯艾伦催促他去看心理医生时,他表示反对。“我整天都在和人说话,”他告诉她。他将情绪转化为跑步,有时一次跑12英里。

回到约拿后,帕特里克无法集中注意力。他给詹姆斯打电话,建议他们去世贸中心遗址(Ground Zero)寻找父亲的遗骸。“如果我们找到了他,我想在场,”帕特里克告诉詹姆斯,“我想见到他。我想帮忙把他抬出来。”

詹姆斯在脑海中听到了父亲的声音:不要在场边观望。让事情发生。去行动。

“我在那里等你,”詹姆斯告诉哥哥。

救援4组开会讨论是否允许他们加入搜寻工作。他们进行了投票,结果孩子们赢了。墨菲和弗拉赫蒂为他们配备了消防靴、手套、Carhart工作服、头盔和工具。队员们担心这会给孩子们留下噩梦。墨菲警告他们:“如果我们发现有人,我会要求你们退后,直到我们确认那是谁。”

那个被称为“堆积物”的地方是由八层扭曲的金属组成,像巨大的叉齿一样耸立,分布在16英亩仍在冒烟的土地上。电线燃烧的味道令人作呕。当帕特里克和詹姆斯在其中攀爬时,他们能感觉到靴底传来的热量。抓钩将钢材从冒烟的废墟中吊起,挖掘者向孩子们展示在下方应该寻找什么:一只

HARVEY SAGAGNINI 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄

22

2026年9月

A


HARVEY SARASUCHI 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄。由道德尔家族提供。

靴子、一块头盔碎片,或是消防服上的反光带。但人类遗骸的主要迹象是腐烂的气味。挖掘者一旦闻到这种味道,就会向机器挥手示意停止。

当孩子们第一次在场参与遗骸回收时,队员们用余光瞥向詹姆斯和帕特里克。男人和男孩们摘下了头盔。一名随军牧师被叫来。当遗骸被放在覆盖着国旗的担架上抬走时,他们肃立致敬。

“你还好吗?”墨菲问帕特里克。

“嗯,我没事,”帕特里克说。

在接下来的七个月里,詹姆斯和帕特里克尽可能多地在世贸中心遗址工作。“远离那里比待在那里更难受,”帕特里克回忆道。当他在约拿的课程结束时,他会找车去市区挖掘半个晚上,然后在凌晨3点或4点返回校园,眼睛因灰尘和缺乏睡眠而眯成一条缝,将落满灰尘的装备塞进宿舍的垃圾袋里。詹姆斯将他的Carhart工作服和工具放在泽维尔高中的储物柜里。他会脱掉校服——蓝色牛津衬衫、领带、贴有校徽的毛衣——然后换上连体工作服和靴子,变了模样地走出校门。

队员们发现了头盔碎片,以及人体碎片。他们发现了被钢材刺穿的尸体,必须用喷灯将其切割下来。他们在奇怪的空隙中发现了完整的尸体;有些人在废墟下生存了多久?有时,孩子们只是将骨骼碎片放入桶中。

在消防局,帕特里克和詹姆斯坐在厨房餐桌旁,像公司成员一样进行汇报。他们听着救援 4 队的队员们与幸存者的愧疚感作斗争。如果当时他们在岗,上午 9:59 分他们本应在南塔。正如弗拉哈蒂所说,生存取决于向左走还是向右走。他们提出了可怕的“如果……会怎样”的问题。消防指挥官是否应该预见到双塔会坍塌?如果预见到了,他们是否应该阻止队员上去?

“那么,还有什么其他选择?”弗拉哈蒂在桌边争辩道,“楼上有人被困。我们必须去救他们。”他说,你能想象如果纽约市消防局(FDNY)直接放弃双塔会怎样吗?“那样的话,那将是以另一种方式成为消防局历史上最糟糕的一天。”

厨房里的谈话成了男孩们的一种心理辅导。“我们有自己的伙伴,我们就在彼此之间倾诉,这就足够了,”帕特里克回忆道。葬礼也是如此。

img-30.jpeg

-31.

-32.

顶部:1996 年圣帕特里克节游行中的帕特里克、利亚姆·弗拉哈蒂和詹姆斯。

中部:2002 年春季在世贸中心遗址(Ground Zero)的帕特里克(左)和弗拉哈蒂。

底部:2002 年 4 月凯文追思会上的救援 4. 消防车。

他们与翡翠协会风笛鼓队一起为消防员们演奏。他们穿着弗拉哈蒂送给他们的苏格兰裙和红色制服站在坟墓旁,演奏《奇异恩典》和《回家》。许多死者的孩子当时还是学前班或小学学生。

罗斯艾伦看到消防员们在帮助她的儿子们稳住心神。“学校怎么样?”弗拉哈蒂和其他人在挖掘废墟时会这样问男孩们,“如果成绩不好,你就不能来这里。”

《大西洋月刊》

23


随着幸存者描述中关于凯文在救援 4 队行动轨迹的图像逐渐清晰,搜救工作集中在南塔电梯井附近的一个地点。10月下旬,在男孩们没有工作的日子里,一支队伍发现了救援 4 队四名队员的遗骸。但没有凯文的。几英尺外是一个巨大的、被烧焦的空间,在那里的数吨废墟之下,大火曾肆虐数周。

“你在废墟中找回了两个离得很近的人,然后就再也找不到其他人了,”帕特里克说,“这真的很困难。你不知道为什么会这样,但事实就是如此。”

在 12, 2001, 11月早晨,一架美国航空(American Airlines)的飞机在起飞后不久意外坠毁在罗考韦斯,罗斯艾伦在门廊就能看到浓烟。“你不准去那里,”她告诉詹姆斯。当救援 4 队抵达坠机现场时,詹姆斯已经穿着装备在那里,正用水管冲洗一座起火的房子。“你现在是我们的一员了,”一名消防员告诉他。詹姆斯虽然只有 17, 岁,但参加了纽约市消防局(FDNY)的入职考试并合格了。

到了春天,废墟堆变成了一个深坑,近 180 万 吨碎片被清理完毕。现场几乎被清扫得干干净净。搜救过程已简化为对最小碎片的DNA检测。即便如此,依然没有凯文。

“那里什么都没有了,”墨菲告诉罗斯艾伦,“结束了。”

“什么都没有?”她问。

“什么都没有,”他说。

他们于 20, 2002. 4月为凯文举行了追思会。 他的棺材里装满了他们认为他牺牲地点的尘土,以及他的纪念品:他额外的出勤装备、一双消防靴、《爱尔兰之声》报纸的一份副本、冰岛的旅游手册。还有他儿子和兄弟姐妹的信。数百人出席,包括市长。当棺材被抬进教堂时,帕特里克吹奏了一段《奇异恩典》的风笛独奏。“他是一位老师、导师、工匠、倾听者,也是我最好的朋友,”帕特里克在悼词中说道,最后引用了一段凯文曾对他诵读的爱尔兰祝福语:“愿你过去最好的日子,成为你未来最糟糕的日子。”

追思会标志着数月使命的突然结束。“从9月到4月,这件事占据了所有精力,以至于在一切尘埃落定后,产生了一种‘现在我们该做什么?’的感觉,”詹姆斯回忆道。

凯文已无法挽回。但他们还拥有他的声音:不要在场边观望。

帕特里克刚刚被西点军校录取,并在六月进入了“野兽营”(Beast Barracks),那是该学院为期六周、极其严苛的新生引导计划。这件事登上了新闻:9 / 11 消防员之子加入反恐战争。一夜之间,他从被朋友们安慰的状态变成了面对军官的厉声命令。他行军去吃早餐,行军去吃午餐,夜晚则花在擦鞋上。

如果他撑不下去怎么办?他害怕让父亲失望。他拒绝给母亲买一件西点军校的卫衣。“我想,如果我没能坚持下来,我不希望它成为对我失败的持续提醒,”帕特里克说。哀恸、孤独与自我怀疑的交织让他产生了叛逆心理。他因迟到和缺席而多次被处以惩罚性巡逻,有时被要求背着步枪原地打圈行军五个小时。他会

偷偷溜到酒吧去见来自洛克威(Rockaways)的老朋友。他觉得自己在试图逃离监狱。他考虑过退学,以逃避压力。

罗斯艾伦感到无力,她渴望丈夫在身边。帕特里克一直依赖凯文。“我对军队一窍不通,”她说,“我帮不了他。”

弗拉赫蒂介入了。“兄弟,失败不是一个选项,”他告诉帕特里克,“你不能——绝对不能——退学。”他警告他,放弃将改变他的人生轨迹。帕特里克重新振作了,尽管在此之前,他因为在进行另一次惩罚性巡逻而错过了一场 9 / 11 周年纪念仪式。这一次是因为一个女孩:他在暑假结束前,在洛克威海滩的一个派对上遇到了凯蒂·诺德克(Katie Neudeck)。他本应在那天回到西点军校报到,而迟到让他付出了 20 小时行军的代价。她是促使他毕业的动力;贴在宿舍墙上的父亲的照片,以及手腕上刻着 LT. KEVIN DOWDELL 9-11-01 的钢制手环,同样是他的动力。

詹姆斯直到 21 岁才能正式进入纽约市消防局(FDNY),他一度谈到要加入海军陆战队。“不行,你不能去,”他的母亲说。于是他就读于艾奥纳学院(Iona)。罗斯艾伦独自住在房子里,但她还有两个儿子需要引导他们走向成年。帕特里克和詹姆斯身材魁梧——比他们的父亲更高大,全身骨骼与肌肉,充满冲劲。他们选择了危险的未来,而她对此几乎无能为力。“这就是他们所认知的世界,”她说。

在 2006, 年,当詹姆斯年满 21, 岁时,他从艾奥纳学院最后一个学期退学,进入 FDNY 学院;随后他加入了位于弗拉特布什(Flatbush)的 174 号梯子车队。(他于次年完成了大学学业。)同年春天,帕特里克从西点军校毕业,准备部署到伊拉克。“我想消灭恐怖分子,”他向美联社宣布。到 2008 年,他已成为巴格达战斗巡逻队的一名排长。

面对帕特里克在路边炸弹边缘徘徊,詹姆斯冲入火海,罗斯艾伦只能祈祷。她的信仰告诉她,凯文仍在守护着他们。“我只是在心里说,他在保护他们,”她回忆道。

这就是凯文·道德尔一周一周努力工作的意义:帕特里克将在陆军中晋升为上尉,而詹姆斯将继承他父亲的警号并携带他的哈利根工具(Halligan tool)。而罗斯艾伦——这个从不允许痛苦(无论是她自己的还是孩子们的)成为借口的女人——将陪伴他们走到底。

在帕特里克在海外服役期间,詹姆斯赢得了一枚奖章。2010, 年 3 月一个早晨的 4:30,174 号梯子车队响应了一起两层建筑的严重火灾。詹姆斯和另一名消防员携带灭火器奋力冲到二楼,在高温和零能见度的环境下,强行打开了一间后方公寓的门。在浓烟中,詹姆斯在床上发现了一个失去意识的九个月大婴儿。他们的团队将包括该婴儿在内的四人活着救出了大楼。

詹姆斯加入了救援2队。他将与凯文的一些前同事共事,并且被期望不要“拖后腿”——这是消防局里形容那些偷懒的人的说法。2017年,在弗拉哈蒂手下工作期间,詹姆斯在一次绳索救援中创下了FDNY的非正式记录:他沿着一根没有照明的康 Edison

24

2026年9月

A


詹姆斯、罗斯艾伦和帕特里克在洛克威的一个 9 / 11 纪念活动上

竖井下降了200英尺,以帮助被困在地下电梯里的工人。“我只是绳子上那个傻瓜,”他说道,并将功劳归于搭建设备的搭档们。去年年初,他被晋升为中尉——这是他父亲当时的军衔。他现在正在准备上尉考试。

帕特里克在离开军队(曾担任一个炮兵营的助理作战官)后,考虑过加入FDNY。在约45,000名申请者中,他的入学考试成绩排名第一,但他又听到了父亲的声音:我希望你做比我更好的事情。帕特里克认为没有比消防员更伟大的职业,但他最终选择了商业领域。他在曼哈顿从事网络安全工作,家住在洛克威海滩的湾侧,在那里可以直接看到世界贸易中心一号大楼以及每年9月11日闪耀的双光塔。

每年周年纪念日,罗斯艾伦和她的儿子们都会回到救援4队的消防局参加纪念仪式。消防员们穿着礼服聚集在一起。他们在刻有死者名字的纪念牌前低头默哀。总会有行人会在消防局的车道上停下脚步,随意地问一句:“发生什么事了?是有游行什么的吗?”

詹姆斯或帕特里克会抬起头说:“今天是9月11日。”

“噢,”对方回答道。

纪念活动结束后,道德尔一家回到洛克威共进家庭晚餐。他们将餐桌主位留空,面前放着一杯红葡萄酒。用餐结束时,他们会传递这杯酒,每个人讲述一个关于凯文的故事。坐在家宴桌旁的人中有一位名叫汤姆·奥戴(Tom O’Day)的退休消防员,罗斯艾伦从2010年开始与他交往(“他理解一切,”她说道)。当飓风桑迪袭击洛克威时,罗斯艾伦撤离了,但汤姆留下来保护她的财产;他将能找到的所有关于凯文的纪念品都搬到了洪水线之上。2019年,汤姆和罗斯艾伦去了冰岛,她在那里的一处偏远海滩上埋了一张凯文追思会的弥撒卡,在上面压了一块石头,并记录了坐标。

五个年龄在5岁到13岁之间的孙辈也坐在家宴桌旁,以及帕特里克和詹姆斯的妻子凯蒂和克丽丝。他们都住在步行可达罗斯艾伦和旧居的范围内,旧居的前厅里挂着一幅凯文的油画肖像。这些孙辈从出生起就经常出入消防局。他们跑来跑去,攀爬并沿着消防杆滑下,谈论爷爷凯文时就像认识他一样。最近,最小的孙女卡莉坐在罗斯艾伦身边,望着牙买加

湾。“我看到爷爷凯文的大楼了,”她说,“他怎么了?”罗斯艾伦再次向她解释了那些开飞机撞进大楼并导致大楼倒塌的坏人们。

在那一天,出于职责的本能反应将一场可怕的灾难变成了许多人能够幸存的事件。在灾后,消防局以一种超越职责的情怀照顾着牺牲者的家属。

超越职责:两个悲痛的男孩寻找失踪的父亲,却在过程中找回了其他人的父亲,并为他们演奏赞美诗。一个充满了喧闹且不完美的男人们的消防局,完成了抚养他们的工作,并赋予他们目标感这一慰藉。

FDNY在9月11日失去了343人;他们的65名子女现在在局内服役。

二十五年后,凯文依然失踪。詹姆斯晋升为中尉的那一天,恰逢他本该迎来的70岁生日。“永不忘记”对道德尔一家来说并非口号。“我们就在其中生活,并与之共存,”帕特里克说道。没有凯文的生活当然是一种勇敢——是一场独立燃烧的火。而践行他的榜样,则是他们走出烟雾的方式。A

萨莉·詹金斯(Sally Jenkins)是《大西洋月刊》的撰稿人。

哈维·萨拉苏奇(HARVEY SARASUCHI)为《大西洋月刊》拍摄

《大西洋月刊》

25

--。

DID

基地组织

作者 格雷姆·伍德

插画 马克·哈里斯

成功了吗?

16


img-34.jpeg

普什图语 高达 2500万美元 中央银行

-35.

阿富汗 喀布尔 Pes 坎大哈 伊斯兰堡

-36.

巴基斯坦

-37.

-38.


自 11, 2001, 以来,基地组织在美国境内仅成功发动了一次致命袭击。如果你还记得那次袭击的细节,那么你可能在恐怖主义上花费了太多思考时间。在 6, 2019,,在佛罗里达州彭萨科拉,一名 21 岁的沙特皇家空军军官掏出一把合法获取的格洛克手枪,在海军航空基地杀害了三名美国水兵,随后被赶到的警察击毙。这名枪手是基地组织也门分支的关联人员,当时在基地进行飞行训练。我那时在沙特阿拉伯的塔伊夫,我遇到的沙特人说,他们对这起事件感到遗憾,但同时也感到宽慰——因为在经历了 18 年的恐怖主义研发后,基地组织在圣战之路上能发起的最高烈度打击,竟然并不比美国人经常自我施加的那种平凡的职场暴力好到哪里去。

该组织在 9 / 11 事件后渴望再次袭击美国,并考虑过几种方案,但在彭萨科拉事件之前,它实际上仅尝试执行过三次行动。这三次阴谋全部失败了。

在 22, 2001,,一个名叫理查德·里德(Richard Reid)的邋遢暴徒试图通过点燃隐藏在高帮运动鞋中的炸弹,炸毁一架飞往迈阿密的飞机。他失败了,因为他无法点燃引信——引信显然被脚汗和雨水弄湿了——而且他试图点火时,是在其他乘客的眼皮底下一次次地划火柴,而不是在美国航空公司的洗手间里私下进行。

下一次袭击在八年后才发生。那次袭击发生在 2009,,与第一次情况相似:一名合格的炸弹制造者将他的包裹托付给了一个彻头彻尾的白痴。在一架降落在底特律的飞机上,一名内裤中缝有爆炸装置的乘客注入了化学启动剂,结果炸焦了自己的裆部,但飞机完好无损。次年,在一次规模大得多的阴谋中,基地组织利用联邦快递(FedEx)和联合包裹(UPS)将隐藏在激光打印机中的炸弹发送到飞往美国的货机上。当局拦截了这些包裹。在 2017,,美国在也门的一次无人机袭击中击毙了炸弹制造者易卜拉欣·阿尔-阿西里(Ibrahim al-Asiri)。

作为一名基地组织领导人能生存到 2017,,本身就是一种成就。《911 后的基地组织》(Al-Qaida After 9 / 11)的作者、挪威国防研究机构的研究员安妮·利库斯基(Anne Likuski)告诉我,基地组织的高层在 2012 之前就已经被“根除”了——被无人机炸得销声匿迹,并被经验和信誉较低的年轻圣战分子所取代。在 2011,,奥萨马·本·拉登本人在巴基斯坦的阿伯塔巴德被击毙;而他的继任者,埃及医生艾曼·扎瓦希里(Ayman al-Zawahiri)于 2022 在喀布尔的阳台上被“地狱火”导弹击中。

从这一连串的无能表现来看,很难将基地组织视为除失败者之外的任何东西。在 2002 年 11 月的一盘录音带中,本·拉登提出了一个死亡账本,并承诺他的组织将保持账目平衡。他说:“结算账目的时候到了。正如你们杀人,你们也将被杀;正如你们轰炸,你们也将被轰炸。”他的组织在 11, 杀害了 2,977 人,但在过去的 25 年里,它的账目一直处于严重的赤字状态。

在恐怖主义分析人士中,一个主流的观点仍然认为,该组织是有史以来最精明、最有效的恐怖组织——而且现在比以往任何时候都更危险。布鲁斯·霍夫曼(Bruce Hoffman)在基地组织成立之前就开始研究恐怖组织,他告诉我,该组织的韧性是独一无二的。“他们在历史上针对恐怖组织发起的最大规模军事打击中幸存了下来,”外交关系协会高级研究员霍夫曼说道。他指出,本·拉登在2004年的一段视频中阐明了一个非常简单的策略:消磨美国人的意志,并让他们“流血”直到“破产”。

“那个策略正在起作用,”霍夫曼说。布朗大学2021年的一份报告将反恐战争的成本定为超过$8万亿美元。

这笔难以想象的投入成功地将基地组织从其曾经在阿富汗控制的小营地中清除。但这些避风港已被其他地方的大型据点所取代,包括非洲之角的部分地区、也门以及萨赫勒地区——即撒哈拉沙漠南部的西非干旱地区。

img-39.jpeg

9 / 11袭击造成2,977人死亡,在美国人心中种下了恐惧。但对于基地组织来说,恐惧只是实现目标的手段:即政治变革。

这些地方的基地组织分支机构残酷且富有。东非分支的兵力估计达10,000人,通过征税、走私和直接抢劫,每年获得约$100 million的收入。它几乎掌控了索马里所有的贸易,并招募了远至南加州的支持者。

“在实地,这些组织不仅在赢得军事胜利,还在行使主权和治理,”霍夫曼说。基地组织在萨赫勒地区的分支——“伊斯兰和穆斯林支持组织”(Jama’at Nusrat al-Islam wal-Muslimin),听起来像是会在教堂地下室里喝着咖啡、吃着陈旧甜甜圈开会的组织。但就在今年,挂着该组织旗号、装备精良的卡车横扫马里,几乎推翻了该国政府。与JNIM相关的武装分子在马里国防部长的家中将其杀害。

如果基地组织停止对美国的袭击,是因为它暂时更倾向于用地球上的平方英里而非美国人的尸体来衡量其进展,那么它就取得了巨大的成功。

PREVIOUS PAGE: U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE / GETTY; AFP / GETTY; ; BRIAN CLARK / ALLSPORT / ; MAI / ; UNIVERSAL HISTORY ARCHIVE / ; JOE BADDLE / ; THIS PAGE; UNIVERSAL HISTORY ARCHIVE / .

28

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


霍夫曼表示,它可能会重新转向旧的优先事项。“基地组织的理念已经扎根,”他说,这使得该组织的领导层——有时被称为“基地组织核心”——拥有了决定何时再次开始杀害美国人的奢侈权力。“让我担心的是,基地组织正在积蓄资源在美国采取行动,并可能会征召其分支机构来执行。”

对于专业研究恐怖袭击的人来说,担忧是一种职业病。基地组织的复苏在过去二十年里一直被预言,但到目前为止,并未出现复苏。另一种极少被提及(因为担心会带来厄运)的可能性是,17年前将携带爆炸物的流浪汉送上飞机就是该组织9 / 11后权力的巅峰,而基地组织核心之所以保持沉默,是因为它已经走上了RadioShack、Blockbuster和哈特福德鲸鱼队的后路。它已不复存在,而那些附属机构——尽管在它们活动的沙漠中令人恐惧——只不过是在穿着一支早已解散的球队的球衣。

在 9 / 11 袭击发生四分之一个世纪后,全球约有一半的人口太年轻,以至于不记得那些场景。而记得的人则会回想起那些画面的恐怖——数千人在电视直播中于数秒内死去——以及那一天的迷茫。没有人知道那四架飞机是否就是全部,还是有 40 架正冲向其他目标。那天晚上,CNN 推测死亡人数可能会达到数万人。

如果恐惧是目标:那么任务已完成。但恐惧是手段,而非目的。目的是政治变革。因此,任何对基地组织在 9 / 11 及其后数十年表现的评估,都应该询问它是否利用了那种恐惧来实现其追求的政治结果。

在这一方面对本·拉登评分最高的人,关注的是基地组织如何在 9 月 11. 之后的岁月里,诱使美国反复地“戳自己的眼睛”。2021, 年,政治理论家威廉·A·加尔斯顿(William A. Galston)授予本·拉登“一次全面但迟到的胜利”,因为他挑衅出了那些让美国分心、分裂且衰弱的愚蠢反应。其他人,例如前 CIA 官员布鲁斯·里德尔(Bruce Riedel),则认为这些陷阱一直以来就是本·拉登的计划,他希望诱使美国入侵阿富汗并陷入一场“漫长且血腥的占领战争”。

美国以天文数字般的成本进行自我伤害的能力,在此时已是不争的事实。同样难以估量的是生命代价:在对基地组织残余势力进行无止境追捕期间被杀的士兵和平民,以及那些幸存但目睹其社区被摧毁或遭受创伤的人。但这些代价是美国失败的证据,而不一定是本·拉登的胜利。

因为本·拉登在成为历史上被追捕最严重的男人之前是个话匣子,且热爱接受采访,因此他留下的关于希望和战略思考的记录相当完整,并提供了一个标准——他自己的标准——用以衡量基地组织的成功或失败。在这些公开声明之外,我们还可以加上大约 6,000 页的内部文件,这些文件是由美国从本·拉登度过最后几年的阿伯塔巴德大院中缴获的。这些私人文件消除了任何将他视为一个能预见敌人每一步失误并提前数年布下陷阱的“主谋”的诱惑。

1998, 年,他阐明了自己的目标:“杀死美国人及其盟友”,以及“将耶路撒冷的阿克萨清真寺和麦加的禁寺从他们的掌控中解放出来,使他们的军队在战败、崩溃且无法威胁任何穆斯林的情况下,离开所有伊斯兰领土”。这一主题——美国从穆斯林土地(尤其是他的家乡沙特阿拉伯)撤军,以及以色列的终结,以及美国对以色列和阿拉伯世界世俗独裁政权支持的终结——在他的声明中是一贯的。

本·拉登对于恐怖主义将如何产生他想要的结果也同样清晰。在 1997 年 3 月接受 CNN 记者彼得·伯根(Peter Bergen)采访时,他谈到了将“战斗转移到美国境内”。在 2000 年 5 月的一次演讲中,他告诉支持者,战争从此将“针对美国,在美国境内”进行。他在 1998. 年对 ABC 的约翰

img-40.jpeg

ABC 的约翰·米勒在 1998 年采访奥萨马·本·拉登。本·拉登表示美国人无法忍受痛苦,且在受到攻击时不会反击。

米勒(John Miller)的观察中提到,美国人无法忍受痛苦,且在面对攻击时不会通过反击并指责基地组织来做出反应,而是会询问“他们的政府做了什么才迫使我们进行自卫”。在 2001 年 11 月的一次采访中,他暗示了一种关于美国政治变革的理论:其公民应该“采取与之前相同的立场”,就像他们当年抗议越南战争及其发动战争的总统那样。

内莉·拉胡德(Nelly Lahoud)是陆军战争学院的教授,也是关于阿伯塔巴德文件的权威著作作者。她告诉我,这个政治幻想就是本·拉登的全部计划:“复制美国的反越战运动,促使美国公众向美国政府施压,要求其从中东撤军。”这些文件揭示了一个在9月11日袭击后被美国反应搞得措手不及的人及其组织。拉胡德表示,本·拉登及其同伙“没认为美国会通过发动战争来回应”。他没有考虑到

ABC PHOTO ARCHIVES / GETTY

《大西洋月刊》

29


也没有计划过对阿富汗进行长期占领,更没有预料到在持续数年的行动中,他的特工会被有计划地一个个击杀。

无论好坏,美国在此期间的中东政策大致与本·拉登的预期和意图相反。美国军队不仅没有撤离,反而大规模涌入该地区。美国在叙利亚、巴林、伊拉克、约旦、沙特阿拉伯、科威特、卡塔尔和阿拉伯联合酋长国拥有军队和盟友。9 / 11事件后,美国抛弃的唯一一个中东独裁者是埃及总统穆巴拉克,而在经历了不到两年的伊斯兰主义统治尝试后,埃及又重新回到了一个亲美的独裁者手中。在2000年代中期,沙特阿拉伯——其领导人被本·拉登视为暴君——是一个经常面临圣战革命危险的衰朽的老人政治国家。其现任领导人,王储穆罕默德·本·萨勒曼,现年40岁出头,是特朗普政府的盟友。他通过监禁任何表达过哪怕最微小圣战兴趣的人,开始了将他的王国转变为现代国家的追求。

本·拉登在2000年代经历了一系列的失望。在同伴被连续追捕9年,且其中一人在密歇根州东南部某地被炸伤阴囊之后,他在私下里准备承认自己的政治变革理论考虑不周。拉胡德说:“到2010, 本·拉登不得不反思这些事情。”在进一步研究越南战争的对比后,他了解到在那场持续20年的战争中,约有58,000名美国人丧生。由于当时美国人在伊拉克和阿富汗的死亡人数每年约为500人,他认定他的盟友无法在现实中足够地加快速度,从而在美激发民众的愤怒。在的一份被缴获的文件中,本·拉登主张一个更好的策略应该是对影响“每个美国公民收入”的财务打击。他建议基地组织考虑袭击霍尔木兹海峡的航运。就在他制定该计划(回想起来确实很聪明)的时候,海豹突击队6队射击了他的脸部。

拉胡德认为,本·拉登在9 / 11事件后的最初几年里基本被中和了——根据阿伯塔巴德文件,他从2002到2004年几乎没有与基地组织的任何人联系——这一证据与同一时期人们将他视为战略天才的看法形成了奇特的对比。他与其说是克劳塞维茨,不如说更像克鲁索(Clouseau)。但美国当时正准备发动伊拉克战争,或许人们很难想象,如此规模的愚蠢行为竟然是自找的,而非由一个马基雅维利式的敌人所策划。

本·拉登助长了这种印象。2004, 在他时隔近三年发布的第一段视频中,他在总统大选前夕对美国选民表示,他正计划一场消耗战。他警告他们,他打算慢慢地让他们流血,就像基地组织在阿富汗“让俄罗斯流血10年”,直到俄罗斯“破产并被迫在失败中撤军”。(布鲁斯·霍夫曼指出,本·拉登在这里是在窃取功勋,因为他的阿拉伯战士只是战争游客,而真正从事对抗苏联艰苦战斗的是阿富汗人。“尽管如此,”他说,“这符合叙事。”)

在公开场合,本·拉登将无奈之举美化为一种美德,告诉世界被美国攻击是一种恩赐。但拉胡德坚称,阿伯塔巴德的文件显示的情况与精巧的计划截然相反,反而揭示了本·拉登一直在抱怨那些基地组织据称欢迎的挫折。在私下里,本·拉登哀叹其网络的无能、资金匮乏以及无法发起哪怕是小型行动的窘境。“基地组织是在事后才想出‘消耗战’这个主意的,”拉胡德说,“这并非预先设计。”那些认为本·拉登具有战略天才的人,是被他的宣传给骗了。

在本·拉登死后,扎瓦希里将消耗战定为基地组织的官方学说:使美国精疲力竭并使其失血而死,“以便它能像前苏联一样迎来结局,在自身的重量下崩溃。”

img-41.jpeg

奥巴马政府的成员在2011年5月听取关于击毙本·拉登任务的最新进展。到2012年,基地组织的大部分高层已被清除。

《洋葱报》曾发表过一篇主题类似的文章,标题为《FBI揭露基地组织阴谋:打算坐等美国崩溃》。配图是一个平静的胡须男子,手里拿着电视遥控器在沙发上放松。这张照片似乎是以本·拉登最后一段已知视频中的形象为原型的,当时他在一个破旧且没有窗户的房间里切换频道。

本·拉登似乎意识到,他为自己及其盟友制造了一场灾难。在某个时间点,他辩称塔利班无论如何都注定失败,因此他对于挑起美国入侵该组织所在的国家以及导致其政权被摧毁无需承担责任。“我们确信阿富汗已经是目标,且美国决心推翻塔利班,”他在拉胡德引用的一份文件中写道。对于一场已经不可避免的美国入侵,他及其非阿富汗恐怖分子团队很难被指责。“即使我们不发动袭击,所有发生的事情也注定会发生,”他写道。拉胡德写道,这种荒谬的说法——即乔治·W·布什想要占领阿富汗,而9 / 11事件仅仅是提前了他的时间表——是自私的,并且“散发着被压抑的阿拉伯人的愧疚感”。

30

2026年9月

A

皮特·索萨 / 白宫 / 盖蒂


无论基地组织是天才地想到了消耗战略,还是仅仅在事后声称预见到了这一点,在某种程度上都无关紧要。事实上,美国最终确实被持久战耗尽了——这就是为什么我们在2021年逃离喀布尔,并将政府移交给塔利班,并附上我们的祝贺——而且即使本·拉登未能预见到,美国的过度扩张也是可以预见的。人们可能会得出结论,基地组织起初因为失去了在阿富汗的避风港而失足,但随后恢复了冷静,并在之后精妙地出牌。但那样做同样是对该组织过高的评价,并且低估了袭击美国对其事业造成的灾难性影响。

截至9月9日,该事业进展顺利——部分原因是本·拉登的一次狡猾举动,尽管他在9月11日无意中抵消了其效果。在9 / 11袭击发生的前两天,本·拉登派遣了两名伪装成记者的突尼斯自杀式袭击者,去刺杀反塔利班联盟(即北联盟)的领导人艾哈迈德·沙阿·马苏德。如果他止步于此——杀死马苏德并取消飞机袭击——那么南亚和中亚的轨迹,以及政治伊斯兰的未来,将会截然不同。

到2001年中期,北联盟已将喀布尔丢给塔利班,且没有收复的希望。该组织被挤压到潘杰希尔谷和阿富汗崎岖的东北角,在巴基斯坦的帮助下,塔利班开始巩固其战果。对于巴基斯坦而言,阿富汗领土是攻击印度的有用基地。911事件前,基地组织恐怖分子在阿富汗训练营中攀爬单杠的视频在美国成为了新闻。但这些训练营中的大多数学员是在训练前往克什米尔作战。印度无法控制或进入阿富汗,而巴基斯坦将塔利班视为一项资产。

一些巴基斯坦将军将其视为战略资产,而其他巴基斯坦人则将其视为宗教资产。很难夸大南亚伊斯兰主义者对塔利班成功的寄予希望之深。我第一次接触塔利班及其支持者是在9月11日袭击发生前五个月。当时我在白沙瓦,这座巴基斯坦城市就在跨越开伯尔山口后进入塔利班控制的阿富汗。那个四月,塔利班的支持者在那里无处不在,因为该教派的成员正在举行一场有数千人参加的大集会。他们将塔利班接管阿富汗视为一个划时代的事件,与13年后伊斯兰国宣布建立哈里发国并无太大区别。(塔利班领导人穆拉·奥马尔自称“信徒统帅”,这一头衔在历史上是哈里发专有的。)

在集会上,我遇到了来自波斯湾国家、英国和南亚的男子(阿富汗人很少)。塔利班本身是一个阿富汗运动,对外界知之甚少,也没有征服世界的兴趣。但其他逊尼派伊斯兰主义者认为,从这些地方性的起步开始,将会崛起一个能够孵化一系列伊斯兰主义项目的国家。与会者将塔利班领导的阿富汗视为保守伊斯兰治理的实验室,并将本·拉登主义视为一个特别有前景且正义的实验。在会议场外,我买了一件T恤,

上面写着:奥萨马·本·拉登——伊斯兰的伟大圣战者。这件衣服上还装饰着一个耐克的勾号,公然蔑视商标法。

换句话说,在2001年,塔利班正逐渐不再仅仅是一个地方性运动。其他人对该组织有计划,而它自身也有初步计划寻求外部帮助以巩固统治。事实上,恰恰在基地组织决定攻击美国的那一点上,塔利班正在寻求国际认可——并且有一条获得认可的路径。拉特布·波帕尔(Rateb Popal)是一名曾在1980年代参加圣战的阿富汗人(他在喀布尔一次失败的爆炸中失去了一只眼睛和一条手臂),后来在美军占领期间经营一家安保公司,他告诉我塔利班当时离成功有多近。

美国因为塔利班庇护本·拉登及其人权记录而将其孤立。但其他国家——不仅仅是巴基斯坦——准备在那里开展业务。我在2010年于北京见到了波帕尔。

img-42.jpeg

一段显示基地组织战士训练的视频在2001年6月流传,在美国成为了新闻。

他曾在美国生活,并因走私毒品在一家美国联邦监狱服刑。作为一名阿富汗人,他的见识异常广博,当他从美国回到阿富汗后,最终成为了与中国方面的联络员。据他介绍,中国建材工业公司在1990年代后期派遣了一名勇敢的代表与塔利班会面。当时的喀布尔因多年的战争而满目疮痍。在看到废墟后,中方派遣了一组工程师来确定是否可以开设一家水泥厂——如果这个国家能够重建,水泥将是需求量极大的资源。中方像往常一样,也在寻找矿业机会。1999年,波帕尔率领第一个塔利班代表团访问北京。他们与公司官员会面并讨论合作。“他们把我们当成贵宾对待,”他告诉我,“全部是清真食品。”

到2000年后期,中国已向喀布尔和坎大哈派遣代表团会见穆拉·奥马尔——这是隐居的塔利班领导人与非穆斯林之间的一次罕见会面。中国的唯一政治要求是,塔利班必须约束任何挑战北京在新疆统治的中国穆斯林组织。

“如果9月11日没有发生,”波帕尔告诉我,“中国政府最迟会在”

AFF / SETTY

《大西洋月刊》

31


2003年承认塔利班。他所想象的这段替代历史令人心痒。他说,随着马苏德的离世,“北联盟的士气已经死掉了99%”,而塔利班本可以“直接走进”潘杰希尔谷,完成对该国的征服,并享有对阿富汗毫无争议的控制权。大多数国家都厌恶塔利班——甚至中国在2001年初塔利班炸毁古代石刻佛像后也感到愤怒——但在某个时间点,任何希望与阿富汗做生意的国家都将别无选择,只能加入沙特阿拉伯、阿拉伯联合酋长国和巴基斯坦的行列,承认塔利班对该国的统治。随着中国的加入,承认塔利班的最后几道障碍之一将会消失,这个圣战试验场将走上与土耳其和卢森堡相同的官方地位之路。

波帕尔告诉我,塔利班在那个时间点与本·拉登和基地组织在运作上是“完全分开”的,尽管他们在宗教上志同道合。(关于塔利班与基地组织的合作程度,或者就此而言,塔利班在多大程度上理解9 / 11阴谋及其后果,存在争议。但其领导层在社交上至少很亲近。波帕尔曾两次与扎瓦希里共进晚餐,塔利班东道主将其介绍为“一位正在建设医院的埃及医生”。)该组织渴望巩固对阿富汗的控制,并不急于冒一切风险去打击远方土地上的异教徒。如果本·拉登克制住攻击美国的冲动,他或许能活到看到他的运动在塔利班统治的培育下,成长为一个更强大、更成熟的伊斯兰势力。一旦美国人认定基地组织利用阿富汗作为基地实施了暴行,正式的国际承认便变得不可能。塔利班现在再次寻求承认。本·拉登将其推迟了25年。

因此,认为基地组织作为一个恐怖组织值得高分甚至及格分的观点,必须应对以下质疑:在过去的25年里,它几乎完全未能攻击美国;其核心人员已被杀绝;它显然误入的消耗战以其自身标准来看已经失败;而它最大的成功——9月11日袭击,则突然终结了自1924年奥斯曼哈里发国结束以来,启动的最有前景的逊尼派伊斯兰主义国家项目。

针对这些质疑最令人信服的回答可以概括为一个词:特许经营。就像一个邪恶的雷·克罗克一样,本·拉登以及后来的扎瓦希里开始将基地组织品牌授权给远离阿富汗的、此前独立的圣战组织。2004年,在收到伊拉克圣战分子的接触后,本·拉登开始了接纳特许经营店的过程;当时已经很明显,圣战的前沿将是杀死在那里的美国士兵。基地组织收到了特许经营领导人的效忠誓言并试图对其进行审核。布鲁斯·霍夫曼将这种扩散称为一种“生存策略”,并表示它达到了预期效果,解决了美国对核心组织施加的持续高压。霍夫曼说,本·拉登勉强接受了他不再拥有阿富汗基地的现实,并在其他地方建立基地以对冲灭绝风险。那些附属组织——分布在伊拉克、北非和西非(2007年加入)、也门(2009年)、东非(2012年)以及印度次大陆(2014年)——有时虽有失误,但其成功带来的回报极其丰厚。

与基地组织核心层相比,这些组织简直是暴发户。本·拉登曾多年抱怨缺乏资金和战士。而这些特许经营组织,尤其是在非洲的组织,拥有充足的人员和物资。即使是其中较弱的一个分支——在印度次大陆的分支——现在也处于令人羡慕的地位,因为塔利班在阿富汗重新掌权,并准备通过允许其追随者

img-43.jpeg

埃及医生艾曼·扎瓦希里接替了本·拉登。他在2022年被击毙于喀布尔的一次“地狱火”导弹袭击中。

在塔利班领土内聚集和训练。美国或任何其他国家都未能摧毁其中任何一个特许经营组织;事实上,索马里和马里的政府几乎被它们推翻,也包括也门的一些城市。4月,隶属于萨赫勒特许经营组织“伊斯兰和穆斯林支持组织”(Jama’at Nusrat al-Islam wal-Muslimin)的战士袭击了马里的首都巴马科,并且他们继续控制着该国北部的大部分地区。

监控圣战组织的安全承包商兼恐怖主义专家萨拉·哈尔穆奇(Sara Harmouch)告诉我,这些特许经营组织已经从基地组织核心层的错误中吸取了教训。她警告说,不能仅仅因为基地组织近期没有发动袭击就将其评估为已衰弱。“基地组织在多个战场上取得了巨大进展,”她说,“他们目前的能力远超 9 / 11 之前。”她说,沉默是一种“刻意的策略”,是为了进行秘密重建。“他们现在不想制造动静引起关注,因为他们还没有准备好发动计划中的反击。”在 2019, 发动彭萨科拉枪击事件的也门分支被委派领导针对西方的行动,并且已经开发了无人机项目。

此外,哈尔穆奇表示,有迹象表明这些特许经营组织仍然遵守对基地组织核心层的忠诚誓言。自 2022, 扎瓦希里去世以来,大多数迹象指向由另一名埃及人接任,其化名为赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔(Saif al-Adel),意为“正义之剑”。赛义夫是一名现年60多岁的前军官,

MAHER ATTAR / SYDMA / GETTY

32

2026年9月

A


阿尔-阿德尔在训练期间似乎非常注重战略和战术。他曾建议本·拉登不要袭击双子塔,其理论依据是这样做会招致对塔利班的报复,事实证明这一理论是正确的。在被世界上最强大的国家列为死亡名单上的 30 年里,他幸存了下来——过去二十年里,他作为伊朗伊斯兰共和国的客人,基于一项条款不明的“敌人的敌人就是朋友”的协议而生存。(作为一个极端逊尼派组织,基地组织并非极端什叶派伊朗的天然盟友。)

根据哈尔穆奇的说法,这些附属组织正在听从赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔的命令。他告诉基地组织的也门分支要专注于海上攻击能力,该分支照做了。他指示各组织集中精力实现财务独立,于是萨赫勒分支开始开发基于赎金的收入流。在他在声明中敦促特许经营组织在圣战之路上钻研技术之后,近期检测到了部署无人机和采用 3-D 打印技术的尝试。哈尔穆奇承认这些组织管理自己的事务,且没有一个组织通过承认赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔为新埃米尔而公开更新对基地组织的忠诚誓言。“但他们在听他的,”她说,“他们完全按照他所说的去做。”如果这一说法属实,那么情况令人担忧,因为赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔最近的指令包括建议投毒水井、用细菌污染食品供应、进行城市暗杀,以及用杀手无人机取代人类自杀式炸弹客。

到目前为止,恐怖主义分析的节奏应该已经很熟悉了:每有一项证据让基地组织的领导人们看起来像邪恶的天才,就会有相反的证据让他们看起来像无可救药的笨蛋。内莉·拉胡德(Nelly Lahoud)表示,就像在消耗战中一样,几乎没有证据表明本·拉登最终认为特许经营是一种获胜策略,而有大量证据表明,他认为那些分布遥远的盟友是恐怖分子眼中极其麻烦的存在。本·拉登称他们为“圣战的累赘”。在他位于阿伯塔巴德的院落里,他成了远程办公的先驱,早在新冠疫情之前就意识到,管理一个从未见过员工的组织是多么困难。

几乎在立即,这些特许经营分支就证明了它们难以管束,而且坦率地说,简直疯了。伊拉克分支的领导人阿布·穆萨卜·扎卡维(Abu Mus'ab al-Zarqawi)结果是个狂躁的心理变态。本·拉登自认为在决定谁该死去时是理智、审慎且有辨别力的。相比之下,扎卡维则倾向于斩首,并且极其沉溺于血腥。当基地组织领导人要求他停止杀害什叶派平民,因为这样做会疏远潜在的支持者时,扎卡维无视了这一要求。该组织在2007年与基地组织断绝联系,此后再也没有真正听从过它的指令。

其他特许经营分支在基地组织领导层对其进行审核之前就采用了基地组织的品牌。他们的优先级经常与本·拉登冲突,导致他与扎瓦希里被降格为顾问角色。基地组织没有建立起忠诚且具有韧性的副本,反而制造了一个地狱般的管理难题。即使是那些较为驯服的分支,例如也门以及北非和西非的分支,在不同时期也曾用最恭敬的措辞告诉本·拉登,管好他自己的事。由于处于隔离状态,他在当地议程上长期滞后,给出的建议要么陈旧,要么缺乏信息。在该组织绑架人质后,他告诉北非和西非的分支不要与法国达成赎金协议。他提醒也门人应该专注于攻击美国,而不是也门政府或伊朗支持的胡塞武装。在这两种情况下,这些附属组织都向他们缺席的领导人保证,他们最清楚怎么做,而本·拉登只能在生闷气中撰写充满挫败感的内部备忘录。

最戏剧性的抗命案例是伊斯兰国,它是扎卡维领导的基地组织分支的继任者。在整个文明世界决定用武力阻止它之后,伊斯兰国项目最终失败了。但在那之前,它超越了

img-44.jpeg

阿布·穆萨卜·扎卡维曾是基地组织伊拉克分支的领导人。但扎卡维无视了基地组织领导人要求其停止杀害什叶派平民的要求。

基地组织,成为了首屈一指的圣战组织。相比之下,基地组织显得谨慎且古板。它占领的领土少得多,流血也少得多,并赢得了这样一种名声:它是那些喜欢和年迈的埃及人一起躲在地下室里的激进穆斯林的首选组织。扎卡维在2006年被击毙,但伊斯兰国继续推进其精神创始人关于在镜头前肢解异教徒的激情项目,而基地组织认为这种做法适得其反。

在她的书中,拉胡德引用了扎瓦希里在2011年写给本·拉登的一封信,信中他对伊斯兰国显然采取的——甚至让其潜在追随者都感到震惊和惊恐的——政策感到难以置信。“我不明白,”扎瓦希里写道,“难道这些兄弟对目前敌人的数量还不满意,竟然如此急于在名单上增加新敌人吗?”2014年,在领导层之间经历了数月的争端后,基地组织宣布与伊斯兰国脱离关系。随后,在基地组织领导人拒绝向阿布·巴克尔·巴格达迪的哈里发效忠后,伊斯兰国将基地组织逐出宗教共同体。

伊斯兰国让许多穆斯林彻底厌恶了圣战的想法。许多人曾同情本·拉登,对美国和以色列心怀愤恨,当这两个国家遭到攻击时,他们在理智上并不反对,尽管在情感上并非如此。(我并不纵容恐怖主义,但是……)伊斯兰国让许多此前犹豫不决的穆斯林相信,圣战恐怖主义的逻辑终点是一个死亡崇拜。

在某些方面,对基地组织模式更具毁灭性的,是基地组织另一位地区领导人的相反转变,

美国国防部 / 盖蒂图片社

《大西洋月刊》

33


艾哈迈德·沙拉(Ahmed al-Sharaa)。作为一名在伊拉克反美圣战中久经沙场的战士以及巴格达迪的亲信,沙拉在2013年与巴格达迪分道扬镳,就在后者宣布建立哈里发国前不久。沙拉领导的组织——努斯拉阵线(Nusra Front)——也好不到哪里去:该组织同样进行酷刑、杀戮并建立了一个圣战国家,且在此案例中效忠于扎瓦希里。但在大约五年的时间里,沙拉及其追随者失去了对圣战的兴趣。2023年,他告诉记者瓦西姆·纳斯尔(Wassim Nasr),他们不再是圣战分子,且全球圣战运动“只给他们的社区带来了破坏和失败”。据报道,他及其回归的圣战分子协助美国攻击了中东的伊斯兰国势力。随后,在2024年12月,他们攻占了大马士革

并接管了叙利亚政府。就任总统后,沙拉先后访问了伦敦和华盛顿。唐纳德·特朗普接见了他,称他为“一个年轻、有吸引力的家伙”,随后还送了他一瓶古龙水。

这个例子引起了关注。法国24小时新闻台(France 24)记者兼苏凡中心(Soufan Center)高级研究员纳斯尔最近采访了基地组织目前在萨赫勒地区的的分支机构——支持伊斯兰和穆斯林组织(JNIM)的领导层。他告诉我,该组织从沙拉身上学到,只要“谴责全球恐怖主义”,就“有可能脱离圣战领域并被国际社会接受”。他说,该组织正在考虑尝试沿着类似的路线进行转型。此类举措的主要障碍是伊斯兰国

img-45.jpeg

从顶部起顺时针方向依次为:艾哈迈德·沙拉,前基地组织附属机构领导人,现任叙利亚总统;赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔(Saif al-Adel)的通缉令,据称他是基地组织的新领导人;4月由基地组织萨赫勒分支“支持伊斯兰和穆斯林组织”部分策划的袭击后,马里巴马科街道上空升起的浓烟。

-46.

-47.

MOHAMMAD DAHER / BURPHOTO / 盖蒂图片社;MAI / 盖蒂图片社;法新社 / 盖蒂图片社

34

2026年9月

A


西非省。在转向温和之前,沙拉必须等待伊斯兰国在叙利亚被摧毁,这样他才不会面临成员叛逃。JNIM目前仍在与伊斯兰国作战,纳斯尔表示,该组织尚未处于探索温和化的地位。

“基地组织生了一个好儿子和一个坏儿子,”牛津大学圣战研究学者托马斯·赫格哈默(Thomas Hegghammer)告诉我。“坏儿子是伊斯兰国,它做了太多坏事,导致整个家族名声扫地。但随后,好儿子通过精明的手段获得了国家权力。”基地组织希望其特许经营分支能展示其持久力。相反,这些分支证明了,如果遵循其意识形态,结果是十字架钉刑和斩首;而如果放弃它,则能获得权力。

很难接受你的敌人是个白痴,而你竟然还是在输给他。也许赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔在伊朗安全屋里有充足的空闲时间,修了在线的高管MBA课程,学会了如何激励员工并让他们坚守使命,而他的前任们肯定没这么做。另一种可能性是,赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔根本掌控不了任何东西,且多年来一直无关紧要。这两种可能性都让美国显得不光彩。第一种可能性表明,在经历了25年的反恐战争后,恐怖主义正在获胜。第二种可能性则表明,这些无能的无名之辈竟然说服了美国挥霍其军事预算,却未能提高其在中东的地位。

两种情况都有可能,而且很难区分一个在秘密重建的基地组织和一个已经死掉的基地组织。一只正在潜行猎食的猫,与一只两周前被铲子敲在头上的猫一样安静。一些研究和分析圣战主义的人在试图说服他人相信基地组织核心属于第二种猫时,听起来显得十分沮丧。德克萨斯大学奥斯汀分校的历史学家科尔·邦泽尔告诉我,他认为基地组织是一个在虚弱掩护下积蓄力量的“秘密巨兽”这一观点“基本是胡说八道”。

“我几乎看不到任何证据表明基地组织作为一个中央组织具有任何能力或才干,”邦泽尔说。虽然各个分支机构自称基地组织,但他们似乎没有从基地组织核心的任何人那里获得任何有意义的指导。他将核心小组比作一个“基本失效的播客”,一群老家伙偶尔聚在一起发表声明,但除了对着虚空呐喊之外没有任何权力,因为全球圣战早已转向。

“以基地组织名义运作的分支机构与驻在伊朗、阿富汗和巴基斯坦的中央领导层几乎没有关系,”邦泽尔说,并补充道,赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔在伊朗监管下生活这一事实,会让任何人接受他的命令时感到尴尬,因为人们不得不怀疑这些命令是否是由一名伊朗情报官员口授的。当其他圣战分子在过去的25年里忙于宣布建立哈里发国、洗劫大城市以及播种杀戮与恐惧时,赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔一直在写文章,并低声承诺有什么大动作在筹备中。邦泽尔表示,这些文章并没有受到圣战分子的热烈欢迎,尤其是年轻人。孩子们正排队追随其他势力。

乔治城大学资深的基地组织观察员丹尼尔·拜曼提醒我,基地组织甚至还没有正式宣布赛义夫·阿尔-阿德尔在掌权。“他们不愿指派一名领导人的做法在我看来是非常糟糕的,”他说。“如果你是一个想加入的20岁年轻人,你会怎么想?这是一个没做出什么成绩的组织,而且我甚至不知道领导者是谁。这就是我要加入的组织!”随着时间流逝,基地组织对其主要敌人几乎没有造成任何实质性打击,拜曼说,“在某个时间点,数据就会变得非常清晰”,而最可能的结论就是基地组织核心“非常、非常虚弱”。

托马斯·海格哈默说,几十年来,他一直对那种认为基地组织的大规模袭击就在眼前的猜测感到困惑:“我们还得等多久才能认定这种预测是错误的?”他承认袭击随时可能发生。但几乎任何恐怖组织,包括那些没人听说过的组织,都能发动一次单一袭击。他说,应该问的问题是,基地组织是否能像伊斯兰国在2015年那样,发起一场持续的恐怖活动。这个问题是可以研究和评估的,而目前的答案似乎是否定的。

赫格哈默表示,基地组织最令人惊叹之处在于,它竟然说服了如此之多的敌人与其一同在混乱中蹒跚前行。这群无能之辈不知怎么地,竟然在“美国国家安全机构的脑海中免费占据了一席之地,且时间之久令人惊叹”。它在这一集体想象中栖息并占据主导地位,而它能持续留在敌人脑海中的这种能力,比任何实质性的成就都更令人印象深刻。他说,该组织构成的威胁是真实的,寻找并摧毁它是合理的。但赫格哈默所谓的基地组织的“鬼故事”——那些关于它的、不间断且侵入性的想法,包括将权力与天才疯狂地投射到一个根据所有证据来看已然崩溃的组织身上——本该在很久以前就结束了。

2015年,在伊斯兰国的鼎盛时期,我就该组织在一次由政策制定者和专家组成的私人听众面前发表了演讲。我强调,该组织想要建立一个国家,并且与基地组织不同,如果它认为发动恐怖袭击会与其建国目标相冲突,它将减少在美国发动恐怖袭击的努力。演讲结束后,一名美国国务院的前高级官员走到我面前,说他没有理由怀疑我的分析。但他提醒我,在措辞上应极其谨慎,因为任何预测袭击会减少的人,在袭击发生时都会遭到嘲笑;而任何声称敌人能力已下降的人,一旦敌人设法进行最后一次反击,就将永远被忽视。“你不会想成为那样一个人,”他说:在数千人被塞夫·阿尔-阿德尔的蓖麻毒素污染了他们的奇乐兹(Cheerios)早餐麦片的前一天,告诉所有人冷静下来的那个人。

但在基地组织的案例中,那个“那样的人”在过去的25年里一直是对的。A

格雷姆·伍德是《大西洋月刊》的特约撰稿人。

《大西洋月刊》

35

--。

HOW

MONA

DO

不知为何,它们横跨整个大陆,在与祖先相同的森林中过冬。

我们才刚刚开始揭开它们的秘密。

作者:范·R·纽基克二世(VANN R. NEWKIRK II)

摄影:ANA HOP


DO

CHS

IT?


¡Mire!”(看!)我的向导西尔维斯特(Silvestre)指向上方,仿佛我还没有一直仰着脖子,尽可能地向后伸展一样。天空中充满了数以百万计翩翩起舞的身影,随机地聚集形成云团,偶尔化作穿梭在树林间的丝带。无数只蝴蝶翅膀拍打着空气,其震动声清晰可闻,宛如远处奔腾的瀑布。我第一次体会到了我此次前来见证的这一盛况之宏大。

我正处于埃尔罗萨里奥(El Rosario)蝴蝶保护区中心,这里是墨西哥黑脉金斑蝶生物圈保护区的一部分。由于不习惯海拔近 11,000 英尺的高原稀薄空气,我骑着一只名为 Pelucha 的锈红色母马前往保护区的高地。在半山腰左右,橙黑相间的蝴蝶开始成群出现,落在花朵上或聚集在水洼边饮水。成对的蝴蝶到处在交配,它们在小径上不断纠缠,让人很难避免踩到它们;Pelucha 兴致勃勃地在蹄下踩碎了好几只。我在小径顶端下马,跟随西尔维斯特钻过一根绳索,这根绳索是为了防止游客进入保护区最敏感的区域。

那是二月,这些黑脉金斑蝶——在墨西哥过冬的北方来客——正准备进行最后的旅程,而这次旅程同时也是一场向北跨越多代的接力赛的第一阶段。它们纤弱的外表掩盖了其生命周期,这种周期与其说像儿童书里读到的内容,不如说更像长途货运。在我上方的每一只蝴蝶都已经历了许多艰苦的考验。在接下来的大约一周内,大多数蝴蝶将启程离去。

黑脉金斑蝶的迁徙是自然界的奇迹,是地球上任何生物所进行的年度迁徙周期中最长的一次,跨越数千英里。在过去的半个世纪里,黑脉金斑蝶穿越的土地变得对其更加敌对,这是开发建设、除草剂、全球变暖以及有组织犯罪共同导致的结果,所有这些都让这次迁徙的未来变得不确定。然而,我此次前来撰写的报道——以及我闯入这个及其他保护区的原因——不仅仅是一个关于美被人类践踏和贪婪所削弱的故事。最近出现了一些好消息:在经历了长期的数量下降后,过去两年的种群估计值有所增加。这种稳定状态似乎至少部分地与在墨西哥、美国和加拿大拯救蝴蝶栖息地的努力有关。这些进展给了人们希望,认为拯救黑脉金斑蝶及其迁徙可能仍然存在一条路径。

黑脉金斑蝶之所以能延续,部分原因在于其人类伙伴的不懈努力;在于那些在各个意义上将生命奉献给自然保护的人们。但最主要的原因是,生命的职责就是生存;因为在那些顶针般大小的身体里,隐藏着一个让最令人惊叹的机器都相形见绌的生存动力源。我们对这些蝴蝶了解得越多,就越能意识到它们至今能战胜我们为其制造的重重困难是多么非凡,以及这些困难依然多么严峻。

我们直到大约半个世纪前才意识到黑脉金斑蝶(monarch)的迁徙竟如此壮阔。在 20 世纪 70 年代,加拿大蝴蝶研究员弗雷德和诺拉·厄奎哈特(Fred and Norah Urquhart)通过在蝴蝶翅膀上贴纸质标签,完成了一项终身使命:揭开安大略省出生的所有黑脉金斑蝶在秋季究竟去了哪里这一谜团。令他们惊讶的是,他们追踪的这些旅者一路南下,穿越整个美国,最终抵达墨西哥米却肯州(Michoacán)的山林。在那里,它们栖息在仅有几个聚集地中,这些聚集地总面积不超过几个街区,却在冬季容纳了几乎整个大陆的所有黑脉金斑蝶。厄奎哈特夫妇于 1976 年首次访问这些聚集地,《国家地理》随后发表了一篇关于这一突破的封面故事。

几个世纪以来,墨西哥高地的原住民在收获季节一直见证着黑脉金斑蝶的年度回归,尽管在大部分时间里,他们并不清楚这些蝴蝶来自何方。这些蝴蝶进行这种迁徙的时间长达 20 millennia,在上一次冰河时代,它们曾寻找路径往返于随着春天而退却的冰川所挖掘出的原野之间。现在,它们的栖息地位于我访问过的几个保护区内。在距离埃尔罗萨里奥(El Rosario)北边几英里的钦卡山(Sierra Chinca),我站在悬崖上,俯瞰着细长的奥亚梅尔冷杉(oyamel fir)树干。我看着黑脉金斑蝶像活生生的河流一样向不同方向飞翔,有时像一个永远在被系上的巨大绳结一样相互缠绕,我徒劳地寻找着我知道在其中三只黑脉金斑蝶。

每一只在电子表格中都有一个编号——CHI016、CHI013 和 CHI001——但对于蝴蝶来说,这些名字太无趣了,所以我请我 6 岁的女儿给它们起更好的名字。她想出了辛德瑞拉(Cinderella)、埃里克(Eric)和卡尔(Carle)。(她能背诵《好饿的毛毛虫》。)

这三只蝴蝶没有什么特别之处,除了它们佩戴的装备。每只蝴蝶的胸部都贴着一个像微型背包一样的发射器,大小如同一粒米。这些被称为 BlüMorpho 标签的发射器是由一家名为

img-48.jpeg

AIR BOP FOR THE ATLANTIC

38

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


img-49.jpeg

A monarch butterfly in El Rosario butterfly sanctuary, in Angangueo, Mexico

Cellular Tracking Technologies 的公司开发的,而辛德瑞拉、埃里克和卡尔是第一批佩戴这种设备的黑脉金斑蝶。

在访问保护区之前,我与 CTT 的高管、BlüMorpho 的核心设计者之一大卫·拉普马(David La Puma)进行了交谈。该公司最初专注于开发追踪老鹰的技术,但拉普马此前曾从事黑脉金斑蝶的保护工作,因此将对蝴蝶的兴趣带到了公司。追踪黑脉金斑蝶与追踪老鹰截然不同,因为每只黑脉金斑蝶的重量都低于一张一加元钞票。附在上面的任何发射器重量都不能超过几粒沙子。

没有任何电池能做得那么小且在数月的飞行中持续供电,而 CTT 用于老鹰追踪器的太阳能电池板又太重了。但团队找到了解决方案:将覆盖在卫星翅膀上的超薄太阳能方块小心地切割成微小的定制电池。追踪器的早期版本是用睫毛胶贴在蝴蝶身上的,通过蓝牙与手机应用程序连接,允许爱好者追踪附近的蝴蝶——拉普马说,这就像是“黑脉金斑蝶版的 Pokémon Go”——并以某种较为随意的方式记录它们的位置。最新的迭代版本更像谷歌地图,能几乎实时地向任何人提供关于蝴蝶位置的更完整数据。

了解更多关于蝴蝶个体习性的信息,或许能让我们帮助它们在整体上繁衍生息(稍后将详细讨论)。这些数据也仅仅是帮助我们更好地了解黑脉金斑蝶。事实证明,有些蝴蝶的方向感似乎比其他蝴蝶差,可能会发现自己正从墨西哥向西或向南飞行。在原型开发阶段,一些黑脉金斑蝶被探测到在墨西哥湾的石油平台附近,远离陆地,而有些蝴蝶似乎很享受在加勒比海度假。然而,大多数蝴蝶似乎沿着空中不可见的走廊,遵循着早已确立的路径飞行。

辛德瑞拉(Cinderella)、埃里克(Eric)和卡尔(Carle)都在谢拉钦卡(Sierra Chinca)被标记了,这意味着我可以推断出关于它们生活的一些事实。它们已经是名副其实的世界级漫游者,在秋季从加拿大一路飞到这里,经历了为期三个月的

The Atlantic

39


旅程。沿途,它们躲避了鸟类、风车和汽车,最终抵达了与它们曾祖辈栖息相同的那片森林——甚至可能是同一棵树。在冬天的很大一部分时间里,它们没有进食,几乎没有移动,与同伴们紧紧挤在一起,从远处看,它们就像覆盖在树干侧面的鳞片装甲。现在它们苏醒了,舒展翅膀,暖身准备。

虽然我在天空中找不到它们,但我能从手机上看到辛德瑞拉、埃里克和卡尔就在附近。在接下来的几周里,我将继续关注它们,以一种在仅一年前还不可能实现的细节程度追踪它们的动向。

单只蝴蝶在一天之内可以飞行远达 100 英里,并且可以聚集在如此浓密的群体中,以至于在天气雷达上显示为云团。滑翔机飞行员曾见过它们在 10,000 英尺以上的高度飞行。年复一年,尽管新一代蝴蝶从未见过那些地标,但它们往往会聚集在相同的地标周围。例如,它们似乎非常喜爱新泽西州长滩岛上的巴内加特灯塔(Barnegat Lighthouse)。

黑脉金斑蝶的导航壮举得益于它们的内部技术,一套在某些方面超越了我们理解的本能工具。蝴蝶的眼睛可以感知不同形式光线的角度和强度。在每根触角中,一系列复杂的分子维持着它们的昼夜节律钟,当这与阳光线索相结合时,便赋予了它们方向感。

当太阳不可靠时,黑脉金斑蝶有一种次要的寻路方法——一个允许它们感知地球磁场的生物指南针。内部恒温器则帮助控制它们向北移动的时机。

蝴蝶的迁徙是为了适应北美的地理环境而演化的。黑脉金斑蝶的幼虫只吃乳草,乳草在较凉爽的气候中生长最好,但成年蝴蝶无法耐受冰冻温度。大陆内部没有山脉或海洋的阻隔,其长度允许黑脉金斑蝶在全年寻找合适的天气和植物——一种“金发姑娘”式的生态环境,既不过热也不过冷。它们是自然工程的奇迹,是进化在漫长的时间跨度中能够实现的优雅之作。

“对于必须在冬季生存的昆虫来说,冬天很艰难,而黑脉金斑蝶基本上通过离开来避开冬天,”威斯康星大学麦迪逊分校的研究员、黑脉金斑蝶基金会(Monarch Butterfly Fund)联合创始人凯伦·奥伯豪泽(Karen Oberhauser)说道。与许多适应于非常特定微生态系统的其他蝴蝶物种不同,如果局部环境发生变化,黑脉金斑蝶拥有更多选择。

事实上,它们似乎极其适应与世界上最具破坏性的变革代理人——人类——共存。乳草倾向于在过渡区域生长,例如休耕地、未修剪的草坪以及公路边缘。“当我刚开始研究黑脉金斑蝶时,它们确实看起来比许多其他物种更有优势,”奥伯豪泽告诉我,“这是一种适应干扰的物种。”她深情地表示,黑脉金斑蝶就像老鼠或鸽子一样,都是现代生活中奇怪但坚韧的动物群的一员。

但任何生物的适应能力都是有限的,人类活动一直在稳步侵蚀黑脉金斑蝶的容错空间。在 20 世纪 30 年代,墨西哥的土地改革计划创建了 ejidos(公有地),即指定给农民共同使用的区域。他们开始砍伐古老的奥亚梅尔森林以种植玉米、豆类和南瓜,并出售砍伐的木材。商业利益也随之介入,加速了蝴蝶冬季栖息地的伐木活动。

在格兰德河以北,干扰本身也遭到了干扰。虽然乳草可以在道路两旁繁茂生长,但州际公路系统的出现也引入了最高效的蝴蝶杀手之一:疾驰的车流。而且,尽管中西部的农田曾是乳草可靠的(尽管是偶然的)孵化器,但 90 年代 Roundup Ready 作物的开发使得除草剂的使用更加随意。几乎一夜之间,乳草从大规模农场中消失了。

根据世界自然基金会最近的一份报告,黑脉金斑蝶种群在冬季覆盖的总面积从 1996 年的 45 英亩下降到 2013 年的不足两英亩的低点。自 90 年代中期以来,种群规模的五年平均值下降了 80%,减少了约 1.7 亿只蝴蝶。

正如奥伯豪泽告诉我的,人类造成的改变已经追上了黑脉金斑蝶。事实上,迁徙的复杂性现在可能成为一种劣势,因为旅途中的多个停靠点同时面临剧变。“正是让它们如此强大的特质,也让它们变得脆弱,”她说。

我的三只蝴蝶从一开始就很强壮。在毛虫阶段,它们大量食用对大多数动物有毒的乳草,并将这种毒素整合到自己的身体中。它们独特的颜色既是对捕食者的警告,也是一种入会勋章。

它们已经是“1%”的精英——在去年安大略省产下的卵中,只有 100 分之一能孵化出能走到这么远的蝴蝶。它们这一代被称为“超级一代”,比它们的父母一代或未来的子孙一代更庞大、更强健:它们是为完成全程向南旅程并返回部分路程而生的“百夫长”。(最终将由连续两代完成往返加拿大的旅程。)现在,在经历了一个冬天的禁食、在寒冷中紧紧簇拥之后,它们正在恢复体力,啜饮着栖息树附近花朵的花蜜。在我的手机上,我可以看到一张地图,记录着蝴蝶在四处漫游时发出的每个位置信号,它们总是会回到中心栖息地。

我的手机只能显示它们的行动,而不能显示它们更私密的事宜,但我知道在离开这些森林之前,它们每只都会找到配偶。对于辛德瑞拉和埃里克——我告诉女儿,埃里克是一只雌蝶——它们的配偶提供的

三月初,黑脉金斑蝶在埃尔罗萨里奥的一棵树枝上休息。在冬季的低温下,蝴蝶们紧紧地挤在一起,看起来像树上的鳞片。

ANA BOP 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄

《大西洋月刊》

41


精子包中还将包含一份营养沉积,这将帮助它们应对旅途的艰辛。卡尔则会削弱自己,给他的配偶一份礼物,她必须利用这份礼物来确保后代的生存。

在过去的几十年里,一群由基层活动人士、科学家和爱好者组成的多元团体一直致力于阻止黑脉金斑蝶(monarchs)的衰落。我是作为其中一人的客人来到辛卡山(Sierra Chinca)的。当地活动人士兼农民何塞·路易斯·阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉(José Luis Álvarez Alcalá)带我四处参观。他指向保护区入口附近的游客中心、餐厅和礼品店。“30年前这里什么都没有,”他告诉我。然后他指向一群正向山坡蔓延的幼树。“那些很多之前也没有。”阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉对此很清楚:他参与创建了其中的大部分。

阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉声音中的厚重感能让人听出他多年烟不离手的习惯,我们见面时,他因为最近工作时的一次跌倒而走路跛行。他说,他最初并不是一个热爱蝴蝶的人,但对振兴包含这些保护区在内的地区感兴趣,他在哈仙达·拉克鲁兹(Hacienda la Cruz)经营着一家树苗圃,那是他修复的一座17世纪西班牙殖民时期的庄园。到20世纪80年代,就在《国家地理》(National Geographic)报道发表后几年,尽管几乎没有任何旅游基础设施,黑脉金斑蝶已经吸引了大量来自国外的勇敢观光客。阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉意识到,或许有一种方法可以将该物种的生存与当地经济结合起来。

1986年,总统米格尔·德拉马德里(Miguel de la Madrid)为主要集群地提供了国家级保护,创建了黑脉金斑蝶生物圈保护区。但这些保护措施并未停止甚至没有减缓伐木行为。在蝴蝶科学家林肯·P·布劳尔(Lincoln P. Brower)的鼓励下,阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉及其同僚制定了一项更积极的计划。他们将向ejidos(社区共有地)的成员提供奥亚梅尔冷杉和松树幼苗进行种植,以替代他们通常种植的作物。种植者仍可自由地通过出售圣诞树木材、建筑木材或木炭从土地中获利,但会被鼓励以可持续的方式采伐木材。如果操作得当且规模足够大,这一模式既能为ejidatarios(共有地成员)提供收入,也能为蝴蝶旅游业奠定基础。

阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉表示,自1997年启动以来,他的拉克鲁兹栖息地保护项目(La Cruz Habitat Protection Project)已种植了约2000 万棵奥亚梅尔冷杉和松树。其他团体也重新造林了数百公顷。作为这项实验一部分而种植的最早一批树木现在已经成熟,为精疲力竭的黑脉金斑蝶提供了冬季度假地。

在短短几年时间里,重新造林和生态旅游改变了米却肯州(Michoacán)的大部分地区,该州正是这些保护区所在地。在安冈格奥(Angangueo)市,一幅绚丽的壁画描绘了黑脉金斑蝶——这些“太阳之女”(hijas del sol)的社会历史,其中还包括一幅现在著名的1976年《国家地理》封面画。在埃尔罗萨里奥(El Rosario),那些小饰品和纪念品、旅游巴士停车场,甚至出租马厩,都诉说着一种直到最近才形成的共生关系。

黑脉金斑蝶的明星地位也改变了其迁徙路线北段沿线的地区。在美国,有七个州将黑脉金斑蝶列为官方昆虫或蝴蝶;在许多地方,黑脉金斑蝶出现在车牌上,敦促其他驾驶者保护环境。现在有超过50,000个庭院、公园和学校设有“黑脉金斑蝶中继站”(Monarch Waystations),即种植了乳草和花卉的特殊花园。

根据世界自然基金会(WWF)的数据,今年黑脉金斑蝶覆盖的越冬区域增加了64%。辛德瑞拉(Cinderella)、埃里克(Eric)和卡尔(Carle)这一代是七年来离开墨西哥规模最大的一批。世界自然基金会得出的审慎结论是,“尽管面临挑战,但保护工作正在产生影响”。

然而,黑脉金斑蝶面前出现了新的挑战,新的危机。而这些危机可能会掩盖它们迄今为止所经历的一切。

该死的牛油果。”阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉的儿子卢卡(Luca)正开车带我游览哈仙达·拉克鲁兹的郊区,那里是拉克鲁兹栖息地保护项目的基地。他指向远处那片令人反感的田地,那里整齐地排列着猎绿色灌木丛

[...OMITTED...]

这是一个明显的迹象。这些果实代表了对重新造林任务以及黑脉金斑蝶生存的最新威胁之一。

我抵达墨西哥的时间恰好在年度牛油果消费高峰期之后:超级碗。米却肯州是全球最大的牛油果种植区,生产了美国消费的几乎所有牛油果。这里的火山土壤非常适合这种水果生长,而美国人对牛油果酱和精致吐司的强烈需求,使得牛油果在当地被冠以“oro verde”——“绿金”之名。

不幸的是,对于黑脉金斑蝶来说,它们的森林恰好位于一些最具潜力的牛油果种植区中心。而这场“绿金热”如此有利可图,以至于吸引了当地贩毒集团的注意,这些集团现在敲诈当地种植者,将大量牛油果走私过境,甚至直接经营种植园。如果你在观看超级碗决赛时买了薯片和牛油果酱,很有可能某个贩毒集团从中获利了。

近期,贩毒集团成为了阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉及其儿子试图恢复和保护的森林中非法伐木的主要推手,大量土地已被转化为牛油果农场。2020年,生物圈保护区的一位著名环保人士奥梅罗·戈麦斯·冈萨雷斯被发现死在距离保护区最近的市镇奥坎波。戈麦斯·冈萨雷斯一直以激烈反对伐木者而闻名。他的遇害案尚未破获,但许多媒体将矛头指向了贩毒集团。

正是这些贩毒集团引发了我旅行期间席卷墨西哥的危机。就在我到达克鲁斯庄园的前三天,墨西哥当局击毙了哈利斯科新世代贩毒集团的头目内梅西奥·鲁本·奥塞古埃拉·塞万提斯。“埃尔·门乔”之死引发了哈利斯科州和米却肯州的暴力冲突:集团成员在主要道路上设立路障,并伏击国家

何塞·路易斯·阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉在克鲁斯庄园,

42

2026年9月

A


为《大西洋月刊》创作的 ANA BOP

img-50.jpeg

《大西洋月刊》

43


img-51.jpeg

为《大西洋月刊》创作的 ANA HOP

44

2026年9月

A

到二月中旬,辛德瑞拉变得不安,经常向西南方向飞去又飞回来,甚至造访奥坎波,向镇上的一家小吃店方向偏移。

围绕着罗萨里奥,一个生态旅游业已经发展起来。租赁马匹和导游帮助游客沿着保护区的高山小径旅行。

警卫队员,造成至少25人死亡,并袭击了数名记者。

当我询问年长的阿尔瓦雷斯在该地区旅游是否安全时,他给了我听过的最不令人鼓舞的鼓励:“我认为不会有问题,”他说,“但生活中没有什么事是绝对肯定的。”在我前往罗萨里奥和钦夸山脉的旅途中,这两个保护区几乎没有游客;贩毒集团曾在钦夸山脉山脚附近纵火烧车。这一切都残酷地提醒人们,黑脉金斑蝶旅游是多么不稳定,而通过破坏能赚到多少钱。

当我与阿尔瓦雷斯·阿尔卡拉项目的执行主任梅根·富尔顿交谈时,她急于向我指出世界自然基金会(WWF)最近的一份报告,报告显示,尽管牛油果热潮依然存在,但过去一年保护区的森林退化和非法伐木率有所下降。她将这一积极进展归功于当地社区被全球变暖和天气变化所激励。“这些社区已经看到了气候变化的影响,”她说,“所以他们希望恢复他们的土地,并为后代保护它。”

但正是因为这些社区正在经历切实的影响——导致数百人死亡的前所未有热浪,以及摧毁农作物的创纪录干旱和山火——这意味着该问题比有组织犯罪更严重,且可能超出了个人或地方团体的解决能力。气候变化是现有麻烦的加速剂。曾经凉爽且不适合种植牛油果的高海拔山区正变得越来越热,因此更诱使人们砍伐森林。气温升高还将缩小本就狭小的奥亚梅尔冷杉(oyamel firs)适居带,即使在伐木尚未触及的地方,也会破坏森林生态。

最不祥的迹象在十字庄园(Hacienda la Cruz)清晰可见。在庄园外的森林里,就像绿色山坡上的伤疤一样,三块丑陋的棕色裸露树干残骸格外显眼。卢卡解释说,这些区域被松肩甲虫(pine bark beetles)侵染,这种甲虫是臭名昭著的常绿树杀手,以受压或衰弱的针叶树为食。甲虫是森林生态系统正常的一部分,且

其数量通常由寒冬控制。但现在的季节变得更温暖了。更多的树木现在遭受热压力和脱水,使其成为目标。奥亚梅尔冷杉尤其脆弱。当局已被迫砍掉保护区的整个区域,以防止甲虫侵染扩散。

在我的手机上,我可以看到到二月中旬,辛德瑞拉(Cinderella)变得不安,经常向西南方向飞行然后返回,甚至一两次访问了奥坎波(Ocampo),转向名为“Loncheria Los 4 Elementos”的地方,那是镇上的一家售卖托塔(tortas)、汉堡和米切拉达(micheladas)的小吃店。埃里克(Eric)则更具冒险精神,一路向西几乎到达了希达尔戈市(Ciudad Hidalgo),这位伟大的国父曾在那儿拥有一座庄园。卡尔(Carle)则更像个居家者,留在钦夸山脉(Sierra Chincua)附近,经常待在它的森林里。

埃里克是三人组中第一个永久离开的,但她的急切可能是她的死穴——天气可能还不够温暖,无法成功过境。她向北飞经克雷塔罗(Querétaro),但随后她的追踪器停止了传输。辛德瑞拉和卡尔选择在一周后,大约三月的第二周,随同同辈中的大多数一起离开。卡尔前方的路并不长;他很快也停止了传输。

但辛德瑞拉继续前行,在克雷塔罗蜿蜒而行,转向古老的殖民城市圣米格尔-德亚连德(San Miguel de Allende),然后向东北方向转弯。March 15, 她在德克萨斯州里奥格兰德城(Rio Grande City)附近跨过了格兰德河(Rio Grande)。

就在辛德瑞拉及其幸存同伴开始向美国扩散的同一周,我访问了君主蝶监测站(Monarch Watch),这是一个总部位于堪萨斯大学的组织,长期以来一直是君主蝶研究和保护的中心。我见到了现任主任克里斯汀·鲍姆(Kristen Baum)以及创始人兼名誉主任奇普·泰勒(Chip Taylor)。鲍姆为君主蝶监测站运营一个博客,追踪带有无线电标签的蝴蝶的移动。这些数据点可以帮助保护主义者更准确地模拟迁徙,预测种群规模的变化,并更好地决定如何以及在何处分配资源以恢复栖息地。在我访问的前一天,鲍姆注意到 CHI016,即辛德瑞拉的

《大西洋月刊》

45


政府登记名,可能是所有标签中向北飞行最远的。

君主蝶监测站占据的那栋小建筑里塞满了记录、研究资料以及蝴蝶本身。在一个房间里,我看着一只雌蝶破开绿色的蛹,钻出来展开翅膀。走廊对面是装满乳草种子的冰箱——自 2015 年以来,该团体已捐赠了超过 100 万 株乳草植物用于修复项目。

泰勒本人研发了一种人工饲料,可用作替代活体乳草来饲养毛虫。2009年,Monarch Watch将喂食这种饲料(看起来有点像陈旧的牛油果酱)的毛虫通过亚特兰蒂斯号航天飞机送往国际空间站,它们在那里成功地蜕变成了蝴蝶。

“名誉”这个词无法涵盖 88 岁的泰勒目前所扮演的全部角色;他经常出现在这座建筑周围。在获得更丰厚的资金支持之前,他曾利用自己和妻子投资苹果公司所获的收益,自掏腰包资助 Monarch Watch 的许多活动。他曾出资支付 100 比索的奖励,用于在墨西哥寻找纸质蝴蝶标签——这仍然是追踪这些生物的标准低技术手段——而这种情况在某一年变成了问题,因为人们找回了 3,000 多只带有标签的蝴蝶。“那花了我 12,000 美元,”他告诉我,“我并不太想一遍又一遍地这么做。”

在周围环绕着所有蝴蝶海报和欢乐照片的环境中,很难开口问他我真正想问的问题。但泰勒最终叹了口气,主动开始回答。“我们在生态上为拯救黑脉金斑蝶所做的一切,其规模与目前发生的情况相比简直微不足道,”他说,“随着时间的推移,种群数量将不断下降,因为我认为,在目前这个阶段,我们无法真正掌握足够的修复手段。”

在美国和加拿大,计算结果与在墨西哥一样。尽管近期在阻止蝴蝶数量下降方面取得了一些艰苦的成功,但我们仅仅是在追赶进度。现在,气候变化是黑脉金斑蝶数量的主要威胁,而且它是不可撼动的。更高的温度使得

黑脉金斑蝶更容易受到一种名为 Ophryocystis elektroscirrha 的原生动物的感染,这种寄生虫会耗尽蝴蝶的体力,使其更难以完成旅程。而气候转变又是特定地点乳草生存能力的另一个威胁,扰乱了对每只蝴蝶旅行至关重要的距离和时机。

“也许我们可以对气候采取一些措施,但采取措施的机会真的在非常迅速地减少,”泰勒说。即使考虑到今年数量出人意料的回升,他认为在迁徙黑脉金斑蝶的数量低到无法恢复之前,大约还有 20 年的时间。美国鱼类及野生动物管理局估计,到 2080 年,东部迁徙黑脉金斑蝶灭绝的可能性高达 50% 以上。

在我成长过程中,卧室窗外的花朵总是能吸引访客。我经常在早晨被蜂鸟翅膀的嗡嗡声唤醒。但我最欣喜迎接的访客是黑脉金斑蝶。在夏末的日子里,五彩斑斓的蝴蝶会聚集在一起降落,像一张橙色毯子一样覆盖在花朵上。即便在那时,我也明白它们转瞬即逝的纤弱之中有着某种特别之处。而这种纤弱确实是转瞬即逝的:世界可能再也看不到像那时那样多的黑脉金斑蝶了。

但我不会完全赌黑脉金斑蝶会失败。保护该物种的斗争仍在继续。在这种坚持和协作的特质中,这场斗争与黑脉金斑蝶本身具有相似之处。这个项目证明,在这个破碎的时代,人们可以团结起来,决定共同守护他们认为有价值的事物。

即便泰勒对黑脉金斑蝶的未来感到绝望,他还是简短地沉思了一下,关于重新补充野生蝴蝶的可能—。

通过扩大规模的 Monarch Watch 殖民地计划来补充野生蝴蝶种群。由此,他致力于完善其自研殖民地流程的努力——为毛虫准备的绿色奶昔、寄生虫检测程序——在我看来变得更加清晰。我意识到,这些可以被理解为一种尝试,旨在为未来的世界封存一抹黑脉金斑蝶的魔力。也许在那个未来,迁徙将在类似“蝴蝶末日金库”之物的帮助下继续。或者,黑脉金斑蝶的下一代朋友们会找到进一步的创新,以击败那些目前看来不可逾越的问题。

我们最近学到的关于个体蝴蝶的知识将有助于解决这些科学问题,但所有这些新信息中最重要的贡献可能是“惊叹”本身。我不是一名科学家,但在观察和追踪蝴蝶数月之后,在我看来,黑脉金斑蝶具有某种“个性”,一种可能让它们更受公众喜爱的个体水平。有些蝴蝶显得冲动,或具有令人印象深刻的耐力,它们出发更早,飞行距离更远,而另一些则完全没有出发。在埃尔罗萨里奥(El Rosario),当我询问我的向导西尔维斯特(Silvestre)为什么一群蝴蝶会选择特定时间寻找水源时,他的回答十分神秘:“它们自己决定。”

无论我们是否将其称为个性,蝴蝶的个体性背后都有科学依据。在人类中,神经质和鲁莽等特质似乎具有某种进化基础——出现这些特质或许是为了给我们的物种提供警卫以提醒威胁,以及提供引领我们寻找新食物来源的探险家。研究表明,那些看起来缺乏方向感的“笨拙”蝴蝶实际上是先驱,是寻找可开发的新栖息地,或在情况恶化时寻找避难新地的侦察兵。

顶部:在堪萨斯州劳伦斯的蝴蝶研究与保护中心 Monarch Watch,一张纸质追踪标签正被贴在一只黑脉金斑蝶身上。

中部:一个蝴蝶栖息箱,用于 2009 年将黑脉金斑蝶毛虫从中心运送到国际空间站。底部:堪萨斯大学的学生梅里·克劳(Merrie Clough)正在准备毛虫食物,这些食物将与幼虫一起发送给希望饲养黑脉金斑蝶的个人和学校。

46

2026年9月

A


无论墨西哥路线发生什么,黑脉金斑蝶很可能会在其他地方生存下去,尽管数量会减少。在全球范围内,大多数黑脉金斑蝶种群——在西班牙,在夏威夷——很可能源自那些偏离墨西哥迁徙路径的迷途个体。19 世纪 70 年代被引入澳大利亚的黑脉金斑蝶现在已经在东海岸和西南海岸建立了年度迁徙——它们赢得了当地恰如其分的绰号“流浪者”。而在美国、中美洲和加勒比地区的某些小区域,在乳草全年生长的地方,小规模的黑脉金斑蝶种群已经定居,不再迁徙,且现在的翼展比那些迁徙的亲戚要短。

尽管看似脆弱,但黑脉金斑蝶将成为拯救它们的行动中一个极其有能力的合作伙伴。它们可能还会给我们带来惊喜。而我们可能也会给自己带来惊喜。

辛德瑞拉(CINDERELLA)是一名马拉松选手。 她飞过圣安东尼奥,然后绕过奥斯汀,在西南向南(South by Southwest)节期间避开了市中心的拥堵,然后穿过松林(Piney Woods)前往德克萨斯卡纳(Texarkana)。在最后一次被探测到时,辛德瑞拉位于阿肯色州,她可能已经从五大湖区飞往墨西哥高地,然后又飞回了一半的路程。她所属的离散群体已遍布该国的广阔区域,最终抵达佛罗里达州、乔治亚州、密西西比州、路易斯安那州、俄克拉荷马州以及其间的每一个地方。它们已耗尽心力,但它们完成了自己的生物使命。

在辛德瑞拉大约八个月的生命里,她飞行了比科学家想象中更远的距离,直线距离超过 3,000 英里。沿途,她可能在乳草植物上产下了数百枚微小的卵。也许其中一些孵化出的幼虫能够生存下来,并延续她的血脉。也许它们同样会拥有她那种超自然的力量与韧性。为了我女儿能够生活在一个充满美感的世界,我希望它们能做到。A

范·R·纽基克二世(Vann R. Newkirk II)是《大西洋月刊》的高级编辑。

《大西洋月刊》

摄影:CHASE CASTOR 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄

47

--。

那些对毒品说“是”的城市

旨在为成瘾者提供洁净针头和用药场所的政策本意是为了减轻伤害。然而,它们却制造了一场“僵尸启示录”。

作者:迈克尔·鲍威尔 / 摄影:达娜·戈兰


《大西洋月刊》

49


去年年底,我从西雅图市中心步行约一英里来到工人阶级聚居的小西贡社区,目睹了一幅人类绝望的蒙太奇图景。一个露天毒品市场沿着第12街和杰克逊街的交叉口延伸:大约有 250 人,许多人正在吸食芬太尼,或在药物的掌控下弯着腰,身体倾斜,仿佛正处于跌落之中。三名女性昏迷在人行道上,胸口缓慢地起伏,而其他成瘾者从她们身上跨过,毒贩则在进行交易。背着书包的小男孩们站在远处的街角观看。

我绕过街区来到 Hoa Mai 游乐场,这个名字取自一种象征重生的越南花卉。市政工作人员安装了大门以将吸毒者隔离开,但在一个周三的下午 4 点,我数出有 27 人在吸毒并陷入昏睡。现场没有看到任何孩子。

向南半英里,在比肯山社区,我参观了一个以菲律宾民族主义者何塞·里萨尔命名的 10 英亩公园。那里有一个游乐场和一片苹果园的遗迹,夜晚你可以远眺市中心,看到城市的灯火。当我到达时,一名吸毒者蹲在儿童滑梯旁排泄。其他人搭建了帐篷并占领了公园凉亭,他们在锡箔纸上加热芬太尼,用玻璃烟管吸入烟雾。少数人则采用传统方式进行注射。

在街对面,我与在公交车站等待的安吉丽娜·蒙塞古尔交谈。她告诉我,小时候她和父亲常在公园里吃糖苹果,观看 7 月 4 日的烟花。几周前,她和 6 岁的女儿在公交车上看到一名男子在车内吸食芬太尼。“你是认真的吗?”她对他大喊道,“我女儿有哮喘。”我问她是否报了警,她对我这种天真地笑了笑。“市政府所做的就是派出团队分发铝箔纸和芬太尼烟管。”

西雅图是世界上最富有且受教育程度最高的城市之一。它有能力尝试各种策略来应对毒品流行和高死亡过量率。然而,该市的许多领导者(显然得到了选民的支持)认为,强制执行禁止公开销售和使用麻醉品的禁令,以及强迫成瘾者离开街道进入治疗中心,等同于一种国家压迫行为。

西雅图与许多其他自由派美国城市一样,接纳了一种激进形式的“伤害减轻”(harm reduction),这与其说是对待成瘾的一种科学方法,不如说是一种治疗成瘾的哲学。伤害减轻的拥护者认为,警察和外展工作人员应该“在成瘾者所处的状态下接纳他们”,也就是说,不带评判地接纳。作为伤害减轻的堡垒,纽约州卫生部将其描述为一场致力于在吸毒者中“建立领导力”的“社会运动”。在这些地方,对麻醉品使用的事实限制(有时甚至是法律限制)已被大大放宽;城市资助工作人员团队分发吸毒用具,在极少数情况下,他们甚至为成瘾者创建了专门的注射空间。与此同时,在与人员短缺和预算削减作斗争的警察部门,已经停止投入资源将吸毒者和毒贩从街道、公园或游乐场中清除。

减害疗法诞生于 50 年前,源于一种令人钦佩的人道主义冲动。其最基本的理念,例如为使用者提供干净的注射针头,理应获得广泛支持。然而,关于这种方法究竟是挽救了生命,还是加剧了美国可怕的药物流行病所带来的伤亡,仍存在争议。从 2014 到 2024, 大约有 862,000 名美国人死于药物过量,这一数字是前十年的两倍多。多项研究表明,在官方注射点注射的成瘾者死于过量的可能性远低于那些在小巷和公园等场所用药的人。然而,在过去十年中,几乎在所有实施最强力减害政策的城市,药物过量死亡率都急剧上升;即便在过去两年有所下降,其比率仍远高于前几十年。从 2016 到 2025, 7,089 人死于药物过量,包括西雅图在内的金县(King County)——是同期谋杀案人数的七倍。

减害疗法不仅仅是成瘾者的问题。在许多城市,药物使用者的自主权被置于几乎所有其他事物和人员之上,尤其是像蒙塞古尔(Monsegur)这样必须与成瘾者共存并接受反乌托邦式衰败的工人阶级家庭。斯坦福大学精神病学和行为科学教授、前奥巴马总统顾问基思·汉弗莱斯(Keith Humphreys)支持针头交换,反对大规模监禁使用者。但他在告诉我时提到,当他主张药物政策必须考虑对社区的影响时,一些批评者将他斥为反动派。他说,这些人的论点“听起来更像是在主张枪支权利和拒绝接种疫苗。这不再关乎全体人口,而只关乎使用药物的那个子集。”

近年来,旧金山和费城等城市的官员已采取行动,旨在遏制减害政策的过度倾向。尽管如此,这些政策在国家蓝色州(民主党主导地区)的公共卫生和政治领导人心中仍具有强大的影响力。我在访问西雅图和佛蒙特州伯灵顿(Burlington, Vermont)——美国两个较为进步的城市——时见证了这一点。这两个城市都深受高过量死亡率、警力不堪重负、公园和公共广场经常被药物使用占据,以及随之而来的盗窃和混乱之苦。然而,尽管情况如此,他们的许多民选官员仍继续坚持认为,减害疗法是解决成瘾问题最有效且最道德的方案。

减害疗法在 20 世纪 70 年代的荷兰生根发芽,那里的成瘾者组成了工会——例如鹿特丹的“瘾君子联盟”(Junkiebond)——分发针头并抵制官方对禁绝硬毒品的坚持。不久之后,这种理念在一些美国和加拿大城市获得了支持。我第一次接触到它是在 1991. 报道布鲁克林布什威克(Bushwick, Brooklyn)的一家海洛因注射室时。当时减害倡导者的工作无疑挽救了生命。在布什威克,药物使用者的 HIV 感染率已达到 50% 或更高,而当时的这一诊断几乎等同于死刑。活动人士冒着被捕的风险分发干净的针头和用于消毒旧针头的漂白剂。但一些人开始主张采取更激进的步骤:他们认为,如果成瘾者可以在无需担心被捕的情况下注射药物,死亡人数将会减少。

这一重大步骤并非发生在纽约,而是在温哥华,这座城市的政治文化倾向左翼且

50

2026

A


img-57.jpeg

在西雅图的工人阶级社区小西贡(Little Saigon),数百人聚集在露天毒品市场,企业和游乐场安装了大门以将成瘾者拒之门外。

自由意志主义,颂扬个人权利。2003年,随着药物过量死亡人数激增,加拿大自由党在联邦禁毒法中开辟了一项豁免,并在温哥华市中心东区(Downtown Eastside)——一个问题频发的码头社区——建立了北美首个获得批准的注射点。成瘾者可以将他们的海洛因和可卡因带到这个设有13个座位的中心,工作人员在那里分发针头、棉签和用于熬制药物的无菌水,并提供关于静脉维护的建议。诊所工作人员接受过扭转药物过量反应的培训,如果失败,则会向医院求助。

最初的民意调查发现,公众对该中心有着广泛的支持,对于美国及加拿大其他地区的某些活动人士、学者和记者来说,它就像一座灯塔。一系列研究和文章赞扬温哥华这个合法的“注射室”,认为它减少了艾滋病和其他感染病例,并降低了死亡率。公共卫生官员创造了一套不带评判色彩的术语,并沿用至今。“成瘾者”(addict)这个词带有污名化色彩;更好的称呼是“药物使用人群”(people who use drugs)。人们是对麻醉品进行“使用”(used)而非“滥用”(abused)。他们不是“药检未通过”(fail a drug test),而是“检测呈阳性”(tested positive)。

温哥华模式在加拿大各地催生了数十个注射点。不列颠哥伦比亚省的卫生官员走得更远,倡导一项名为“更安全供应”(safer supply)的计划:前政府官员创办的公司向成瘾者免费提供阿片类药物替代品,例如医药级氢吗啡片——其药效远强于海洛因。药物使用者从药房和特制的自动售货机中获取这些药片。

到2020年,该省成瘾者的权利已趋向于某种幻想。2023年,该省将少量某些硬性毒品的持有行为去罪化。一家医院指示护士不要没收患者身上的芬太尼或冰毒,也不要限制疑似毒贩探视患者。当不列颠哥伦比亚省禁止在公共公园、操场或游泳池50英尺范围内使用非法药物时,省最高法院阻止了该法律的实施,裁定这可能会给药物使用者造成“不可挽回的损害”。西蒙弗雷泽大学研究成瘾问题的朱利安·索默斯(Julian Somers)告诉我:“伤害减轻主义者拥有推土机般的威力。”

一些成瘾者学会了钻系统的漏洞,通过获取每日配额的氢吗啡药片——每天15片或更多是常态——然后将其卖给毒贩,以换取药效更强的芬太尼混合物。

DANA GOLAN FOR THE ATLANTIC

The Atlantic

51


毒贩随后可以将原装药片在街头出售。《国家邮报》(National Post)的一项调查报告称,在实施了“更安全供应”的城市中,黑市药片的价格下降了70%或更多。这反过来扩大了成瘾人群的范围,并导致更多药物过量事件。

后果在预料之中。在二十年的时间里,数以千计的药物使用者涌入市中心东区和其他加拿大社区,寻找麻醉品和注射场所。药物过量事件激增。2014年,不列颠哥伦比亚省记录了369例药物过量死亡;到2023年,这一数字达到顶峰,超过2,500例。随着加拿大采取行动撤销去罪化并加强对麻醉品的监管,去年的致命过量人数下降至1,826例,但这仍代表在15年间增加了近九倍。伤害减轻的倡导者长期以来一直认为,如果官员关闭注射中心,会有更多成瘾者死亡。但最近的一项研究发现,在阿尔伯塔省的一个注射点关闭后,药物过量死亡人数并未增加,反而有更多成瘾者寻求治疗。倡导者还坚称注射中心附近没有出现犯罪率激增,但数据比他们承认的要复杂得多。

不久前,我走在多伦多的一座公园里,来到一道系着数百条紫色丝带的围栏前。每一条丝带都代表一名死于药物过量的居民,我不禁深受触动。随后,在阅读一份传单时,我意识到这个纪念碑是“减害倡议集体”(Harm Reduction Advocacy Collective)的作品,该组织是一个“药物使用者的解放运动”,并与那些“维护药物使用者权利”的公共卫生专业人士和学者共同协作。它是加拿大众多类似团体之一,例如“物质使用健康网络”(Substance Use Health Network),该网络谴责诸如“认为非法药物本质上就是坏的”这种“反快感禁绝原则”。

不列颠哥伦比亚省正开始重新审视其失控的实验。2025年,该省开始要求使用安全供应计划的成瘾者在药剂师面前服用开具的麻醉药品;今年早些时候,药物非刑事化计划到期。省级卫生当局目前正尝试鼓励成瘾者接受治疗。这种感觉就像是一种政治文化在不情愿地摆脱长达数十年的昏睡。2024年,不列颠哥伦比亚省省长任命精神科医生兼公共卫生研究员丹尼尔·维戈(Daniel Vigo)为该省有毒药物首席科学顾问。维戈谈到了重复过量用药给成瘾者大脑带来的可怕损害,并主张采取一项新政策,对部分成瘾者强制治疗。进步主义活动人士和记者倾向于将强制治疗描述为保守派驱动的向监禁国家的回归,但大量数据表明,进入强制治疗的成瘾者在避免药物使用和再次被捕方面的可能性,与少数自愿寻求治疗的人一样高。

维戈如今的话在几年前会被视为异端。“就好像我们忘记了目标是尝试阻止人们成瘾,”他告诉我,随后补充道:“当减害不再是一个整体战略的一部分,而变成一场意识形态运动时,它会让人们陷入麻烦。”

但即便温哥华已经开始了修订其减害政策的痛苦过程,这座城市仍然在很大程度上影响着美国自由派领导者的想象。

img-58.jpeg

医护人员在温哥华的东端市中心社区救治一名药物过量者。自从该市开设了北美首个获准的注射站以来,数以千计的成瘾者涌入这座城市,并激励了美国和加拿大的类似项目。

52

2026年9月

A

GARY CUBONADO / LOS ANGELES TIMES / GETTY


在2021年建立了两个注射站的纽约市,卫生官员和学者将温哥华被认为取得的成功视为灵感。罗德岛州在2024年于普罗维登斯开设了一家注射中心,同样将温哥华视为典范。华盛顿州议会任命了一个工作组,该小组在2025年建议为成瘾者建立麻醉药品的安全供应,官员们反复引用温哥华的项目。

温哥华投下的阴影延伸到了伯灵顿。去年,市议会批准建立一个注射中心。市府选择的运营该中心的团体指出,温哥华“仍然是大部分证据的来源”,这些证据显示了此类空间对药物使用者和社区的益处。

伯灵顿坐落在尚普兰湖畔,阿第伦达克山脉在对岸升起。这是一座美丽的城市,但其药物问题并非隐秘,而是蔓延至市中心和另外几个街区。使用者在教堂墓地、公园以及滨水区搭建帐篷。去年九月,当我坐在市政厅公园时,我数出至少70名使用者和贩子,许多人呈现出那种药物成瘾者特有的过度亢奋状态。我走过市政厅旁边的一条小巷,几周前,一群年轻人据称在一次关于药物的争吵中将一名男子打死。

佛蒙特州对持有海洛因和可卡因有严格的法律,但伯灵顿的吸毒者因持有少量药物而被逮捕或起诉的情况很少见。虽然很难将这些政策的影响独立出来,但在2024年,这座拥有近45,000人口的城市记录了585起药物过量事件,其中28起导致死亡。这在同年的人均致命过量率上,是纽约市的两倍多。

贝丝·赛特勒(Beth Sightler)带我走访了她位于旧北端(Old North End)的工人阶级社区。伯灵顿进步的政治文化和关怀穷人的传统根深蒂固;伯尼·桑德斯在20世纪80年代曾担任四届市长。赛特勒是一位经营心理健康中心的自由主义者,她说她曾在自己的花箱里捡出针头,并看到人们在汽车和墓地中药物过量。她遛狗时会随身携带纳洛酮(naloxone),这是一种可以逆转阿片类药物过量的药物。一天早晨,她看到一名年轻女性在她门廊附近的草地上,只穿着内衣、文胸和凉鞋。“那是一个美丽的女人,绝对美丽,她坐在那里试图寻找静脉进行注射,”赛特勒回忆道,“我告诉她,‘亲爱的,你得离开这里。’”

伯灵顿的许多人都讲述了类似的故事。在距离市政厅公园一个街区的地方,金街中心(King Street Center)为生活在贫困中的家庭提供辅导和娱乐项目。工作人员早早抵达,清理建筑外的针头。去年夏天,当毒贩开始在门前掷骰子时,执行主任沙布南·诺兰(Shabnam Nolan)报了警,警察最终将毒贩赶走。“我们试图敲响警钟,但人们并没有足够认真地对待正在发生的事情,”诺兰告诉我,“为什么吸毒者的‘尊严权’要侵犯孩子们在来到我们中心时无需看到血液和针头的权利?”

在谈到伯灵顿及其文化时,她说:“就好像我们被恐惧冻结了,担心有人会认为我们缺乏同情心。”

“就好像我们忘记了, 目标应该是 尝试阻止 人们陷入 成瘾。”

这座城市的政治阶层加剧了这些问题。2020年,活动人士发起了一场削减警察部门资金的运动,尽管该部门被认为相对进步且以社区为导向。市议会从警察预算中削减了近$100万。六年前,伯灵顿大约有100名警员;现在不足70名。现任市议会主席本·特拉弗斯(Ben Traverse)是一名自由派民主党人,他对伯灵顿的发展方向感到不安,他告诉我,有时在周末午夜之后,全市仅有五名警员在岗。特拉弗斯说,过去如果你想贩毒,“你不会来伯灵顿”。但情况改变了:“露天毒品交易在这里已是常态。”

包括伯灵顿在内的该县检察官、州检察长莎拉·乔治(Sarah George)是一位进步民主党人,她曾写道,美国的法律体系是“建立在对黑人、棕色人种和穷人的压迫与囚禁之上的”。她告诉我,新冠疫情、日益难以负担的住房以及接连不断的驱逐,共同助长了摧毁佛蒙特州的药物危机。但她并不责怪成瘾者,她说他们“很少具有危险性”且正遭受痛苦。“我对那种认为市政厅公园就是世界末日的说法感到非常沮丧,”乔治补充道,“那个公园仍然是一个非常安全的地方。”

我问她,伯灵顿如何才能在吸毒者有时在城市公园和街道中的主导地位,与居民使用并享受这些场所的愿望之间取得平衡。她回答说,城市应该首先开设计划中的注射中心,以便成瘾者可以在私密空间使用药物。州议会已从一项全国性阿片类药物和解金中拨出约$200万用于资助该中心,尽管潜在的邻居们对目前提出的选址提出了反对。更广泛地说,

《大西洋月刊》

53

--。

伯灵顿市市长承认,她市中的许多人在面对药物滥用流行病时已变得失去耐心。“我们的同情心已经疲惫不堪。”

乔治反对将成瘾者推向边缘。“他们不能被消失,”她说,“他们是我们社区的一部分。”

2022年,乔治宣布了一项新政策:如果警察拦截了尾灯损坏、车窗贴膜或驾照过期的车辆并发现藏有毒品,她的办公室很可能会决定不对此类案件提起公诉,理由是交通拦截可能是由种族歧视驱动的。她向我强调,无论如何,警察都可以没收并销毁这些毒品。但她质疑是否有必要在此之外采取进一步行动。“有必要起诉吗?”她说,“还是说我们已经做得足够多了?”乔治已两次连任,目前正在竞选第三任期。

今年4月,我采访了伯灵顿市市长艾玛·马尔瓦尼-斯塔纳克(Emma Mulvaney-Stanak),她来自佛蒙特进步党,该党在过去四十年的大部分时间里一直治理这座城市。她亲眼目睹了药物流行病带来的影响。当她住在旧北端且孩子还处于幼儿期时,他们曾被毒贩敲门的声音惊醒。她告诉我,她支持警察和美国缉毒局(DEA)针对毒贩的调查,尽管她指出这项工作具有“打地鼠”般的特性,因为新毒贩会迅速取代被捕的人。她说,如果没有来自县和州更多的帮助,该市缺乏资金来建设规模更大的避难所,而这些避难所能帮助让成瘾者离开街道。她意识到伯灵顿市民在面对药物滥用流行病时已变得失去耐心。“我们的同情心已经疲惫不堪,”她告诉我,“所有对伤害减少和公共卫生的关注——我能理解。”

但与乔治一样,马尔瓦尼-斯塔纳克并未放弃她认为人道且必要的伤害减少政策。去年夏天,她反对一项要求在市政厅公园部署警察以清理使用者和毒贩的市议会决议,理由是毒品交易只会转移到其他地方,

且没有足够的警力来执行该政策。她最终签署了该决议,但她认同乔治在哲学上的反对意见:“驱逐和移除人们并不是解决方案,”市长说道。

我问她,注射中心难道不会吸引更多成瘾者和毒贩来到伯灵顿吗?她承认存在这种可能性,但将其定义为一种必要的风险。她重复了伤害减少的格言:“在人们所处的现状基础上提供帮助。”马尔瓦尼-斯塔纳克坚持认为,该市的问题更多是形象问题而非现实问题:“人们需要忽略那些扭曲伯灵顿本质的标题党文章。”

最近,特拉弗斯(Traverse)和市议会中的其他民主党人开始在伤害减少问题上挑战市长。该州的公共安全专员詹妮弗·莫里森(Jennifer Morrison)也发表了看法。她在2020年曾担任伯灵顿市临时警察局长六个月,随后辞职,部分原因是她所描述的该市的“管理不善”和“社会激进主义”。她与温和派共和党人州长菲尔·斯科特(Phil Scott)在与马尔瓦尼-斯塔纳克的交锋中立场一致。他们定期应市府请求,派遣州警前往伯灵顿,协助当地警察执行缉毒任务并巡逻中央商业区。“我亲历了那些将我们带到如今境地的决定,”莫里森告诉我,“通过将药物使用和成瘾常态化,我们正让年轻人面临可怕的后果。”

伯灵顿的商业界也表达了反对。在十多次采访中,当地商户表示感到被抛弃。在向州议会作证时,Outdoor Gear Exchange 的店主报告称,在 2024 年,由于瘾君子为了维持药瘾而偷窃,该店估计损失了 $400,000。在市中心一家拥有 40 年历史的家居装饰店 Homeport,共同所有者马克·布切特(Mark Bouchett)告诉我,他在 2024 年因商店盗窃损失了 $95,000,并被迫雇佣了一名保安。吸毒者在商店门口排便。

布切特与另外 170 位店主和餐厅经营者一起,在去年给市长写了一封公开信,警告这座城市正处于危机之中。他们的语气很理性;他们寻求的是为瘾君子提供治疗,而非监禁。但伯灵顿政治左翼的一个广泛联盟——包括工会、伤害减少组织、亲巴勒斯坦和跨性别权利活动团体,以及美国民主社会主义者(Democratic Socialists of America)的当地分会——则以自己的信函予以反击,在信中他们谴责了这些店主,并要求他们向瘾君子开放洗手间和遮蔽的门口。该团体写道,要求增加警察来帮助解决城市的毒品问题将“进一步伤害我们社区中最脆弱的成员”。签署人之一的“伯灵顿:食物而非警察”(Food Not Cops Burlington)发布了一张针对这些店主的抵制地图,随后又将其删除。

西雅图南昆西安(South Queen Anne)的一个营地。自 1 月就职以来,市长凯蒂·威尔逊(Katie Wilson)已授权清理营地,并表示愿意缩减伤害减少政策。

54

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


DANA GOLAN 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄

img-59.jpeg

The Atlantic

55


img-60.jpeg

一名社区活动人士说,住在何塞·里萨尔公园(Jose Rizal Park)的人知道,“被多次清理、吸毒或破坏公园是没有后果的”。

去年,佛蒙特州的药物过量死亡人数下降至 170,比 2022, 的峰值下降了 37%,但仍远高于 2010. 记录的 78 人。在教堂街(Church Street)的 Ben & Jerry’s 冰淇淋店,我看到工作人员向要求使用洗手间的顾客发放卡片,上面写着:“佛蒙特州正经历药物过量死亡人数的悲剧性增加。我们的洗手间也成了寻求注射药物者的目的地。”洗手间被永久锁上了。

家庭和儿童谈到,他们被撇在一边,独自面对这些残酷的现实。通过金街中心(King Street Center),我遇到了一名在佛蒙特大学成绩优异的年轻女性。当她陪妹妹们放学回家时,沿途会经过毒贩。一名伯灵顿高中的学生告诉我,她的老师指示学生避免与毒贩和吸毒者进行眼神接触。她说,一周前,一名瘾君子在排球训练后跟踪她回家。她大声呼救并跑了起来,那个人最终转身离开了。

还有布里塔尼(Britany),一个三个幼子的母亲,两年前她从一个无家可归者收容所搬到了金街的一套公寓里。(由于担心家人的安全,她要求我不要使用她的姓氏。)她说,她经常在公寓楼里发现吸毒用具,有些夜晚还会遇到在走廊睡觉的瘾君子;她的隔壁邻居是一个芬太尼贩子。她为孩子们搭建了一个安全屋,以便在发生枪击时逃避。“每个人都在谈论针具交换和伤害减少,”她说,“我的意思是,好吧。但这就像我和我的孩子们生活在僵尸末日一样。”

就在几年前,西雅图的选民们似乎已经准备好迎接改变。2021年,他们选举安·戴维森(Ann Davison)担任市检察长,她是一位温和且具有独立思考能力的共和党人。同年,民主党人萨拉·尼尔森(Sara Nelson)赢得了一个市议会席位,她在竞选时就公开表示愿意挑战“伤害减轻”(harm-reduction)的共识,并在两年后成为了市议会主席。在戴维森的支持下,她通过了打击市中心公开吸毒、卖淫和贩毒的法律,并大幅增加了高犯罪率社区的监控摄像头数量。尼尔森说服市议会将资金重新定向用于按需成瘾治疗。“你不能在人们所处的状态下接纳他们,因为他们所处的状态是徘徊在死亡之门,”她告诉我,并补充说她认为许多成瘾者只有在被强力推动接受治疗的情况下才能被救赎。

DANA GOLAN 为《大西洋月刊》拍摄

56

2026年9月

A


尼尔森还针对西雅图已成为“公认常识”的一些做法提出了尖锐的问题,例如,为什么县政府要支付数百万美元,向成瘾者提供包含锡箔纸、烟管以及如何吸食芬太尼说明书的套装。(令人感到不协调的是,这些套装上印有马丁·路德·金的图像,而金县(King County)正是以他命名。)在2023年的一次议会听证会上,尼尔森问道,帮助成瘾者获得快感究竟减轻了什么伤害?一家与市政府合作的健康非营利组织的员工安伯·特哈达(Amber Tejada)举手回答。她告诉这位议员:“我知道这可能有点争议,但我认为伤害减轻的一个核心原则是,我们希望能够促进并支持药物使用者的自主权。”特哈达补充道:“对于有些人来说,禁欲并不是他们衡量人生成功的一种标准。”

尼尔森并非强硬的保守派。她推动增加成瘾者的治疗床位数,并公开谈论过自己过去与酒精作斗争的经历。但在去年11月的选举中,选民将她和戴维森都投票除名。接替她们的人对使用监控摄像头表示担忧,并反对禁止重复在公共场所吸毒者进入城市某些区域的法律。在戴维森任期结束前不久,我在她的办公室里与她进行了交谈。她正与一种工作未竟之感作斗争。“看着这么多人缓慢地死去真的很悲哀,”她说,随后补充道,“你不能把这当作一种没有受害者的犯罪。”

我询问了在西雅图生活了数十年的民主党政治顾问桑迪普·考希克(Sandeep Kaushik),能否解释为什么激进的伤害减轻政策在他的城市中具有持久的吸引力。考希克将自己描述为一名“未改造的奥巴马民主党人”,他指出,这使他在这里的某些圈子里被视为“保守派”。他告诉我,当地领导人“深信这座城市应该处于将进步思想转化为政策的最前沿”。在政治领导人实施的政策与选民的愿望之间,还存在着一种奇怪的脱节。在许多民意调查中,西雅图居民将犯罪和非法药物使用列为他们最关注的问题之一,而三年前的一项《西雅图时报》(Seattle Times)调查发现,60%的受访者希望警方逮捕在公共场所吸毒的人。

去年,该市选出了一位新市长凯蒂·威尔逊(Katie Wilson),她自称是一名民主社会主义者,此前没有任何担任民选官员的经验。威尔逊暗示,她对于撤回部分伤害减轻政策持开放态度。在她正式参选之前,她为西雅图的替代周刊《陌生人》(The Stranger)写了一篇文章,在文中她告诫 fellow 左翼人士不要自鸣得意。“左翼叙事的中心弱点,”她写道,“是一种习惯性的转移话题,这使得它听起来,往好里说,就像是我们在否认街道上残酷的现实。”她继续写道,左翼不应轻视“任何在西雅图街头走走的人都能清楚观察到的现象:患有严重精神疾病且行为紊乱、偶尔具有攻击性的人;以及使用药物、通常处于失能状态或昏倒在地上的人。”

自就职以来,威尔逊通过签署清理公园大型营地的指令,将她的言论付诸行动。警察和市政工作人员拆除了帐篷并运走了垃圾。在6月下旬,市长在声明中表示,在经历了一段“深度倾听”的时期后,她承诺将“打击毒品交易”和“公共秩序混乱”,这些问题一直困扰着该市的小西贡(Little Saigon)和比肯山(Beacon Hill)社区。她说,警方将向这些地区派遣更多警员,逮捕使用者和贩卖者,或强迫他们接受治疗。对于一名西雅图政治人物来说,主张容忍毒品犯罪和混乱等同于“增加伤害”,这几乎被视为令人震惊的消息。

然而,威尔逊承担着政治风险。通过承诺采取严厉打击措施,她与许多盟友和支持者产生了分歧。现在,她将根据其清理城市街道的能力而被评判。安德里亚·苏亚雷斯(Andrea Suarez)领导着一个名为“我们热爱西雅图”(We Heart Seattle)的团体,该团体将对无家可归者的关怀与对药物使用者必须承担法律后果和接受成瘾治疗的坚定主张相结合。4月的一天,当警察清理何塞·里萨尔公园(Jose Rizal Park)时,她就在现场,看着使用者和贩卖者悠闲地走进森林或走向小西贡。她告诉我,他们几个小时后就回来了。一两天后,帐篷再次出现。“住在公园里的每个人都知道,被多次清理、吸毒或破坏公园是没有后果的,”苏亚雷斯说。

令人费解的是,这一切并非市政官员无法解决。旧金山市长丹尼尔·卢里(Daniel Lurie)已指示警方打击贩毒者并拆除帐篷城。费城市长谢丽尔·帕克(Cherelle Parker)向深受毒品之害的社区派遣了警员,并设立了治疗法庭,为首次犯下重罪的药物使用者提供机会,只要他们进入治疗计划即可避免入狱。加利福尼亚州圣何塞市在目标社区部署了更多警员,在警方拆除无家可归者营地时建设应急住房,并提高了对那些被贩毒者用来贩卖毒品和枪支的废弃建筑房东的罚款。在波士顿,市长吴彦姿(Michelle Wu)曾一度痴迷于伤害减轻和注射中心。但她已命令警方清理街道营地,她的政府现在更加强调通过必要时的拘留来推动成瘾者接受治疗。吴彦姿还从她的计划中删除了所有关于注射中心的提及。

相比之下,在西雅图,减少公共场所吸毒的努力迫使受灾社区付出了沉重代价。多年来,当操场和公园变成吸毒热点时,市政府采取的应对措施是将它们围起来,剥夺了家庭进入这些场所的机会。5月,警察和市政工作人员回到何塞·里萨尔公园(Jose Rizal Park),再次将毒贩和瘾君子驱逐出去,为公园的翻新做准备。作为第一步,市政工作人员拆除了瘾君子吸烟和注射毒品的小型野餐亭,该亭因长期被滥用而状况恶化。公园管理人员并不打算更换它,而是用官僚术语承认了显而易见的事实:该公园“受到了与预期用途不符的活动的影响”。一名金县大都会交通局(King County Metro)的代表在发给我的电子邮件中表示,拐角处毒品使用者日夜聚集的公交候车亭也被拆除了,“因为游荡、乱扔垃圾和蓄意破坏的行为有所增加”。这一切感觉像是另一种承认失败——官员们在以拯救西雅图的名义摧毁西雅图。A

迈克尔·鲍威尔(Michael Powell)是《大西洋月刊》的特约撰稿人。

《大西洋月刊》

57

浪漫大衰退

58


为什么如此之少的年轻人能找到爱情?

作者:费思·希尔 (Faith Hill)

插画:金伯利·埃利奥特 (Kimberly Elliott)

--。

A

在与一个陌生人进行长达三分钟的拥抱时,大约 90 秒后,我开始觉得孤独终老或许也没那么糟糕。我来到曼哈顿一个点燃蜡烛的阁楼,参加一场名为“感受”(The Feels)的“正念单身活动”,该活动旨在提供一种与约会软件那种脱离身体的体验截然相反的体验。参与者将手机收起来,两人一组,尝试一系列“躯体意识”练习,包括凝视对方的眼睛、拥抱,以及将一只手放在对方的心口上。

我们被告知,不适感是这个过程的一部分。一名引导员提醒我们,只要涉及同意和尊重,一点点不安就能开启通往脆弱(vulnerability)的大门。参与者支付了 100 美元,参加这个被宣传为“更好的关系建立”——受卡尔·荣格、佛陀以及身体“无限智慧”启发——的过程,因此他们很有动力去认同这一点。而且我们中的许多人,与其说是出于选择,不如说是由于环境,早已成为了走出舒适区的专家。我们花费数年时间结识陌生人,让自己暴露在评判之中,苦苦搜寻聊天话题,担心自己的穿着,在办公室里用漱口水漱口——但我们仍然没有找到我们想要的那个东西,或那个人。我们准备好开始努力了。

“感受”在全美国各城市举办活动,它的存在本身就表明我们生活在一个浪漫资源丰富的时代。在纽约市,我每周的每个晚上都可以参加一场约会活动。我可以使用配对服务,或者与约会教练交谈,或者订阅许多试图恢复个人广告的时事通讯。即使我不住在主要城市,我也有约会软件可以选择:不仅有 Tinder 和 Hinge,还有无数其他软件——针对农民、游戏玩家、单亲父母、大麻爱好者以及无麸质社区成员的平台。我目前的轮换名单中有四个软件;在我写这篇文章时,其中一个软件有 317 个消息对话框和 455 个需要我评估的“赞”。

然而,尽管可能性如此丰沛,我们却正经历着一场巨大的浪漫 slump(低迷)。当然,“浪漫”是一个广泛的术语。传统上,它体现在性的快感、长期伴侣关系的忠诚,或求偶的仪式感中,包括作为希望之举的第一次约会。但所有这些表现形式在美国都变得越来越少见,尤其是在年轻人之中。

根据《金融时报》数据记者约翰·伯恩-默多克(John Burn-Murdoch)的一项分析,25 到 34 岁人群中处于婚姻或同居伴侣关系中的比例从 1980 年到 2022 年大幅下降——大学毕业者下降了近 10 个百分点,没有学位的人下降了 20 个百分点以上。拥有稳定伴侣的年轻成年人比例在萎缩,2019 年,42% 的 40 岁以下单身成年人告诉皮尤研究中心(Pew Research Center),他们从未有过一段承诺关系。在 2025 年的一项 YouGov 民意调查中,69% 的单身受访者表示他们“很少”或“从未”约会。而且人们的性行为在减少。从 2000 年到 2018 年,表示在前一年没有进行过性行为的 25 到 34 岁人群的比例几乎翻了一番。

并不是人们失去了对爱的兴趣。大多数单身年轻成年人表示他们想要终身伴侣。但由于各种原因,找到伴侣的人越来越少。艾莉·霍夫曼(Allie Hoffman)是一家数字媒体公司的前首席执行官,她在 2022 年创办了“感受”,她观察到寻求浪漫的人们中存在一种集体的“这太糟糕了”的情绪。于是,她相应地扩大了她的服务范围。在一次费用高达 215 美元的“二级”感受活动中,你可以与“处于意识旅程相似阶段”的人配对。单身周末静修营的一个名额起价 1,300 美元;基于问卷和电话面试的三次配对,加上三个月内的六次教练辅导,总计 4,750 美元。在浪漫衰退期,有些人选择放弃,而有些人则选择加倍投入。

于是我就在那儿,孤注一掷,在一个陌生男人的怀抱中出汗。我的脖子很酸。我无法确定应该离他多近。(太近了会没有呼吸空间;太远了整个尝试就崩塌了。)多年来,我一直和几乎同一批单身朋友在同一个群聊里。我们把它命名为“孤独之心俱乐部”,它成了吐槽奇怪约会、抱怨被对方“人间蒸发”的避风港,以及分享那些同样在吐槽奇怪约会、抱怨被对方“人间蒸发”的 TikTok 博主链接的地方。我已经收到过太多次各种版本的“我觉得没火花”的短信,以至于我开始用一个表情符号来回复:“🐾”。但在 The Feels,我试图保持开放和乐观。我曾凝视一个人的眼睛长达三分钟,期间还担心自己的眨眼频率是否正常。我被触动了,感受到掌心下另一个人的心跳,任何有脉搏的人都会如此。

然而,那个拥抱是最后一轮,随后现实生活重新接管。我们社交往来,但那种亲密感消失了。一个男人告诉我,他拥有很高的情商,并且能看出我也一样——然后他建议我们有一天一起旅行,递给我他的名片,然后走开了。我给了几个人我的电话号码,其中一个男人在第二天早上就给我发了一张他的脸部照片,另一个则给我发了太多短信(即便在被礼貌拒绝之后),以至于我不得不把他拉黑。我和另一个男人进行了一次约会,但我对他没有第二次约会的兴趣。那种对资源充足的感知,再次化为乌有。

我并不是想暗示人们需要浪漫才能获得满足。事实上,我不认为伴侣关系天生就比单身更好。作为一个社会,我们几十年来一直朝着这个方向迈进:婚姻不再是社会和经济生存的前提,我们拥有其他获取目标感和社区归属感的来源,生活方式有多种选择。

然而,既然我们已经走到了这一步,现实感觉却并不那么令人欣喜。如果说梦想是更平等的伴侣关系——源于爱而非必要,源于自由而非传统——那么我们中的许多人得到的却是完全没有伴侣,以及一种它永远触不可及的感觉。尤其是那些接近 40 岁的人,往往会感到一种特别的、迫在眉睫的丧失感。多伦多大学的心理学家杰夫·麦克唐纳(Geoff MacDonald)告诉我,在这些年份里,平均而言,没有伴侣的人在面对单身状态时最为挣扎。(他说:“这就像是——大家快找救生艇。”)这是一个极度不确定性的时期,人们试图弄清楚应该优先考虑什么,如何规划未来,哪些梦想值得追求,哪些必须被牺牲。对于

60

2026年9月

A


想要生育生物学子女的女性来说,这也是时间在流逝的时候。

我采访的一位 39 岁女性,在电影行业工作,她告诉我她觉得自己正处于“悬崖边缘”。她在权衡是否要孩子,并且知道时间在流逝。她在一次 Feels 周末度假中度过了愉快的时间,虽然没有建立起持久的浪漫关系,但她交到了朋友;她们在一个 WhatsApp 群组里聊天,分享约会的起伏。她的生活很充实。但她依然说:“世界正在燃烧。我真的很希望能和某个人一起经历这一切。”

我希望她能实现,也希望我自己能实现。或者,至少我想弄清楚为什么我们找不到自己想要的东西。于是我做了我擅长的事:报道。我采访了全国数十名研究人员和单身人士,忍受了一系列奇怪但毫无结果的约会活动,并勇敢地让自己经历了几次真正的约会。我发现,浪漫的低迷是更广泛趋势的产物:恶化的性别关系、转型的经济、社会进步的不均衡,以及既连接我们又孤立我们的技术。数以百万计的个人心碎,正在改写我们讲述了几个世纪的爱情故事。

7

需要明确的是: 我并非在怀旧。在人类历史的大部分时间里,浪漫之情只是偶然。婚姻通常是一种实际的安排:一种联合家庭和整合资源的方式。在工业时代,年轻人开始为了工作迁往城市,并享受到了

新获得的独立和闲暇时间;求爱活动从家庭客厅转移到了舞厅。但除了婚姻,女性在获得经济独立——或进行性行为——方面仍然没有太多途径。我的曾祖母在20世纪初结婚前怀孕这件事,曾是家族如此之大的耻辱,以至于从未被公开讨论,而我的母亲在20世纪50年代和60年代成长期间,依然能感受到其阴暗的阴影。

那是婚姻的巅峰时代,当时美国近 90% 的女性在年满 25 岁之前就结婚了。即便在第二波女性主义兴起之时,银行仍然可以要求女性在申请住房贷款或信用卡时,获得丈夫或男性亲属的许可。1965 年,避孕合法化,但仅限于已婚夫妇。几年后,当时与男友同居的我的母亲,在去看医生请求开避孕药时,戴了一枚假结婚戒指——那是从口香糖机里买来的塑料戒指。

然而,从70年代开始,更广泛的避孕和堕胎渠道开始遏制“奉子成婚”,更多女性进入大学和职场。关于单身和酷儿关系的污名逐渐减轻。曾经具有强大吸引力的核心家庭模式,其影响力有所下降。马里兰大学的社会学家菲利普·N·科恩(Philip N. Cohen)告诉我,婚姻的衰落也可以被称为选择权的兴起——尤其是对女性而言。“20世纪50年代的家庭甚至无法在一代人中复制自身,”

我现在 31 岁,我的社交圈里大多数人都是单身;其中相当一部分人从未谈过恋爱。

他说。“他们甚至无法说服自己的孩子,认为这是安排生活的正确方式。所以它立即失败了。”

我出生于 1995 年:在很多方面,这是一个幸运的时刻。在21世纪成长过程中,我白日梦里幻想的不是我会嫁给谁,而是我会选择什么样的辉煌职业道路。(小学时,我制作了名片,上面写着“心理学家:有问题?给我打电话!”,并在操场上分发。)我的祖母在50多岁时丧偶,她的朋友们——全部是夫妇——停止了给她打电话;与一名单身女性社交被认为是不体面的。我的母亲在50多岁时离婚,她没有被朋友们抛弃,但在一个由已婚人士组成的社交雪花球中,她始终意识到自己的单身状态。我现在 31 岁,我的圈子里大多数人都是单身;相当一部分人从未谈过恋爱。今年情人节,我和两个最好的朋友在墨西哥的一处海滩上度过。

然而,对许多人来说,单身状态既是极其正常的,又是完全不想要的。科恩说,即使是一个不快乐的单身者,也是进步的标志;至少他们没有被强迫与一个自己不想在一起的人结伴。但这就像告诉一个牙 cavity(龋齿)的人要感激现代牙科一样:完全正确,但有点烦人。

在采访中,人们不断表示,他们知道自己应该为浪漫关系留出时间,但那样的话,他们什么时候才能见朋友、旅行、锻炼或在工作中获得晋升?约会一直以来都伴随着某种艰辛,但过去在日常生活中寻找爱情是常态——在办公室、在教堂、在派对上。人们不需要选择放弃什么。而现在,现代生活的许多古怪之处使得人们自然地面对面相遇变得不再那么可能。更多的人蜷缩在家里,远程办公,观看流媒体电视,并让食物配送到家;当我们中如此之多的人习惯于与那些已经“点赞”过我们的人通过短信调情时,接触陌生人会让人感到充满压力。因此,即便我们厌恶这些应用程序,却依然依赖它们。约会变成了另一项需要挤时间去完成的责任,“就像在安排一次工作面试一样,”芝加哥一名 29 岁的公设辩护人莎拉·博伊尔(Sarah Boyle)告诉我,“噢,让我把三周后与这个来自互联网的陌生人的约会写进日程表吧。”

换句话说,现代浪漫需要支付代价,以精力、理智、现金和时间来支付——而且并非每个人都负担得起。一项 2025 年的研究——我觉得有必要报告一下,该研究名为《(为了)爱而努力》("Making (Enough for) Love")——发现,一个人的收入越高,他们进入一段关系或仅仅是感到准备好进入一段关系的可能性就越大。

The Atlantic

61


你可能会抗议说,结伴其实是一个精明的财务举措;事实上,过去伴侣们通常先结婚,然后整合资源,共同努力实现稳定。但如今的社会学家表示,许多人将婚姻视为一种“顶峰之石”——一座奖杯,人们觉得只有在还清债务、拥有稳定工作,或存够钱买房生子之后,才准备好迎接它。加州大学伯克利分校的社会学家克里斯汀·哈克内特(Kristen Harknett)表示,在过去的 50 年里,工作保障和稳定的工作时间变得更加稀缺。这意味着传统的人生里程碑更难达成——而将你的生计与另一个人的生计绑定,感觉更像是一种负债而非优势。

除此之外,根据斯坦福大学社会学家迈克尔·J·罗森菲尔德(Michael J. Rosenfeld)的说法,COVID-19 触发了一场“疫情约会衰退”。从 2017 到 2022, 年,美国的单身成年人数增加了约 5%(超过 1300 万 人),主要是因为年轻人相遇的频率不如以前。深陷不确定性的美国人已经失去信心,不再相信旧的稳定来源——经济、婚姻、彼此——能将他们带向坚实的土地。而不信任和不稳定对浪漫关系是不利的。

我与许多研究人员讨论了数据和理论,但我想要听听这在现实中究竟是什么感觉——而且不仅仅是针对我的“孤独之心俱乐部”。因此,我创建了一项非正式调查并分发给单身人士,询问他们如何对待约会(或不约会)、他们寻找伴侣的决心如何、这如何与其他生活目标相协调,以及他们对寻找爱情是否抱有希望。我收到了来自男性、女性和非二元性别者的回复,包括酷儿和异性恋,年龄在 23 到 49, 岁之间,居住在俄克拉荷马市、亚特兰大、匹兹堡、俄亥俄州鲍灵格林以及俄勒冈州波特兰等地。我与来自不同种族和阶层背景的人进行了交流。而我听到的是,他们中的许多人都感到疲惫。

来自皇后区的一名 42 岁异性恋男性基思·考辛(Keith Causin)说,约会“就像是对我仅存的自信进行的一系列持续打击”,“这在潜意识里摧毁了灵魂。”

一名来自新泽西州的 27 岁酷儿表示:“人们非常抵触承诺,而且这种情绪具有传染性。孤独、寂寞且渴望,比冒着遭受情感折磨的风险要安全。我认为爱自己,温柔地对待自己,独自做一些美好的事情,比如带自己去约会并犒劳自己,效果更好。”

“我属于那一辈‘迪士尼女孩’,从小就被灌输我们的白马王子终将到来,不幸的是,我现在依然相信这一点,”一名来自洛杉矶的26岁女性写道。她在成年后的整个生活中一直单身,尽管多年来一直在勤奋地约会。

奥利维亚·梅迪纳(Olivia Medina)是另一名来自洛杉矶的26岁女性,她说在2020年初,她曾对与一名大学同学之间萌芽的关系感到兴奋。随后,她不得不度过整个大四的线上学习生活。等到世界恢复到相对正常的状态时,她的优先级已经发生了转移。“我基本上建立了一套全新的重要性等级体系,”梅迪纳说,“而约会的优先级非常低,因为我已经习惯了只和朋友们在一起,做那些我喜欢、对我而言有意义的事情。”

当对浪漫的需求降低而代价却很高昂时,有些人选择了放弃。另一些人则在等待一段足够梦幻的伴侣关系,以证明这种寻找是有意义的。人们一次又一次地解释,他们的生活并没有缺失什么,他们只愿意在日常生活中为那个能让他们心跳加速的人留出空间。拥有如此高的预期是一种宏大的历史新鲜事。而困难之处在于找到一个能满足这些预期的人。

7

波士顿大学的人类学家乔安娜·戴维森(Joanna Davidson)在居住于几内亚比绍的一个村庄时,开始注意到一种特殊的破旧房屋。她了解到,Kungomaku 是女性在丈夫去世且房屋被拆除后搬入的建筑——这是该地区占主导地位的约拉(Jola)族群的一种习俗。这些寡妇要么借用稻田,要么乞讨食物。然而她发现,愿意再婚的女性越来越少,而 Kungomaku 的数量在不断增加。“你坐在这里,承受丈夫带来的惩罚,”一名女性告诉她,“当他死后,你为什么要再去接受另一个男人的惩罚?”

当戴维森在华盛顿特区的一次美国人类学会会议上讲述这一切时,空气中弥漫着一种共鸣感。满屋的研究人员可以根据他们自己的田野调查,勾勒出女性不满的深度。于是,戴维森和休斯顿大学的人类学家迪娜·汉纳福德(Dinah Hannaford)发起征稿,这最终成为了她们2022年的著作《选择退出:全球范围内干扰婚姻的女性》(Opting Out: Women Messing With Marriage Around the World)。她们的收件箱被来自贫富不同国家的案例研究淹没了。

她们听说,在博茨瓦纳,许多孩子是在单身女性及其亲属的网络中长大的。(在250 万人口的博茨瓦纳,2024年仅有约4,500人结婚。)她们了解到韩国的女性为了照顾年迈的家人而推迟结婚——随后在审视生活中的男性时,意识到自己毫无遗憾。汉纳福德写到了塞内加尔的女性,她们嫁给居住在国外的男性,或者成为某个男人的第三或第四任妻子,希望以此逃避单身带来的公众耻辱,以及典型婚姻中实际的、情感上的和性方面的劳作。这些人类学家指出,全球 9 / 10 的人生活在结婚率下降的国家。具体的挑战因地而异,但全球范围内的女性都已厌倦。“贯穿本书的,”戴维森和汉纳福德在引言中写道,“是普遍令人失望的男性的似有似无之普遍性。”

可以将其称为供应问题。一些研究人员认为,这场巨大的浪漫低迷在很大程度上是由“可结婚男性”的短缺造成的。但为了公平对待男性,旧的成功标准已变得更难实现。在美国,稳定且高薪的蓝领工作几乎被摧毁殆尽,而获得大学学位的男性人数少于女性,而大学学位已几乎成为财务稳定的先决条件。

62

2026年9月

A

在过去 70 年里,既没有工作也不在寻找工作的 25 至 54 岁美国男性的比例翻了四倍。能够单枪匹马支撑一个家庭,或给伴侣提供任何安全感的男性比例正在消失。越来越多的受过大学教育的女性开始嫁给没有学位的男性,并从中挑选高收入者。这意味着没有学位的女性反过来面临的选择更少——她们的结婚率正在骤降,尤其是在男性失业率和监禁率较高的地区。

与此同时,许多男性感到一种痛苦的匮乏感。并不是说金钱是男性唯一能提供的;毕竟,现在需要养家糊口者的女性减少了。但研究人员告诉我,女性现在比以往任何时候都更看重的品质——敏感、开放、沟通能力——通常并非从小就根植于男性身上。尽管男性努力满足这些现代期望,但旧的标准并未消失。男性被要求支付晚餐费用,但同时要将女性视为平等的人;要发起调情的玩笑,但绝不能显得猥琐或具有攻击性;要坚强且具有阳刚之气,但同时又要共情且体贴。来自新泽西州的 46 岁受访者亚瑟(Arthur)表示,他约会过的女性认为他太温柔了。其中一人解释说,她和他分手是因为他有“父亲能量”(dad energy)。(“我不 100 percent 确定这意味着什么,”亚瑟告诉我,“但我猜这并不性感。”)另一人则说她喜欢他的甜美和支持,但同时也希望他能更果断——在亚瑟看来,就是希望他在关系中扮演“男人”的角色。他不确定如何同时展现这两种特质。

我交流过的其他男性觉得在浪漫关系中他们处于劣势,尤其是在约会软件上。他们感觉到女性被匹配对象淹没,而他们则是在向虚无发送“赞”。“我觉得自己被 400 万 名女性同时拒绝了,”来自皇后区的男性考辛(Causin)告诉我。我交谈过的这些男人将男性描述为士气低落的蠢货,而将女性描述为事业有成的“女强人”(girlbosses)——她们是规则制定者,是赢家,而且是奖赏。她们想要浪漫,但并不需要浪漫。

但这种观点让女性整体看起来比实际情况更强大、更自由。女性上大学的比例可能更高,但在同一研究领域中,她们的平均收入仍然低于受教育程度相当的男性。在典型的已婚或同居异性伴侣中,女性承担的家务劳动仍然多得多——即使女性是养家糊口的人。

为单身基督徒提供指导的克里斯·斯维亚托乔(Kris Swiatocho)听到许多年轻女性抱怨,她们对寻找浪漫关系的绝望程度之深,以至于正在失去希望。她们告诉她类似这样的话:“我遇到了很多 27 岁还住在家里的人。而且他们是游戏玩家。那是他们唯一感兴趣的事情。”艾莉·霍夫曼(Allie Hoffman)注意到,在 The Feels 活动中的许多年轻男性似乎在“关系能力上发育不足”——尤其是那些在屏幕前长大的 Z 世代男性。他们渴望连接,但当面对女性的期望时,他们会感到能力不足且不知所措。

我采访的女性看起来并非挑剔,而是悲观,并对糟糕的行为感到精疲力竭。其中一人飞去拜访一个男人,结果对方在她的绝大部分停留期间都处于醉酒状态,对他邻居称她为“一块肉”(piece of ass)的行为不以为意,然后在她回家后不久发短信告诉她,他们“永远不可能长期在一起”。另一名女性爱上了一位同事,两人每周共进晚餐两到四次——结果发现对方已经在与他人认真交往。许多故事没那么戏剧化:那是关于困惑和沉默失望的故事,主角是那些似乎无法表达、甚至无法决定自己想要什么的男性。

我认为,大多数女性都知道世上仍有优秀的男性。但我并不责怪她们对寻找这样一个人的机会感到愤世嫉俗。过去半个世纪的女性主义进步遭遇了厌女症的猛烈反击。根据 2025 年一项涵盖包括美国在内的 30 个国家的 Ipsos 民意调查,近 60% 的 Z 世代男性表示,他们的国家“在促进女性平等方面走得太远,以至于我们在歧视男性”。威斯康星大学麦迪逊分校的社会学家杰西卡·卡拉科(Jessica Calarco)表示,她的许多学生的兄弟观看“男性圈”(manosphere)影响力人物安德鲁·泰特(Andrew Tate)的视频,后者主张女性是丈夫的财产,并被指控强奸、袭击和人口

img-67.jpeg

金伯利·埃利奥特(KIMBERLY ELLIOTT)

《大西洋月刊》

63


贩卖(他否认这些指控)。如果这就是她们在自己的家庭内部看到的景象,她们为什么要信任来自应用程序的陌生人?

密歇根大学的博士后研究员汉娜·特斯勒(Hannah Tessler)研究了影响单身人士是否重视浪漫伴侣关系的因素。在访谈中,她发现大多数年轻男性参与者并没有详细考虑如果他们结婚或与伴侣生孩子将如何分担家务;他们并不真正期待做出牺牲。与此同时,年轻女性则相应地权衡她们的选择。有些人只有在关系真正平等的情况下才想要伴侣。“我不想签约成为别人的,你知道的,照顾者、母亲、女佣、性爱机器人、保姆、治疗师等等,”特斯勒总结道。其他女性则愿意这样做,只要这意味着她们能拥有一个家庭。

吉吉·盖尔(Gigi Gayle)是芝加哥一名 44 岁的女性,她一直在考虑这类权衡。她不是那种你会预期在寻找更传统安排的人。她是大学毕业生,在夜店行业拥有一家营销公司,并共同经营一家咨询中心。但她厌倦了那种她全职工作并分担账单,而男性却希望她做饭、打扫卫生,并且通常像她所说的“咨询师”一样表现——“给他们建议,帮他们重建信心”的关系。所以现在,她决定尝试变得“更顺从”。她想要一个提供者,一个能让她感到被照顾的人。首先,她得找到他——而她目前还没有任何运气。

盖尔的故事让我想起了听到的另一件事。曼哈顿的治疗师凯莉·拉帕波特-扎肯(Carrie Rappaport-Zaken)说,她的许多单身女性客户一直在阅读《规则》(The Rules),这是一本出版于 1995 年的约会指南(即便在当时也被认为是以退为进),因为一些浪漫关系影响力人物在推荐它。书中建议:“不要用你的事业成就让他感到压力。试着让他发光。”拉帕波特-扎肯觉得这令人不安:所有这些聪明、成功的客户在等待男性追求她们,试图表现得温柔且没有要求——这一切都是为了遵从一本如此古老、甚至警告女性不要拨打男性座机电话的书。但她理解为什么这样的蓝图具有吸引力。她的许多客户曾尝试大胆追求自己想要的东西,结果却发现这会让男性退缩。

我不断遇到同样的疲惫怀旧感:怀念相亲安排和邂逅,怀念稳定的工作和性别规范。我采访的一些人公开希望有更多的规则和更少的选择。当现在感觉对浪漫关系充满敌意,而未来又是可怕或不可知的,你能责怪人们向过去寻求答案吗?

在 The Feels 活动之后的几个月里,我在布鲁克林和曼哈顿参加了另外五场约会活动。我遇到了无数纽约单身社交圈中厌倦了的资深人士——他们经常参加类似的活动,或频繁出入同一个活动。我与一名男子聊天,他说他参加的次数太多了,以至于他不得不为自己制定一条规则:每次活动之间间隔五个月,以免精神崩溃。后来,当我讲述我的观察

后来,当我向一位朋友讲述我的观察时,他说这让他想起自己以前找公寓的时候,在带看房的队伍里总能看到同样的那几个人。

在翠贝卡(Tribeca)一家灯光昏暗的酒吧里,一场活动被挤在了一场房地产和土地利用专家的欢乐时光活动旁边。参加者被分发了发光的彩色腕带。“紫色找紫色!红色找黄色!”主持人大声喊道,然后她像喂食一样给我们提供破冰问题,比如“你迷恋哪个名人?”以及“你梦想的约会是什么样的?”我参加了两场活动——一场在金融区,是针对异性恋的;另一场在布什威克(Bushwick),是针对酷儿的(而且穿着更讲究)——在这些活动中,演讲者使用 PowerPoint 向人群推销他们的单身朋友。在威廉斯堡(Williamsburg)的另一场活动中,人们比我勇敢得多,他们向全场推销自己。一名吉他手深情地演唱了一首她为自己写的歌;另一名则表演了一段单口喜剧,讲述她是如何地“美国式丑陋”的,意思是只有来自其他国家的男人才会觉得她有吸引力。主持人开玩笑说,我们大家都太辣了,根本不需要这样的活动,所以我们的性格一定很糟糕。

在那个自我推销的活动上,我和一个男人坐在一起,他分享了一份冗长的“雷点”清单(其中包括精灵短发和缺乏身体素质),然后自豪地描述自己是一个不评判他人的人。在布什威克一家像餐馆一样的酒吧举行的快速约会之夜,我在分配给我的卡座里坐镇,男人轮流坐在我对面。我和每个人的交流时间只有三分钟——但正如我在 The Feels 学到的一样,三分钟可以持续很长时间。当我温和地反驳一名男子关于浪漫 slump(浪漫低迷)的理论——问题在于,当女性之间讨论男人时,她们会开始讨厌他们——他转移了话题:“你最喜欢的动物是什么?”

很难知道什么时候该离开这个约会的旋转木马。有些人将浪漫的代价视为对未来自我的投资。在约会软件上,你可以一直投入精力,滑动、发消息、一起喝杯饮料,然后再次滑动。潜在匹配对象的数量极其庞大,而调查每一个对象所需的时间也同样惊人,且没有任何成功的保证。你尝试得越多,就越希望事情能有结果,而你对自己能否成功就越没信心。

另一些人则拒绝支付这种代价;他们删除了软件,希望爱情能找到他们。安特卫普大学的社会学博士生马戈特·布拉克(Margot Bracke)表示,她不再询问研究参与者是否在“积极”寻找伴侣;更能引起共鸣的问题是他们是否对一段关系“持开放态度”。她的同事伊莉丝·‘托恩(Elise 't Hoen)告诉我,许多人已经简单地接受了没有伴侣的状态。

特雷莎·桑德斯(Treasure Saunders)就属于最后一类。这位 39 岁的女性曾经历过一段接一段的严肃关系,期间她全职工作,处理家务,并照顾三个孩子。她似乎总是失去自我。当她决定结束这一切时,她需要“丈夫级别的收入”,但不需要丈夫。于是她接受培训成为一名从事交通基础设施工作的技术工程师(“很多混凝土和钢材”)。然后,她利用这份薪水实现了一个长期的目标:购买了一处四单元的房产,其中大部分被她出租。起初,没有伴侣时,她感到很孤独。但她开始在附近一个建筑工会大厅花时间,并与 UA Local 130 的同事们建立起亲密关系——他们几乎全是男性。“我穿着大号毛衣,脏牛仔裤和靴子,

64

2026年9月

A


我的头发总是乱糟糟的,”她说。“我大概就这么融入进去了。”而她的女性朋友们对她来说如此珍贵,以至于在某种程度上,她爱上了她们。她们一起去吃寿司晚餐,一起旅行。“我在情感上与我的朋友们纠缠在一起,”她说,并伴随着一声大笑补充道:“而我把男人当作性工具。”

桑德斯说,在一个完美的世界里,她不会是单身。但这就是她的现实。我在其他采访中也听到了类似的情绪。亚瑟——他没能摆脱那种“父亲般能量”的指责——决定专注于做一个好人、一个好员工和一个好叔叔。他说,约会变得越来越困难。在经历了如此多的拒绝之后,向新的人敞开心扉感觉就像是在请求被伤害。因此,他已经告别了那个他曾经想象过的伴侣。“这就像是我失去了一位家长,”他告诉我,“但就像其他事情一样,你知道的——你得继续生活。”他一直在恢复体形,学习新语言,并花时间陪伴那些 80 和 90 岁的亲戚。他认为——并希望——自己正在成为一个更好的人。

Feels 的创始人霍夫曼也曾对未来有一个具体的愿景:一个灵魂伴侣,一座褐石住宅,两个孩子。“我曾经把一切都计划好了,”她说,“但后来并没有实现。”在 30 岁后期,她意识到她梦想中的生活仅仅是一个梦想;她只能感知眼前的事物。当她在 Zoom 上说这句话时,她开始点名她周围的东西——一个橙子,一个水瓶——以表明她的意思有多么字面。她现在的目标是“完全致力于现实”。Feels 要求参与者共同地处于当下,关注自己的身体和呼吸。如果随后产生了浪漫情愫,那太好了。但她经常说,这些活动不仅仅是为了寻找伴侣,而是为了连接、“具身化”以及获得“表达情感”的机会。

霍夫曼承认,对于想要孩子的女性——尤其是那些 30 岁后期到 40 岁初期的女性来说,这种哲学很难被接受。在 Feels 的活动中,这个群体到来时携带的焦虑感最为明显。她说,因为很多男性倾向于寻找比自己年轻的约会对象,所以该年龄段的女性面对的男性潜在对象仅剩“部分之中的一部分”,而且数量“少得令人心碎”。在我的采访中,对孩子的渴望同样是一道巨大的分水岭。那些渴望成为父母的人往往感到压力最大。

我现在要坦白,我也属于那些无法淡定的人之列。在寻找了近十年后,大约两年前我在一场婚礼上遇到了一个人,对方让浪漫感觉出乎意料地简单。我们之间隔着九小时的火车车程,但我习惯了美铁(Amtrak)的卡普雷塞三明治。在交往八个月时我们说了“我爱你”,与我之前那些漫长且缺乏沟通的“暧昧关系”(situationships)相比,这感觉简直复古得可爱。但他不想要孩子,而我很确定我想要。于是,我就这样在 30 多岁的时候,与他维持着一段长距离的开放式关系,并且不知怎么地又回到了这个旋转木马之上:下班后直接奔向布鲁克林各处的酒吧去见陌生人,

准备迎接另一个完美而愉快的夜晚,而这个夜晚最终将毫无结果。

当然,人们一直都在没有伴侣的情况下生孩子。2024 年,美国所有婴儿中 40% 出生于未婚女性——这是 1960 年比例的八倍。越来越多的男性决定成为单身父亲。巴蒂亚·诺维克是一位专门为面临生育挑战的人群提供服务的治疗师,她发现越来越多的单身客户想要讨论冻卵或试管婴儿(IVF);她听到了太多关于他们浪漫生活(或缺乏浪漫生活)的故事,以至于她成了事实上的约会教练。然而,单亲育儿很少是 A 计划。在没有队友的情况下抚养孩子是困难的、昂贵的,有时甚至是孤独的。

因此,一些人在寻找创意 B 计划。2011 年,伊万·法托维奇创建了一个名为 Modamily 的网站,旨在为那些寻找伴侣——不一定是浪漫伴侣——共同生育孩子的人提供服务。法托维奇在 35 岁时意识到这种服务可能存在需求;他的女性朋友们开始担心自己的生物钟,而她们的约会生活毫无进展。“也许那个与你共同生育孩子的人,”他说,“并不是那个与你共度余生的人。”据法托维奇称,Modamily 现在拥有超过 120,000 名用户,并促成了 1,000 多个婴儿的出生。

通过 Fatovic,我联系到了 Zachary Sahuque 和 Amanda Lohse,他们通过 IVF(试管婴儿)共同育有两个孩子,并且正在考虑使用冷冻胚胎生育第三个。当他们在 2019 年在 Modamily 上相识时,两人都处于单身状态且急于想要孩子。当时 Lohse 40 岁,正准备独自生育,但觉得可以尝试一下这个网站。在经过几个月对彼此的审核,讨论了关于上帝、伦理和育儿方式的问题后,他们认为彼此可以成为良好的共同抚养人。他们都经历过一些痛苦的感情经历,认为这种方式可能更纯粹——能够避免剧烈的情感波动以及情感消退时的失望。Sahuque 期待着许多人认为的“次优方案”:“我们会像一对幸福的离婚夫妇那样。”

从这个意义上说,他们的梦想实现了。他们成了亲密的朋友。他们带着两个儿子一起度假,共度节日,偶尔举行家庭晚餐。Sahuque 对 Lohse 对孩子的投入心怀感激;Lohse 则很高兴能有一个共同抚养人,尤其是对方如此热情,从未让他们的处境显得尴尬。听着他们的讲述,我开始想象,我也许也能在 Modamily 上找到合适的人。

但随后我意识到,心中涌起一种沉重感,尽管 Sahuque 和 Lohse 的安排如此不寻常,但他们依然遵循着传统的性别角色。他们住在位于德克萨斯州普赖斯(Price)的一座 55 英亩的牧场里,但她和孩子们住在该地产内的一辆移动房屋中。他因为工作经常出差,而她则在照顾孩子和全职教学工作之间寻求平衡。自从有了孩子后,他一直在约会,而她则很少有时间。而且 Lohse 告诉我,虽然 Sahuque 约会的女性似乎对他这种不寻常的育儿安排很感兴趣,但她遇到的男性似乎对此感到威胁。“某种特质会让女性被那些积极参与孩子生活的男性所吸引,”她说。但“一个带着两个小孩的女人,更多的是一种负担而非优势。”我觉得自己像是推开了一扇新门,结果却发现自己依然在同一个房间里。

KIMBERLY ELLIOTT

《大西洋月刊》

65


我们生活在一个奇怪的过渡时期。女性已经获得了足够的自主权在家庭之外工作,但许多人在家庭内部依然缺乏平等。男性本可以从一套新的性别规范中获益,但美国文化的大部分依然拥抱旧规范。人们可以不需要浪漫,但他们用什么来替代它?人类学家 Dinah Hannaford 在看到全球女性以不同方式“选择退出”后担心,单身美国人被鼓励在职业成就、健康和自我实现中寻找意义——这些是个体追求而非集体追求。弗吉尼亚大学的研究员 Yifeng Wan 发现,在过去十年左右的时间里,未婚成年人的幸福率大幅下降——无论教育水平如何——其下降幅度远高于已婚人士。从这个意义上说,尽管单身不再那么被污名化,但单身生活正变得更加艰难。这或许是因为信仰团体、公民组织和其他社区在美国生活中的核心作用不如以往那样重要。这些网络曾经缓冲了孤独感和经济上的流离失所——而这些现代生活的荆棘,使得伴侣关系变得更有价值,却让爱变得更难寻找。

人类学家 Joanna Davidson 告诉我,使我们成为人类的特质之一,是我们能够构思替代性的未来。但首先,我们必须坦率地审视现状。她和

我不断遇到同样的怀旧之情:对某种关系模式和邂逅场景的怀旧,对稳定工作和性别规范的怀旧。当当下让浪漫显得如此敌对,而未来又令人恐惧时,你能责怪人们向往过去吗?

《选择退出》(Opting Out)中出现的汉纳福德们并非在策划一场反对婚姻的革命。作者写道,他们中的大多数人依然看重浪漫;他们并不认为单身状态是“绝对的解放”。他们只是在既定的限制条件下做出了选择。在某种程度上,这就是艾莉·霍夫曼的信条:“完全忠于现实。”然而,当足够多的人背离传统——哪怕只是为了让自己的生活向前挪动一寸——一场社会运动便开始了。

我不确定这场运动将把我们引向何方。但当我回想起第一次采访单身事工部长克里斯·斯维亚托乔(Kris Swiatocho)时,我感到很有希望。(她喜欢提醒信徒们:“耶稣也是单身。”)她说,在 20 多岁时,她曾在不同的男朋友之间跳来跳去;她负债累累,通过喝酒和派对试图填补“深井”——即她内心空虚的地方。她父母所在的教会周围没有与她年龄相仿的单身成员。但后来她了解到一个名为“单身者将生命奉献给他人”(Singles Offering Life to Others,简称 SOLO)的团体,在那里她找到了自己的使命感。现在,她周游全国,教导那些大多是已婚父亲的教会领袖如何吸引日益增多的单身人士,以填满他们的教堂长椅。“我这么做,”她说,“是因为我在外面到处都能看到曾经的自己。”

不过,我觉得奇怪的是,尽管她作为单身人士过着如此丰富充实的生活,她却敦促信徒不要放弃浪漫。于是我询问了这种矛盾之处。斯维亚托乔说,她依然相信伴侣关系的真谛。但她不认为自己很快能找到,并且她对眼前的生活感到满足。她有时会和单身朋友们聊天——半开玩笑半认真地——讨论购买微型房屋,将它们停在某个地方,打造一个 DIY 退休村。每晚他们将聚集在火坑旁,烹饪晚餐,聊聊一天的见闻。这是对现实的致敬,也是一次想象力的练习。在我看来,这听起来相当浪漫。A

费思·希尔(Faith Hill)是《大西洋月刊》的职员作家。

66

2026年9月

A

--。

汉普顿

国际

电影

最终

10月2-12 2024

创始人通行证现正发售

艺术作品由 ALMOND ZIGMUND 创作。

首席赞助商

ARTEMISRISING 基金会

高级赞助商

--。

一个“花瓶”黑人教授的

自白

img-70.jpeg

我为何对学术界 失去信心

-71.

作者:泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀 插画:艾琳·贾 (ERIN JIA)

68

A


-72.

《大西洋月刊》

69


-73.

当你跨过安德罗斯科金河进入刘易斯顿时,左手边会经过那些曾经让工厂轰鸣的瀑布。在右手边,一块30英尺宽的霓虹灯招牌被固定在一座布满坑洞的砖砌工厂上——该工厂现已停产,曾经每周生产数万条床罩——招牌上写着“HOPEFUL”(充满希望)。

我当时确实如此。在我与妻子从纽约搬到缅因州内陆的那个炎热的五月下午,我们开车经过了那个未点亮的招牌。那是2020年。第100,000名美国人即将死于新冠肺炎。而我正准备开始我的梦想工作。

抵达贝茨学院后,我们穿过空旷的四合院,向左转,将我们的U-Haul搬家车停在我们的新家前:那是一栋位于校园外的百年殖民风格住宅,周围环绕着盛开的丁香花和野黑莓丛。有人刚刚修剪过草坪。当我们开始拆箱,在卸货与惊叹于这座房子(面积是我们在皇后区公寓的两倍,租金却只有一半)之间交替时,一位年长的男士穿过街道,自我介绍为一名退休教员。我们进行了诺曼·洛克威尔式的闲聊。他的妻子蜷缩在花园一个阴凉的角落里,挥舞着一把修枝剪向我们致意。

这里的环境简直像世外桃源一样。这并非我学术生涯中第一次有机会反思自己的好运。我成为教授的道路就像一个童话。2014年,我从哈弗福德学院获得学士学位后,直接进入纽约大学一个全额资助的比较文学博士项目。五年后,在我进入那个以残酷著称的学术就业市场的第一个季度,我赢得了贝茨学院的一个终身制教职,在学校受欢迎的环境研究项目中教授跨学科的人文课程。我在2019年12月23日收到了电子邮件,简直是圣诞奇迹。为了给这段史诗般的好运画上圆满句号,我在该国报告首例冠状病毒病例前几周就签署了合同,这意味着我避开了疫情期间的冻结期和被撤回的录用通知,而那些因素实际上关闭了学术招聘的大门。

那个春天,当我通过Zoom进行论文答辩时,我的导师之一开玩笑说,看到我手里拿着一份终身制教职,就像是“看着最后一只恐龙出生”。这既是一种赞美,也是对现实的冷酷承认。我在一场末日中中了彩票。我即将获得一种稳定、享有声望且薪酬相当的学术工作,而这种工作在大多数大学教师被困在临时劳动力这一永久底层阶级的世界中正迅速灭绝。

在第一个教学学期之前的那个夏天是极乐的。我在安德罗斯科金河和点缀着松树的奥本湖边长跑。我在阳光明媚的校园办公室里整理书籍,并在窗台上买了虎尾兰。我的妻子在大学假期期间曾在冰川国家公园工作多年,她很高兴能再次生活在一个拥有真正“大自然”的地方。我们在山顶果园喝硬苹果酒,俯瞰白山,用自家灌木丛的黑莓做黑莓派,并在L.L.Bean商店前的巨型靴子前拍照。我们尽一切努力将纽约市——以及那里的金钱欲望、时髦的快闪店、穿着羽绒背心的金融家和疫情混乱——抛在脑后。我们潜心致力于一项任务:如果不能成为真正的缅因州人(这需要出生在那里),那么至少要变得像个地道的缅因州人。

我曾以一名年轻传教士般纯粹的热忱,深信美国的高等教育。我出身于一个有着深厚传统的家庭,家族成员们坚信大学是通往更好生活的门票。我的祖母出生在西弗吉尼亚州的山区,没能读完高中。我的母亲在我出生前拿到了副学士学位,随后不得不中断学业。我将自己的学术成就视为几代人家庭牺牲的顶峰,而这些成就是由他人推迟的梦想所支付的。在我看来,美国的学院和大学体现了这个国家最优秀的一面:即教育是解放人的、文明的,是面向所有人的民主福祉,而非被把持的奢侈品。我曾想象自己将永远在贝茨学院(Bates)任教。

在刘斯顿(Lewiston)的到处,都能看到早已逝去的幽灵财富的痕迹——那些在最新的振兴计划中被不断重新利用的宏伟工厂;山丘上油漆剥落的大宅,以及曾经庄园庭院里生锈的汽车;街角的瘾君子们要么在打盹,要么举着纸板标牌恳求帮助。从表面上看,这是一个破产的小镇。直到你抵达贝茨学院,这片占地133英亩的伊甸园,拥有修剪整齐的绿地和庄严的建筑,就坐落在后工业时代的炼狱之中。

我们的社区是校园的一个非正式延伸:这里既有现任或前任教授拥有的住宅,也有由学院拥有并出租的其他房产,比如我们居住的教职员工宿舍。我们街道上的另一栋房子住着一名对DEI(多样性、公平与包容)问题充满热情的学院管理人员,一名有色人种女性,我称她为艾娃(Ava)。(我决定不对故事中的教职员工实名;我的目的不是为了针对个人,而是为了探讨我在贝茨学院以及更广泛的高等教育中看到的问题。)

艾娃心胸宽广且热情奔放,她似乎出于邻里义务和职业责任的综合考量,想要确保她新来的黑人同事及其善良的白人妻子在缅因州感到受欢迎。这些示好大多表现为在她家喝晚酌——椅子按照新冠防疫要求间隔六英尺,我们之间在门廊上放着一瓶霞多丽。

70

2026年9月

A


随着我对艾娃的了解,我惊讶地发现她将缅因州中部视为一个斯蒂芬·金式(Stephen King-esque)的地狱,一个古老的偏见和暴力就潜伏在友好的大学城表象之下的地方。她向我和妻子讲述了许多所谓的种族冒犯故事,无论大小,并明确表示她认为刘斯顿——在这个以单一且相当保守著称的州中,这里是一座多样性的孤岛——其实是白人至上主义的中心。一天晚上,艾娃向我坦白,当她开车穿过镇上,看到当地的“穷白佬”(crackers)坐在门廊上时(就像我们现在坐的这个门廊一样),她有时会心想,这些镇民可能想杀了她。

我不知道该如何看待艾娃的观点。我不会假装听到“cracker”这个词时没有感到不快,但这个蔑称似乎不应该由一名学院管理人员使用——尤其是在一所录取了相当数量的白人、工人阶级缅因州人的学校里。我也很难认真对待那种认为我搬到了一个到处都是潜在三K党成员之地的想法。我在宾夕法尼亚州哈里斯堡(Harrisburg)郊外长大——那里是另一个去工业化、处于永久振兴状态的城市中心——刘斯顿让我感到很熟悉。我遇到的人都很友善、勤奋,且互不干扰。我想艾娃从未意识到,我也可能来自一个类似的地方,身边也是类似的人。

但尽管我有时觉得她的话带有阶级偏见,甚至令人反感,但我确实很喜欢艾娃。她机智敏捷,爱开玩笑。当我们去波士顿探亲时,她会帮我们给番茄植株浇水。我们会互相发短信,聊聊早晨在社区院子里窜来窜去的小狐狸,以及那些骚扰狗的大地松鼠。我会把刚出炉的酸面包法棍放在她的门廊上;我们在停电时共同诉苦。艾娃给我的印象是或许有点偏执,但她显然很聪明。更重要的是,她是拥有资深资质的种族主义研究权威,而我对待这样的人总是很认真。我为什么不认真对待呢?

我对身份政治从未有过太大的热情;我从二十岁出头起就是一名社会主义者,而且根据我的普遍经验,自由主义者渴望讨论种族问题的程度,正等同于他们不愿讨论阶级问题的程度。然而,我也曾认为保守派对“觉醒”(wokeness)——这个当时刚开始流行并被用作贬义词的术语——的抱怨,本质上是福克斯新闻的歇斯底里。在来到贝茨学院之前,我几乎没有理由怀疑这些抱怨有任何道理。

在哈弗福德学院,校园政治属于那种接地气的、嬉皮士式的、和平主义者的类型——更多地关注“晚期资本主义”和奥巴马总统的无人机战争,而非张扬的身份认同主义。在纽约大学,学生和教职员工似乎更感兴趣于享受这座城市的享乐主义财富,而非任何可以被合理称为“觉醒”的东西。在许多精英校园中传播的新政治正确,感觉大多像背景噪音,而且除此之外似乎无害。

这就是为什么,当艾娃在缅因州的那个夏天给我推荐反种族主义读物时,我是以开放的心态阅读的。而当我发现这些读物令人不安地单薄、政治上诡异,且在其赤裸裸的本质主义倾向中甚至带有一种种族主义色彩时,我以为问题一定出在我身上。作为一个皮肤较浅、不讲非裔美国英语的黑人男性,我一生中很少遭受严重的偏见。我想,也许我只是不够“黑”——不够“地道”地黑——所以无法理解那种已成为主流的种族悲观主义。

在我的新同事中,悲观主义者绝不仅仅只有艾娃一个。在学期开始前后,我参加了一个面向职业早期黑人教职人员的非正式迎新活动,我原以为我们会讨论研究兴趣,或者只是互相认识。相反,这次聚会感觉更像是一场结合了心理治疗和人力资源研讨会的会议。在某个时刻,有人随口列举了一系列需要避开的当地店铺,含糊地暗示那里充满了偏见者。想到刘斯顿的种族关系竟然糟糕到有我应该避免去用餐的地方,我感到很震惊,于是询问为什么某家餐厅会被认为不宽容。我的同事说,因为一名有色人种学生曾在那里工作,而且并不太喜欢那里。

我后来意识到,校园里最强烈的种族单狂症来源是高级领导层。在我与时任教务长的男子的初次接触中,我提到我很高兴能加入少数几所由废奴主义者创办的美国学院之一。听到这话,这位教务长——一名研究海绵的白人生物学家——皱起了眉头,仿佛我对学校反奴隶制历史的乐观看法让他感到身体上的痛苦。他承认,没错,学校确实是由废奴主义牧师奥伦·伯班克·切尼创办的,但他指出,资助该学院的纺织大亨本杰明·贝茨在工厂里加工过奴隶采摘的棉花。我来到贝茨学院时,非常沉醉于这样一个想法:我是一名黑人学者,加入了由那些曾为黑人自由而奔走的先辈所建立的教师队伍;但教务长似乎觉得这实际上是件略感尴尬的事,这段历史最好不要提及,即便要提及,也必须在铺垫了一系列警告之后才能说。

我觉得这种根深蒂固的自我鞭笞简直令人翻白眼。但起初,贝茨学院那种紧绷的氛围似乎与整个国家的氛围并无脱节。是的,学院赞助了关于《白色脆弱》(White Fragility)和《如何成为反种族主义者》(How to Be an Antiracist)等书籍的过度热切的讨论。是的,学院院长吹嘘说,秋季新聘教师中 67 percent 是“BIPOC身份(黑人、原住民及有色人种)”,而且,确实,为了让这个数字如此之高,某些种族歧视法律很可能被忽略了。是的,学院领导层不断在性取向的缩写中增加新的字母——LGBTQ 变成了 LGBTQIAP2+。而且,是的,我们学术界许多人在电子邮件签名中加上代词,其正义感之强烈,简直就像马丁·路德将他的 95 条论纲钉在教堂大门上一样。我也确实这么做了。但这所有的一切似乎都并不那么反常。贝茨学院在 2020. 年很古怪,但美国在 2020 年也很古怪。

在第一年里,我低调行事,对我注意到的那些细小古怪之处不予过多反思地随它去。在教学、评分、学生指导、Zoom 教师会议、每周两次的 COVID 检测、对付一只过度活跃的救援幼犬以及试图在缅因州的冬天生存之间,我没有太多时间去思考学院(或这个国家)的文化怪癖。讽刺的是,那场大流行之年竟然成了我在贝茨学院经历的最清醒的一年。

《大西洋月刊》

71


请求是在 2021 年 6 月初发来的:我是否愿意共同担任组织学院年度马丁·路德·金纪念日庆祝活动的工作组主席?

在贝茨学院终身教职轨道的第二年开始前,教授们由教师治理委员会分配服务工作。虽然从技术上讲,这些任命是直接交给他们的,但他们可以申请与自己的兴趣或能力相符的任务。我曾自愿加入一个专注于帮助贝茨学生准备研究生院的委员会,这是我真正关心的事情。为了在攻读博士学位期间赚外快,我曾花几年时间担任自由职业的研究生录取顾问,我认为这段经验将是一个显而易见的助力。然而,委员会解释说,我在环境人文学科的学术工作使我非常适合领导马丁·路德·金纪念日的庆祝活动。

你一定是在逗我,我想。我愤愤地给一位同样从事学术工作的朋友发了短信。“拒绝,”他迅速回道,“或者更好的是,问‘谁’?”

任何有眼睛的人都能看出,我被选中是因为我是贝茨学院少数几个不需要涂 SPF 50 防晒霜的教职员工之一。我对金博士的钦佩程度不亚于任何人,但这并不是重点。重点是我被强加了所谓的“黑人工作”,而我对此并没有真正的资质。关于马丁·路德·金的所有知识,都是我在十年前的宾夕法尼亚州公立高中学到的——也就是说,没学到多少。

我想告诉你我愤怒地回应了。但相反,我答应了。我不想给自己留下一个难以相处的名声,而且我认为(或者说希望)通过同意,我可能会赢得一些好感,并最终获得一个让我兴奋的任务。我甚至开始怀疑自己是否过于敏感。也许掌权者真的希望我能为贝茨学院的年度庆祝活动带来一个更生态学的视角。而且,无论如何,如果他们需要一个黑人来担任美国最著名的少数群体纪念日的门面,这真的那么糟糕吗?在这种审查严苛的种族气候下,谁能责怪他们?

在被要求共同担任委员会主席一个月后,我收到了一封让我更加不安的电子邮件。这封信来自一位担忧的教职员工,信中说我的一名白人学生——我们就叫他梅森(Mason)吧——试图私刑处决一名黑人学生。

我张口结舌地读完了这封邮件。写信的那位教授是我非常推崇其学术成就的人;如果这件事没有事实依据,她肯定不会做出如此极端的指控。但我相当确定,梅森——一个典型的、对进步政治直言不讳的环保主义者——绝不是一个恶毒的种族主义者。他上过我的“气候小说”课程,并写了一篇论文,批判我在指定阅读的一部女性主义科幻小说中所描绘的“西方殖民帝国”。他究竟是怎么尝试进行“私刑处决”的?

梅森和其他几名白人学生显然与他们共同居住的一位黑人朋友发生了争执。这些白人学生要求他们的黑人室友搬走,并表示如果他试图拿回自己的东西,他们将给刘易斯顿警方打电话,称他威胁他们。根据我同事的说法,

他们因此共谋“将国家权力武器化,以恐吓或杀死”他们的黑人同学。她补充道:“说他们的行为是一次私刑处决未遂,并不夸张。”

这位教授还指责了几名在冲突过程中显然流下眼泪的学生,称他们通过哭泣故意利用其“白人女性身份”。邮件最后要求梅森和其他白人学生承担严重后果。同时要求,如果任何涉及此次“白人至上主义事件”的学生选修有色人种教授的课程,必须为这些教授提供“保护”。

有人提到学院可能会对此事展开调查,但据我所知,即便进行了调查,也没有产生任何结果。即便如此,这封邮件仍让我耿耿于在心。

无论那些学生之间发生了什么,无论谁有错,我确信这场冲突并非由种族仇恨驱动。我也对那种毫无证据的假设感到不安——即一名就读于文理学院的黑人学生与警察接触如此之容易导致死亡,以至于拨打911就等同于默许杀人。虽然黑人男性被警察杀害的可能性显著高于白人男性,但在美国,每年以这种方式被枪杀的非武装黑人男性的数量其实极少——例如2021年只有11人。而且当然,大多数被警察不公正杀害的人,并不是就读于全美最昂贵学院之一的本科生。

我逐渐意识到,梅森事件是贝茨学院主导的那种“政治”的缩影。在这个地方,现在的和未来的精英们付费(或获得资助)来换取扮演激进分子、受害者或两者兼而有之的特权。在这个颠倒的、占地133英亩的世界里,“私刑处决未遂”对黑人本科生的威胁比学生贷款更严重,而教师则需要免受自己学生的侵害。在我看来,我的一些同事正陷入一场《爱丽丝梦游仙境》式的民权时代斗争重演,其中偶然的种族失礼和被刻意误读的私人接触,被赋予了如同橡树上悬挂绞索般的严肃性。

回顾过去,觉醒文化(wokeness)在美国名校盛开,恰恰是这些学校面临学生债务和学费成本引发的不满日益增加之时,这绝非巧合。对于学术贵族来说,标榜效忠于“黑人的命也是命”(Black Lives Matter)、#MeToo、跨性别权利以及其他进步运动,成了转移注意力的便捷手段,使人们忽略那些由学院本身所延续的棘手的经济和社会问题。这使得高等教育在“占领华尔街”和2016年伯尼·桑德斯竞选活动——更不用说催生了唐纳德·特朗普的反精英愤怒——将泥浆泼在学术界常春藤墙壁之后,能够重新夺回道德高地。更妙的是,拥抱社会正义的辞令并采取提高教师多样性的方案成本极低。无论如何,这比降低学费或聘请更多终身制教授要便宜得多。

“觉醒文化”(Wokeness)允许精英高等教育机构创造一种全新的“包容性排斥”模式:在这种模式下,只要支付学费的人员以及

72

2026年9月

A


img-74.jpeg

E8.1M J2A

《大西洋月刊》

73


被剥削的人员在人口统计学上变得更加棕色化、黑人化,以及更多元地涵盖 LGBTQIAP2+ 群体,那么学费就可以继续攀升,录取率可以继续暴跌,捐赠基金可以继续扩张,兼职劳动力也可以继续被剥削。它还帮助滋养了一种幻想,即精英大学的毕业生正被培养成具有公民美德的人,且他们昂贵的教育将被用于服务公共利益。然而事实是,在我就读于贝茨学院(Bates)期间,该校大约四分之一的毕业生进入了科技、金融或咨询行业——这个数字已经令人吃惊,但与哈佛大学和耶鲁大学近一半学生最终进入这些相同职业路径的情况相比,仍显得微不足道。

这一切构成了院长在 2021, 年秋季向教职员工宣布计划的背景:学院的下一个重大项目将是使用“凝固汽油弹”清除那些显然深植于校园土壤中的、令人窒息的偏见之草。“种族主义、性别歧视、能力歧视、阶级歧视深深地根植于社会、我们的研究领域以及我们所处的空间之中,”他观察到。我们被告知,要根除这些阻碍因素、这些进步与教育潜能的抑制剂、这些毒药,需要摒弃“自我审查”和“教条立场”。其中一部分“工作”将聚焦于个人:“我们中的许多人,尤其是白人教职员工,需要接受明确的培训。”但与所有文化革命一样,真正的变革将涉及集体斗争。

院长解释说,贝茨学院的每个系和项目都要完成一项种族主义自我审计。这个被冠以“基础对话”(Foundational Dialogues)这一温和名称的项目,其目标是识别课程设置和专业要求中可能潜伏着白人至上主义、“殖民”框架及其他形式偏见的领域。为了推进这项工作,各系被要求聘请一名外部顾问。每个专业都要制定一份“课程转型计划”,并将报告提交给院长办公室。

对我而言,整个计划为学术自由敲响了严重的警钟:教职员工被强迫接受一个极具争议且带有明显政治色彩的结论——即校园里的每个系和项目都潜伏着种族主义——然后被派去进行一场“寻宝游戏”,以寻找支持这一预设结论的证据。鉴于转型计划是强制性的,“我们在天文学课程中没有挖掘出任何隐藏的白人至上主义”显然不会是一个被接受的结论。

更令人不安的是院长所说的后续步骤:将“认真考虑”贝茨学院课程工作组(一个由教职员工和学生组成的委员会)的一份报告。该报告建议要求所有学生在其专业内至少修读两门“以”种族、白人至上主义、殖民主义以及“权力与特权的交叉体验”为中心的课程。换句话说,该报告建议校园内的每一个专业——不仅是人文和社会科学专业,还包括物理、化学、生物等专业——都要提供并要求修读两门此类课程。

报告宣称,实施该提案“将使我们的有色人种学生感到更安全”,但并未说明如何实现或为何如此。此外,它引用的许多证据表明,该提案极其没有必要。委员会指出,2020 年贝茨学院的毕业生中,有 94 至少修读过一门涉及种族、权力、特权、殖民主义或白人至上主义的课程。然而,它却哀叹贝茨学院整体课程中“仅”有 21 触及这些话题。

委员会还写道,它调研了其他 32 所学院,以查看有多少所学院设有与 DEI(多样性、公平性和包容性)相关的课程要求。尽管略多于一半的学校至少有一门必修课,但没有一所学校将该要求置于专业课程之内——委员会似乎对这一发现感到异常兴奋。在委员会看来,它所调研的同类机构中没有一家尝试强迫科学专业的学生修读关于偏见的化学课程,这一事实证明了拟议的要求是“独特且具有变革性的”(而不是,比如说,欠考虑且显然疯狂的),并将有助于实现“将贝茨学院与同类学校区分开来”的目标。委员会甚至提供了可以满足该要求的假设性新课程示例,例如“社会正义数学”,这可以帮助学生理解“数学作为不公正之门卫和驱动力的角色”。

然而,即便该报告中最荒谬的课程建议,与在其“问责”部分中发现的建议相比似乎也显得无害。它建议,应当引入外部顾问来“培训教师”并实施“我们现在所需的文化转变”;课程开发资金可能仅限于那些创建关于经批准主题课程的教授;报告强烈暗示,作为终身教职评定过程中一项重要指标的教学评估,应部分基于对新规范的忠诚度证明。

最令人不安的是委员会的论点,即应当创建一个“外部监督小组”,该小组由来自贝茨学院及外部的教师专家、包括 DEI 管理员在内的学院工作人员、修读过经批准课程的学生,以及“社区领袖和活动人士”组成。委员会提供了一份可以提供执行人员的外部组织名单,其中包括一个带有社会正义色彩的艺术非营利组织,以及一家似乎专门销售在线 DEI 研讨会的“虚拟律师事务所”。

整份文件在我看来是一部奥威尔式的杰作,时而疯狂,时而阴险。唯一能给我带来慰藉的是,我确信该提案如此明显地脱离现实,以至于绝不可能通过其余教师的审核。

所有这些关于社会正义的修辞也让人感到极其虚伪。就在院长承诺要废除“进步的阻碍”——包括阶级歧视——的同一个十月日子里,兼职教师和工作人员宣布他们正发起一项工会运动,理由是“学院薪资低且工作条件差”。该工会旨在实现“全覆盖”,这意味着它不仅包括非终身制教师,还包括在设施部门、食堂以及校园内其他非学术岗位工作的人员。校方的诡计几乎立即开始了。

在工会化推动公开一周多后,当一名学院发言人以内容不准确为由要求学生报纸将其网站上的一篇相关文章撤下时,该报将其删除了。(学生记者否认受到学院压力撤稿,并表示他们希望确保内容的准确性。)不久之后,该报道的新版本出现,其中包含了上述发言人建议的谈话要点和修改。学院宣布在工会化运动期间不会保持中立,到 11 月,贝茨学院

74

2026年9月

A


显然,我的同事认为,因为我是黑人,所以我一定是研究非洲裔散居群体的专家。

雇佣了同一家帮助亚马逊公司在斯塔滕岛打击劳工组织活动的咨询公司。

我开始感到一种政治上的眩晕。我发现自己正和同事们一起,像反种族主义的松露猎犬一样筛选我们的课程;为了使教学大纲多样化,我安排了加勒比非裔图形小说、马绍尔群岛生态诗等内容;我还组织了一场以“去殖民化与解放”为主题的马丁·路德·金日庆祝活动,旨在纪念一位在支持争取基本劳工权利的环卫工人抗议时被刺杀的民权领袖。与此同时,学院却在向企业雇佣兵支付天文数字般的资金,以确保其能够继续剥削最脆弱的员工。但如果管理人员对自己的虚伪感到哪怕有一丁点羞愧,他们也没有表现出来。

当时我正在参加一个招聘委员会会议,审核申请环境研究项目终身制职位的申请人得分。这时,另一部门的一位同事分享了他们对一名研究重点为非洲离散(African diaspora)的候选人的看法。“我担心他的研究方向与泰勒的太接近了,”他们说。

这句话让我目瞪口呆。与泰勒的太接近? 如果我的研究方向确实如此,这本该是一个合理的观点——因为如果候选人的研究兴趣与校园内现有教师过于相似而将其淘汰是常规操作——但问题是,我的研究和教学方向是19世纪和20世纪初的英国文学,重点是科幻小说和科学史。显然,我的同事假设因为我是黑人,所以我一定是研究非洲离散的专家。

会议进行到一半时,我给一个朋友发了封邮件讲述这件事。“所有这些优秀的白人自由主义者都如此种族主义,”我写道。几分钟后,我又发了一条更新。“现在我们刚刚毙掉了一个研究美国环境史和爱德华·艾比(Edward Abbey)的候选人,”我说,“因为他‘甚至没有承认爱德华·艾比深刻的白人性(profound whiteness)’。”我不确切知道“深刻的白人性”到底意味着什么。(是所有白人都具有深刻的白人性,还是可以通过努力工作和良好行为,变得仅仅是中度白人,甚至轻微白人?)但我知道,无论“深刻的白人性”意味着什么,它都不是件好事。

自从来到贝茨学院(Bates)起,我就很清楚自己就是保守派喜欢称呼的“DEI雇员”——也就是说,如果不是因为我的肤色,我可能无法获得这份工作。诚然,我就读于顶尖的博士项目,拥有著名的导师,积累了高于平均水平的教学经验,并以优异成绩毕业。对于我被聘用的这份工作,我绰绰有余。但我是否比每一个申请该职位的候选人都更优秀?可能并非如此。

由于获得博士学位的人数众多而优质职位的匮乏,这个国家充斥着才华横溢的学者,他们多年来在各种临时工作和合同之间跳槽,希望能赢得一个终身制职位。这个系统让博士毕业数年、拥有丰厚发表记录的人,与刚走出研究生院的人展开竞争。我属于后者。我敢肯定,在申请贝茨学院的工作时,我的竞争对手中有人拥有更丰富的教学经验,拥有一个或两个博士后研究员经历,甚至可能已经出版了一本书。

我知道身为黑人在就业市场上给了我优势——在过去十年中,各类学院和大学并没有掩饰他们多么渴望雇佣少数族裔——但当我到达贝茨学院时,我还认为这种助力是合理的且相对适度的。我相信平权行动(affirmative action)是为了纠正历史上的不平等,而且我认为我知道它应该是如何运作的:如果你有一个非常圆滑的 A- 级白人候选人,和一个虽然有些粗糙但展现出真正潜力的 B+ 级少数族裔候选人,你会雇佣后者。然而,在贝茨学院工作几年后,我开始意识到,我在脑海中捍卫的那种平权行动版本不过是一个幻想。

我对学术精英制度的理想主义所遭受的第一波打击发生在2022年年底,当时我正担任另一个招聘委员会的成员,负责招聘一名科学领域的助理教授。

除了教育年轻人,选拔新的终身制教职教师可以说教授们承担的最严肃的责任。学术界是美国少数几个招聘旨在永久任职的领域之一,直到年龄或健康状况迫使他们退位为止。在小型文理学院,每个学术部门可能只有少数几名教职员工,因此这些决定尤为关键。

经过一个月的搜寻,我们将申请人范围缩小到了三名最终候选人,其中两名是少数族裔,一名是白人候选人:我称她们为索菲亚(Sofia)、夏洛特(Charlotte)和莎拉(Sarah)。在她们的校园访问期间——每位候选人都进行了一次教学演示,就其研究发表了一次“求职演讲”,与学生见面,并接受教职员工的面试——我清楚地意识到只有索菲亚是可行的人选。她即将完成一项令人印象深刻的博士后研究,拥有一个原创的研究计划,并且研究

《大西洋月刊》

75


的主题能够激发我们学生的兴趣。索菲亚恰好也是一名有色人种女性,这一点并没有造成不利影响。她毫无疑问是最佳选择,而且我确信招聘委员会的同事们也会同意。起初,他们中的大多数人确实同意。

然而,随着我们讨论的深入,委员会的情绪发生了转变。有人提出反对意见,认为索菲亚虽然是一位才华横溢的学者,但在跨学科工作方面缺乏经验。此外,还有人担心她似乎更关注研究而非教学——这并非小事。像贝茨学院(Bates)这样的小型文理学院在设计上是以教学为中心的,而索菲亚确实看起来更适合在一家高水平的研究机构工作。我理解这些顾虑,事实上我也认同其中一部分,但我也认为这让我们陷入了困境。

另外两名最终候选人有明显的缺陷。莎拉在贝茨学院的访问表现平平,到了足以被取消资格的程度;而夏洛特的表现则近乎尴尬。即便在我这个外行看来,后者在生物学方面的研究也简单得令人震惊。“我对夏洛特教授复杂且严谨课程的能力持有重大保留意见,”我在她校园访问的笔记中写道。我补充说,就我所见,她的工作似乎并不比四处走走并数数动物更复杂。至于她在教学演示中展示的模拟课程,给我留下的印象是其水平仅相当于高中课程。一位了解该领域的科学家告诉委员会,夏洛特的研究过于简单且落后了50年,而且她的发表作品出现在中庸的期刊上。他质疑她是否具备资格。

鉴于我们对索菲亚的不确定性以及另外两个替代方案的弱点,我原以为我们会重新审视申请人名单,希望能找到一个被我们忽略的候选人。然而,不可思议的事情发生了。大多数委员会成员开始慢慢说服自己,认为夏洛特才是正确的人选。她拥有广泛的工作经验,有教授跨学科课程的历史,并在她目前就职的机构开发了多样性、公平性和包容性(DEI)项目。这些都是事实。但这并不能改变一个根本事实,即夏洛特是一位学术能力极低的学者。我们竟然考虑给她一份工作,似乎主要归功于她的肤色以及她对DEI官僚体制的热忱。

委员会给院长(他对该决定拥有最终决定权)的信中,总结了聘用夏洛特的理由。这封信在粉饰太平方面堪称杰作,将她的研究描述为“主要是观察性的,且集中在不同环境下物种的分布上”。(换句话说,她就是到处走走,数数动物。)信中承认,“我们不确定她的研究计划是否能发展成某种利用最现代工具的形式”。(也就是说,我们不确定她是否有能力放弃 20 世纪 70 年代的方法论,加入 21 世纪的科学行列。)信中还指出,我们不确信她具备“帮助我们的学生培养在日益数字化和计算化的职场中最有帮助的技能的能力”。(她可能无法帮助我们的学生培养那些能让他们获得就业竞争力的熟练度。)尽管如此,我们还是主张在全美最顶尖的文理学院之一给夏洛特一个终身教职轨道(tenure-track)的职位。

想要让进步派的白人学者按照你的意愿行事,最可靠的方法就是将你的担忧转化为关于种族伤害的治疗性语言。

幸好,院长把我们从这种自我作弄中救了出来。尽管他是校园内 DEI(多样性、公平与包容)的主要支持者——而且他患有一种足以让瑞秋·多莱扎尔(Rachel Dolezal)都感到羞愧的种族神经症——但院长同时也是一名生物学家,他一定知道夏洛特根本不适合在贝茨学院(Bates)。他对她的研究质量表达了“重大担忧”,质疑她是否能达到终身教职的标准,并表示他对于我们竟然有意聘用一个缺乏能力让学生应对本千年就业市场的人而感到“非常担忧”。

最终,夏洛特没有获得录取。但整个事件让我感到不安,因为它似乎揭示了我在贝茨学院的许多同事看待有色人种学者的方式。

他们是否真的相信——无论是在潜意识的深处多么深地相信——在校园里获得“边缘化”教师的唯一方法就是将学术标准降低到地下室水平?这个想法让我愤怒,不仅因为这是种族主义,而且因为从自私的角度来看,这让我显得很糟糕。也许我不是学术巨星,但我认为自己在贝茨学院的表现相当体面;按照任何合理的衡量标准,我都达到了、甚至超过了学院对终身教职轨道教师的期望。我在受人尊敬的期刊上发表文章。一家顶尖大学出版社的编辑对我计划出的书感兴趣。我收到了终身教职委员会成员极高的内部评价。

我成年后的整个生活都在大学里度过,在研究生院,现在作为一名教授工作,我以前从未因为自己是平权行动(affirmative action)的受益者而感到局促。我

76

2026年9月

A


一直认为,只要我比周围的人更努力——读更多的书,参加更多的会议,在更好的平台发表更多的文章——那么没有人会质疑我是否配在那个位置上。然而,在那个招聘委员会的经历让我意识到,在贝茨学院,这一切都无关紧要。学校的文化鼓励我们将有色人种教授视为实现学院多样性目标的工具。我得出的不可避免的结论是,我被聘用首先是为了在视觉上呈现为一名黑人,其次才是作为一名学者,如果后者还算数的话。

更令人心烦的是,在那个委员会的经历改变了我看待校园内其他新聘少数族裔的方式。我有时会发现自己下意识地怀疑,贝茨学院的有色人种教授是否胜任工作,或者他们是否只是该校社会工程体制下资历不足的炮灰。我无法忘记我的发现:在这所精英小学院里,不止少数人似乎不仅乐于为像我这样的人移动球门,而且乐于直接将球门拆除。

当然,院长恰好熟悉夏洛特的研究领域。但如果她是一名社会学家或历史学家,他还会尊重委员会中教职员工的专业意见吗?贝茨学院已经雇用了多少个像夏洛特这样的人?这种情况在全国其他学院中又有多普遍?我似乎不太可能恰好来到了美国唯一一所如此执迷于让少数群体进门,以至于在必要时甚至不惜嘲弄学术标准的学校。

我在原则上从未停止相信平权行动,但在实践中,我逐渐不再相信它。我一直将平权行动的精神理解为:承认来自历史上代表性不足的群体的人往往面临额外的障碍;肯定那些可能人脉较少、表面上不够精致的才华横溢的少数群体,只要给予机会,他们依然能够胜任。在我看来,贝茨学院管理层不惜一切代价推动多样化的做法,导致我的一些教职同事内化了相反的观念:即寻找能够符合传统学术规范的少数群体候选人并不是特别重要。正义和反种族主义需要一套双轨制,一种类似于“觉醒版”的吉姆·克劳法(Jim Crow),对白人和非白人候选人适用截然不同的标准。简而言之,我开始将自诩为进步灯塔的贝茨学院,视为一个根深蒂固且不可救药的种族主义机构。

我的一个朋友是一名黑人软件工程师,关于非裔美国人如何应对 2020 年代的就业市场,他有一个理论。他开玩笑说(但这其实不是玩笑),黑人分为“可替代的黑人”和“不可替代的黑人”。他说,目标是成为一名不可替代的黑人:一个因为工作能力太强而无法被解雇的人,或者因为在一家黑人不多且承受不起失去任何一名黑人的公司工作而无法被解雇的人,或者理想情况下,两者兼而有之。

到我在贝茨学院第三年的春天,我得出了一个令人欣慰的结论:我是一个不可替代的黑人。我很确定,我的发表成果比我同届任何一位终身制轨道的文科教授都要多。我教授的课程深受学生欢迎,而且最重要的一点是,另外两名尚未获得终身职位的黑人男教授最近离开了学院。我推断贝茨学院无法承受再流失黑人男教授,而且由于我发现学院的氛围一天比一天诡异和压抑,我决定开始直言不讳。

我对贝茨学院的文化感到愤怒。我厌倦了被当作种族道具而非教授对待,这包括不断被招募去从事我认为愚蠢或有损人格的“少数群体工作”。除了在马丁·路德·金(MLK)委员会任职数年外,我还被要求加入多个与学院不断扩张的多样性官僚机构相关的委员会——而我的白人教职朋友们似乎很少被要求做这些工作。

但比这种象征主义更令我难以忍受的,是学院进步主义的措辞与其用工实践之间的脱节,这正将我推向崩溃的边缘。自从我到来以来,环境研究系已经失去了几名非终身制轨道的教职员工,他们每一位都是极出色的教授。看着这种情况发生,而管理层却继续把大部分时间花在对社会正义的空谈上,这使得我在学院领导层做出下一个漫画般夸张的进步主义举动时,变得没那么有耐心了。

贝茨学院的学术事务委员会是一个规模虽小但权力巨大的委员会,由院长和四名分别来自人文科学、社会科学、自然科学和跨学科研究的高级教师组成。2022年12月,该委员会传阅了一份立法草案,其版本基于课程工作组在2021年提出的建议:即“种族、权力、特权与殖民主义”要求,也就是后来为人熟知的 RPPC。如果该提案通过教师投票,每个专业都将被要求提供至少一门与“种族、权力、特权、殖民主义及其后果”相关的课程。学生则被要求修读两门此类课程,其中一门必须在自己的专业内。而该委员会由五名白人组成,其中没有一名有色人种教授,这给整件事增添了一抹凄凉的幽默感。

然而,我觉得并不好笑的是,该委员会似乎不顾广大教师的普遍情绪,执意要推行其方案,而早期的民意调查显示,教师们对该计划持彻底怀疑的态度。在2023年3月的一次教师会议上,RPPC 要求被提交讨论并征求意见。我发表了意见。

我站在拥挤礼堂的麦克风前,陈述了我反对该要求的理由:这显然是对学术自由的侵犯。教授这些新课程的负担可能会默认落在少数族裔教师身上,使他们进一步被禁锢在他们可能并不想从事的种族研究工作中。而且,要求自然科学教授教授关于种族和殖民主义的课程可能会是一场灾难。大多数贝茨学院的科学教师在这些领域缺乏任何专业知识,在课堂上讨论敏感社会问题的经验也不多。我主张,强迫他们充当偏见专家不仅教育价值可疑,而且可能会弊大于利,尤其是对于那些必须承受他们笨拙地尝试教授种族敏感话题的有色人种学生而言。

我特别强调了最后一点。如果在贝茨学院的经历教会了我什么,那就是让进步的白人学者按照你的意愿行事最可靠的方法,就是将你的担忧转化为关于“种族伤害”的治疗性语言。仿佛接到了指令一般,委员会中一位我称之为桑德拉(Sandra)的教授赶紧向我保证,她非常严肃地对待少数族裔学生可能遭受的创伤。她坚持认为,会有办法确保课堂动态不会让他们感到不快;她解释说,关键在于培养一种“修复文化”。

当我表示我不明白“修复文化”是什么意思时(实际上,我只是想看她如何试图证明她那些空洞的胡言乱语),桑德拉提供了一个关于“修复”在实践中可能呈现形式的所谓有益示例。她建议,或许可以建立一套系统,如果有人不小心说了种族主义的话,有色人种学生可以喊出“哎呀(oops)”或“哎哟(ouch)”——就好像这些学生不是支付着昂贵学费、拥有基本人格尊严、由所谓的学科专家授课的年轻人,而是学习在别人抢走玩具卡车时不要咬朋友的幼儿。我用尽了仅剩的一点职业操守,才忍住没有对着麦克风说一声“哎呀”。

《大西洋月刊》

77

长期以来,我私下里一直认为,学生需求的幽灵被用作通过某项立法的正当理由,而这项立法只有高级管理人员和少数终身制的激进分子才热衷于将其付诸实施。在2023年3月的教职员会议前几天,我收到的一封奇怪的电子邮件似乎证实了这一点。在信中,一名学生政府成员并不含蓄地暗示我支持这项要求。当我回信解释我不支持的各种原因时,她坦承她和她的同伴们被委员会要求去鼓励(读作:利用愧疚感施压)他们的教授对此表示认可。学生们显然被招募来参与一场影响力活动,这让我感到不安。这名学生还告诉我,她和她的同伴们对拟议的要求感到“措手不及”,但他们被告知教职员对此的看法几乎是一致支持的。

会议结束后,我还收到了一封来自“哎呀,哎哟”桑德拉的电子邮件,她似乎非常焦虑一名持有左翼政治观点且年轻的黑人教授竟然反对委员会的愿景。在我们的交流中,她指出我对学术自由的看法在那些“具有自由意志主义倾向的教职员”中也能找到——仿佛我的观点被那些非自由进步派的教授所认同这一事实,就足以证明该观点是不正当的。她补充道:“我确实怀疑一些白人利用这类论点来逃避应对系统性种族主义。”对我来说,她的意思显而易见:我作为一个黑人男性,真的想和那些不想“开展工作”(Do the Work)的人站在同一边吗?

我告诉她,我认为贝茨学院的新方案仅仅是佛罗里达等地正在发生之事的自由派镜像,在那些地方,州政府正在监管课程以推进种族主义和恐同的议程。我写道:“我不愿意支持在高等教育中违反知识自由,仅仅因为这次实施该行为的是我的阵营。”

桑德拉似乎陷入了僵局:一些少数族裔教授支持这项要求,而另一些人(比如我)则不支持。根据我的观察,觉醒的白人学者——他们很大程度上习惯于顺从黑人和棕色皮肤学生及同事的“生活经验”——在面对意见不一的少数族裔时,几乎没有能力做出决定。

当遇到持有相反观点的“边缘化”人群时,一些白人同事往往会产生一种认知瘫痪,我注意到在这种情况下,他们通常会遵循他们就该问题交谈过的最后一名少数族裔的建议。在朋友之间,我开玩笑地将此称为“我交谈过的最后一个黑人”问题。

但这个问题同时也是一个机会:如果你能设法成为一名白人教授或管理人员在做出重要决定前听到的最后一个少数族裔声音,他们通常会直接按照你的要求去做。显然,这对桑德拉起作用了。我对种族主义与权力政策委员会(RPPC)的反驳开始产生影响,她询问我是否能支持提案的一个版本,该版本仍强制学生修读两门关于种族主义的课程,但不再要求校园内的每个专业都必须提供这些课程。

我告诉她我可以。尽管我私下里仍然不喜欢这种在我看来是对课程赤裸裸的政治化,但我核心的反对意见一直集中在教职员的学术自由,以及让化学家教授白人至上主义课程的荒谬之处。如果这项要求可以通过已经在教授或自愿增加的课程来完成,那么这种妥协似乎是值得的,尤其是如果这意味着学生们不太可能被强塞“社会正义数学”之类的劣质内容。桑德拉说她将在下次学术事务委员会会议上提出这一修改建议。不到两周后,新版本的立法文件分发了下来,此时专业要求已被删除。关于通过或否决该立法的投票将在4月的教职员会议上进行。

我曾短暂地认为我这一方赢了。然而一周后,一份反提案被提交了,这次提案得到了教职员工中一小部分但声音巨大的支持,这些人对社会正义持有极其激进的态度。该提案恢复了最初的要求,即每个专业必须设立关于种族主义的必修课。

由于某种宇宙级的仁慈,在投票前几天,我突然出现了一件意想不到的私人事务,这意味着在那场决定性的四月周一会议上,我将不在城里。我提醒了几位同样反对该立法的同事。“我不会参加会议,”我对其中一人说,“但老实说这很好,因为我觉得我的头快要炸了。”

后来我得知,贝茨学院(Bates)表演性激进主义的中心之一——非裔美国研究项目的教授们,在会议外分发传单,宣布如果他们不能如愿,将实际上地扣押课程大纲。他们告知其他教职员工,如果通过的是那个较为温和版本的立法,他们将不允许自己的课程被计入该要求。这将使任何实施在物流上都变得极具挑战性,导致学生们为了抢夺少数几个能完成学分要求的课程名额而争斗。在一次看来更为阴险的操纵中,一名白人教职员工将一些学生(其中许多是少数族裔)带到了会议现场,显然是将其作为视觉辅助工具;他们大声为反提案欢呼。

也许有些教授在学生面前不舒服地否决一项反种族主义要求,或者也许他们意识到非裔美国研究项目的威胁让每个人都陷入了困难的

78

2026年9月

A


四分之一的 非终身制 大学教育工作者 依赖公共 援助。三分之一 年收入低于 25,000 美元。

境地。我想,也有可能真理与进步之光简单地温暖了他们冰冷的心。无论原因如何,贝茨学院的教职员工妥协了:投票结果显示,73%的人支持一项最初只有极少数人支持的措施。

这次投票以及之前发生的一切,最终促使我在一个比教职员工会议更公开的论坛上发声。在四月教职员工会议前短短几周,工会努力正式失败,这让我的前景更加不乐观。那年六月,我在《波士顿环球报》发表了一篇题为《我是错误类型的黑人教授》的评论文章。

将长期以来大多秘而不宣的挫败感表达出来是一种宣泄。当时我也即将开始在贝茨学院为期一年的休假,这是研究学术假和育儿假的结合。我说服自己,等回来后我可以坚持下去。我依然热爱我的学生,喜欢与他们分享我关心的书籍和电影。而且,即使我的观点经常与环境研究专业的同事们不同,他们也是善良且思想开放的人。

在我离开的那一年里,我试图在偶尔出现在我雷达上的贝茨学院疯狂片段中寻找幽默,有时是黑色幽默:一封发送给全体教职员工的电子邮件,抱怨校园里的“学者茶会”活动在挪用“黑人酷儿南方传统”。我参加的一次马丁·路德·金纪念日会议上,一名白人社会科学家争辩说,在海报上放一个农民的剪影是有问题的——那年的马丁·路德·金主题是“食物正义”——因为农民“默认是白人”,且“拖拉机反映了白人性”。包容性教学与学习中心为教职员工举办了一场“减压节”,活动包括“午餐与游戏”(橡皮泥、乐高及“其他有趣玩具”)、艺术与手工,

以及“在隔壁房间里有一只柔软的兔子可以抚摸”。得知自己在一家成人日托中心工作,真是令人难以置信。

但当我回到校园后,似乎没有什么再显得幽默了。

我的休假始于 OpenAI 的突破性模型 ChatGPT 发布后仅几个月,当时那些懵掉的教授和管理人员在应对这项似乎将使大学论文变得过时的技术时显得措手不及。我原以为到 2024 年秋天我回来时,贝茨学院(Bates)已经制定出了一套应对这一美国高等教育生存威胁的策略。

然而,在我回来之后,我发现,即便贝茨学院的教职员工对 AI 辅助作弊感到恐慌,我的许多同事在采取行动方面似乎缺乏集体意愿。校方似乎也并不特别担心学生们现在拥有了一个可以替他们阅读、写作和思考的工具。令我苦恼的是,维护博雅教育的基本原则,或者为学生提供一种仍能被认作是“教育”的体验,在贝茨学院似乎被列为了低优先级。

那个秋天我加入的一个招聘委员会加深了我的幻灭感。到那时,我对校方令人质疑的 DEI(多样性、公平性和包容性)政策,以及这些政策与学院劳动条件之间的深刻矛盾,基本上已经失去了感到震惊的能力。然而,在这次招聘过程中,这种矛盾变得无法被忽视。在我们招聘池中众多“多样化”候选人之一是一位非终身制教授——我称她为米娅(Mia)——她已经在贝茨学院任教多个学期。她的研究令人兴奋,课程极具吸引力,而且她是一位勤奋且周到的同事。

此外,大学将终身制职位给予非终身制教职员工是常规操作:这些“内部候选人”具有身份已知(known quantity)的优势,且系主任通常渴望给那些一直处于职业停滞状态的同事一个公正的机会。成为终身制教授的道路可能是极其艰辛的——这个系统要求人们在人生最黄金的时期,在低薪工作之间跳槽,从一个州搬到另一个州,再搬到另一个州,所有这一切都寄希望于有一天能获得一个永久职位。由于许多大学限制兼职讲师可以教授的课程数量(以避免必须遵守联邦医疗保健指令),许多人每学期必须在不同的当地学院教授六门或更多课程——这种做法被称为“高速公路飞行”(freeway flying)——以勉强维持生计。四分之一的非终身制大学教育工作者依赖公共援助。三分之一的人年收入低于 $25,000。

米娅在贝茨学院的合同即将到期,因此我假设我们会抓住这个难得的机会将她聘为终身制教师。结果,我再次目睹了一个委员会通过自我说服而放弃了一个显而易见的选择。

在 2025 年开始后的一个寒冷的早晨,该小组得出了最终决定:我们不会聘用米娅。这一结果意味着这很可能是她在贝茨学院的最后一个学期,也可能是她作为学术工作者的最后一个学期。如果米娅是一个平庸的教师或学者,那还另当别论。但委员会一致认为她绝对合格。只不过恰好有另一位“多样化”候选人被认为

The Atlantic

79


稍微更合适一些,且在扩展我们的课程设置方面贡献更多。我已经见过学院吞噬并吐出足够多的非终身制教授,米娅的命运本不该令人惊讶,但它确实让我感到惊讶。

我现在清晰地看到了那些本该一直显而易见的事情。贝茨学院不是一个理想的工作场所,也不是一个具有道德感的地方。而且问题不仅限于单一的一所学院:贝茨学院是高等教育系统中的一个节点,这个系统用往往无法偿还的债务向青少年换取一个不确定的未来,并要求学者们——被那种早已被击毙的、穿着粗花呢外套的教职生活之梦所诱惑——继续等待那份在临时工作、下一份临时工作以及再下一份临时工作之后必然会出现的“正式工作”。

我避开了这一切。而且我正处于即将获得我梦寐以求之物的边缘——自从我还是个21岁的英语专业学生,在现代主义教授那间铺满木墙的办公室里宣布有一天我想接替她的工作起,我就一直渴望着这个目标。环境研究专业的资深同事们谈论我的终身教职时,仿佛那已是板上钉钉的事,并公开讨论我将是接任项目主任的下一顺位人选。就在我们决定不聘用米娅的那个一月早晨,贝茨学院的校长宣布,我是被同事们投票选入强大的战略规划指导委员会的四位教授之一,且是唯一一名尚未获得终身教职的教师。该委员会由校长本人、多位副校长以及一名校董会成员组成。我处于一个内部通道的内部通道之中,但感觉却很空虚。

在最后一次搜寻委员会会议上,在审议一个像我一样花费多年时间追求一份更像使命而非职业的人的命运时,我突然被一种坚如磐石的确定感所攫住。我不想再继续这样下去了。我的学术斯德哥尔摩综合征——你不能离开终身教职轨道——迅速消退。在我的导师将我比作最后一只恐龙的五年后,我决定让我的学术生涯走向焦油坑,而不是等待小行星撞击。在关于米娅的审议结束之后,我坐在车里给一位心腹发了一封电子邮件,解释我打算离开贝茨学院。

精英高等教育的招聘与劳动力实践的故事,以及其数十年以来向进步主义极端主义缓慢演变的故事,并非相互独立,甚至并不矛盾。它们是同一个故事。1969年,一项针对60,000名教授的调查发现,27%的人认同自己是温和派,28%是保守派,46%是自由派或左翼。而现在,在这个国家的某些顶尖大学中,认同自己是保守派的教师比例仅为个位数。一项2025年对哈佛大学教师的调查显示,这一数字为9%。

这一切是如何发生的并非谜团:旨在保护教师自由思考权利的系统本身崩溃了。到1980年,多达三分之二的美国大学教授拥有终身教职。而今天,只有大约四分之一的人拥有。我们从一个大多数教师可以畅所欲言而无需担心被解雇的世界,变成了一个大多数大学课程讲师必须担心如果造成知识性冒犯,其合同将不会被续签的世界。一个由合同工不成比例地构成的教授群体,也会是一个容易被压力逼向群体思维的群体,这并不令人惊讶。

在我离开学院前不久,在唐纳德·特朗普第二个任期开始一个月后,我参加了一个由顾问主导的会议。在场的少数教授和高级管理人员被要求分享他们认为贝茨学院最大的优势和劣势。我的一位同事说,学院最大的优势是对DEI(多样性、公平性和包容性)的承诺。另一位则说,学院最大的劣势是它可以对DEI投入更多的承诺。有人感叹我们与瓦巴纳基原住民国家(Wabanaki Nations)的联系本可以更紧密。

当积雪化成泥泞,我走过贴在校园建筑上的一张传单,上面宣布学院一年一度的“性周”活动。那张色彩斑斓的海报宣称,贝茨学院将举办一场“假阴茎环形投掷”游戏,并提供摆满性玩具的“探索桌”。曾经,我可能会将这张海报视为学院所有问题的症状——钱被浪费在奇怪的废话上,而组织者则是那些没人能解释其工作内容的官僚。现在,我却觉得这一切异常清新。如果说贝茨学院不是一个致力于无风险意识形态自慰的地方,那它还能是什么?至少在这一周里,我们可以对此坦诚。

几个月后,我成为了《大西洋月刊》的全职撰稿人。正当我忙于享受第一个远离学术界的秋天时,我听到了这个消息:在11月的教职员会议上,贝茨学院的教授们将投票决定是否暂停“种族、权力、特权与殖民主义”(Race, Power, Privilege, and Colonialism,简称RPPC)的必修要求,该要求原定于2026年开始实施。学院里那些更冷静的人显然判断出,考虑到目前的政治气候,现在并非开设关于白人至上主义物理学或殖民主义化学必修课的最佳时机;事实上,这样一个赤裸裸的政治化课程可能会使贝茨学院成为现任政府的目标。新提案建议将该要求的实施推迟到2029年——这并非巧合,因为那时正是在下一次总统大选之后。

我原以为我会感到自己的观点得到了证实。我一直主张RPPC毫无意义、无法执行且疯狂。现在它夭折了。然而,出乎意料的是,我感到很失望。这是最后一个迹象,表明这一切都毫无意义。我想起几年前,当我提到我很自豪能加入一所拥有废奴主义传统的学校时,院长脸上闪过的一丝尴尬。虽然死者无法发声,但我必须假设,这种尴尬是相互的。

贝茨学院成立于1855年,其原则是:无论一个人身在何处,无论肤色如何,他都是一个人。在随后的十年里,学院培养了173名愿意为联邦事业和人类解放而流血的学生。这些接受过废奴主义教育的人之一就是霍尔曼·S·梅尔彻(Holman S. Melcher),他离开贝茨学院加入了缅因州第20团。一年后,在葛底斯堡,他协助领导了从小圆顶山(Little Round Top)冲向推进中的邦联军队之口的那次刺刀冲锋。

而现在,这所同样的学院竟然没有勇气简单地坚持一项课程改革,而此前其教职员和管理人员曾气喘吁吁地、诚恳地、表演性地坚称,这项改革是必须的,因为这关乎正义。

投票结果一致通过。A

泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀(Tyler Austin Harper)是《大西洋月刊》的撰稿人。

80

2026年9月

A

--。

无论你曾如何服役,

你都是一名退伍军人。

而你理应获得支持。

不要等待。请寻求帮助。

img-76.jpeg


文化与评论

img-77.jpeg

OMNIVORE

不完全是葡萄园

热门剧集《寡妇湾》如何传达当下的恐怖与喜剧

作者:詹姆斯·帕克

我们今天生活在、经历在什么样的类型之中?史诗?没机会。闹剧?有时。色情田园?整体讽刺?数字流浪汉小说?这些当然都有,但仅限于阵发性的。不,关于我们现在所处位置(你今早读过 / 看过 / 吸入过新闻吗?)的那个巨大的、包罗万象的超级类型显而易见:恐怖喜剧。

恐怖(尖叫)在这一边,喜剧(笑声)在那边。而我们在两者之间跳动的刻度盘上具体处于什么位置,则随时刻而异。但在 2026 年的美国,将两者分开的距离并不远;这正是关键所在。荒诞与可怕接壤。令人毛骨悚然的事物现在沉甸甸地坐在滑稽之事的身边,并地在呼吸。

这就把我们带到了目前在 Apple TV 上大火的《寡妇湾》(Widow's Bay),该剧由前《公园与游憩》编剧凯蒂·迪波尔德创作。这部剧不仅成功融合了恐怖和喜剧这两个类型,它还提醒我们,这两者在某种程度上是同一回事——恐怖始终包裹在喜剧之中,反之亦然,因为它们共享同一个脑干。情景喜剧式的无出口环境;闹剧式的暴力;焦虑与释放交替的节奏。惊吓瞬间,笑点爆发。存在主义式的剧烈震荡。而还有什么比“这一切其实只是一个巨大的玩笑”这种可能性更可怕的怪物,更深沉的深夜惊扰呢?

寡妇湾是新英格兰海岸外的一个岛屿。岛上有一家名为“漂流木”的餐厅,一些美丽的沙滩,一些粗犷的老渔民,没有手机信号,也没有 Wi-Fi。

苹果公司:斯蒂芬·萨克斯摄影

82

插画:利兹·哈特

A


这种缺乏连接的状态显得至关重要:就好像这座岛的想象力在失去了常规干扰和麻醉剂后,陷入了一种盛开且溃烂的病态亢奋之中。无论你看向哪里,都有诅咒、谜团或深不可测的前传,整个地方在那种典型的斯蒂芬·金式的、被诅咒的古朴氛围中吱吱作响、悄然潜行,充满了床铺早餐旅馆式的威胁感。

寡妇湾有一位市长汤姆·洛夫蒂斯,他想把它变成一个新的马萨诸塞州马莎葡萄园岛。由马修·里斯饰演的洛夫蒂斯是一个安静且狂热的世俗主义者和“非鬼魂主义者”。清除蛛网,启动卡布奇诺机。但正是他一个人发起的绅士化和市政提升运动,激活了岛上的恶魔。他像迈克尔·斯科特那样笨拙地四处闯荡,从而招来了邪恶的迷雾。他渴望夏季游客——并且对任何超自然废话缺乏耐心——这将唤醒杀手小丑、蹒跚的砍杀犯,以及那个长发滴水的海妖,她会跟踪你回家,恐怖且咸腥地坐在你的脸上直到你死去。“你拒绝接受我们的历史,拒绝接受真相!”渔民威克,这个眼神狂乱的城镇预言家咆哮道。“你知道我想什么吗?”洛夫蒂斯说,“我认为有些人就是想让自己过得痛苦。”

里斯饰演的洛夫蒂斯选角极其专业。苍白的肤色,乌黑的头发——我一直认为这是一张极佳的默片脸,一张充满戏剧性的黑白脸,嘴角闪烁着某种紧张且像查理·卓别林般的灵动,以及露齿的微笑。《寡妇湾》在色调上的连贯性在很大程度上取决于里斯,取决于他能够在傻气地惊愕与纯粹的恐惧之间游刃有余的能力。洛夫蒂斯与他那叛逆的瘾君子儿子埃文住在一起,并阴沉地清洗着他的麦片碗——金斯顿·鲁米·索斯威克贡献了一场非凡的表演,充满了朦胧且具有破坏性的节奏,以及长时间的、油光发亮的、能识破谎言的凝视。“我不知道我们现在开始说脏话了,”他在挑衅父亲爆发出一阵混乱的咒骂后,平静地说道。

然后是帕特里夏,由英国演员凯特·奥弗林(Kate O'Flynn)饰演。她笨拙、深受创伤,在舞池中令人不安,执拗地写着诗并试图交友;在恐怖片中她是受害者,而在喜剧片中她是女主角。因此,在“寡妇湾”(Widow's Bay)这个恐怖喜剧之岛上,她两者兼而有之,还经常夸大自己在那位前述蹒跚的杀手大开杀戒期间是如何险些被谋杀的。还记得2000年代初期那些伪造的回忆录吗?那些作家假装自己是瘾君子、黑帮成员或大屠杀幸存者。帕特里夏本可以写其中一本。“我现在睡觉时依然在门前放一个梳妆台,”她坚持道。“但他谋杀的是十几岁的女孩,”洛夫蒂斯(Loftis)好心地提醒道,“你已经四十多岁了;你没事的。”

整个地方在那种特殊的、类似斯蒂芬·金式的被诅咒的古朴感和床铺早餐旅馆般的威胁感中吱吱作响,悄然潜行。

“海滩读物”(Beach Reads)这一集讲述了帕特里夏根据一本略显阴森的自助 / 礼仪手册(“觉得你明天可能会死且没人会注意到?确实如此。但一场正确的派对可以改变这一点。”)组织了一场鸡尾酒会,这是一个独立的经典之作:当幻觉的面纱揭开,这本手册被揭露为一本《布莱尔女巫》风格的魔法书。

《寡妇湾》制作精良。由汉斯·季默(Hans Zimmer)的长期合作者大卫·弗莱明(David Fleming)创作的配乐令人愉悦,是一块由幽灵撞击声、诡异的巴松管、抒情的电子动机和叹息的海之主题组成的复调情绪板。而且有些画面令人难以忘怀:里斯(Rhys)趴在浴缸里,因恐惧而僵硬的特写,海巫婆的水之精华在他脸上方盘旋,这一幕在短时间内不会从我的脑海中消失。

然而,恐怖喜剧的风险——在轻笑与尖叫之间来回切换——始终在于中心部分的空洞。核心缺乏情感。

该类型的杰作有能力克服这一点。埃德加·赖特(Edgar Wright)的《僵尸肖恩》(Shaun of the Dead)轻笑多于尖叫,但它做出了一个严肃的形而上学陈述:如果你任由生活漂泊,如果你整天坐在酒吧里,如果你不实现自我价值,僵尸就会抓住你——僵尸潮会将你吞没。乔丹·皮尔(Jordan Peele)的《逃出绝命镇》(Get Out)尖叫多于轻笑,但它一些最令人毛骨悚然的时刻发生在对社交礼仪的精妙喜剧观察之中,当时一名年轻黑人克里斯(Chris)被介绍给女友那自诩进步的白人父母,并开始被卷入他们白人身份的黏稠蛛网中。(“那么这事儿持续多久了?”父亲在谈到女儿的关系时斜眼看向他,“这个——这个玩意儿。”)至于《双峰》(Twin Peaks)……好吧,《双峰》就是《双峰》。没有人能像大卫·林奇(David Lynch)那样,将如此强烈的沸腾诡异感施加于轻笑和尖叫之上,从而创造出第三种元素,第三种类型:林奇式(Lynchian)。

《寡妇湾》第 1 季并未达到这个水平。与该岛黑暗过去的最终对决带给你的不是宣泄,而是那种更熟悉的、刷剧后的昏沉感,蜷缩在笔记本电脑前,大脑被叙事填满,触角耷拉下来。但第二季正在筹备中,有潜力深化剧情,而这个世界将可靠地让我们保持在这种情绪中:更多的恐怖,更多的喜剧。还没有人能离开这座岛。A

詹姆斯·帕克(James Parker)是《大西洋月刊》的职员作家。

《大西洋月刊》

2026年9月

83


文化与评论

84

插画:埃莱妮·卡洛科蒂(ELENI KALORKOTI)

A


书籍

如果弗洛伊德是对的会怎样?

一位神经科学家大胆地主张,过时的精神分析是治愈精神疾病的关键。

作者:斯科特·斯托塞尔 (Scott Stossel)

在许多领域,如今宣布你正开始接受精神分析训练,就等同于承认你计划用占星术或通过剖析山羊内脏来治疗病人。而说你作为一名患者正在接受精神分析,则意味着你将自己的心理健康托付给了一个巫医。因此,如果我告诉你,一位受人尊敬的神经科学家致力于挖掘西格蒙德·弗洛伊德(Sigmund Freud)的遗产,并主张他的心智理论和精神分析方法是治愈情感障碍的最佳——事实上,是唯一——的方法,你可能会认为这是一个唐吉诃德式的幻想项目,而其作者本人或许也需要接受严肃的治疗。

弗洛伊德在文化和科学上的影响力在约 70 年前达到顶峰,而此后精神医学的大部分历史就是对这个男人、他的概念及其治疗技术的摒弃,这种摒弃之全面,甚至带有一种残酷甚至报复的意味。他被认为是一个性别歧视者、厌女者、霸凌者、自恋者、恐同者、变态、瘾君子、投机分子、剽窃者、编造故事的人以及科学骗子,同时还是一个不忠的朋友和窃取功劳的门徒。更不用说他还是一个笨拙且无能的治疗师——“一个恐吓病人,且始终无法区分病人的幻想与他自身幻想的教条主义者”。(这是 18 位精神科医生、哲学家、历史学家等人在 1998 年汇编的一部旨在剖析弗洛伊德的论文集封底文案的总结,该书由文学评论家、曾是虔诚的弗洛伊德追随者后转变为激烈异端人士的弗雷德里克·克鲁斯 [Frederick Crews] 编纂。)

如果法医要为弗洛伊德主义定下一个实际的死亡时间,他们可能会指定为 1963 年。那一年,科学哲学家卡尔·波普尔(Karl Popper)将精神分析理论视为他所谓的“伪科学”的典型案例:精神分析比单纯的糟糕科学更糟,因为它不可验证,因此根本不是科学。精神分析理论在很大程度上基于对并不完美的梦境回忆的高度投机性解读,因此无法承受真正的科学探究。波普尔宣称,精神分析在自以为能解释一切的同时,实际上什么也没有解释。

那么今天谁敢尝试为弗洛伊德正名?又为什么这么做?先回答第二个问题,原因之一是:在许多人看来,弗洛伊德主义之后出现的东西并没有更好。在 20 世纪 70 年代,心理健康专业领域逃离了诸如移情(transference)和反移情(countertransference)、死亡本能(death drive)以及诱惑理论(seduction theory)等模糊的心理学概念——以及像阴茎羡慕(penis envy)、阉割焦虑(castration anxiety)和俄狄浦斯情结(Oedipal complex)等更古怪的概念——转而倾向于“生物精神医学”,后者源于 20 世纪 50 和 60 年代的药物发现。

生理学概念开始占据主导,例如“情感障碍的儿茶酚胺假设”,该假设将焦虑和抑郁归结为去甲肾上腺素和多巴胺这两种神经递质的缺乏。三十年后,在 20 世纪 90 年代,“抑郁症的化学失衡理论”出现,将抑郁症和其他心境障碍与另一种神经递质——血清素的调节失调联系起来。精神分析师高度主观的评估让位于神经科学仪器提供的表面上更客观的测量,这些仪器(如脑电图 EEG、正电子发射断层扫描 PET 和功能性磁共振成像 fMRI)可以捕捉大脑活动。医生开始利用基因检测来帮助识别各种气质类型和情感倾向,并依赖于经过有效性评估的标准化问卷来诊断精神疾病。

在否定弗洛伊德主义并标榜该领域具备正统医学基础的同时,基于科学的精神病学自信地预言,可衡量的成功即将到来。但事实并非如此。正如哈佛大学医学历史学家安妮·哈灵顿(Anne Harrington)在2019.年所言,生物精神病学“过度扩张、过度承诺、过度诊断、过度用药”。这引发了一个问题:精神病学是否仅仅是用一种形式的巫术取代了另一种?

所谓的反精神病学和批判精神病学的拥护者们——现在得到了卫生与公众服务部部长小罗伯特·F·肯尼迪(Robert F. Kennedy Jr.)以及MAHA运动的鼓舞——当然认为如此。生物精神病学领域的一些领军人物也持有相同观点。托马斯·因塞尔(Thomas Insel)在2002年至2015,年担任美国国家精神卫生研究所负责人期间,试图让美国精神健康护理的方法更牢固地植根于大脑生理学和新兴的遗传学认知,而非弗洛伊德主义那些模糊的概念。但在2017,年,当他回顾在这一事业上花费的2000亿美元时,他的结论是凄凉的:“我认为我们在降低自杀率、减少住院率以及改善数千万精神疾病患者的康复情况方面,并没有取得实质性进展。”

The Atlantic

2026年9月

85


文化与评论

生物精神病学曾经承诺的愿景看似具有革命性;但从受苦患者的角度来看,它所交付的成果却是微小的。尽管如此,回归一个名声扫地的维多利亚时代江湖骗子的秘方,感觉有点像在说“这项现代医疗技术效果不佳——让我们回去用水蛭吧”。然而,事实是,水蛭已成为现代重建外科医生工具箱中的重要组成部分,用于手术后的皮肤移植等。弗洛伊德主义是否就是精神病学中的“水蛭”,因其一直以来包含的惊人健康益处而被重新启用?

敢于提出这一论点的人,其理想原型非常像马克·索尔姆斯(Mark Solms),他是新书《唯一的治愈:弗洛伊德与精神疗愈的神经科学》(The Only Cure: Freud and the Neuroscience of Mental Healing)的作者。他是一位南非神经科学家,拥有坚实的履历,在科学期刊上发表了数百篇文章,并著有六本及更多书籍。他的实验室发现了前脑中负责刺激梦境的特定路径,并证明了梦境并不依赖于快速眼动(REM)睡眠的观点。他还对意识科学进行了广泛研究。

索尔姆斯同时也是一名执业精神分析师;除了精神疾病(焦虑、抑郁、精神病)外,他还治疗神经系统疾病(中风、帕金森病、痴呆症)。他创造了一个术语——“神经精神分析”(neuropsychoanalysis)来描述他的临床工作,因为他用神经科学的最新发现来支撑传统的精神分析技术——包括自由联想和梦境解析等探索潜意识的方法。他的许多研究旨在尝试利用现代技术来证明某些弗洛伊德概念和理论的科学基础。例如,索尔姆斯表示,寻求快感的驱动力(弗洛伊德“快感原则”的来源)位于通过多巴胺进行通信的大脑网络中,并且他将超我映射到了前额叶皮层中涉及情绪调节的一个区域。

既是神经科学家又是执业精神分析师的人极其罕见。但索尔姆斯更为罕见,他在过去的29年里完成了一套弗洛伊德全集的修订译本。24卷已于2024,年出版,另外4卷(包含他关于神经科学的著作,其中部分此前从未以英文出版)预计将于2028.年出版。让此前被忽视的著作面世,给了索尔姆斯一个机会

《唯一的治愈: 弗洛伊德与 精神疗愈的 神经科学》

马克·索尔姆斯

PEGASUS BOOKS

以纠正人们对弗洛伊德恐同的误解。在给一位请求他“治愈”其儿子同性恋倾向的女性的回信中,弗洛伊德写道,身为同性恋者“没什么好羞耻的,既不是恶习,也不是堕落;它不能被归类为一种疾病”。(考虑到美国精神医学学会直到1973年才将同性恋从官方分类的“社会病态人格障碍”或“性偏差”中剔除,最后这段话显得颇具讽刺意味。)弗洛伊德接着指出,历史上一些最卓越的人物——柏拉图、米开朗基罗、列奥纳多·达·芬奇——都是同性恋,并最后表示,虽然精神分析可以帮助她的儿子变得更快乐、更少神经质且更有成效,但这一切都与他的性取向无关。我怀疑不少弗洛伊德的批评者读到这里会感到惊讶。

根据索尔姆斯自己的估计,可能“没有哪个在世的人比我花在弗洛伊德身上的时间更多”。但索尔姆斯并非教条主义的追随者,而弗洛伊德主义的守护者往往如此。国际精神分析协会早期的影响力导演欧内斯特·琼斯认为,他的职责是创建一个像“查理曼大帝的十二勇士”那样的秘密委员会,以保护弗洛伊德理论免受异端之说的影响。相比之下,索尔姆斯接受了针对弗洛伊德的一些重大批评,例如,他将“死亡本能”称为“一个极其严重的错误”。至于弗洛伊德关于性的那些相当“特立独行”的理论,索尔姆斯写道:“我认为无法回避这样一个结论,即弗洛伊德在这些问题上完全搞混了。”

索尔姆斯在本书中的部分前提是隐含且不容置疑的:尽管人们试图将弗洛伊德主义从精神病学中清除,但其比喻、术语和概念——潜意识;本我、自我和超我;升华;防御机制;对性的痴迷;早期童年经历的重要性——已经如此深地渗入我们的文化边缘系统,以至于它们在我们讨论人格和心理健康时所使用的共同隐喻和术语中继续生存:弗兰克很“肛门期”;玛丽很“压抑”;唐纳德·特朗普是个“自恋者”和“自我中心主义者”;吉尔·拜登处于“否认状态”。 当弗洛伊德于1939年去世时,W. H. 奥登写道,他已成为“一种完整的观点气候 / 我们在其中 menjalani着各自不同的生活”。

但在《唯一的治愈》(The Only Cure)中,索尔姆斯为弗洛伊德提出的两个明确论点极其雄心勃勃——且极具争议。第一个论点是,弗洛伊德在神经科学的预见性方面应获得赞誉。最近的一部神经科学史直截了当地指出,“弗洛伊德在脑工作方式方面没有任何新颖或深刻的见解”。相反,根据索尔姆斯的观点:许多关于大脑如何运作的主流理论最初是由弗洛伊德推演出来的。例如,索尔姆斯写道,弗洛伊德有效地识别了短期记忆如何巩固为长期

86

2026年9月

A


书籍

记忆的方式,而且是在该神经化学机制被发现半个多世纪之前就做到了这一点。(为了支持这一论点,索尔姆斯援引了正是识别出该特定机制的人——埃里克·坎德尔。坎德尔因此获得了诺贝尔生理学或医学奖,并且他同意索尔姆斯的看法,认为精神分析是我们拥有的“最连贯且在理智上最令人满意的心智观点”,而神经科学则是能够使精神病学焕发活力的“新理智框架”。)

或者考虑弗洛伊德主义的核心概念:潜意识。弗洛伊德认为,我们的人格和行为受一个由隐藏的驱动力和动机组成的漩涡支配,而这些驱动力和动机在很大程度上是我们意识不到的。我们所体验到的“意识生活”实际上只是对我们出于其他原因而采取的行为的一种事后合理化,这不仅是对人类理性的沉重打击,甚至是对自由意志的打击。

多年来,潜意识的证据似乎是客观科学无法触及的。既然根据定义,我们中没有任何人能主观地意识到某样东西,那么你如何证明它的存在?但弗洛伊德时代尚未拥有的技术已经证明,大脑中发生的大部分事情实际上是潜意识的。使用功能性磁共振成像(fMRI)机器的研究显示,当人们看到恐怖图像或愤怒面孔,且速度快到无法被意识感知时,他们的大脑仍然会记录下恐惧刺激:机器检测到杏仁核出现活动闪现,随后心率、血压和压力激素等反应激增。身体中的恐惧感随后进入意识,大脑据此做出决定。现在很难否认,至少在基本轮廓上,弗洛伊德关于潜意识的观点是正确的。

索尔姆斯(Solms)的第二个明确主张如果说有什么的话,那就是更具挑衅性。他写道,有大量证据表明,精神分析及其分支“惊人地有效”——在某些情况下,他认为,其“可靠程度就像胰岛素管理 1 型糖尿病,或 HPV 疫苗预防宫颈癌一样。这些疗法的效果如此确凿,以至于大多数医生会认为——用一个专业术语来说——如果不默认采用它们简直是疯了。”

在经历了数十年的批评之后,索尔姆斯对精神分析毫无保留的认可令人震惊。为了支持这一观点,索尔姆斯引用了过去 40 年间的一系列研究和论文,以表明精神分析式的谈话疗法在治疗抑郁症方面比抗抑郁药或电休克疗法更有效,在治疗精神分裂症方面比抗精神病药更有效。他还引用了研究证明,精神分析具有强大的“睡眠者效应”——也就是说,在治疗结束很久之后,症状仍会继续改善。

弗洛伊德时代尚未拥有的技术已经证明,大脑中发生的大部分事情实际上是潜意识的。

这些结果如此惊人,以至于我决定查看其基础研究以及其他一些相关研究。我发现,索尔姆斯在引用资料时具有高度的选择性,并且为了支持他关于精神分析式疗法以及反对其他形式疗法(尤其是药物治疗)的论点,而忽略了许多细微差别(有时甚至是直接矛盾的证据)。择优挑选(Cherry-picking)并不罕见(尤其是在处理难以比较的研究时),但由此得出的结论通常会伴随一定程度的谨慎。

索尔姆斯的结论极其生硬:“标准诊断手册中列出并定义的几乎每一种精神障碍,最好的理解和治疗方式不是药理学的,而是心理学的。”以及:“就目前情况而言,精神医学中不存在生理上的治愈方法。”或许最令人警醒的是:“现代精神医学的主干——精神药理学——在很大程度上是为了逃避面对患者真正需求的实情。这是一种抑制症状的方式,而不是询问症状意味着什么并予以解决。”

索尔姆斯的立场使他(可能是无意地)与小罗伯特·F·肯尼迪(RFK Jr.)在担任美国卫生与公众服务部(HHS)部长期间就 SSRI 抗抑郁药发表的公开声明一致,这使得 5 月份的美国精神医学会(APA)大会充满了紧张气氛。肯尼迪在不同场合曾表示,抗抑郁药毫无用处;它们比海洛因更容易成瘾,会导致“大脑损伤”,并且可能在一定程度上导致校园枪击事件。这些都不是事实。但煽动情绪反对药物治疗之所以如此容易,原因之一是精神医学的生物学模型——虽然填满了制药公司的金库——但并未提供任何万灵药,反而引发了循环往复的幻灭式过度反应。(如今,每六个美国人中就有一个在服用抗抑郁药;难怪 APA 的参会者们如此焦虑。)

索尔姆斯确实承认,虽然精神病学中不存在生理上的治愈方法,但生理治疗可以缓解症状。就像 Advil(安适)不能“治愈”疼痛,但这并不妨碍人们服用该药来减轻痛苦。尽管如此,他对药理学的猛烈抨击似乎过于宽泛了:虽然许多服用 SSRI 类抗抑郁药的人确实不需要、也不应该服用这些药物,这无疑是事实,但同样事实是,许多其他人如果没有这些药物,将会变得衰弱,甚至死亡。

在成为精神科医生之前,弗洛伊德本人曾是一名神经解剖学家。他早期的一些研究对象是鳗鱼的性腺和小龙虾的神经系统。但考虑到 1890 年代他所能使用的工具,他不断地触碰到物理大脑在揭示心灵运作方式方面的极限。在感到沮丧且需要钱的情况下,他放下了显微镜,开设了一家私人诊所,转而开始专注于对患者以及

《大西洋月刊》

87


文化与评论

书籍

他自己心灵的临床观察。从内部研究意识——以及潜藏在其下的无意识大脑——正是弗洛伊德构建精神分析理论的方式。他有时会对这种方法感到尴尬。在 1895 年的奠基之作《歇斯底里研究》中,他反思道:“在我看来,我写的病例史读起来像短篇小说,而且可以说,它们缺乏科学的严肃印记,这仍然让我觉得很奇怪。”

弗洛伊德从未放弃将生理学与心理学联系起来的追求。他在 1914 年写道:“我们必须记住,我们在心理学中所有临时的想法,大概有一天都将基于一个有机底层结构。”1938 年,在去世前不久,弗洛伊德仍在致力于此:“未来可能会教会我们,通过特定的化学物质,直接影响心理机制中的能量数量及其分布。”

索尔姆斯接过了接力棒,但他坚称我们还没有达到弗洛伊德所预言的未来。相反,他的观点是我们需要回归弗洛伊德的真正目标:治疗灵魂,不是通过像现代生物精神病学那样照料大脑,而是“通过承认‘灵魂’——被理解为体验着的、活跃的、活生生的‘我’——是自然的一部分”。即使在生物精神病学兴起期间成长起来的临床医生中,他也并非孤身一人:精神科医生佩萨赫·利希滕伯格(Pesach Lichtenberg)在 2023 年的著作《重新审视精神药理学》(Psychopharmacology Reconsidered)中写道,精神病患者“过于迷人且复杂,不能被简化为多巴胺受体的阻断”。那么,索尔姆斯提供了什么样的地图?

你一定知道契诃夫著名的规定:如果你在第一幕中引入了一把枪,那么它在第三幕中必须被发射。那么,这里有一个推论:如果你在一本关于精神分析的书的第一页引入一个阴茎,那么它很快就会发射,或者无法发射,或者两者兼有。在第二段中,索尔姆斯引入了一位名叫 Teddy P 的抑郁医生,他在与早泄和勃起功能障碍同时作斗争后被女友甩了(对于一本关于西格蒙德·弗洛伊德的书来说,这可能有点太直白了)。

当 Teddy 的情况变得严重时——除了抑郁和性功能障碍,他还出现了失眠、头痛、脑雾、癫痫发作以及可能的痴呆迹象——索尔姆斯接纳他为患者。他判定 的潜在疾病是心理性的而非神经性的(癫痫发作曾使这是一个开放性问题),并将 所患的大部分病症归结为他为治疗抑郁、焦虑、失眠和疼痛而接受的药物和治疗所产生的连锁反应。索尔姆斯引导他逐渐停药,并与他一起开始精神分析疗程。然后,他将 搁置一旁,让读者在悬念中度过了 258 页,才重新讲述他的命运。

“精神分析是一种通过像爱自己一样爱你的邻人而实现的治愈。”

尽管接受了广泛的神经医学训练,索尔姆斯(Solms)仍坚持将精神分析的工作描述为“不像科学,而更像是一门实用手艺。长期的经验让人熟悉许多不同类型的故障,并能提供许多不同类型的修复方案。”有些人——这里的“有些人”可能包括我——在将自己的焦虑和抑郁理解为实际上是机械故障而非道德缺陷时,会获得某种慰藉:这里是气质布线的故障,那里是不幸的基因变异,或者是神经递质的失调,这与糖尿病患者胰腺中的胰岛素调节问题并无二致。

但索尔姆斯借鉴弗洛伊德的观点认为,这些机械问题只能在潜意识驱动力和情感需求的全面重新调整中才能得到解决。这对索尔姆斯起作用了:他从小就一直被严重的死亡焦虑所困扰,因为他的哥哥在一次意外事故中遭受了脑损伤,但他在克利福德·约克(Clifford Yorke)的分析长椅上接受了一系列分析治疗后痊愈了。约克是一名英国二战老兵,曾在贝尔根-贝尔森集中营解放后参与照顾幸存者。

泰迪康复了。(这不是剧透;读者几乎不可能期待其他结果。)在与索尔姆斯进行了四年的艰苦工作,重新审视童年早期经历及其与母亲的关系后,他的抑郁和焦虑消散了,他的性与浪漫依恋问题减轻了,他日益增强的意识觉醒使他从破坏性的潜意识强迫中解脱出来。他成为了一名杰出的医生。

治疗过程涉及各种出人意料的曲折,索尔姆斯运用了大量的弗洛伊德工具——梦境分析、自由联想、瓦解防御机制、恢复被掩埋的记忆、移情与反移情,以及分析师精心设计的(在我看来过于精心的)诠释技巧。对于一个像我这样具有坚定唯物主义倾向的人来说,这一切似乎有些过头了。

但我被索尔姆斯在书前不同章节中写到的两件事所触动。其一是,心理治疗的核心目标仅仅是“帮助我们的患者找到满足其情感需求的更好方式”。无论你如何看待整个复杂的弗洛伊德体系,谁能反对这一点?另一点是:“精神分析是一种通过像爱自己一样爱邻人而实现的治愈。”索尔姆斯致力于通过为其提供神经科学基础来完成弗洛伊德的计划——但也许更重要的成就,是为精神病学找回了其人性。A

斯科特·斯托塞尔(Scott Stossel)是《大西洋月刊》的国家编辑,其最新著作是《我的焦虑时代:恐惧、希望、忧虑以及对内心平静的追求》(My Age of Anxiety: Fear, Hope, Dread, and the Search for Peace of Mind)。

88

2026年9月

A


书籍

运气不佳,选择错误

理查德·鲁索是美国那些被掏空的小镇中,被遗忘之人的肖像画家。

作者:马克·奥本海默

“我是家里第一个作家,”小说家理查德·鲁索曾说过,“但我不是家里第一个吹牛的人。”这份荣誉属于他离婚的父亲吉姆,一个对书籍毫无兴趣,且仅在偶尔间才关心儿子的公路工人。吉姆最深厚的联系是酒吧里的哥们儿。在大学的暑假期间,鲁索回到纽约州北部的格洛弗斯维尔,他父亲会让他进入公路施工队。工作结束时,他们会回家,沿途在酒吧停留。在每一站,吉姆都会向常客们讲述当天工作中发生的一些故事。

“他会留意在 A 酒吧里哪些内容奏效,”鲁索在 2025 年说道,“这样当他到达 B 酒吧时,他会记得什么能引起笑声,什么不能,于是他会修改故事。”吉姆会在很多天里讲述同一个故事,不断删减和塑造,寻找节奏。“对此有一个词,”鲁索说,“叫做‘修订’(revision)。”

“修订”是一个吉姆永远不会使用的精炼术语,但它是艺术硕士(M.F.A.)课程的主干,就像他曾在亚利桑那大学就读的那样。当鲁索在 1980 年毕业时,威廉·加斯和库尔特·冯内古特的实验小说正流行,但他更喜欢马克·吐温和狄更斯那种散漫且冗长的故事小说,其幽默并非源于形式创新,而是源于有缺陷的人物(就像他的父亲)的弱点,其中许多人贫穷且没受过教育(同样如此)。在早期,鲁索将自己与汤姆、哈克和吉姆,以及大卫·科波菲尔和奥利弗·特维斯特联系在一起——这些出身卑微的人物提供了一个视角,可以从中审视一个不公正世界的荒诞。

从 1986 年出版的首部小说《莫霍克》(Mohawk)开始,鲁索创作了 10 部小说,以及许多随笔和短篇故事,

KNOPF / OLP ANDERSON / GETTY / DAVID TISBROSS / GETTY CHRONICLE / ALAN / BETTMAN / GETTY

《大西洋月刊》

插画:保罗·斯佩拉

89


文化与评论

其中充满了那些除了机智外几乎没有天赋的人的肖像,他们在一个并非为奖励此类人而设计的经济环境中艰难前行。他的大部分小说设定在纽约,在像格洛弗斯维尔这样好工作已经消失的小镇(那里的手套制造业——曾负责美国 90% 的手套销售——到 1950 年代已被进口货取代)。在这些地方,很难分清谁在吹更多的牛:是酒吧里半失业的男人,还是那些承诺好时光将回归的受过教育的市政“领导者”,比如市长和银行家。

在鲁索最优秀的作品中,尤其是设定在虚构的北巴斯(North Bath)的经典三部曲——《没人傻》(Nobody’s Fool,1993)、《人人傻》(Everybody’s Fool,2016)和《有人傻》(Somebody’s Fool,2023)——他笔下人物那些粗鄙且自知的俏皮话提醒我们,现代经济最糟糕的影响不在于地貌,而在于心境,即那些过时工人们破碎的生活和身份。他们在酒吧里的虚张声势是一种伪装,掩盖着内心的伤痛,或者仅仅是迷茫。在探索人们内心世界——即我们思考的程度远超能表达的程度——的小说家事业中,鲁索与乔纳森·弗兰岑和梅格·沃利策并肩,即便他的角色思考时使用的音节更少。

在77岁时,鲁索出版了一部新小说《瀑布之下》(Under the Falls),这部作品起初看起来与他过去的作品截然不同。书中的角色很年轻,大多在30岁中期,而主角泰勒·辛克莱则是真正的富豪。高中毕业后,他离开了石山——鲁索笔下另一个位于州北部的虚构小村庄,凭借吉他成名。在他离开小镇时,留下了一段有毒的三角恋和一个瘫痪的朋友,后者在一次近乎溺水的事故中受伤,许多人都将其归咎于泰勒。在随后的几年里,他一直利用这个小镇,以及一个像梅伦坎普那样来自乡下的男孩形象,作为创作歌曲的素材。现在,泰勒回到了一个他再也不想见到地方。石山的居民对他也持有同样的看法。在他那场大肆宣传的回归演出中,他和他的乐队被人们用鸡蛋袭击。在离开小镇的路上,乐队的豪华轿车被神秘地撞出路外;在石山康复期间,泰勒卷入了涉及毒品交易、过失杀人和警察腐败的当地阴谋。

《瀑布之下》是一本短小的通俗小说,缺乏鲁索所擅长的更细腻的心灵剖析和社会纹理(致谢部分提到,这本书最初是一部电视剧试播集的剧本)。然而,按照鲁索的传统,它讲述的是一个男孩的故事,他的家乡让他陷入悲伤,但也给了他能让他摆脱悲伤的故事。而在其离奇(尽管非常有趣)的情节中,隐藏着一行文字,这很可能就是鲁索的艺术信条。泰勒感到宽慰,且有些惊讶地看到,他那瘫痪的朋友道克已经

为自己创造了体面的生活,拥有自己的拖车、轮椅和汽车(一辆改装了手动控制装置的灵车),而这些是由他的“庞大犯罪企业”资助的。“作为一名艺术家,”鲁索写道,“泰勒不止一次地想过,在合适的情况下,或者也许是不合适的情况下,仅仅是生活本身是否就足以被视为艺术,他意识到自己在这里的职责很简单:放下顾虑,单纯地钦佩这个男人。”

在这些艰苦小镇的所有不幸之人中,那些用糟糕的选择加剧不幸的人最令鲁索感兴趣。他的标志性人物是唐纳德·“萨利”·萨利文,他是《北巴斯》三部曲的主角。这部长篇小说讲述了一个男人在20世纪的弧线中漂泊的故事,常被拿来与理查德·福特的弗兰克·巴斯科姆系列以及约翰·厄普代克的《兔子》四部曲相比较,后者同样由充满困扰的男性主角支撑。但我们第一次见到萨利时,他已步入中年后期,是一个膝盖有伤的杂工——通过闪回,读者可以了解到他痛苦的童年、高中足球生涯、第二次世界大战的服役经历以及失败的婚姻——他与那些人物处于阶级分层的相反一端。巴斯科姆是一名作家,后来成了房地产经纪人;而哈里·“兔子”·安格斯特龙在富有中死去,靠从岳父那里继承的汽车经销店赚得盆满钵满。萨利直到老年才有了多余的钱,那时他在赛马中获得了一些运气,随后继承了房东破旧的房子——接着他发现,中产阶级生活的滋味让他感到多么不安。“他一直怀疑,生活的底牌是向有钱人倾斜的,”鲁索写道。那么现在怎么办?对于“兔子”和巴斯科姆来说,美国梦是真实的,或者足够真实。而对于萨利来说,那种认为自己“从此以后能免受逆境之苦”的想法根本无法成立;这感觉像是一个残酷的玩笑。

对于鲁索来说,萨利所居住的地方至少与这个男人本身一样有趣——这是他小说的标志,他擅长创作群像小说。在鲁索获得普利策奖的作品《帝国瀑布》(Empire Falls,2001年)中,故事设定在缅因州一个后工业时代的小村庄,他写道:“小镇的一个好处是,它们几乎能容纳所有人;跛子和毁容者都是你的邻居,每天见到他们意味着一段时间后,你就不再注意到他们与众不同之处了。”

重要的是他们在内心深处是如何相似的。在那些令人沮丧的场景中,角色们以一种韧性、失望与幽默交织的心态面对自己的困境。他们渴望爱或联结,但他们需要钱。他们大多受教育程度有限,成熟程度不一,彼此之间像碰碰车一样碰撞,每个人的行为都会影响到其他人。有偿就业

UNDER THE FALLS

理查德·鲁索

KNOPP

90

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


书籍

极度匮乏;恶习滋生,无论是丑陋的成瘾还是轻微的赌博习惯;而在《瀑布之下》中,犯罪行为已经超出了小打小闹的范围。鲁索笔下的镇民在必要时会给彼此一种礼貌,即假装没看到眼前发生的事;他们也会争吵、和解、做爱,而且最重要的是,彼此容忍。

我们倾向于认为,在鲁索所写的那些空心化城镇中,被留下的人是以末世论意义上的“被留下”:被选中的人们已被接引走,去了有更多工作、更多星巴克、更多斯巴鲁汽车的更好地方。但鲁索展示了,只要你选择了某个地方,或者能告诉自己你选择了它,那么任何地方都足够好。阶级和文化的鸿沟是紧张局势的来源,但也是当地凝聚力的来源,正如泰勒在石山(Stone Mountain)所发现的那样——以及萨利一生以来所认知的那样。仅仅因为萨利没上过大学,并不意味着他无法应对。北巴斯(North Bath)总是遭受入侵者的困扰,他们来自州南部,尤其是来自附近的舒勒泉(Schuyler Springs)——这里显然是萨拉托加泉(Saratoga Springs)的替代品,那里有大学(斯基德莫尔学院)、赛马场、旅游季,因此拥有格洛弗斯维尔(Gloversville)所缺乏的资金。

有时这些闯入者想要购买并翻修房屋,而这正是萨利不可或缺的地方。他和一名合伙人专门负责翻修那些破旧房屋。他们只想要报酬,用金钱,或许再加上一点点尊重。在来自州南部的大学教授迈尔斯·安德森(Miles Anderson)让他等了一个小时才谈论新房产的一些维修工作后,萨利变得愤怒,导致安德森恼怒地询问萨利是否想要这份工作。

“听着,安德森先生,”萨利说,“我需要这份工作。我只是太老了,没法蹦蹦跳跳,好吗?在内心深处,我其实激动得不行。相信我。”(这个“激动得不行”[aflutter]是一个巧妙的细节,暗示了萨利在想要的时候可以运用较高阶的词汇。)“嗯,”迈尔斯·安德森沉思道,“好吧,我也听说过你很傲慢,不过我想这是预料之中的。美国蓝领工人那种粗鲁的、边疆式的独立精神之类的。”

唯一比威胁入侵的新财富更糟糕的,是已经逃离并留下荒芜的旧财富。在《帝国之秋》(Empire Falls)中,一直有关于旧磨坊将如何处置的传闻——波士顿的投资者确实有计划吗?《瀑布之下》的序言中有一段对早已关闭的石山游乐园感人至深的赞歌。“记得游乐园在变成企业化之前是什么样子,”鲁索写道,“在那些比你更有钱的人拥有专属通道之前。”

对于鲁索来说,游乐园及其游乐设施、自助餐以及为了“捕捉湖边微风而敞开的餐厅窗户”,曾经是伟大的平等器,在那些地方,在一天的时间里,“你不再贫穷;你是

那些在霉运之上又做出糟糕选择的人最令鲁索感兴趣。

富有的。”石山游乐园是对“终极逃离欢乐公园”(Ultimate Escape Fun Park)的一种回响,后者由德克萨斯州的资本家规划,而《没人是傻瓜》(Nobody's Fool)中的镇银行家希望将其吸引到北巴斯。但那些德克萨斯人,在与北巴斯调情之后,最终选择了一个更繁荣的地点,靠近缅因州的波特兰。看来他们从始至终都在胡扯。

鲁索从未暗示过,路边酒馆里的那些吹牛之徒比公司高管、终身教授或摇滚明星更像好人。(不过,他对那些拥有终身教职的吹牛之徒——即教授阶层——尤为刻薄。他最心爱的书很可能是《直率的人》,这是一部继承了金斯利·艾米斯和大卫·洛奇传统的校园讽刺小说。)到处都有好人与坏人,而鲁索对任何地方出现的自私幻想都保持着警觉。“我犯了男人们才会犯的错,”萨利那个长期缺席的父亲“大吉姆”(显然是以鲁索自己的父亲命名的)在临终前说道。

这句话听起来颇有高风亮节之感,直到我们想起他那些“男人的错误”包括殴打家人、背叛妻子以及把工资喝光。读者也心知肚明,他之所以能逃脱这些恶劣行径的惩罚,是因为作为一个小镇上的大人物,他认识所有人,并得到了所有人的纵容:警察、邻居、同事。在《瀑布之下》中,镇上的警长知道道克走私毒品的事,并从中间接获利。他并不赞同,但在一个小镇上,共犯关系很难避免。

像萨利这样的角色在他们最睿智的时刻对家乡的理解,以及泰勒必须学会的道理就是:获得“逃逸速度”是那些永远无法实现的夙愿之一,就像追求“从此永远免受逆境之苦”一样。“感觉就像你在被计时一样,”泰勒在反思自己出人意料的财富和成功时说道,“就像随时会有某人注意到这里出了错,然后你就会重新变回穷人。”

但这并不意味着你应该就此止步。鲁索觉得格洛弗斯维尔令人窒息,他那古怪的母亲亦然。她的精神疾病——这是他 2012 年回忆录《在别处》(书名恰如其分)的主题——无疑是因为在一个充满巴比特式平庸之人的小镇里,拥有一个梦幻且博学的灵魂而加剧的。他们两人都必须离开(鲁索那过度依赖的母亲跟随他去了亚利桑那州的大学),结果却意识到,这场斗争从来不是与小镇,而是与他们自己。在尝试在别处生活多年后,她回到了格洛弗斯维尔。她的儿子当然也回来了。他从未真正离开。A

马克·奥本海默是《弧线:宗教、政治及其他》(Arc: Religion, Politics, Et Cetera)杂志的编辑,也是《朱迪·布鲁姆:一生》(Judy Blume: A Life)一书的作者。

《大西洋月刊》

91


文化与评论

img-80.jpeg

书籍

一本不该被阅读的书

J. D. 万斯的《圣餐》(Communion)为何而存在?

作者:马修·沃尔瑟 (Matthew Walther)

92

插图:贾里德·南格尔 (JARED NANGLE)

A


J. D. 万斯的新书《圣餐》回答了一个没人想过要问的问题:如果圣奥古斯丁最大的文学影响来自希拉里·克林顿的永恒经典《艰难选择》(Hard Choices),那么他的《忏悔录》会是什么样子?

作为 2014 年最畅销的非虚构类书籍之一,《艰难选择》长达 600 多页,其中许多内容是从克林顿旧演讲中复制粘贴而来的事实片段。这可能是史上最缺乏内省的一本书。她的代笔作者的操作模式是将她在国务院任职期间的一堆陈词滥调的抽象表述(“我们关系的战略基础——共同的民主价值、经济必要性和外交优先级——正使我们更接近一种反映价值与利益趋同的理解与信任”)然后切换时态(“我们与印度关系的战略基础——共同的民主价值、经济必要性和外交优先级——正推动两国利益更紧密地趋同”)。

万斯的书虽然没有完全堕落到这种程度,但确实让我好奇它为何被出版,又是为了启发谁。即便以信仰驱动的机场非虚构读物的标准来看,《圣餐》也并不怎么有趣。尽管封面文案如此暗示,但这本书并不是万斯皈依罗马天主教的“故事”,因为这个故事早在六年前发表在我编辑的期刊《灯塔》(The Lamp)上的一篇文章中讲述过。(该文中的原封不动段落出现在本书中,且未注明出处。)如果说这本书有什么特点,那么从它印有卫理公会教堂的封面开始,它对天主教会就显得异常局促,将其关于宗教问题的绝大多数论点包裹在一种泛基督徒的语调中。当万斯确实触及具体的天主教主题时,他的语言在某些情况下很尴尬,且在几乎所有情况下都奇怪地不符合习惯用语。在某个地方,他描述自己参加了一场“哀悼基督受难的弥撒”(a Mass mourning Christ's passion),这个短语在神学上缺陷如此严重,以至于可以成为整个普世大公会议讨论的主题。

与《艰难选择》一样,《圣餐》充满了可以被宽泛地描述为“轶事”的内容。比如关于万斯的未来妻子乌莎(Usha)在他们就读耶鲁法学院期间推荐琼·迪迪恩的回忆录《神奇思考之年》的那段。乌莎说她觉得这本书具有“宣泄感”(cathartic),这促使万斯在《牛津英语词典》(OED)中查阅这个陌生词汇。人们真的会这么做吗?在我偶然读到这段话之前,我会猜测“使用付费版 OED 而非 Dictionary.com 的人”与“不知道 cathartic 是什么意思的人”这两个集合的交集应该是空的,就像战略石油储备一样。我并不是说万的故事是不可能的。我只是在说,如果事情真的如描述那样发生,那么

对于每一段荒诞的同人小说片段,至少都有同等数量的对话因为太无聊而必然是真的。

这就好比有人在他翻烂了的多卷本《新格罗夫音乐与音乐家词典》中发现了贝多芬这个人物一样。

如果随机披露一些违背常识的细节,在你看来就是一场灼人且深刻的、走向信仰之光的旅程,那么这类内容还多得是。《圣餐》(Communion)包含了一种几乎可以被视为某种新修辞手法之极致(ne plus ultra)的东西——即在死后召唤查理·柯克(Charlie Kirk),以此来证明作者或演讲者想要你相信或执行的任何事情。你知道我在说什么:某个保守派播客主持人向听众保证,在那个男人去世前一周、几天,或者可能仅仅是几分钟,柯克分享了关于以色列的秘密知识(gnosis);紧接着必然会出现一名海湖庄园影响者的反击,她以同样强烈的语气坚持认为,在枪击发生前的几毫秒(或者甚至在枪击之后),她通过短信收到了关于柯克既定公开立场的私人确认。然而在本书中,召唤灵魂是为了解释为什么乌莎(Usha)再次怀孕;具体来说,我们得知柯克的遗孀埃里卡(Erika)告诉万斯的妻子,她后悔没有和查理生更多孩子,这深深地打动了乌莎,然后——马文·盖伊的音乐响起

人们决定生育孩子的原因多种多样,或者根本没有原因。但直到最近,导致受孕的实际情况通常还是私人事务。如果一个死去的朋友激励了我以及我的妻子重新审视生命之实,我可能不会觉得在我的精神回忆录兼竞选宣言中将他的影响永恒化是一件舒服的事。但在这些篇幅中,万斯一次又一次地给人一种印象,即他的书旨在为那些渴望成为父母的人提供某种准福音式的动力。如果美国的右翼父亲们开始用“为了查理,我们做吧!”作为诱饵,美国的出生率将会跌至梵蒂冈以下。

这种对琐碎细节的过度分享,与书中对表面主题令人惊讶的缺乏反思共存,显得十分局促。一部以批评快感缺失的野心(anhedonic ambition)开篇的回忆录,最终变成了讲述一个男人在不到十年内当选参议员并成为美国副总统的编年史。万斯关于敷衍地追求空洞荣誉(他举了最高法院书记员职位的例子)的所有论述,是否同样适用于他自己迅速攀升至那个职位的过程?而该职位的前任持有者之一约翰·南斯·加纳(John Nance Garner)曾对其有过一个令人难忘的描述,称其“不值一桶温尿”。如果不是,为什么?万斯在这个问题上闪烁其词——我认为,这并非因为他正积极地试图这样做,而是因为这件事似乎根本没有在他脑海中出现过。

在万斯对其政治生涯缺乏反思方面,这里有一个有趣的例外:一段长达两页的、对他关于“没孩子的猫女”言论的道歉。

《大西洋月刊》

2026年9月

93


文化与评论

书籍

无论如何,我认为他是在过度抗辩。当这些言论在2024年总统竞选期间再次被提及的时候,我的姐姐就是一个没孩子的猫女,她是万斯文字的粉丝,也是特朗普的投票者;她和她的丈夫(一名出生于墨西哥的入籍公民)开关于这些言论的玩笑,并再次投票给了唐纳德·特朗普。现在,他们两人成了个漂亮男婴的自豪父母。只有在美国才会这样!无论如何,对我来说,这种良心的刺痛(OED定义:“一种突然而剧烈的精神痛苦或强烈的感情之痛”)在校准上显得异常精准。如果万斯现在意识到他的言论是粗鲁的、缺乏宽容的,且完全不可能说服选民,更不用说见证基督教信仰的崇高真理,那对他来说是好事。但那些在俄亥俄州的海地人怎么说?事实证明,他们并没有在烧烤拉西(Lassie)。他是否认为那些“狗哨”言论至少同样是欠考虑的?或者,问题仅仅在于,对于耶鲁法学院的毕业生来说,攻击双薪无子家庭(DINKs)比煽动种族情绪是一场风险更高的赌博?

我可以继续写下去。但意义何在?我说过,在读完《共融》(Communion)后,我不禁在想这本书为什么要出版。这句话听起来可能很刻薄,但其实并非如此。比一本极其平庸的书更没意思的,是一个把这类书看得太重的评论者。在美国,没有任何一个人的阅读(或购买)欲望会因为我的观点而受到影响。

万斯能写出一本更好的书吗?《艰难的选择》(Hard Choices)能写得更好吗?得了吧。当我说《共融》完全是浪费(时间、纸张、副总统职位的资源等)时,我是认真的;但如果让我评述,比如说卡玛拉·哈里斯的《107天》(107 Days),我也会这么说。以下是她的代笔作者希望我们相信是一段真实对话的片段:

“我全力支持你,乔,”我对他说,“但如果你决定不参选,我已经准备好了。我会倾尽全力,因为特朗普必须被击败。”

这类书里的对话总是僵硬。但每出现一段像这样荒诞的同人小说片段,就至少有同等数量的对话枯燥到必然是真的。在吉尔·拜登的《东翼视角》(View From the East Wing)开头,这位前第一夫人讲述了一段对话,开头是“我们吃午饭吧”,她丈夫回答道:“好的。”几句话后,对话继续,这对夫妇在与一名或许是隐形的服务员交谈,我们只能推断出这个人的存在(当然,除非拜登夫妇在自言自语)。

“请给我一杯霞多丽,”我说。 乔说:“我要一杯低糖可乐。”

《共融》 J. D. 万斯 哈珀

在我们还没看菜单之前,我说:

“就是现在了,乔。你必须做决定。

你到底参不参选?”

“是的,我想参选,”他实事求是地告诉我。

终于,清晰了。

“好的,”我说。

好的。在涉及文学价值、人文兴趣或历史价值的任何可能尺度上,如何才能评价一段包含这些句子的文本?

有时,这本书读起来像是一场大胆的语言实验,试图探索在技术上符合英语语法的句子所能达到的绝对最低限度的唤起力。不过,别误会我的意思。《东翼视角》即便写得更具诗意,也不会变得更好。这本书最糟糕的一点是,每隔几页,我们就会读到一段高调的引用,或者至少是尝试引用:“丹麦哲学家索伦·克尔凯郭尔说过,‘生活只能向后理解,但必须向前生活。’”他没说过。

比想象资本主义终结更难的,是试图想象一本由当代美国政治人物撰写(或冠名)且可读的书。这些书并非为了被严肃地评论而作,原因很简单:它们并非为了被严肃地阅读而作。说它们根本就不是为了阅读而作,也毫不夸张。它们存在是为了被气喘吁吁地宣布、被广告宣传、被禁运、通过泄密和抢先报道被分析、在播客中被讨论——但它们的最终归宿是在二手书店外的免费堆放区里积灰。想找乐子的话,去救世军(Salvation Army)或古德威尔(Goodwill)的图书区看看,看看你能找到多少本比尔·克林顿的《我的生活》(My Life)。我的个人记录是43本,它们光彩夺目地排成阵列,像天堂里受祝福的天使一样。

这里的问题不仅限于政治人物(及其妻子)写的书。出版商目前给很多空间的内容,大多是“时事”垃圾,除了作者是电视明星、播客主或者(打冷颤)政治记者而非民选官员外,基本上与我所说的这种糟糕写作毫无区别。只有读者能停止这种疯狂,方法就是将注意力转向他处。阅读过去。阅读遥远的地方。阅读麦考莱、西尔维娅·汤森·沃纳或桑塔亚纳的信件。读一本真正的书。一个

马修·沃尔瑟(Matthew Walther)是天主教文学期刊《灯塔》(The Lamp)的编辑。他正在撰写约翰·亨利·纽曼(John Henry Newman)的传记。

94

2026年9月

A


纽约市

9月17-19日

《大西洋月刊》节 (THE ATLANTIC FESTIVAL)

佩雷尔曼表演艺术中心 (PAC NYC)


与当代最敢于思考的思想者共度三天,探讨宏大议题。

尽享在其他任何地方都无法找到的、具有新闻价值的对话、独家放映、书籍探讨以及表演。

在舞台上现场体验《大西洋月刊》的核心新闻报道。

门票现已发售。 订阅者可享受 30% 的优惠。

演讲嘉宾及议程已公布!

赞助商

主赞助:

Genentech

波士顿集团成员

支持赞助:

Boston Scientific

推动生命科学

contentful

Edward Jones

TIAA

贡献赞助:

Allstate.

Health

HAUSER & WIRTH

SEABOURN

奢华与探索的结合


文化与评论

书籍

隐形人

在马龙·詹姆斯的新小说中,牙买加的男同性恋者在生存边缘挣扎。

作者:斯蒂芬妮·伯特(Stephanie Burt)

牙买加作家马龙·詹姆斯(Marlon James)凭借《七次杀戮简史》(A Brief History of Seven Killings)赢得了国际声誉,该书在2015年获得了布克奖。这个书名具有误导性——书中描述的杀戮多达数十起,而非仅仅七起,而且绝非“简史”——但其前提设定却非常成功。这部长达700页的小说(他的第三部作品)回顾了1976年的牙买加大选以及当年对鲍勃·马利(Bob Marley)的暗杀企图;1978年的帮派停战;以及在此之前和之后发生的暴力事件,首先发生在金斯敦,随后在20世纪80年代和90年代初发生在纽约市。包括我在内的许多美国人,通过书中众多饱受折磨的叙述者,了解了一些关键的牙买加历史以及一些牙买加英语和土语。

这些叙述者大多在追求政治权力、血腥复仇、财富或新闻界的荣耀。在这一系列叙述者中,唯一的女性——也是唯一一个始终令人产生同情心的叙述者——反而想要消失:“把所有人关在门外。让所有人闭嘴。直接离开。”

96

插图:ROCHE


她甚至潜心研读《如何彻底消失且永不被找到》(这是一本真实的书)。她沉思道:“无论是坐飞机还是躺在棺材里,我都要离开这个地方。”在金斯敦长大、目前在纽约市和明尼阿波利斯两地生活的詹姆斯也曾对自己说过同样的话:“无论是坐飞机还是躺在棺材里,我知道我必须离开牙买加。”

詹姆斯的新小说《消失者》(The Disappearers)揭示了原因。《简史》研究的是那些想要崛起、想要主宰、想要成为明星的男人;而这一部则聚焦于那些试图不被看见的男人。这是詹姆斯最明显的自传体作品。在五位主要叙述者中,有两位与他的年龄、背景和兴趣相同,其中一人避开了牙买加最严重的暴力冲突,并像詹姆斯一样,凭借高级学位获得了一份稳定的工作。这也是詹姆斯自《简史》以来创作的第一部现实主义小说——在此期间,他出版了两部复杂且血腥的神话幻想长篇作品。

这一次,他描写的是与男性发生性关系的牙买加男性(其中只有一部分人称自己为同性恋)。1988年,其中八人在金斯敦的一处住宅聚集,排演加拿大剧作家约翰·赫伯特(John Herbert)1967年的监狱剧《命运与男人的眼睛》(Fortune and Men’s Eyes)。导演是哈夫洛克(Havelock),一个自信且带有女性化气质的、从英国回国的移民。他像大多数角色一样用牙买加英语解释道,这是一部“关于男人相爱、发生性关系以及统治其他男人的同性恋剧本”。

在穆斯格雷夫夫人路(Lady Musgrave Road)这栋房子里聚集的男人中,没有一个是专业演员。所有人都是通过传单或口耳相传得知这部剧的,五位核心叙述者轮流向我们敞开他们的内心世界。埃迪(Eddy)是一名书卷气的大学生,也是那对“詹姆斯式”人物之一,他将文学兴趣与对色情内容的渴望结合在一起;他对独立摇滚和《X战警》漫画的热爱使他进一步与同龄人疏离。而住在车里、为了生存而奔波的乔丹(Jordan)几乎成了埃迪的镜像:他也喜欢漫画和另类摇滚,阅读的文学书籍也与埃迪相同。

这个群体还包括一名让埃迪不由自主地觉得性感、神秘的华裔商人;资助排演的富有的奥马尔(Omar);以及另外三名演员。在排演期间及之后,所有人都发现了一个充满想象力的避难所——一个为那些用埃迪的话说“无法离开但又无法停留”的人准备的空间。他们聊天、调情,并抱怨被分配到的角色。一名演员反对扮演变装皇后。男人觉得他们必须守护自己的男子气概,即便是在这个私密空间里。

随后,暴力降临。一群男人找到了这栋房子,将几乎所有人打得血肉模糊。

“无论是坐飞机还是躺在棺材里,我知道我必须离开牙买加。”

或者更糟,使用黑杰克(blackjacks)、双节棍、刀具、拳头、撬棍和板球拍。詹姆斯用一段短小的福克纳式赋格曲描绘了侵略者的心理。袭击者中至少有一个是深柜:“杀死他们体内的它,杀死我体内的它。”其中两人是警察。另一人则是一位雷鬼明星,其热门单曲《Batty Is Not Pussy》主张杀死男同性恋。(Batty 是牙买加俚语,指“臀部”,而 battyman 是对男同性恋的侮辱性称呼。)詹姆斯虚构的这位明星让人想起真实的音乐家 Buju Banton,其成名曲《Boom Bye Bye》(他后来对此表示否认)同样赞美对同性恋者的暴力袭击和谋杀。这场混乱导致一名演员死亡,另一名失明,其余的人则希望重建,或者更有可能地是逃离他们之前的生活。

小说的其余部分讲述了幸存者的故事,乔丹和埃迪分别且共同地尝试追踪他们之中失踪的人。交织在一起的故事片段通过讲述者截然不同的声音展开。哈夫洛克给他在英国的前情人写信,文字华丽得令人愉悦。乔丹和埃迪通过接受一名叫佩特拉的记者的采访来讲述自己的艰辛,但同时也以第一人称描述他们的日子和岁月。乔丹最终拥有最波折的人物弧光,他最终也追踪到了加害者:他希望他们付出代价,或者至少不要就这样消失。

《简史》(BRIEF HISTORY)审视了暴力之地的权力及其隐藏的秘密。现在,詹姆斯写了一本关于那些整个生活都像秘密一样的人的书。他有一个论点:那些在成长过程中被告知自己很糟糕、不配生存的人——那些可能因为尝试做真实的自己而被强奸、致残或谋杀的人——几乎不可避免地会将生活组织在尝试消失、逃离或退缩到边缘的努力之上,从而成为(像埃迪那样)观察他人而自身不被看见的人物,或者(像乔丹那样)潜伏在阴影中的复仇代理人。

“在这个牙买加之下,还有一个牙买加,”乔丹告诉埃迪,后者的生活更为安稳且幸运,这意味着他可能并不知情。这是一个隐喻,但有时它并非隐喻;生活在金斯顿沟壑中、低于街道水平面的变装皇后、跨性别女性和无家可归的青年们使其成为了现实,正如埃迪和乔丹在故事后期逃离另一波暴徒时向我们展示的那样。詹姆斯将沟壑居民及其脆弱的世界打造为一个引人入胜的侧线故事,旨在呈现金斯顿同性恋生活的全景,从占据经济高地(同样也是字面意义上的山丘)的人,一直到那些“全部都是皇后、怪胎、fishboys 和 battymen”且“不能也不愿伪装”的人。穆斯格雷夫夫人路(Lady Musgrave Road)的幸存者们要么逃往完全深柜的体面生活——“一个充满失望的安全之地”,其中一些人在那里停留多年;要么逃往

《大西洋月刊》

2026年9月

97


文化与评论

岛外的机会,或宗教重生,或在“山顶”过一种近乎隐形的隐居生活。我们可以将整部小说视为一种尝试,旨在创造一个舞台,一个空间,让牙买加的男同性恋者能够诚实且完整地出现,至少在回顾时如此。

与《简史》一样,《消失者》(The Disappearers)提供了一个由对比鲜明的风格、人格和视角组成的大型现代主义组合。它同样是一部经典现实主义作品,在角色赚钱与赔钱、起伏兴衰的过程中,巡视着一个不断变化的金斯顿的社会阶层。但与包含同性恋角色但主要并非关于他们的《简史》不同,《消失者》也属于乔丹和埃迪提到的那些早期的美国同性恋编年史,尤其是约翰·雷奇(John Rechy)的《性出法外》(The Sexual Outlaw)。因此,书中充满了同性性爱:狂喜的、矛盾的、勉强的,是绝望的秘密,亦或是公开的秘密。

詹姆斯承认存在那些甜蜜、相互地、且“本该如此”的性爱时刻——但这些大多发生在舞台之外。相反,书页中出现的大多数交欢则令人心惊地将性与暴力混在一起。有些人寻求被羞辱;有些人则想施加羞辱。有些人被他们的把戏所伤。詹姆斯设法没有对任何人的性癖好进行羞辱,但相比于性癖教育,他更感兴趣的是展示一个每一次约炮都伴随着可怕风险的性世界:例如,殴打与伤害,或是公开暴露,亦或是逆转录酶抑制剂时代之前的艾滋病。生活在对“艾滋病”的恐惧中,本身就包含了一系列“漫长的消失之举”——不仅是疾病与死亡,还有羞耻、否认以及无法哀悼。

这些风险并未阻止詹姆斯笔下的大多数幸存者去追求,或成为约炮者、男妓和仇恨性爱者,无论是否使用了适当的润滑剂和灌肠,而小说——恰当地,甚至必然地——描述了这些:负责任地描写肛交必须提及这些事情,詹姆斯做到了。他希望将这些男同性恋者的性生活带到光亮之下。然而,这些男人却不断尝试“抹除自己”,学习如何“让自己变成那种没人想看到的人”。在故事早期,埃迪声称,“我不怎么考虑这件事”,然而他从未意识不到自己是“一个人们只想将其打死的人群中的一员”。或者被活埋。

这部小说为文学读者开启了许多乐趣,体现在其节奏、观察,尤其是哈夫洛克那种老派散文的拟声效果中(他甚至用已经过时的男同性恋俚语 Polari 写了一封信)。但它在很大程度上并不是一本关于快乐的书:这些生活通常——且现实地——是可怕或悲哀的。不过,我们不应将它们贴上悲剧的标签,因为那意味着存在一个掌控一切的神灵,或者至少是一个注定的命运。正如哈夫洛克所坚持的,“我们需要停止将暴行称为悲剧”。《消失者》(The Disappearers)在诸多意义上,是一部回应多种暴行的小说。

《消失者》 (THE DISAPPEARERS)

马龙·詹姆斯(Marlon James)著

RIVERHEAD 出版社

当你成长在周围是一群因为你的身份而恨你、而你却爱着他们的人之中时,很难将他们的恨与自我厌恶区分开来,也很难将其中任何一种与求死之愿区分开来。不仅仅是来自穆斯格雷夫夫人路(Lady Musgrave Road)的那些角色将自我毁灭与自我塑造、死亡与天命混为一谈。库尔特·科本(Kurt Cobain)的音乐也是如此,在那些为乔丹和埃迪提供金斯顿之外替代选择的文化基石中,科本是最重要的。他们听涅槃乐队(Nirvana),以及科本推荐的那些摇滚乐队——乔丹说,“那是恨我的人不喜欢的一种音乐”——比听“彼得·地铁(Peter Metro)和贝利上将(Admiral Bailey)”以及岛上其他热门音乐人的作品更多。

主要角色在早期的同性恋小说(如雷奇的作品)和漫画书中也找到了盟友。“仔细想想,我的生活简直就像《X战警》(X-Men)。我服务于一个世界,在这种情况下是酷男孩的世界,”埃迪在早期断定,“结果却被那些同样的男孩虐待和残暴对待。”漫威漫画中的英雄变种人——长得像恶魔的夜行者(Nightcrawler);某个街头皇后(gully queen)所像的暴风女(Storm);以及其他成员——承诺了一种在金斯顿经历中生存下来的方式,尽管在埃迪渴望的那一期《X战警》中,《X战警》成员们真的消失了。

文艺复兴时期的著作——莎士比亚的十四行诗和《李尔王》,克里斯托弗·马洛的《爱德华二世》——为詹姆斯关于依恋与拟议家庭、真实的酷刑与受折磨的爱情的故事提供了额外的支撑。最强有力的支线情节将埃迪倾慕的那个半中国血统人物的命运与十四行诗以及赫伯特的剧作联系在一起。最弱的支线则将乔丹变成了一个偏执且可预测的复仇者,不像一名《X战警》,而更像一个牙买加版的 Joker,且如果你看过恐怖电影,其中的反转根本算不上反转。然而,直到那个显而易见的最终幕之前,埃迪与乔丹的配对运作得十分优雅,展现了同一张受损面孔的两面。

尽管如此,任何读者在小说后期看到乔丹惊呼“我的幽灵式痛苦让我想要尖叫”时,都会对他产生共鸣。他的意思是,与那些死于艾滋病的人相比,他并没有在真正地受苦(尽管他确实在受苦);同时,他也觉得自己像一个脱离肉体的被遗弃者,一种幽灵。《消失者》The Disappearers)最终成为了一场由暴力驱动的抗议,一声愤怒的尖叫——就像涅槃乐队(Nirvana)的最后一张专辑一样——旨在反抗一个不断试图杀死像他这样的人,然后又假装这些人是自愿如此,或者假装他们从未存在过的世界。这部小说是一件精巧的工具,揭示了 20 世纪 80 年代末和 90 年代牙买加中哪些感觉不对、哪些出了问题,以及在其他一些地方依然存在的问题:在那些地方,在边缘环境中长大的人会被指责为他们自己遭受迫害的原因,或者在他们克服重重困难获得成功时,被赞颂为勇敢的例外。

98

2026年9月

A


书籍

这种极度的不公正——尤其是如果它像詹姆斯所描绘的那样残酷且直接——可能会让你变成一个消失者或一个复仇者(像乔丹那样)。或者,它也可能让你变成一个记录者(像埃迪和佩特拉那样),一个纪念碑的创建者,甚至成为那些想要被拯救的人的救赎者——那些厌倦了尝试消失的人。确实有人如此:来自穆斯格雷夫夫人路(Lady Musgrave Road)的大多数幸存者,无论受创多深,都找到了继续前行的办法。有些人(如哈夫洛克)甚至在尝试“建立某种东西——我不知道,一个安全的地方,一个属于自己的房间和世界,这样你就可以,怎么说呢,放松下来?”

在詹姆斯笔下那个极具父权色彩的牙买加,作为一个男同性恋者生存下去,意味着必须奋斗以成为并保持某种“男人”的身份,无论你在床上喜欢做什么。生活是,或者看起来是,围绕着男人展开的:女性在书中出现,但从未担任叙述者(不像在《简史》中那样),且几乎不表达自己的感受。这正是《消失者》的要点之一:那些迫害同性恋欲望的男人,同样希望女性消失。正如在任何二元对立中一样,男人学会了通过定义自己的所谓“他者”来定义自己:“对于一个男人来说,没有什么比被当作女人对待更可耻的了,”一个角色这样想,这个想法在当代的美国同样司空见惯。

在穆斯格雷夫夫人路袭击事件幸存的七个人中,詹姆斯为除一人之外的所有人都勾勒了某种未来:无论是在牙买加境内还是境外,在失败的伪装婚姻中,或是在让他们勉强维持生计的文职工作中,甚至在脆弱、令人慰藉且迟到已久的重逢中。至于那个直接从情节中消失的角色,也许他死了。毕竟,他的“家人更希望他消失”。或者,也许那个人从一开始就不是男人,而是在其他地方作为成年女性建立起了稳固的生活,其少年时代被永久删除——这就是前几代跨性别者所说的“木工活”(woodworking,意指融入背景 / 消失在木墙中)。

《消失者》中,这是某个角色的推测,在提出后立即被否定了。但这同样是另一种希望的暗示。这部结束于 2005 年的小说确实提供了希望:不仅是为牙买加的男同性恋者,也为跨性别青少年、非二元性别成年人,以及此后任何感到社会一直要求他们隐藏、撒谎、死亡或直接离开的人。诚然,《消失者》是一本令人心碎的书,但它绝非虚无主义、失败主义或愤世嫉俗。它对最终生存的喜悦跃然纸上。A

斯蒂芬妮·伯特(Stephanie Burt)是哈佛大学唐纳德和凯瑟琳·洛克英语教授,其最新著作是《泰勒版本:泰勒·斯威夫特的诗意与音乐天才》(Taylor’s Version: The Poetic and Musical Genius of Taylor Swift)。

《大西洋月刊》

姿态

作者:德博拉·加里森 (Deborah Garrison)

那个夏天他 9 岁 快 10 岁了,突然间 他有了这样一个姿态: 下巴收进 前倾的肩膀里, 身体既高高挺起 又蜷缩着; 大腿上的某种力量 与地面 相连 然而肘部却有一种 向上的坚定——

一个男孩可以同时被 向天空和向大地拉扯, 可以像蝙蝠一样, 满怀期待,并非完全静止, 因意图而颤抖, 准备盘旋并击中一个音符; 他的双手与木棒融为一体 手腕撑起,仿佛 在拧紧或即将 拧开一个罐子的盖子 (手腕中的爱 是这种姿态的一部分)

而当挥棒结束 球长长地呼啸而过 所有人都在移动,在呼喊——球传向二垒—— 我想再次研究那个姿态 在那个悬停的生命瞬间 在比赛发生之前, 在记忆将其带走之前。

德博拉·加里森 (Deborah Garrison) 是 Knopf 出版社的诗歌编辑总监,著有两部诗集《打工女郎赢不了》(A Working Girl Can’t Win) 和《第二个孩子》(The Second Child)。

99

--。

随笔

音乐界最 神秘的 职业

指挥家 究竟在做什么

作者 马修·奥科因 (Matthew Aucoin)

指挥家是个 骗子。或者: 指挥家是上帝。 音乐家们经常 接触到关于这个 音乐界最神秘 职业的两种极端 观点。难怪 指挥家既会引起 怀疑,也会受到 崇拜。指挥这个 行为本身——挥动 一支魔杖来召唤 迷人、空灵或 震耳欲聋的声音—— 看起来要么像

100

2026年9月

A


STEFANO BIANCHETTI / CORBIS / GETTY

img-82.jpeg

《大西洋月刊》

101


img-83.jpeg

不可思议的魔术,要么像尴尬的胡闹,某种穿着燕尾服的“空气吉他”。

对于大多数类型的音乐表演,听众可以用内心和直觉感受到音乐家的任务有多么艰巨。要拥有让小提琴歌唱所需的极度敏锐的精细动作技能,或者让长号迸发出美感所需的沉稳与气息控制,不仅要成为一名艺术家,还要成为一名掌控隐形肌肉的奥运运动员。一个原因就是,无数焦虑之梦中的经典场景,就是一场你毫无准备的音乐

表演,观众不耐烦地咳嗽,大钢琴在光圈中等待着你,像某种闪闪发光的、喷气黑色的装甲坦克。

指挥则不同。我敢打赌,几乎每个看过指挥家领导管弦乐团的人都曾闪过这样一个念头:拜托,谁都能这么干。他们只是在挥动手臂!不是吗?如果不是,那么他们究竟在做什么?很多人——甚至很多音乐家——都不信任那种经常围绕在这种难以捉摸且略显可疑的艺术从业者周围的“咒语式”神秘主义。

前页:一张1846年的浪漫主义作曲家埃克托·柏辽兹(Hector Berlioz)的讽刺画,他以热爱庞大且响亮的管弦乐团而闻名。 上方:赫伯特·冯·卡拉扬,1970年。

102

2026年9月

A

JEAN-CLAUDE DEUTSCH / PARIS MATCH / GETTY

而光谱的另一端,则是同样不准确的观念,即认为指挥家是一个拥有近乎超自然能力的万能之辈。持有这种观点的人倾向于认为,如果没有持棒者的睿智引导,管弦乐团将完全束手无策;他们忘记了任何优秀的乐团都由数十名经验丰富、聪明的音乐家组成,其中每个人都具备独立进行音乐思考的能力。倾向于这种观点的听众有时会惊叹,指挥家似乎不知怎么地知道每个人的每个音符。如果他们参加排练,他们甚至可能会对大师一个简单的要求——例如,让一段乐句演奏得更具抒情性——而心醉神迷,仿佛那是来自上天的指令。

我主要是一名作曲家;当我面对一张空白的五线谱纸时最快乐。但我也是一名指挥家,既指挥自己的作品,也指挥其他音乐。早在拿起指挥棒之前,指挥的奥秘就令我着迷。管弦乐团的音乐家并不需要指挥家来执行音乐创作的核心任务。然而,当一名卓越的指挥家站在指挥台上时,一种电流可以流经整个乐团,一种额外的能量能帮助数十名音乐家像一个复杂且多样化的有机体一样共同呼吸、共同发声。指挥,首先是一次深刻的信任练习:乐团信任指挥家掌控好油门,而指挥家信任乐团能够翱翔。

当然,指挥家并非总是必要的。如果有人站在三重奏或四重奏面前挥动手臂,那将是多余的,更不用说是一种侮辱了。在小团体中,沟通很容易,音乐家们可以面对面,就像餐厅卡座里的朋友一样,进行一场音乐对话。每个人都能清晰地听到其他所有声部;演奏者们可以目光交汇,共同呼吸。

然而,一旦聚集的人数达到某个数值阈值,这种互动就会变得笨拙。一组四五个朋友可以决定。

即兴地决定晚餐去哪里吃。但如果是 70 或 80 人的团体呢?团体中的任何一个成员可能并不认识其他每一个人,而且如果没有某种约定好的结构,要进行一场统一的对话几乎是不可能的。在这种情况下,即使是最独立思考的成年人也会渴望一位能干的活动策划者。指挥的核心职能之一,就是扮演这样一个有帮助的、像牧羊犬一样的引导角色。

指挥作为一项独立的职业,直到 19 世纪中期才出现,这是音乐与技术发展共同作用的必然结果。工业革命在音乐领域留下了与在其他领域相同的印记,使得各种新奇乐器的发明成为可能:大号、萨克斯管、钢片琴。存在了几个世纪的乐器也得到了升级;例如,小号和圆号增加了活塞阀,使它们的声音更响亮、更精准。反过来,这些技术改进使得气势磅礴、如海洋般浩瀚的现代管弦乐团成为可能,这种乐团能够产生一种我们今天可能会称之为“电影感”的丰富且精致的声音。

许多作曲家欣然利用这些新出现的音色可能性。现在,他们拥有了铜管组,其磨光且闪亮的音色能让听众的肋骨震颤;还拥有规模宏大且丰满的弦乐组,能让观众陷入一种麻醉般的昏沉状态。管弦乐团变得越来越大,最终演变成了工业时代强大蒸汽船和货运火车的音乐对应物。就像那些船只和火车一样,这些乐团庞大到需要指挥来引导。

前几个世纪由贵族赞助的宫廷乐团规模通常较小,不需要指挥。这些乐团经常在私密的小厅内为专属观众演出,通常由首席小提琴手或键盘手领导,他们在演奏时用琴弓手臂或头部来打拍子。但在整个 19 世纪,无论是在欧洲还是美国,涌现出了许多不再设在皇家宫廷,而是由私人公民创立的音乐组织。这些新乐团是公民机构,旨在让尽可能多的人能够接触到。为了容纳更多观众,许多城市建造了宏伟的新音乐厅,舞台上乐团的规模也随之增长。

指挥这个孤独的、像魔术师一样的人物,也是浪漫主义时代的理想象征,那个时代推崇拥有神秘天赋的孤独艺术家。作曲家曾经倾向于将自己视为工匠,与木工、造船工或鞋匠没什么区别。无论一位教会作曲家在某一周是否感到格外有灵感,他的工作都是为每个周日的礼拜创作新音乐。

浪漫主义作曲家对艺术家与世界关系的认知则截然不同。创造性的艺术家是一个独特的、几乎是神启的想象力泉源,是一个被赋予(或被诅咒)能够凝视天堂与深渊之能力的灵魂。像埃克托·柏辽兹和理查德·瓦格纳这样的作曲家,构思出狂野且错综复杂的幻想作品,这对当时的音乐家来说极具挑战性,以至于这两位作曲家不得不亲自拿起指挥棒,使他们的音乐宇宙成为现实。指挥,尤其是作曲家兼指挥,是典型的浪漫主义人物,是一位面对着音乐之海、如同卡斯帕·大卫·弗里德里希画作中的人物一般,并能召唤风暴的远见者。

一旦管弦乐团达到了如此宏大的规模,指挥就成了实际上的必需品。当舞台上有 90 或 100 人时,后勤和空间问题便会随之而来。在这样一个规模的乐团中,处于舞台一端的人会发现,想要准确听到另一端发生的情况极其困难。如果你是一名长号手,坐在最深处,当最前方的第一小提琴组速度稍微加快了一点点时,你真的能察觉到吗?如果你周围那些音量惊人的同事——小号、大号、定音鼓——恰好也在全力演奏,那么他们可能成了你唯一能听到的人。那么,你该如何将自己的演奏与

The Atlantic

103


img-84.jpeg

阿尔图罗·托斯卡尼尼,约 1955 年

舞台另一端演奏音量较小乐器的人们协调起来?你又如何判断自己的声音是否与那些你甚至无法清晰听到的人在平衡与融合?

你又该如何让自己的演奏与他们同步,尤其是考虑到许多管弦乐作品在表演中不可或缺的流动节奏感?如果你主要听当代流行音乐,你可能习惯于听到稳定的节拍;如今许多流行音乐甚至是在“点击轨道”(click track)下录制的,这是一种预设的电子脉冲,提供一系列间距绝对均匀且僵硬的节拍。在这种音乐中,表演者的首要任务就是锁定那个易于听见的脉冲。只要有稳定的节拍,无论乐团规模如何,一群音乐家在没有指挥的情况下完成一部作品是没有问题的。即使是一个 100 人的管弦乐团,如果只是跟着一个音量巨大的鼓手演奏,也能独立完成。

问题在于,在大多数管弦乐作品中,并不存在这样的节拍;绝对的节拍器式稳定通常不是目标。时间可以像河流的湍流一样流动。它在某一刻可能是迅疾且自由的,而下一秒可能变得停顿且细碎,仿佛在绕过巨石。即使在同一个乐句中,表演者也可能会产生一种冲动,

想要放慢速度,去抚摸一个格外温柔的和声变化,然后在那个时刻过去之后再次向前激增。管弦乐表演的快感之一就在于其节奏是灵活且多变的;同一部作品在不同夜晚的演绎可能会有所不同。在一次特定的演出中,如果小提琴组在某个段落中注入了额外的丰盈之美,整个乐团可能会希望比平时更慢一些,以榨干音乐中每一滴表达力。

这就是指挥的核心任务:体现、引导并响应音乐的流动。一名负责任的指挥明白,他们必须既是领导者,又是首席聆听者。他们应对演出的塑造有清晰的计划,但同时也必须准备好对同事们即时产生的音乐创作做出反应。如果某个演奏者或某个声部在创造某种神奇的效果,指挥应该知道如何吸收这种能量并将其反馈给整个乐团。去年,当我在林肯中心指挥我的作品《新身体音乐》(Music for New Bodies)时,我记得被双簧管演奏者约瑟夫·乔丹(Joseph Jordan)美妙的声音所震撼,以至于他的独奏部分在某种我未曾预料的方式下扩张和延伸,尽管音乐是我写的。指挥与管弦乐团之间音乐理念的传递是一条双向通道。

尽管指挥和管弦乐团都以乐谱为引导,但同一首乐曲可以有无数种演绎方式。莫扎特交响曲中的一个乐句,其解读方式可以像乐团成员的人数一样多。某个特定的瞬间应该是听起来欢快、惆怅、不羁还是讽刺?它的情感温度如何?音质应该是怎样的——深沉还是明亮,柔和还是尖锐?当一个乐团在没有指挥的情况下演出时,风险在于每个人的不同音乐想法可能会被平均化,每个人都倾向于选择中庸的解读,而非最大胆的解读。

但小型或中型管弦乐团可以在没有指挥的情况下演奏,这一事实意味着指挥所能提供的价值门槛应当被设得很高。乐团和观众都有权询问:这次演出是否因为那个挥舞指挥棒的人而变得更强而有力、更具表现力?管弦乐团的音乐家对此有一种根深蒂固的直觉;他们通常在第一次排练的第一分钟内就能判断出,某个特定的指挥可能会让他们的生活变得更轻松还是更艰难。如果乐团在演奏一件熟悉的曲目——比如勃拉姆斯的交响曲——而指挥的示意导致第一个和弦听起来犹豫或散乱,那么在五秒钟之内,这位指挥可能就已经失去了乐团的信任。而且,如果指挥在排练开始时话太多,试图告诉音乐家声音应该是怎样的,而不是通过肢体动作向他们演示,那是另一个立即触发的警示信号。

任何每周共同演奏的乐团都共享着一种集体无意识,而在这种无意识中存在着一套精细校准的自动驾驶系统。如果指挥不够清晰或缺乏吸引力,这套自动驾驶系统就会启动。如果一个指挥在毫无帮助地胡乱挥舞,音乐家们甚至不需要说一句话:自动驾驶开启,演奏者们本能地主要对彼此做出反应,而不是对讲台上的那个人做出反应。一个乐团的身体智能是强大的;音乐家们总是知道什么时候

104

2026年9月

A

B. GATES / HOLTON ARCHIVE / GETTY


忽略驾驶舱里的疯子会更安全。有些指挥痛苦地意识到自己何时被忽视了。而那些更糊涂的指挥则认为所有的功劳都属于自己,即便实际上是乐团在冷静地引导飞机返回地面。

指挥这个职业与其持久的旧世界专制气息,以及大多数当代美国城市的职场文化之间,存在着一种持久的紧张关系。我们早已远离了那个时代:那时阿尔图罗·托斯卡尼尼可以来到大都会歌剧院并尖叫道“这个乐团演奏得像头猪!”,或者赫伯特·冯·卡拉扬可以暂停排练,要求一名坐在后排的小提琴手站起来单独演奏一段,然后——对结果不满意——将那名小提琴手赶出门外并宣布再也不想见到他。如果现在的指挥尝试这样做,音乐家工会会让他们被肢解。现在的指挥更倾向于将他们的乐团称为一个家庭,并强调他们的工作关系是多么协作且友好。

然而,我并不总是被这些有时令人腻味的、关于自由且轻松协作的断言所说服。即便大多数指挥已经缓和了他们的态度,根本的权力动态并未改变。“我认为我们仍然是独裁者,只是笑得更多了,”指挥斯特凡·德内夫在2011年的一次采访中以令人耳目一新的坦率说道。

在很大程度上,德内夫(Denève)是对的。在排练中,除了乐团成员偶尔就某个特定点请求澄清的时刻外,指挥通常是唯一说话的人,决定排练什么、某个片段重复多少次、是否停止并调整管乐和铜管乐中一个复杂的和弦,等等。对于一名单簧管演奏者来说,突然开始滔滔不绝地谈论某事将是不可想象的

礼仪违规。从经济角度来看,指挥在管弦乐团的等级制度中也占据着一个独特的地位,我的意思是,他们的薪酬高得离谱。一名指挥的收入可以是那些他们声称平等对待的高训练水平独奏音乐家的 10 倍。

诚然,如果一名指挥担任乐团的音乐总监,他们除了指挥音乐会之外还承担着制度性的责任,尤其是在公共资金匮乏且筹款是永恒需求的美国。乐团的音乐总监负责听取试奏、规划未来赛季的曲目,并且通常作为乐团的公众形象及其面对公众的大使。但同样事实是,音乐总监一个赛季可能只在场几个月,而乐器演奏者则被要求全年与乐团一起演出。我一直对荷兰指挥弗兰斯·布吕根(Frans Brüggen)这个不寻常的例子印象深刻,他是十八世纪乐团(Orchestra of the Eighteenth Century)的共同创始人,他坚持与乐团中的乐器演奏者在经济上平等。“我的收入和第二单簧管一样,”他在 2008 年的一次采访中简单地说道。一些指挥可能会对布吕根的做法感到不快,但我怀疑他们是否愿意去阐明,为什么他们的工作比那些负责将声音带入空气中的音乐家的工作更有价值。

在最佳状态下,乐团与指挥之间的音乐连接是一种深刻且神秘的东西。在乐团与指挥完全理解彼此的那些罕见情况下,这种关系既不是民主的也不是专制的,而是共生的;人们将无法分辨谁在做什么,谁在领导谁。

思考一下乐团如何响应指挥节拍的问题。指挥给出下拍——但相对于可见的手势,乐团的声音在何时发出?这不可能在字面上是瞬时的。指挥提供一个物理冲动,演奏者对此做出反应。在视觉信号和听觉响应之间总是存在着轻微的延迟。

奇怪的地方在于:这种延迟在不同乐团之间、不同场合之间有着微妙的差异。没有两个乐团会对指挥的手势做出相同的反应;同一个乐团对不同指挥的反应可能不同,而且即使是面对同一个指挥,反应的性质也会根据所演奏的音乐而有所不同。

参与者中谁能准确解释这是如何运作的?没有人。既不是乐团的音乐家,也不是指挥。如果你问任何一名演奏者:“可见的手势

img-85.jpeg

斯特凡·德内夫(Stéphane Denève),2013

MICHAEL P. FARRELL / ALBANY TIMES UNION / GETTY

《大西洋月刊》

105


与声音之间的间隔究竟有多长?”我怀疑你找不到一个人会说:“哦,我们的惯例是大约八分之一秒。”即使是最基础的动作(我们如何都知道要一起开始?)在解释起来也出奇地困难。

想象一下,你拿着乐器坐在管弦乐团的中间,准备发出今晚的第一个声音,打破演出前那令人紧张的沉默。打破沉默可能是令人恐惧的,而一个乐团能否自信地做到这一点,取决于一种深层的共同本能,即何时可以安全地切入。我有一位同事曾在柏林爱乐乐团演奏了很长时间,这是一个强大的团体,其令人上瘾的丰满音色带着一种特殊的轰鸣感,仿佛是从大地深处涌现的。每位音乐家都明显在深挖潜力,调用某种共同的内在储备;弦乐部分摇摆起伏,仿佛在强风中航行。

这种巨大的努力自然会导致乐团反应时间的轻微延迟。在我同事的第一次排练中,当指挥给出下拍时,他立即演奏了;这是他在其他乐团受到的训练。令人尴尬的是,他明显领先于所有人。一位心地善良的同行转过身对他说,大意是:不要去寻找拍子在哪里。和我们一起感受它。只要信任它;你很快就会明白的。 在几次排练之后,我的同事发现自己——以一种无法解释的方式——与乐团其他成员同步做出反应。

指挥家卡洛斯·克莱伯(Carlos Kleiber)是这门艺术的魔术师,他在1970年于德国斯图加特与一个乐团排练卡尔·玛利亚·冯·韦伯(Carl Maria von Weber)的歌剧《自由射手》(Der Freischütz)序曲时,利用了这种难以言表的心理动态。这段乐曲以弦乐和管乐中一个不祥的齐奏C自然音开始,这个音符从虚无中膨胀至天鹅绒般的饱和状态,然后

向上跳一个八度。克莱伯用最轻柔的手势召唤出那个初始音符:首先,他带着祝福般的优雅张开双臂,引导音乐家们或许在期待一个慷慨的下拍。但在关键时刻,在双手靠近之后,他停顿了一瞬,然后将双手微微地——仅仅是微微地——向下倾斜。这里没有所谓的下拍

一位伟大的指挥可以帮助释放出任何个体在孤立状态下都无法实现的集体音乐力量。

只有这次微小的倾斜,就像一名潜水员在跳板上轻微前倾却尚未跳下。音乐家们开始演奏,克莱伯几乎立即让他们停止。织体不太正确;声音从沉默中冒头的方式过于突兀。在这种情况下,大多数指挥会提供一个直接的补救方案——例如,“开始时轻一点”,

或者“在渐强过程中多花点时间”。但克莱伯说了一句晦涩的话:“让别人先开始。永远让你的同事先开始。”

这是一个悖论式的指令。克莱伯要求乐团的每个成员在其他音乐家演奏之前不要演奏。如果每个人都字面地执行这个指令,那么谁也不会发出任何声音。但实际上,他要求音乐家们做的是绝对专注地倾听他们共同的潜意识本能。说“在你的同事演奏之前不要演奏”,就是说 不要演奏,直到我们作为一个集体,都感觉到不能不演奏,感觉到我们所有人都在一个并非自身意志的驱动下演奏。 他自己也不能确定声音具体将如何呈现,但他的工作是创造一种条件,让那种比任何个体都更睿智的潜意识智能能够掌控局面。他重新开始演奏,再次仅做出最细微的肢体动作,这一次,声音像间歇泉一样以液态的力量汹涌而出。

为美国公立高中提供免费的《大西洋月刊》访问权限

独立新闻,旨在激励下一代独立思考者

img-87.jpeg

欲了解更多注册详情,请扫描二维码。

-88.


细察

-89.

法式逆光 (Contrejour in the French Style)

大卫·霍克尼, 蚀刻版画,软地蚀刻, 飞尘法,1974

作者:苏珊·塔曼 (Susan Tallman)

大卫·霍克尼于今年 6 月去世,享年 88 岁。他年轻时以将 20 世纪的生活赋予早期文艺复兴绘画的正式感和静止感而闻名。他笔下线条锐利的人物伫立在泳池边,或坐在咖啡桌旁,其空间之有序,犹如弗拉·安杰利科 (Fra Angelico) 的《受胎告知》画作一般。现实世界并不像那样整洁、对称且迷人。除非,在极少数情况下,它确实如此。

《法式逆光》描绘了卢浮宫的一扇窗户,是霍克尼在 1973. 移居巴黎后不久遇到的。窗帘半掩,遮挡了不必要的阳光,同时让人瞥见花园的一角,他认为这本身就是“一幅画”。

他根据一幅素描和一些照片,重建了这个发现的场景——此处拉伸,彼处扁平化。他的小径和花坛是对附近杜乐丽花园的精简回响,正如他的栏杆是对优雅原型的圆规与量角器式的演绎。两条后退的对角线与墙壁、窗户和走道相交,最终汇聚在树线处,这几乎是单点透视的完美图解。霍克尼在图像的不同区域使用了明显不同的蚀刻技术——窗帘采用了柔软的色块,地面采用了细致的线性阴影,而周围的墙壁则采用了斑驳的半透明色彩。

形式花园、拼花地板、深陷的窗洞以及斑驳的墙壁(向乔治·修拉的点彩画法致敬)都打着“法式风格”的旗号,这种风格拥有在追求美过程中发展出的独特规则历史。在创作完《逆光》后不久,霍克尼自己的风格转向了碎片化空间、表现主义笔触和片段式运动。然而,这幅版画依然发出其惆怅的邀请,让人沉浸在安静的情绪天气中,并留意他即将拆解的绘画机制。A

苏珊·塔曼是一位艺术史学家,《大西洋月刊》特约撰稿人。

© 大卫·霍克尼遗产管理委员会。版数 75. 摄影:理查德·施密特 (RICHARD SCHMIDT)。

108

2026 年 9 月

A


枪伤是美国儿童和青少年的第 1 大死因

请在 AgreeToAgree.org 成为解决方案的一部分

来源:2023, 年《美国枪支暴力》,约翰霍普金斯枪支暴力解决方案中心和自杀预防中心。

AGREE TO AGREE

广告 委员会

-90.

豪瑟与沃斯 (HAUSER & WIRTH)

马克斯·贝克曼 (MAX BECKMANN)

绿底绿衫自画像,1938

马克斯·贝克曼,《绿底绿衫自画像》(Self-Portrait on Green with Green Shirt),1938, 布面油画,65-5 x 50mm, 65-1 x 49 mm, 3 Molds Right, Society (1938) 纽约 / NY, Billerimah, Bison, 由德国私人收藏提供。摄影:吉娜·福利 (Gina Folly)


[数据参考] 以下原文数字因单位格式转换可能未在译文中完整体现(供参考):707.4.12.5、123209926、41385014、25000000、10012、20024

SEPTEMBER 2026

THEATLANTIC.COM

A

The Atlantic

EST. 1817

CONFESSIONS

OF A

TOKEN BLACK

PROFESSOR

Why I lost faith in academia

BY TYLER

AUSTIN HARPER

Plus:

Al-Qaeda,

25 Years After 9/11

By Graeme Wood

A Firefighter's Story

By Sally Jenkins


img-0.jpeg

img-1.jpeg

SUPPORTING THOSE WHO

PRESERVE THE PLANET, SINCE 1976


img-2.jpeg

img-3.jpeg

THE EXPLORER

ROLEX

FOR AN OFFICIAL ROLEX JEWELER VISIT ROLEX.COM

ROLEX ♥ OYSTER PERPETUAL AND EXPLORER ARE 8 TRADEMARKS. NEW YORK


DESIGNED FOR DISTINCTION

img-4.jpeg

European model shown: 2028 Range Rover Autobiography with optional features. © 2025 Jaguar Land Rover North America, LLC


[LOGO]

DEPARTMENT OF HUMAN SERVICES UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH

[LOGO]

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES UNITED STATES OF AMERICA OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

RANGE ROVER

img-5.jpeg


Join The Atlantic’s editor in chief, Jeffrey Goldberg, for the week’s most thoughtful roundtable conversation featuring the sharpest minds in news.

WASHINGTON WEEK with The Atlantic

img-6.jpeg


OF NO PARTY OR CLIQUE

VOL. 338-NO. 3

SEPTEMBER 2026

CONTENTS

Features

26

Did al-Qaeda Succeed?

Twenty-five years after 9/11, analysts can't decide whether the terrorist organization got what it wanted.

By Graeme Wood

36

How Do Monarchs Do It?

Scientists are only just beginning to understand their secrets.

By Vann R. Newkirk II

48

The Cities That

Said Yes to Drugs

Policies that gave addicts clean needles and places to use drugs were intended to reduce harm. They created a "zombie apocalypse."

By Michael Powell

58

The Great Romance Slump

Why are so few young people finding love?

By Faith Hill

68

COVER STORY

Confessions of a Token

Black Professor

Why I lost faith in academia

By Tyler Austin Harper

Kevin and RoseEllen Dowdell with their sons, Patrick, 2, and James, 1, in 1986

img-7.jpeg

16

KEVIN DOWDELL'S BOYS

By Sally Jenkins

When a veteran firefighter vanished on 9/11, his teenage sons went looking for him.

COURTESY OF THE DONDELL FAMILY

The Atlantic

PHOTOGRAPH BY HARUKA SAKAGUCHI FOR THE ATLANTIC

5


SEPTEMBER 2026

Front

8

The Commons

Discussion & Debate

Dispatches

11

OPENING ARGUMENT

The Blue Book Is Back

Thank God.

By Walt Hunter

14

FITNESS

You Call That a Pull-Up?

The secretary of defense needs to work on his form.

By Tom Bartlett

Culture & Critics

82

OMNIVORE

Not Quite the Vineyard

How the hit series Widow's Bay channels the horror and comedy of the times

By James Parker

84

BOOKS

What if Freud Was Right?

A neuroscientist dares to argue that old-fashioned psycho- analysis holds the key to curing mental illness.

By Scott Stossel

89

BOOKS

Bad Luck, Bad Choices

Richard Russo is America's portraitist of left-behind people in hollowed-out towns.

By Mark Oppenheimer

92

BOOKS

A Book That Wasn't

Meant to Be Read

Why does J. D. Vance's

Communion exist?

By Matthew Walther

96

BOOKS

Invisible Men

Gay Jamaican men struggle for survival in Marlon James's new novel.

By Stephanie Burt

99

Stance

A poem by Deborah Garrison

Back

100

ESSAY

Music's Most

Mysterious Profession

What conductors actually do By Matthew Aucoin

108

Look Closer

At David Hockney's

Contrejour in the

French Style

By Susan Tallman

On the Cover

ILLUSTRATION BY PAUL SPELLA

GULAY 2026 / GETTY

6

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


img-8.jpeg

‘There is nobody that produces better books than the Folio Society’

Alicia, New York

img-9.jpeg

NINETEEN EIGHTY-FOUR GEORGE ORWELL

img-10.jpeg

The Folio Society


Behind the Cover: In this month's cover story, "Confessions of a Token Black Professor" (p. 68), Tyler Austin Harper recounts his decision to leave a tenure-track assistant professorship at Bates College, in Maine. One of the few Black faculty mem-

bers, Harper came to find the college's performative commitment to social justice suffocating, and ultimately hypocritical. On the cover, the outline of a lone figure walks away, set against the Bates seal. — Paul Spella, Senior Art Director

THE

History Is Running Backwards

In the May issue, David Brooks considered why reactionaries are taking over the world.

Letters

"I

"History Is Running Backwards" is a provocative article. But I think David Brooks errs in framing traditionalism and modernity as an either/or, when in fact they exist in a both/and context. One can be both a traditionalist and a modernist simultaneously. The key, as Brooks notes, is that "a well-adjusted life consists of daring explorations from a secure base." Would that we all were so blessed to have that!

Judy D. Cottrell Eugene, Ore.

In dividing humanity into two neat psychological types—stability-seeking traditionalists and novelty-seeking progressives—Brooks misses an essential point: Psychology

doesn't exist in a vacuum; it constantly interacts with changing social factors. People who not long ago may have readily switched jobs and moved cities are now more likely to stay in place because of the scarcity of new positions and lack of affordable housing. Their psychology didn't change—their circumstances did. Our ancestors who ventured out of Africa 1.9 million years ago were likely seeking their next meal, not the thrill of adventure. These days, people are liable to deny science and seek safety in traditional institutions because the grandest creation of modern technology—artificial intelligence—threatens everything about our way of life. Debates should focus not on psychological insecurity but on

the technological, economic, and political decisions that are fostering material uncertainty and pushing people to cling to a much safer past.

Allen Frances, M.D. Carmel, Calif.

The fact that the traditionalists whom Brooks discusses cannot even agree on when humanity's "fall" occurred should raise doubts about their ideology. What they are constructing is less history than creation myth: As in the story of Adam and Eve, the fall occurs when people begin thinking for themselves. History and science teach us that there never was an Eden of perfect human harmony. Civilization was built painfully, and by most measurable standards,

8

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


COMMONS

img-11.jpeg

DISCUSSION & DEBATE

life today is far better than it was in the past.

The key to understanding the traditionalists is analyzing not the past they claim to describe but the present in which their appeals are gaining traction. Their movement has emerged as society has granted more rights to previously marginalized groups. Beneath the traditionalists' arguments lies a recurring sentiment: My group once had the authority to define how society should function, and now it no longer does. If only people would stop questioning inherited traditions and defer once again to established authority, as defined by my group, then society could recover its lost harmony.

Brooks suggests that cultivating a sense of "rootedness" might help blunt the traditionalists' appeal. But many Americans do not see themselves reflected in what passes for American tradition. Our society does not make it easy for them to feel "rooted"—they do not see people like themselves in the literature or history they study. We need to develop broader narratives that tell the country's whole story. That in turn can cultivate a broader sense of belonging. The humanities do need revival, as Brooks argues. But they should not be organized around a myth of decline. They should be grounded instead in the founding principles that all people are created equal and

possess inalienable rights. The continuing struggle to realize those ideals could provide the shared civic story in which all Americans might find roots.

Thomas M. Thurston Rosarito, Mexico

Everything Is Free and Nothing Matters

In the May issue, Noah Hawley described what he saw at Jeff Bezos's Campfire retreat.

F. Scott Fitzgerald once wrote, "Let me tell you about the very rich. They are different from you and me." Ernest Hemingway, in "The Snows of Kilimanjaro," issued a reply, writing, "Yes. They have more money." I returned to their exchange while reading Noah Hawley's essay about his time at Jeff Bezos's retreat. Hawley demonstrates that Fitzgerald was indeed correct—and not merely in the way Hemingway considered. Bezos, Elon Musk, Mark Zuckerberg, and their peers are so wealthy that they cannot spend all of their money in their lifetime. They really are free from consequences.

Neil Ravin Hampton, N.H.

Billionaires are certainly having a moment—they're more powerful than ever. But Noah Hawley's assertion that they are living consequence-free lives is

false. After Elon Musk criticized Donald Trump's "big, beautiful bill," the president was clearly displeased, and a rift emerged between the two titans. But it was short-lived: Trump had the power to damage Musk's business interests by canceling his lucrative contracts with the federal government. Political leaders still have the power to rein in billionaires—if only they're brave enough to try.

Ken Taub Saint James, N.Y.

I Found It: The Best Free Restaurant Bread in America

In the May issue, Caity Weaver wrote a "fun article for people to read."

When I received my print edition and saw that the cover story was about America's "best free bread," I was a little grumpy. The world is in chaos, democracy is withering, and this was the best The Atlantic could do? But because the story was on the cover, I sat down and read it. Turns out the answer was "Yes!" Caity Weaver's article is

an amazing novella. Her style is witty and brilliant, light and insightful. The article is a masterful piece of journalism and a true delight to read, even with its wrenching moments. Thank you for featuring something that pushed the chaos and gloom to the back of my mind for an hour.

Stacey Wells Oakland, Calif.

In the midst of a particularly taxing, soul-sucking, and bleak week, "I Found It: The Best Free Restaurant Bread in America" made me smile and laugh and remember that there are still lovely things to discover about the world. I'm very sorry for Weaver's loss. I'm sure her parents would be proud that her articles have brought much joy to the world, and made a random computer programmer in Las Vegas not want to have a tantrum in the conference room.

Evan Appel Las Vegas, Nev.

To respond to Atlantic articles or submit author questions to The Commons, please email letters@theatlantic.com. Include your full name, city, and state.

Corrections: "Never Call Retreat" (July) misstated the name of the labor organization that repurposed "Battle Hymn of the Republic" into "Solidarity Forever." It was the Industrial Workers of the World, not the International Workers of the World. "How Britain Became as Poor as Mississippi" (July) stated that the economic gaps between London and other British cities are comparable to that between cities in West and East Germany. In fact, the economic gap between southeastern England, where London sits, and the rest of Britain is comparable to that between West and East Germany. "So You Want a Coat of Arms" (July) gave the incorrect impression that Kate Middleton directly received her own coat of arms. The arms were granted to her father ahead of her royal wedding.

EDITORIAL OFFICES & CORRESPONDENCE The Atlantic considers unsolicited manuscripts, fiction or nonfiction, and mail for the Letters column. Manuscripts will not be returned. For instructions on sending manuscripts via email, see theatlantic.com/faq. By submitting a letter, you agree to let us use it, as well as your full name, city, and state, in our magazine and/or on our website. We may edit for clarity. CUSTOMER SERVICE & REPRINTS Please direct all subscription queries and orders to: 800-234-2411. International callers: 515-237-3670. For expedited customer service, please call between 9 a.m. and 6 p.m. ET. Monday through Friday. You may also write to: Atlantic Customer Care, P.O. Box 37564, Boone, IA 50037-0564. Reprint requests should be made to: 510-754-8219 or atlanticbacknow@sskfi.com. A discount rate is available for students and educators. Please visit theatlantic.com/subscribe/academic. ADVERTISING OFFICES The Atlantic, 130 Prince Street 3rd Floor, New York, NY 10012, 646-539-6700.

The Atlantic

9


Engineering breakthroughs in robotics since 1950

Today our pioneering research and development in artificial intelligence and automation provides an operational edge in robotics innovation.

We are crossing horizons to create the next generation of robotics for use on land, in water, in the air, and in space.

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY

Announcing the opening of our new Robotics Innovation Center.

img-12.jpeg


DISPATCHES

OPENING ARGUMENT

THE BLUE BOOK IS BACK

Thank God.

BY WALT HUNTER

Across the faded blue covers of the exam books in my attic, I can trace the arc of my academic career. I can still see the grades I received on tests in “The Meaning of Abstraction in Modern Art” (A) and in Neurobiology (B–). Just the sight of the booklets is enough for me to feel the pressure to perform, to sculpt the contents of a semester’s worth of knowledge into some fresh shape. But by the time I became a college professor myself, in 2013, the blue book had begun to disappear. Why struggle to discern student penmanship, or risk misplacing a final exam in the trunk of one’s Subaru (to cite a completely hypothetical example), when tests, like everything else, can be administered on a laptop?

The coronavirus made every aspect of education virtual, but even after it abated,

The Atlantic

II


Dispatches

in-person final exams remained out of favor for many classes. Part of the reason was simply administrative—the challenge of finding faculty or graduate students to watch over the test-takers. But there was also a shift in how teachers appraised student learning. The blue book meant timed essays and handwritten work, modes of assessment that felt regressive, cruel. It recalled an age of higher education—punitive and bleak, the domain of Dickens’s stern Mr. Gradgrind—that the modern university was eager to outgrow. Not entirely, of course; some faculty still lugged boxes of blue books home in the snow and scribbled grades in red on the covers. But alternatives to the in-person exam proliferated: the capstone project, the take-home essay, the portfolio of selected work from the semester.

The blue book seemed destined to become a relic, as obsolete as cursive. But it had one virtue that hasn’t been easy to replicate: Cheating on a blue-book exam is difficult. When faculty moved away from in-person pen-and-paper exams, they assumed that cheating would be kept in check by honor codes, or by “locked” browsers, which would prevent students from accessing sites that would jog their memory or simply give them the answers. But these measures were never wholly effective. In a survey of undergraduates published in 2020, 62 percent admitted to cheating in some manner.

The advent of AI has only exacerbated the problem. In a matter of seconds, students can create an entire essay with the help of a chatbot. If they’re savvy, they can spend a bit more time to make it sound authentically human enough to evade detection by their professor. As

my colleague Rose Horowitch has reported, such cheating has become so prevalent that Princeton recently gave up on its venerable honor code. For 133 years, students had signed a pledge not to cheat, and professors had trusted them to do the right thing. In May, in the face of rampant AI-enabled cheating, the university’s faculty voted to begin proctoring exams for the first time since the Gilded Age.

Universities find themselves in a surprising position. The only reliable way to evaluate what students have learned may be to bring back pen and paper. Faculty are reverting to in-person, handwritten assignments and timed essays—anything that keeps assessments offline. The unlikely hero of the day is the blue book, sales of which are up by as much as 80 percent for some universities since 2023.

Yet the blue book is more than a last redoubt against cheating. Despite its antiquated appearance, the blue book encourages experimentation, even virtuosity. It deserves to live on not because of what it rejects but because of what it makes possible: thinking on the page, a hallmark of the humanities that is indispensable to their value—and essential to the kinds of human beings that a liberal-arts institution hopes to send out into the world.

THE BLUE BOOK hasn’t changed much for a hundred years or more, with its sky-blue tint and pale-red margin lines, its two neat staples and wide-open spacing, and its austere list of requirements on the cover (NAME, SUBJECT, CLASS, SECTION). The precise history of the blue book is lost to time. One origin story pinpoints its

emergence in the 1920s at Butler University; the pamphlet is said to have borrowed its distinctive hue from the university’s colors. Harvard lore suggests that the blue book is older still: By one account, a classics instructor, Evangelinus Apostolides Sophocles, burned a stack of blue-book exams to protest the university’s move from oral to written examinations in 1857.

I realize that by advocating for the blue book in 2026, I might be engaging in the same opposition to progress as old Professor Sophocles. But to me, the blue book represents a timeless human activity—namely, trusting your mind to discover unknown capabilities.

I think of my college-age self, looking up at the clock as I turned the page, crossed out a sentence, broke the tip of my pencil. I recall the satisfaction of filling one book and getting up from my desk to take another, the adrenaline of using my knowledge to improvise something and then having more to say. What I learned by writing this way was distinct from what I learned by composing a five-paragraph essay, with its thesis statement, staid structure, and rote deployment of argument and evidence. Any AI agent can mimic that template.

Taking a blue-book exam is an almost athletic endeavor, and not just because of the stamina it requires of both mind and hand. The test-taker is forced to compose an essay that will demonstrate their command of a semester’s or year’s worth of material. They have to summon the verve to tackle a prompt about the place of freedom in the American novel, or the value of a human life in Hamlet, or what Whitman meant when he said

that “the United States themselves are essentially the greatest poem.” Staring down the empty pages of a blue book, I learned to throw myself into my writing. In the process, I discovered what I was capable of as a writer and a thinker. When you’ve done the reading and reviewed your lecture notes, you can feel like a basketball player whose hours in the gym made possible a transcendent playoff performance, or like a musician whose endless runs of arpeggios in a soundproof practice room allowed for a spectacular solo in the concert hall.

Not every student can put pencil to paper for 90 minutes without looking up. Even the strongest students can struggle, at first, to answer the question, or to organize their thoughts. But this, too, is a reason to love the blue book. When students write, they write into uncertainty. They court risk. No surrogate exists for feeling an idea form in your mind and trying to express that idea on the page. And wonderfully, for the instructor, the blue book documents how students strain their way to an answer or an argument. The marks on the page are indelible, and efforts to amend them leave marks of their own: furious erasing or hasty strike-throughs. The blue book is a record of first thoughts, instincts, intuitions.

These fits and starts and failed experiments are a good thing—for the education of the individual and for the health of a society. The humanities are distinguished by the habits of mind that they inculcate, not for their success in forcing students to memorize facts. Among the most significant of these habits are a nimbleness of thought and a flexibility of

12

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


OPENING ARGUMENT

argument, the ability to draw connections between diverse sets of facts. Those habits are honed by writing under pressure. Challenged by the blue book, students learn to identify and stand behind their individual commitments. As their professor, I hope they carry that lesson beyond the classroom, beyond the university, and into the fractious world they enter as citizens.

Often the key insight arrives just as time is expiring, and I love how no part of the book

is out of bounds for a final thought at the buzzer. “Education is the single greatest thing Thoreau believes in,” one student sneaks into the margins of the final for my American-literature course. For the teacher, this is the pleasure of the blue book—despite its uniform presentation and its rigid lineation, any part of it might reveal a sudden moonshot of an idea. Many of the best sentences appear on the back inside cover, such as this ending to an essay on Toni Morrison: “A good life

is what we make it to be—now all we have to do is live it.”

STUDENTS, OF COURSE, know what they’ve been taught: the timeline of the English Civil War, the structure of a sonnet by Gwendolyn Brooks, the development of a motif in a Mahler symphony. But the blue book demands more than a recitation of facts. It asks students to demonstrate not just that they know when or where something happened, but why it did. It asks them not just

who wrote a poem, or when, but what the poem conveys about the world in which it was written. The best-prepared students, the ones who inhabit the history and poetry and music that have made up the semester’s syllabus, find that they understand the material in ways they didn’t appreciate before they opened the blue book and the clock started ticking.

Proponents of artificial intelligence have promised that, by removing certain elements of the craft of writing, students can concentrate on making their work more polished and their ideas more clearly defined. That’s a dangerous ruse. To see what a student has learned, look at the moment when they struggle to begin—and then transcend that struggle to create something genuinely surprising. That’s the moment the full force of the writer’s mind takes possession of the process.

When we eliminate the possibility of writing badly or incoherently, we eliminate writing’s greatest satisfaction: the feeling that we have stepped outside ourselves and are watching our own words fall together in the right order. What I describe sounds like a state of grace, but it’s also a furious act of intellection and expression undertaken with only one’s study and wits to guide them. I’ve come to love handing out blue books on exam day and seeing the look of ready intelligence on my students’ faces. The essay they are about to write will be better than they think it can be. All they have to do is write it. A

Walt Hunter is a contributing editor at The Atlantic and an English professor at Case Western Reserve University.

img-13.jpeg

The Atlantic

ILLUSTRATION BY BEN HICKEY

13


FITNESS

YOU CALL THAT A PULL-UP?

The secretary of defense needs to work on his form.

BY TOM BARTLETT

Pete Hegseth wants us to watch him sweat. Videos of the secretary of defense in a T-shirt and shorts working out alongside military personnel have become a trademark of his tenure. He has been filmed running on Omaha Beach, swinging a kettlebell on a university campus, and doing jumping jacks on an amphibious assault ship. In one clip, Hegseth pumps iron with troops at the Guantánamo Bay naval base—or, as a Defense Department X account put it, “America’s @SECWAR CRUSHED 44 reps on the bench after a morning run.”

But did he really crush those reps? Each time a new episode of Boot Camp Pete drops, critics skewer his form and mock his endurance. They insist that he’s all flex and no fundamentals. In that bench-press clip, for example, he doesn’t fully extend his arms, making the exercise far easier and inflating his total. A few seconds into the clip, you can hear someone

yell, “All the way down, all the way up!” Hegseth fails to heed that helpful cue.

Such nitpicking would be uncharitable if Hegseth were just another 40-something dad getting a lift in at Planet Fitness. But these are highlight reels, posted by the Pentagon. Plus, the former Fox News host isn’t exactly known for withholding judgment himself: Recall how, last September, he gathered the nation’s generals and admirals together so that he could upbraid them for being overweight. He told them that leaders set the standard and that when “you let the small stuff go, the big stuff eventually goes.”

With Hegseth’s wisdom in mind, let’s examine what the United States military’s training manuals have to say about proper exercise form. Short answer: a lot. You’ll find hundreds of pages spelling out precisely how to perform all manner of movements, including how to stretch your thighs (“grasp the left ankle and pull toward the left buttock”), how

to plank (“forearms flat on the ground, forming a triangle”), and how to throw a four-pound ball from a seated position (“do not throw the medicine ball like shooting a basketball”). These manuals are replete with charts, bullet points, and illustrations. The Army’s Holistic Health and Fitness Testing manual provides detailed instructions, accompanied by photographs, on the bench press, warning that you must not “jerk or shrug the shoulders, arch the back, or allow the hips to rise off the bench” (note to Secretary Hegseth: p. 65, Appendix B).

Standards vary across branches, even for basic exercises. Take the push-up. For the Army’s fitness test, soldiers must do what’s known as a hand-release push-up, requiring them to stick their arms straight out to the side after each repetition. The Marine guide devotes several hundred words to describing how to do a traditional push-up, specifying that soldiers “may not rest their chest on the deck except as required to ensure that the upper arms are at least parallel to the deck.” In the Air Force, your feet cannot be more than 12 inches apart, and you must maintain a “rigid head to heel form.” These are directives rather than suggestions. Failure to meet the standard results in a “no-go,” in military parlance, meaning you haven’t passed that portion of the test.

Hegseth’s push-ups wouldn’t pass muster in any branch. Last summer, Hegseth and Health Secretary Robert F. Kennedy Jr. kicked off the “Pete & Bobby Challenge,” in which participants attempt to do 50 pull-ups and 100 push-ups in less than 10 minutes. Hegseth’s push-ups are more like half-ups: In the ones captured on video, he doesn’t go through

the full range of motion. His substandard technique is ironic because he’s on record ridiculing others for their lack of push-up prowess. In his 2024 book, The War on Warriors, Hegseth mocks women soldiers who can do only “ten push-ups at a pop” and refers to a transgender woman as a “ten-push-up kind of guy.”

To be fair, Hegseth’s pull-up form, at times, is more or less textbook. The issue is consistency: Hegseth can’t seem to maintain the standard for the duration of the competition, and raises his knees to his chest to give himself additional oomph. This is known as “kipping” and is forbidden in an eight-page pull-up guide published by the Marines. In one clip, Hegseth kips while using an underhand grip, which technically makes what he’s doing a chin-up—an exercise often considered less challenging than a pull-up. (The Marine guide permits both, though kipping is always forbidden.) According to the guide: “Poor quality work will prevent you from getting the most from your work-out and can lead to injury.” Hegseth’s work is, by Marine standards, poor.

Hegseth claims at the end of the video that he finished in less than six minutes, which would be impressive if he weren’t flouting the rules and sacrificing form for speed. What’s more, he’s doing these exercises incorrectly during a challenge that bears his name. Given all of this, it’s impossible to have confidence in the validity of Hegseth’s self-reported feat.

Granted, I am not a trained grader of military exercises. Prior to perusing these manuals, I wasn’t aware that your arms need to be at a 45-degree angle in relation to your trunk

14

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


Dispatches

for the modified bent-leg body twist, or that it is imperative to point your toes to the rear for the prone row. I was entirely unfamiliar with the squat bender and the quadraplex. Nor did I know, before watching an Army instructional video, how to swing a kettlebell.

As it happens, neither does Hegseth, who, in January, was filmed swinging a kettlebell with recruits at UCLA. You're supposed to keep the kettlebell near your body and generate momentum with your legs and hips. Instead, Hegseth squats, as if doing deep knee bends, and brings the weight far too close to the ground, putting strain on his shoulders and back. This is wrong, according

Top: Proper pull-up form, as demonstrated by a Marine Corps officer. Bottom: Secretary Hegseth's form is inconsistent. In one clip from the "Pete & Bobby Challenge," he does a chin-up and raises his knees to give himself additional oomph—a technique known as "kipping" that is forbidden by the Marines.

to Joel Del Rosario, a retired Marine and a kettlebell coach. Del Rosario told me he's glad to see Hegseth encouraging better fitness in the military, and he noted that, in his experience, pretty much everyone who gives the kettlebell a whirl fails at first. He said he'd be honored if asked to show Hegseth how to do the exercise properly.

I consulted other military exercise experts too. Among them was Stew Smith, a former Navy SEAL and the author of a series of books about prepping to qualify for the Special Forces, including one on the Ranger Physical Assessment. A former Army National Guard infantry officer, Hegseth has bemoaned slipping standards across the military, including at the Ranger School—even though he never completed the famously grueling 61-day leadership and fitness course. Smith said he doesn't evaluate the performance of people unless they ask, and so wouldn't comment specifically on Hegseth's

approach and abilities. But he said he stresses to his students the importance of going all the way up and all the way down, whether it's a pull-up, push-up, or bench press.

I also asked Maureen LeBoeuf what she made of the "Pete & Bobby Challenge" video. LeBoeuf is a retired brigadier general and the first and only woman to head the physical-education department at West Point, a position known as "master of the sword." She said that nothing she saw from the defense secretary in that video would have counted if she had been the grader, and she has graded thousands of such tests. "His pull-ups or chin-ups and the kicking that he does—you would never allow that. You'd stop somebody; you'd say, 'Okay, you're done,'" LeBoeuf said. "He just keeps kicking, and it's not a good look." She allowed that he might have been exhausted in those clips, but the Army doesn't usually

recognize fatigue as an excuse. And it's hard to forgive such lapses and corner-cutting from someone who, as LeBoeuf put it, is "real big on standards."

In response to an inquiry about the criticism of Hegseth's workouts, Joel Valdez, the acting Pentagon press secretary, insisted that Hegseth was being unfairly singled out. "Have you ever seen Lloyd Austin's form? Did the Atlantic ever ask about it?" he wrote. "The answer to both of those questions is no." That's true, but Austin, the previous secretary of defense, was not known for posting self-promotional exercise content on social media. He did, however, complete Ranger School and Airborne School, command the 10th Mountain Division in Afghanistan, lead the fight against the Islamic State, and earn a Silver Star. A

Tom Bartlett is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

img-14.jpeg

U.S. MARINE CORPS; U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND HUMAN SERVICES

The Atlantic

ILLUSTRATION BY SIMON BAILLY / SEPIA

15


img-15.jpeg

img-16.jpeg

img-17.jpeg

img-18.jpeg

img-19.jpeg

img-20.jpeg

img-21.jpeg

img-22.jpeg

img-23.jpeg

img-24.jpeg

img-25.jpeg


Kevin Dowdell's Boys

By Sally Jenkins

Photographs by Haruka Sakaguchi

COURTESY OF THE DOWDELL FAMILY

The Atlantic

17


T

o a firefighter who is inside one, a fire creates as much darkness as heat. Flames start bright but throw off smoke that can swathe everything in pitch black. Lieutenant Kevin Dowdell did not fight fires so much as he groped through and problem-solved them, relying on

half-blind judgment and expertise—and his fellow firefighters to keep flaming debris off his back.

At the cindering end of a successful 24-hour shift with the New York City Fire Department, Kevin would hang up his helmet, so ash-rubbed that it looked salty, and drive home to his wife and two sons in Rockaway Beach, Queens. “Oh, we had a good job last night,” he’d say, elated as well as exhausted. By “good,” his family knew, he meant the fire had been big.

In his innermost firefighter’s heart, Kevin liked it when the alarms went off. A good job broke the tedium of drills and doughnut-dunking in the firehouse kitchen. It called on Kevin’s whole mind and body; he had to calculate burn rates and airflow while wielding 40 pounds of gear. Fire needs four elements: oxygen, heat, fuel, and a chemical reaction. Deprive a fire of even one of those, and it goes out. But in New York—a steel-stacked, deep-tunneled metropolis with architecture ranging from tenements to glass towers—the interaction of the elements is complex. One of the questions on the test to become a lieutenant: What is the expansion factor of a 100-foot steel beam as it reaches the inherent heat level of 1,200 degrees Fahrenheit?

A firefighter had to be part chemist, part engineer, and part daredevil. But the mission itself was simple. “You show up on someone’s worst day and try to make it better,” Kevin told his sons, Patrick and James.

The FDNY had a saying: There were people who just worked for the department for a paycheck, and then there were firefighters. Kevin was a firefighter. “They love to go to a fire,” his widow, RoseEllen, told me, sitting at Patrick’s kitchen table in Rockaway Beach. “They’re waiting for a good fire.”

But on September 11, 2001, Kevin met a fire that looked like hell’s own flames. It burned a quarter of a mile up in the sky, unreachable by any ladder, almost at the top of the World Trade Center’s Twin Towers. Kevin’s unit, Rescue 4 in Queens, arrived about 20 minutes after the second hijacked plane had hit. He would have read the color of the smoke and picked apart the elements of the fire: aviation fuel, combustible office materials, and an oxygen-rich chimney effect. They did not make for a good fire. They made for an uncontainable one. Nevertheless, Kevin led his men into the South Tower.

Twenty-five years after the attacks, “Never Forget” is a T-shirt slogan. A third of the American public is too young to recall that

day. Anniversaries have become rote rituals in which politicians describe scenes they did not witness and national unity that no longer exists. To get beyond the benumbed abstraction, it’s necessary to remember with specificity. September 11 was a lived event. One way to recall it meaningfully, then, is through a life.

KEVIN DOWDELL was handsome in a regular way, with dark-brown hair in an old-fashioned side-comb and a lean triangle of a face that tapered to a good chin. But he had some gravel in him, and his forearms were as thick as the fat end of a baseball bat. He was the grandson of an Irish longshoreman who’d left a dying fishing port in Fingal and arrived at Ellis Island in 1904 with $3 in his pocket. Kevin’s father, a butcher, raised seven children on leftover baloney ends in an 1,100-square-foot rowhouse in Brooklyn.

At the age of 18, Kevin went to work as a “sandhog,” the nickname for miners who dug the city’s maze of tunnels that carry cars, steam, sewers, water. He spent his early manhood descending hundreds of feet into compression chambers, which sometimes caused the “staggers” or “chokes,” as sandhogs called the bends. He dynamited through rock and dug out muck up to his knees—slow, grimy work so hazardous that it was said to kill a man for every mile. But a four-hour shift paid as if you’d worked eight.

When he wasn’t sandhogging he was at Rockaway Beach, where he surfed and hung out in Jacob Riis Park with a crowd from his old Brooklyn neighborhood. Among them was RoseEllen Fedele, a tall, slim 18-year-old college student. At first he was too shy to make eye contact, but he eventually got her number. They dated for five years, which was how long it took him to get out of sandhogging—and she never doubted that he would. Between shifts he studied for and took every civil-service exam in the city. In 1980, Kevin qualified to be a police officer, and he married RoseEllen, who had become a schoolteacher. He spent just a year wearing a badge before he transferred to the fire department, intrigued by a brother-in-law’s stories about how satisfying the job was.

RoseEllen had Patrick on Easter Sunday 1983. When they brought the baby home and relatives crowded to hold him, Kevin refused to let go. “Nobody’s touching him,” he joked. The Dowdells moved to the Rockaways, known as the “Irish Riviera” for its enclaves of firefighters and cops, where the neighbors might swap shifts so you could spend time with your kids. Kevin found a small bungalow that wasn’t winterized and renovated it with his own two hands. They were so poor that they couldn’t afford a stove at first; instead, they cooked on a hot plate. When James came 17 months after Patrick, they put a second crib in the tiny nursery. “You had to, like, slide between them” turned sideways, RoseEllen said.

Kevin often worked seven days a week. When he was off duty, he laid hardwood floors and tile to make extra money. If he got home from work and found the boys in bed, sometimes he’d wake them up just to spend a little time with them. “Come on. Let’s take a walk.” They’d stroll down Rockaway Beach to look for old glass bottles, then get an ice cream. He taught them to surf and how to handle the large waves. “Dive to the bottom and grab a fistful of sand. By that time, the wave will have passed over. Trust me.” They did.

On Sunday mornings, RoseEllen would simmer red sauce on the stove while she took the boys to Mass, then jar it for the rest of

18

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


the week's dinners. One of their few indulgences was Friday dinner in Greenwich Village, usually at a favorite Italian spot at the corner of Carmine and Bleecker Streets called Trattoria Spaghetti. "Put on something nice," Kevin would tell the boys. "Dress like your father has a job." He would order the veal parmigiana and a glass of red wine, look around the table at his family, and say, "This is what I work all week for."

The boys spent so much time at the firehouse that they learned the meaning of the crackling radio talk. A '10-75' was a structure fire in progress, and "K" meant the end of a transmission. The boys would yell, "Rescue 2 to Queens 10-75 K!" They did drills with Kevin and his team. The big men would strap 10-year-old James into a harness and hoist him over the second-floor firehouse roof. When a call came in, the boys would ride on the front bench seat of the truck, between the men in their bulky turnout coats. They'd get to press the foot pedal that sounded the horn. Kevin showed them how to release it in short blasts. "You have to tap it." He'd pat James on the knee—the signal for another horn blare. At the site of the fire, the boys would watch through the windshield as the men dismounted in their cumbrous gear and walked through smoking doorways. "The bigger the fire," James told me, "the bigger the smiles when they came out."

The city had five rescue units, one per borough, and their members were drawn from among the most capable firefighters in the FDNY. Kevin trained for the worst emergencies: tunnel fires, structural collapses, aviation crashes, train derailments. He carried specialized tools and was a skilled black-water diver, for when cars went into rivers. As Rescue 4's lieutenant, he organized logistics and made swift, expert judgments about risk factors. A manhole cover weighed 300 pounds but could blow six stories into the air. Hidden fuel could be anywhere. An apartment lobby might have an adjacent dry cleaner; grocery stores had stock closets with flammable ingredients. Smoke and heat moved one way in hallways and another in vertical shafts. In a single day, Kevin and his men might pluck a stranded window washer off a building, deal with a transformer fire down a manhole, and fish passengers from the Hudson after their helicopter went down. In 2000, the unit responded to 2,524 calls. But primarily, Rescue 4 went to fires. Sometimes there were half a dozen in a shift.

The bigger the fire, the calmer Kevin acted. "He could pull up to the building and tell you right away where the people are gonna be trapped and which way the fire's gonna spread," Liam Flaherty, a colleague in Rescue 4, told me. "I think his heart rate actually went down the worse the fire got." Often Kevin's men could feel the fire but not see it. "When you're in this dark environment that's hot,

img-26.jpeg

Kevin responds to a four-alarm fire in Bedford-Stuyvesant, Brooklyn, in February 1985.

it's like being locked in a room with a tiger," Billy Murphy, another colleague, told me. "You're like, 'Where is it?'" Flaherty would peer through his breathing mask at an acrid black veil, trying to find his way around a burning apartment. Then he would hear Kevin's cool voice. "Hey, Li, how we making out over there?"

OVER THE YEARS, Kevin worked so many "good" fires that he became something of a legend in the FDNY, according to Flaherty. In 1991, Kevin helped keep flames at bay on the 12th floor of a Seventh Avenue building to aid a stunning rope rescue of two men from window ledges. In 1993, he was among the first responders to the terrorist bombing of the World Trade Center, which left a crater several stories deep and required him to comb through hazardous rubble, still glowing orange, while gas tanks exploded in the underground parking garages. In 1994, a gas leak blew up a diner in Long Island City, dropping the ground floor into the basement and pinning a waitress under slabs of

PHOTOGRAPH BY MARINA SAKAUCHI FOR THE ATLANTIC. SOURCE: GLENN D. USMIN.

The Atlantic

19


img-27.jpeg

concrete. Kevin and his partners crawled into the wreckage and worked for three hours to free her as piles of debris quaked over them. He took turns holding her hand and shielding her body with his own, in case the slabs caved. They got her out alive, and won medals for that job. In 1995, he was part of an elite FEMA squad deployed in the aftermath of the Oklahoma City bombing to search for survivors and recover bodies.

With his record, he could have risen higher in the department. But a captaincy would have required leaving Rescue 4 for another unit in the city, and he wanted to stay. “Better to be a happy lieutenant,” he told RoseEllen.

The unit had a strong sense of brotherhood; many of its members played together in the Emerald Society Pipes and Drums, an Irish group within the department that marched in civic events.

Flaherty, a tousle-haired raconteur, was their drum major. Murphy, a tall Coast Guard veteran, played the bag-pipes. Kevin loved the Pipes and Drums so much that he coaxed his sons to take Irish-music lessons—Patrick, the pipes; James, the snare drum—so they could march in the St. Patrick’s Day parade, alongside Kevin himself on the bass drum. “I work with the best guys in the world,” he would tell his sons.

As with every FDNY unit, the heart of Rescue 4 was the firehouse kitchen, where the men ate together, and drank coffee, and debriefed after every incident. It was also the scene of geyser-like laughter, juvenile and often at someone’s expense. If Kevin corrected the pronunciation of his name (it was Dowdell), they’d call him “Diddle.” A shift was up to 24 hours, and between alarms they had time for pranks. Once, an officer made the mistake of complaining that he didn’t like hot dogs. For the next month, all the

unit served for dinner was hot dogs. Hot dogs in barbecue sauce. Hot dogs in pasta. Hot dogs, grilled and boiled. The officer grimly waited it out. At the end of the month, a large meat loaf landed in the center of the table. Then they cut him a slice. The meat loaf was stuffed with hot dogs.

Rescue 4 gave Kevin a sense of home, and a feeling that he was personally protecting his beloved Rockaways. He didn’t just respond to trouble in the area—he sought it out. After a boy in their neighborhood fell into a septic tank, Kevin installed a scanner on his dashboard; he believed he could have helped if he’d heard the call. He’d listen to emergency dispatches while driving home from Little League and say, “We’re close by. Let’s just go check it out.” Kevin would pull over if he saw a car accident and extricate someone from the wreck before EMS arrived. He’d tell his sons not

HARVEY SARAQUINI FOR THE ATLANTIC

20

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


to be bystanders. "Don't sit on the sidelines. Make things happen. Do things." Once, when Kevin saw smoke coming from a building in their neighborhood, he told the boys to call the fire department and then ran off, grabbed a garden hose, and climbed through a back window to start putting the blaze out himself.

He was strict and exacting with his sons. For every minute they were late to something, Kevin docked them half an hour of free time. When they were old enough, he enlisted them in construction work, and didn't pay them until they could lift heavy loads. "You work like a man, you get paid like a man." He once called James home from a friend's house because he hadn't cleaned his room. He marched James into the doorway and said, "Look at that." There was a pair of socks on the floor.

Patrick was growing into a burly achiever who aspired to West Point. James was slighter, milder, but with a distance runner's stamina. During long car rides in New York gridlock, Kevin would ask the boys what they intended to do with their lives. Their grandfather was a butcher. Their father was a fireman. "I want you to be the next step up from that," Kevin told them. "I want you to do something better than me."

BY LATE SUMMER 2001, Kevin had earned 20 citations for outstanding performance. He was beginning to think about retirement, and he dreamed of traveling—to Iceland in particular, with its volcanic landscape forged in fire. And the boys were nearly men. Patrick was 18 and had just started at Iona University, in New Rochelle, having been wait-listed at West Point. James was turning 17 and starting his senior year at Xavier High School in Manhattan. He wanted to be a firefighter. "You're going to college," Kevin insisted, but he took James on a scuba-training run under the Throgs Neck Bridge. James donned an FDNY dry suit and plunged into the dark, roiling East River while his father supervised from the boat. After the dive, someone took a picture of the two: Kevin's hand is clapped on his son's shoulder, and James, shrugging off the suit, is grinning widely.

On Sunday, September 9, the family celebrated James's birthday. Kevin had the day off and Patrick came down from Iona, and they barbecued and ate cake. Kevin and Patrick cloistered themselves in the den to work on his reapplication to West Point. Then Kevin drove Patrick back to school and kissed him on the cheek. "Love you. See you soon. I'll talk to you next week."

Kevin reported to Rescue 4 at 6 p.m. on the evening of September 10 for a 24-hour shift. Liam Flaherty went off duty and headed to band practice at the Elks Lodge. Billy Murphy was on vacation. The kitchen was quiet.

At 8:46 the next morning, American Airlines Flight 11 made a terrifying yearling sound as it accelerated into the North Tower of the World Trade Center. Rescue 4's summons came at 8:55. Seven men hopped on the rig with Kevin: Terrence Farrell, William Mahoney, Peter Nelson, Durrell Pearsall, Peter Brennan, Allan Tarasiewicz, and a potential recruit named Michael Cawley. The ride probably took about 20 minutes. As they barreled toward Lower Manhattan, an unnerving alert came over the dispatch radio: "Be advised we have jumpers." From a distance, Rescue 4 would have seen the smoke surging from floors 93 to 99 of the

img-28.jpeg

Above: The South Tower collapses at 9:59 a.m., September 11, 2001.

North Tower, the tallest building in New York. About seven minutes into their drive, they might have seen the blooming explosion of the second jet, United Airlines Flight 175, as it tilted into the South Tower between floors 77 and 85.

Rescue 4 arrived at a scene that was too much for the senses. A torrent of debris fell from the buildings—shredded metal and insulation, chunks of concrete, shivering glass shards—amid an earsplitting clamor of sirens and screaming. Torsos, luggage, and aluminum scraps of 767s were strewn on the sidewalks. What looked like splashes of red paint on the plazas were the remains of jumpers who had pinwheeled from the upper floors of the North Tower. Kevin ran into a stunned fellow lieutenant named Robert LaRocco, from Ladder 9, who had seen a severed forearm with a perfectly manicured hand. LaRocco managed to get a call through to his wife. He told her, "It's raining people."

Kevin reported to a command post across the street from the North Tower, where the FDNY's chief of special operations command, Ray Downey, was doling out orders. He assigned Rescue 4 to help with evacuations in the South Tower and, if possible, to get upstairs and beat back the fire. Kevin was seen lining up his men and talking to them intently. He then led them single file toward the South Tower, hugging the sides of buildings.

A rescue squad would have had its hands full in the lobby alone. Elevators were broken, stairwells smoked, and radios were unreliable. People were streaming down, badly burned or bloody, and some had to be carried. One elevator had stopped just short of the ground floor with people trapped inside. Firefighters pried open the outer doors and could see their legs, but couldn't find a way to lower the car enough to free them. Flaming jet fuel cascaded down the shaft as the crews worked.

At 9:52 a.m., about half an hour after Kevin had arrived, a battalion chief named Orio Palmer reached the South Tower's 78th floor, where the jet's wing had inflicted mass casualties. "We're going to need two engines up here," Palmer radioed down.

THOMAS WILSON / GETTY

The Atlantic

21


Wherever Kevin was—trying to force open elevators, or starting the slow ascent to 78—the elements of the fire were taking over. The second plane had struck the South Tower at more than 500 miles an hour, stripping the fireproofing from steel trusses and columns. The inferno fed on carpets, curtains, chairs, desks, computers. Plumes of soot trapped the heat. The temperature hit 1,800 degrees Fahrenheit, softening the bones of the building. At 9:59 a.m., the top of the South Tower sagged. Then it began to collapse. Beams and struts slammed into one another. As each floor failed, the falling mass increased, picking up velocity. About 500,000 tons of concrete and steel sped to the earth, reaching an estimated 124 miles an hour.

Lieutenant LaRocco of Ladder 9 had just put his foot on a stalled escalator on the north end of the South Tower's mezzanine when he felt something like a wave in the floor. He heard a mounting roar, like a space shuttle taking off. The light in the windows vanished, as if someone had yanked a giant shade down.

Kevin would have had little time to think about the sound above him. It took just 10 seconds for the tower to fall. As the mass neared the ground, it generated a huge blast of compressed air and seismic waves equal to those produced by a 2.1-magnitude earthquake.

img-29.jpeg

James holds his father's Halligan bar.

Paperwork from the towers drifted miles away, littering the beaches of the Rockaways. For most of that day, RoseEllen had been at P.S. 312, preoccupied with getting her third graders back to their parents. Now, at home, she waited for Kevin to call. He always did, leaving a message when she didn't answer. "Hey, it's me. If you see anything on the news, don't worry about it.

I'm okay." But 6 p.m. came and went without any word. At 12:30 a.m., Special Operations Command called and told RoseEllen that Kevin was listed among the missing; all of the guys on Rescue 4's rig were unaccounted for, as was their captain, Brian Hickey, who had been working with Rescue 3 that day.

RoseEllen stayed up all night, her eyes darting between the television news and the front door. Around sunrise, RoseEllen went onto the porch and stared down the street. "At that point, I knew," she would say, years later. "In my head, I knew."

After a week, one of the crews digging through the pulverized wreckage at Ground Zero came across a Halligan bar, which might have been used to claw at an elevator door. It was marked with KD and R4. Kevin Dowdell, Rescue 4. The tool had been blown out of the lobby. But there was no other sign of Kevin.

THE REMAINING MEN of Rescue 4 set up a war room in the firehouse, manned round-the-clock shifts to dig through the wreckage, and assigned a firefighter to liaise with each family who was missing someone. "Did we find him today?" RoseEllen would ask. No, Billy Murphy would say, day after day.

Whenever the door to the Dowdell house opened, three faces would swivel toward it with hope. "We were like, 'If anyone got out of there or could get out of there, it's him,'" Patrick recalled, but it was always a relative or neighbor. Two weeks after the attacks, RoseEllen decided that sitting around the house in their grief was not doing them any good. "Listen," she said to the boys. "You're going back to school, and I'm going back to work." On the drive to Iona, she persuaded Patrick to finish his reapplication to West Point. "You will not—we will not—use anything as an excuse in your life," she said.

Xavier High School was steeped in mourning; 60 alumni and close relatives of students and staff were lost. Counselors and priests watched James for signs of depression, but when RoseEllen pushed him to see a therapist, he protested. "All I do is talk to people," he told her. He would channel his emotions into running, sometimes 12 miles at a time.

Back at Iona, Patrick couldn't concentrate. He called James and suggested that they go to Ground Zero to search for their father's remains. "If we find him, I want to be there," Patrick told James. "I want to see him. I want to help carry him out."

James heard his father's voice in his head. Don't sit on the sidelines. Make things happen. Do things.

"I'll meet you there," James told his brother.

Rescue 4 held a meeting about whether to allow them to join the search. They took a vote, and the boys won. Murphy and Flaherty geared them up with fire boots, gloves, Carhart suits, helmets, and tools. The guys worried about giving the boys nightmares. Murphy warned them: "If we come across somebody, I'll ask you to step away until we find out who it is."

The pile, as it was called, was eight stories of contorted metal, sticking up like giant fork tines, spread over 16 smoldering acres. The burning electrical smell was sickening. As Patrick and James clambered through it, they could feel heat in their boot soles. Grapplers lifted steel from the smoking heaps, and the diggers showed the boys what to look for underneath: a

HARVEY SAGAGNINI FOR THE ATLANTIC

22

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


HARVEY SARASUCHI FOR THE ATLANTIC. COURTESY OF THE DONSELL FAMILY.

boot, a piece of helmet, the reflective tape from a turnout coat. But the main sign of human remains was the odor of decay. As soon as the diggers smelled it, they would wave at the machines to stop.

The first time the boys were present for a recovery, the crew cast sidelong looks at James and Patrick. The men and boys removed their helmets. A chaplain was called. They stood at attention as the remains were carried away on a flag-draped stretcher.

"You good?" Murphy asked Patrick.

"Yeah, I'm good," Patrick said.

For seven months, James and Patrick worked at Ground Zero as much as they could. "Being away from it became harder than being there," Patrick recalled. When his classes at Iona were done for the day, he'd find a ride to the city and dig half the night, then return to campus at 3 or 4 a.m. slit-eyed from ash and lack of sleep, stowing his dusty gear in a garbage bag in his dorm. James kept his Carhartts and tools in his Xavier locker. He would shed his school uniform—blue oxford shirt, necktie, insignia-patched sweater—and tromp out the schoolhouse door, transformed, in coveralls and boots.

The crew found parts of helmets, and parts of people. They found impaled bodies that had to be cut away from the steel with torches. They found intact bodies in strange voids; how long had some people survived under the wreckage? Sometimes the boys just put bone fragments in buckets.

At the firehouse, Patrick and James sat around the kitchen table debriefing like members of the company. They listened to the men of Rescue 4 wrestle with survivor's guilt. If they had been on duty, they'd have been in the South Tower at 9:59 a.m. Survival was a matter of lefts and rights, as Flaherty said. They posed terrible "What if?" questions. Should the fire commanders have foreseen the towers' collapse? If so, should they have kept men from going up?

"Well, what was the alternative?" Flaherty argued at the table. "There's people trapped upstairs. We have to go get them." Could you imagine, he said, if the FDNY had just given up on the towers? "That would have been the worst day in the history of the fire department the other way."

The kitchen conversations were a kind of counseling for the boys. "We had our people, and we just talked amongst ourselves, and that was enough," Patrick remembered. So were the funerals

img-30.jpeg

img-31.jpeg

img-32.jpeg

Top: Patrick, Liam Flaherty, and James at the St. Patrick's Day parade in 1996.

Middle: Patrick (left) and Flaherty at Ground Zero in spring 2002.

Bottom: Rescue 4's rig at Kevin's memorial service in April 2002.

for firefighters they played at with the Emerald Society Pipes and Drums. They stood by graves in kilts and red tunics that Flaherty had given them, and performed "Amazing Grace" and "Going Home." Many children of the dead were preschoolers or grade-schoolers.

RoseEllen saw that the firefighters were helping to steady her sons. "Is school good?" Flaherty and others would ask the boys while they dug through the pile. "If your grades aren't good, you can't be here."

The Atlantic

23


As a picture of Kevin's movements with Rescue 4 emerged from survivor accounts, the recovery concentrated on a spot near the South Tower elevator shafts. In late October, on a day the boys were not working, a crew found the remains of four men from Rescue 4. But not Kevin's. A few feet away was a large, burned-out space where fires had raged below the tonnage for weeks.

"You recover two guys that were kind of close by to each other in the rubble, and then you don't get anybody else," Patrick said. "It's really hard. You don't know how that happens, but that's how it happens."

On the morning of November 12, 2001, when an American Airlines plane accidentally crashed into the Rockaways shortly after takeoff, RoseEllen could see the smoke from the porch. "You are not going over there," she told James. When Rescue 4 pulled up to the crash site, James was already there in his gear, hosing down a burning house. "You're one of us now," a firefighter told him. James, though just 17, took the FDNY entrance exam and passed.

By spring, the pile had become a pit, with almost 1.8 million tons of debris removed. The site was practically broom-clean. The recovery process was down to DNA testing of the smallest fragments. Even then, no Kevin.

"There's nothing there," Murphy told RoseEllen. "It's over."

"Nothing?" she asked.

"Nothing," he said.

THEY HELD KEVIN'S MEMORIAL SERVICE on April 20, 2002. His casket was filled with dust from the spot where they believed he had died, and mementos of him: his extra turnout gear, a pair of fire boots, a copy of the Irish Voice newspaper, travel brochures for Iceland. Letters from his sons and siblings. Hundreds of people attended, including the mayor. Patrick played a bagpipe solo of "Amazing Grace" as the casket was carried into the church. "He was a teacher, mentor, tradesman, listener, and my best friend," Patrick said during his eulogy, concluding with an Irish blessing that Kevin had recited to him: "May the best days of your past be the worst of your future."

The memorial service marked an abrupt end to months of mission. "It was so consuming from September to April that after it was all said and done, there was a sense of 'Now what do we do?'" James recalled.

Kevin was irrecoverable. But they had his voice. Don't sit on the sidelines.

Patrick had just been accepted to West Point, and in June he entered "Beast Barracks," the academy's rigorous six-week cadet-induction program. It made the news: 9/11 firefighter's kid joins the War on Terror. Overnight, he went from friends consoling him to officers barking orders. He marched to breakfast, marched to lunch, and spent nights shining his shoes.

What if he couldn't cut it? He feared letting his father down. He refused to buy his mother a West Point sweatshirt. "I didn't want it to be a constant reminder of my failure if I didn't make it through," Patrick said. The combination of mourning, loneliness, and self-doubt made him mutinous. He racked up punishment tours for lateness and absences, and was made to march in circles carrying a rifle for five hours at a time. He would

sneak out to bars to meet old friends from the Rockaways. He felt like he was trying to break free from prison. He considered quitting, to escape the pressure.

RoseEllen felt powerless and wished for her husband. Patrick had relied on Kevin. "I didn't know anything about the Army," she said. "I couldn't help him."

Flaherty stepped in. "Bro, failure is not an option," he told Patrick. "You cannot—you cannot—drop out." He warned him that quitting would alter the trajectory of his life. Patrick rallied, though not before he missed a 9/11 anniversary ceremony because he was walking another punishment tour. This time, it was about a girl: He'd met Katie Neudeck at a party in Rockaway Beach at the end of summer break. He was supposed to report back to West Point that day, and his lateness cost him 20 hours of walking. She was motivation to graduate; so were the pictures of his father taped to his dorm-room wall, and a steel bracelet on his wrist etched with LT. KEVIN DOWDELL 9-11-01.

James couldn't formally enter the FDNY until he was 21, and at one point talked about joining the Marines. "No, you will not," his mother said. Instead he enrolled at Iona. RoseEllen was alone in the house, but had two sons she still needed to get to the finish line of manhood. Patrick and James were strapping—bigger than their father, all bone and muscle and hard-charging. They had chosen dangerous futures, and there was little she could do about it. "That's what they knew," she said.

In 2006, when James turned 21, he dropped out of his final semester at Iona to enter the FDNY academy; he then joined Ladder 174, in Flatbush. (He finished college the following year.) That same spring, Patrick graduated from West Point and prepared for deployment to Iraq. "I want to kill terrorists," he declared to the Associated Press. By 2008, he was a platoon leader on combat patrols in Baghdad.

With Patrick skirting roadside bombs and James running into fires, RoseEllen could only pray. Her faith told her that Kevin was still on watch. "I just said, in my head, He's protecting them," she recalled.

THIS IS WHAT Kevin Dowdell worked all week for: Patrick would make captain in the Army, and James would take his old man's badge number and carry his Halligan tool. And RoseEllen—who never allowed pain, hers or theirs, to be an excuse—would see them through.

While Patrick was serving abroad, James was earning a medal. At 4:30 one morning in March 2010, Ladder 174 responded to a heavy fire in a two-story building. James and another firefighter battled their way to the second floor with a fire extinguisher and, working in high heat and zero visibility, forced open the door of a rear apartment. In the smoke, James found an unconscious nine-month-old on a bed. Their team got four people out of the building alive, including the infant.

James joined Rescue 2. He would be working with some of Kevin's former colleagues, and would be expected not to drag the anchor chain, as they said in the department about slackers. In 2017, while working under Flaherty, James set the unofficial FDNY record for a rope rescue when he descended 200 feet down an unlit Con Edison

24

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


img-33.jpeg

James, RoseEllen, and Patrick at a 9/11 memorial in the Rockaways

shaft to help workers trapped in an underground elevator. “I was just the dope on the rope,” he said, crediting his partners who’d made the rig. Early last year, he was promoted to lieutenant—his father’s rank. He’s now studying for the captain’s exam.

After Patrick left the Army as an assistant operations officer for an artillery battalion, he thought about joining the FDNY. He scored first on the entrance test, out of about 45,000 applicants, but again heard his father’s voice: I want you to do something better than me. Patrick didn’t think there was any vocation greater than firefighter, but he opted for a career in business. He works in cybersecurity in Manhattan, and his home is on the bayside of Rockaway Beach, where he can look directly at One World Trade Center and the twin light towers that shine every September 11.

Each year on the anniversary, RoseEllen and her sons return to Rescue 4’s firehouse for a memorial ceremony. Firefighters gather in their dress uniforms. They bow their heads for a moment of silence in front of a plaque bearing the names of the dead. Invariably a pedestrian will pause in the firehouse driveway and say, casually, “What’s going on? Is there a parade or something?”

James or Patrick will raise his head and say, “It’s September 11.”

“Ohhh,” comes the reply.

After the memorials, the Dowdells return to the Rockaways for a family dinner. They leave the seat at the head of the table open, with a glass of red wine in front of it. At the end of their meal, they pass around the glass, and each person tells a story about Kevin. Among those seated at the family table is a retired firefighter named Tom O’Day, whom RoseEllen began seeing in 2010 (“He understood everything,” she said). When Hurricane Sandy hit the Rockaways, RoseEllen evacuated but Tom stayed to save her possessions; he carried every memento of Kevin he could find above the flood line. In 2019, Tom and RoseEllen went to Iceland, where she buried a Mass card from Kevin’s memorial service on a remote beach, placed a rock over it, and noted the coordinates.

Five grandchildren, ages 5 through 13, are also at the family table, as are Patrick’s and James’s wives, Katie and Chrissy. They all live within walking distance of RoseEllen and the old home, where an oil portrait of Kevin hangs in the front hall. The grandchildren have been going to firehouses since they were born. As they run around, climbing and sliding down the fire pole, they talk about Grandpa Kevin as if they knew him. Recently the youngest grandchild, Carly, sat with RoseEllen, looking across Jamaica

Bay. “I see Grandpa Kevin’s building,” she said. “What happened to him?” RoseEllen explained again about the bad guys who flew planes into the buildings and made them fall.

That day, reflexive acts of duty turned a terrible event into a survivable one for many people. In the aftermath, firehouses cared for the families of the fallen with something beyond duty.

Beyond duty: two grieving boys hunting for their lost father and instead recovering other people’s fathers, and playing hymns for them. A firehouse full of rowdy, imperfect men finishing the job of raising them, and giving them the balm of purpose.

The FDNY lost 343 men on September 11; 65 of their sons and daughters now serve in the department.

Twenty-five years later, Kevin is still missing. James’s promotion to lieutenant fell on what would have been his 70th birthday. “Never Forget” is no slogan to the Dowdells. “We live it, and we live with it,” Patrick said. Living without Kevin is a form of bravery, of course—a fire all its own. Living his example is how they find their way out of the smoke. A

Sally Jenkins is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

HARVEY SARASUCHI FOR THE ATLANTIC

The Atlantic

25


DID

AL-QAEDA

BY GRAEME WOOD

ILLUSTRATION BY MARK HARRIS

SUCCEED?

16


img-34.jpeg

PUSHTO UP TO A $25,000,000 BANKAR PUSAT

img-35.jpeg

AFGHANISTAN Kabul Pes Kandahar Islamabad

img-36.jpeg

PAKISTAN

img-37.jpeg

img-38.jpeg


S

ince September 11, 2001, al-Qaeda has pulled off exactly one fatal attack inside the United States. If you remember the details of that attack, you probably spend too much time thinking about terrorism. On December 6, 2019, in Pensacola, Florida, a 21-year-old Royal Saudi Air Force officer took out a legally acquired Glock pistol and killed three U.S. sailors at a naval air base, before police arrived and killed him. The shooter, an affiliate of al-Qaeda's branch in Yemen, had been on the base for flight training. I was in Taif, Saudi Arabia, at the time, and the Saudis I met said they

were sorry about the incident but relieved that after 18 years of terrorist R&D, the most ferocious blow al-Qaeda could strike on the path of jihad was not much worse than the kind of mundane workplace violence that we Americans regularly inflict on ourselves.

The group yearned to attack America again after 9/11 and had considered several schemes, but only on three occasions before Pensacola had it actually tried to execute an operation. All three plots had failed.

On December 22, 2001, a slovenly thug named Richard Reid tried to blow up a Miami-bound airplane by lighting a bomb concealed in his high-top sneakers. He failed because he could not light the fuse—which had apparently been moistened by foot sweat and rain—and because he tried to light it, striking match after match, in full view of other passengers rather than in the privacy of an American Airlines lavatory.

The next attack would not occur for another eight years. That one, in 2009, resembled the first: A competent bomb maker entrusted his package to a complete moron. On a plane descending into Detroit, a passenger with an explosive charge sewn into his underpants injected a chemical initiator that fricassed his crotch but left the plane intact. The next year, in a much more formidable plot, al-Qaeda used FedEx and UPS to send bombs hidden in laser printers on cargo planes bound for the United States. Authorities intercepted the packages. In 2017, the United States killed the bomb maker, Ibrahim al-Asiri, in a drone strike in Yemen.

Surviving until 2017, as an al-Qaeda leader, was itself something of an accomplishment. Anne Likuski, the author of Al-Qaida After 9/11 and a researcher at the Norwegian Defence Research Establishment, told me the upper echelons of al-Qaeda had been “eradicated” by 2012—droned into oblivion and replaced by younger jihadists with less experience and credibility. In 2011, Osama bin Laden himself was killed in Abbottabad, Pakistan, and his successor, the Egyptian physician Ayman al-Zawahiri, was struck by Hellfire missiles on his balcony in Kabul in 2022.

Judging from this streak of incompetence, it is difficult to see al-Qaeda as anything but a failure. In a November 2002 audiotape, bin Laden posited a ledger of death, and promised that his group would keep it balanced. “The time has come to settle the accounts,” he said. “Just as you kill, so you shall be killed; just as you bomb, so you shall be bombed.” His group murdered 2,977 people on September 11, but in the past 25 years, it has run a serious deficit in its account.

Among terrorism analysts, a prominent school of thought nevertheless holds that the group is the shrewdest and most effective terrorist organization of all time—and that it is more dangerous than ever. Bruce Hoffman, who has been studying terrorist groups since before al-Qaeda was founded, told me that it was singular in its resilience. “They’ve survived the greatest military onslaught in history ever directed against a terrorist group,” Hoffman, a senior fellow at the Council on Foreign Relations, said. He pointed to the very simple strategy that bin Laden articulated in a 2004 video: wear Americans down and “bleed” them “to the point of bankruptcy.”

“That strategy is working,” Hoffman said. A 2021 Brown University report put the cost of the War on Terror at more than $8 trillion.

This unfathomable investment succeeded in removing al-Qaeda from the little camps it once controlled in Afghanistan. But these havens have been replaced by large ones elsewhere, including in parts of the Horn of Africa, Yemen, and the Sahel, the arid region

img-39.jpeg

The 9/11 attacks, which killed 2,977 people, instilled fear in Americans. But for al-Qaeda, fear was a means to an end: political change.

of West Africa just south of the Sahara. The al-Qaeda franchises in those places are ruthless and rich. The East African branch fields a force that has been estimated at 10,000 men and pulls in about $100 million in revenue annually through taxation, smuggling, and outright theft. It gets a taste of almost all commerce in Somalia and has recruited supporters from as far away as Southern California.

“On the ground, these groups are not only winning military victories but also exercising sovereignty and governance,” Hoffman said. Al-Qaeda’s branch in the Sahel, Jama’at Nusrat al-Islam wal-Muslimin (“The Support Group for Islam and Muslims”), sounds like it meets over coffee and stale doughnuts in a church basement. But just this year, trucks bristling with weapons swept across Mali under its banner and nearly toppled the country’s government. Militants associated with JNIM killed Mali’s defense minister in his own home.

If al-Qaeda halted its attacks on America because it preferred, temporarily, to measure its progress not in American corpses but

PREVIOUS PAGE: U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE / GETTY; AFP / GETTY; GETTY; BRIAN CLARK / ALLSPORT / GETTY; MAI / GETTY; UNIVERSAL HISTORY ARCHIVE / GETTY; JOE BADDLE / GETTY; THIS PAGE; UNIVERSAL HISTORY ARCHIVE / GETTY.

28

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


in square miles of planet Earth, then it has been a roaring success. And it could, Hoffman said, turn back to its old priorities. “The al-Qaeda concept has taken root,” he said, and has given the group’s leadership—sometimes called “al-Qaeda core”—the luxury of deciding when to begin killing Americans again. “What worries me is that al-Qaeda is husbanding its resources to do something in the U.S., and might enlist the franchises to carry it out.”

Worry is an occupational hazard for people who study terrorist attacks professionally. Al-Qaeda’s resurgence has been predicted for two decades, and so far, no resurgence. Another possibility, rarely uttered for fear of jinxing things, is that sending exploding hoboes onto airplanes 17 years ago was the pinnacle of the group’s post-9/11 powers, and that al-Qaeda core has been quiet because it has gone the way of RadioShack, Blockbuster, and the Hartford Whalers. It no longer exists, and the affiliates—fearsome though they may be in the deserts where they operate—are just wearing the jersey of a team that folded long ago.

A QUARTER CENTURY after the 9/11 attacks, about half the world’s population is too young to remember them. Those who do will recall both the horror of the imagery—thousands dying on live television, in seconds—and the disorientation of the day. Nobody knew whether the four planes were the only ones, or whether 40 more were hurtling toward other targets. That evening, CNN was speculating that the death toll might be in the tens of thousands.

If fear was the goal: mission accomplished. But fear was the means, not the end. The end was political change. And any assessment of al-Qaeda, both on 9/11 and in the ensuing decades, should ask whether it leveraged that fear to bring about the political results it sought.

The people who grade bin Laden most generously in this regard focus on how al-Qaeda persuaded America to poke itself repeatedly in the eye in the years that followed September 11. In 2021, the political theorist William A. Galston awarded bin Laden “a sweeping if posthumous victory” for provoking stupid responses that have distracted, divided, and weakened America. Others, such as the former CIA official Bruce Riedel, have suggested that these traps were bin Laden’s plan all along, and that he wanted to lure the United States into an invasion of Afghanistan and “a long and bloody war of occupation.”

The American capacity for self-harm, at astronomical cost, is at this point undeniable. Equally incalculable is the cost in human life: soldiers and civilians killed during the open-ended hunt for remnants of al-Qaeda, and others who survived but saw their communities destroyed or traumatized. But these costs are evidence of an American defeat, not necessarily a bin Laden victory.

Because bin Laden was a chatterbox and loved giving interviews before he became the most hunted man in history, the record he left of his hopes and strategic thinking is quite complete, and provides a standard—his own—against which to measure al-Qaeda’s success or failure. To these public statements we can add roughly 6,000 pages of internal documents seized by the United States from the Abbottabad compound where bin Laden

spent his final years. These private documents banish any temptation to think of him as a mastermind who predicted each misstep by his enemies and laid traps years in advance.

In 1998, he stated his goals: to “kill Americans and their allies,” and “to liberate al-Aqsa Mosque in Jerusalem and the Holy Mosque in Mecca from their grip, so that their armies leave all the territory of Islam, defeated, broken, and unable to threaten any Muslim.” This theme—the withdrawal of the United States from Muslim land, particularly his native Saudi Arabia, as well as the end of Israel and of American support for Israel and secular autocracies in the Arab world—was consistent in his statements.

Bin Laden was equally clear about how he thought terrorism would yield his desired result. In a March 1997 CNN interview with Peter Bergen, he spoke of transferring “the battle into the United States.” In a May 2000 speech, he told supporters that the war would henceforth be waged “against the United States, in the United States.” Americans, he observed to ABC’s John

img-40.jpeg

ABC’s John Miller interviews Osama bin Laden in 1998. Bin Laden said Americans could not tolerate pain and would not fight back if attacked.

Miller in 1998, cannot tolerate pain, and will react to attacks not by fighting back and blaming al-Qaeda, but instead by asking “what their government has done that forced us to defend ourselves.” In a November 2001 interview, he hinted at a theory of political change in America: Its citizens should “take the same stand that they did previously,” when they protested the Vietnam War and the presidents who waged it.

Nelly Lahoud, a professor at the Army War College and the author of the definitive book on the Abbottabad documents, told me this political pipe dream was bin Laden’s whole plan: “to replicate the anti-Vietnam War movement of the United States, to get the American public to put pressure on the U.S. government to withdraw its forces from the Middle East.” The documents reveal a man and an organization blindsided by the American reaction to the September 11 attacks. Bin Laden and his associates “didn’t think that the United States would respond by waging war,” Lahoud said. He did not contemplate

ABC PHOTO ARCHIVES / GETTY

The Atlantic

29


or plan for the long-term occupation of Afghanistan, nor did he expect the methodical killing of his operatives in a campaign that lasted years.

For good or ill, American Middle East policy during this period was roughly the opposite of what bin Laden expected and intended. Rather than withdrawing, U.S. forces surged into the region. The United States has troops, and friends, in Syria, Bahrain, Iraq, Jordan, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Qatar, and the United Arab Emirates. The only Middle Eastern despot the United States abandoned post-9/11 was Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak, and after less than two years of experimentation with Islamist rule, Egypt switched back to an America-friendly autocrat. In the mid-2000s, Saudi Arabia—whose leaders bin Laden considered tyrants—was a decrepit gerontocracy in regular peril of jihadist revolution. Its current leader, Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman, is in his early 40s and an ally of the Trump administration. He began his quest to transform his kingdom into a modern state by locking up anyone who had expressed even the faintest interest in jihad.

Bin Laden experienced the 2000s as a series of disappointments. After nine years of continuous hunting of his comrades, and after one of them had ignited his scrotum somewhere over southeastern Michigan, he was ready to concede privately that his theory of political change was ill-considered. “By 2010, bin Laden had to reflect on things,” Lahoud said. Having looked further into the Vietnam comparison, he learned that about 58,000 Americans were killed during that 20-year war. Because Americans were then being killed in Iraq and Afghanistan at a rate of about 500 a year, he decided that his allies could not plausibly step up the pace enough to stoke popular outrage in the United States. In one captured document, bin Laden argues that a better strategy would be a financial hit that affected the “income of every American citizen.” He suggests that al-Qaeda consider attacking shipping in the Strait of Hormuz. He was developing that plan (clever, come to think of it) around the time SEAL Team 6 shot him in the face.

THE EVIDENCE that bin Laden was mostly neutralized in the years immediately after 9/11—according to Lahoud, the Abbottabad documents indicate that he was barely in touch with anyone in al-Qaeda from 2002 to 2004—makes for a peculiar contrast with the attribution of strategic genius to him that was occurring during this exact period. He was more Clouseau than Clausewitz. But the United States was at the time preparing to embark on the Iraq War, and perhaps it was difficult to imagine that a folly of such magnitude could be self-inflicted, rather than planned by a Machiavellian enemy.

Bin Laden encouraged this impression. In 2004, when he issued his first video in nearly three years, addressing American voters on the eve of the presidential election, he told them he was planning a war of attrition. He warned them that he intended to bleed them slowly, as al-Qaeda had “bled Russia for 10 years” in Afghanistan, “until it went bankrupt and was forced to withdraw in defeat.” (Bruce Hoffman noted that bin Laden was engaging in stolen valor here, because his Arab fighters had been war tourists

and the Afghans had done the hard work of fighting the Soviets. “Still,” he said, “it fit the narrative.”)

Publicly, bin Laden made a virtue of necessity and told the world that getting attacked by America was a blessing. But Lahoud is adamant that the Abbottabad documents show the opposite of crafty planning, and instead reveal constant complaining about the very setbacks that al-Qaeda supposedly welcomed. Privately, bin Laden bemoaned his network’s impotence, lack of money, and inability to mount even small operations. “Al-Qaeda came up with the ‘war of attrition’ idea afterward,” Lahoud said. “This was not by design.” Those who awarded bin Laden points for strategic genius had fallen for his propaganda.

After bin Laden’s death, al-Zawahiri made attrition the official al-Qaeda doctrine: to exhaust America and bleed it to death, “so

img-41.jpeg

Members of the Obama administration receive an update on the mission to kill bin Laden in May 2011. By 2012, much of the upper echelons of al-Qaeda had been eliminated.

that it meets the fate of the former Soviet Union and collapses under its own weight.” A similarly themed article appeared in The Onion, under the headline “FBI Uncovers al-Qaeda Plot to Just Sit Back and Enjoy Collapse of United States.” It was illustrated by a calm bearded man, relaxing on a sofa with a television remote in his hand. The photo appeared to be modeled on one of the last known videos of bin Laden, channel surfing in a shabby, windowless room.

Bin Laden seemed to have realized that he’d created a debacle for himself and his allies. At one point, he argued that the Taliban was doomed anyway, and that he was therefore blameless for provoking an invasion of the group’s country and the destruction of its regime. “We knew for certain that Afghanistan was already a target, and that America was determined to bring down the Taliban,” he wrote in a document quoted by Lahoud. He and his non-Afghan terrorist crew could hardly be faulted for an American invasion that was already inevitable. “Everything that happened was going to happen even if we did not strike,” he wrote. This ludicrous claim, that George W. Bush wanted to occupy Afghanistan and merely advanced his calendar because of 9/11, is self-serving, Lahoud writes, and “reeks of repressed Arab guilt.”

30

SEPTEMBER 2026

A

PETE SOUZA / THE WHITE HOUSE / GETTY


W

HETHER AL-QAEDA hit upon the attrition strategy brilliantly or simply claimed prescience after the fact is in some ways immaterial. The United States was, in fact, eventually exhausted by protracted war—that is why we fled Kabul in 2021 and handed over the government to the Taliban, with our compliments—and American overreach was predictable even if bin Laden failed to predict it. One could conclude that al-Qaeda stumbled at first by los-

ing its haven in Afghanistan, but then recovered its composure and played its hand masterfully thereafter. But that, too, would be giving the group too much credit, and would underestimate just how catastrophic the attacks on America were for its cause.

The cause, as of September 9, was going well—in part because of a cunning move by bin Laden, though he unwittingly undid its effect on September 11. Two days before the 9/11 attacks, bin Laden sent two Tunisian suicide bombers, posing as journalists, to kill Ahmad Shah Massoud, the leader of the anti-Taliban coalition known as the Northern Alliance. Had he stopped there—killing Massoud and calling off the planes—the trajectory of South and Central Asia, and the future of political Islam, would have been different.

By mid-2001, the Northern Alliance had lost Kabul to the Taliban and had no prospects of recovering it. The group had been pushed into the Panjshir Valley and the rugged northeastern corner of Afghanistan, and with Pakistani help, the Taliban had begun consolidating its gains. For Pakistan, Afghan territory was useful as a base for attacks on India. The videos of al-Qaeda terrorists swinging from monkey bars in a training camp in Afghanistan before 9/11 made news in the United States. But most campers at sites like these were training to fight in Kashmir. India had no control over or access to Afghanistan, and Pakistan viewed the Taliban as an asset.

What some Pakistani generals saw as a strategic asset, other Pakistanis saw as a religious one. It is difficult to overstate how much hope South Asian Islamists invested in the Taliban's success. My first acquaintance with the Taliban and its supporters came five months before the September 11 attacks. I was in Peshawar, the Pakistani city just over the Khyber Pass from Taliban-controlled Afghanistan. Taliban supporters were ubiquitous there that April because members of their sect were holding a jamboree with thousands of attendees. They regarded the Taliban takeover of Afghanistan as an epochal event, not so different from the Islamic State's declaration of its caliphate 13 years later. (Mullah Omar, the Taliban's leader, called himself "commander of the believers," a title historically reserved for caliphs.)

At the jamboree, I met men from the Persian Gulf countries, England, and South Asia. (Few were Afghan.) The Taliban itself was an Afghan movement with little knowledge of the world or interest in conquering it. But other Sunni Islamists thought that from these provincial beginnings a state would arise that could incubate a range of Islamist projects. The attendees viewed Taliban-led Afghanistan as a laboratory of conservative Islamic governance, and they considered bin Ladenism a particularly promising and righteous experiment. Outside the conference, I bought a T-shirt

that said OSAMA BIN LADEN—GREAT MUJAHID OF ISLAM. It was decorated, in brazen defiance of trademark law, with a Nike swoosh.

In 2001, the Taliban was, in other words, ceasing to be a merely local movement. Others had plans for the group, and it had tentative plans of its own to seek outside help and lock in its rule. In fact, at precisely the point when al-Qaeda decided to attack America, the Taliban was seeking international approval—and had a path to getting it. Rateb Popal, an Afghan who had fought in the jihad in the 1980s (he'd lost an eye and an arm in a failed bombing in Kabul) and later ran a security company during the American occupation, told me just how close the Taliban had come.

The United States had ostracized the Taliban for harboring bin Laden and for its human-rights record. But other countries—not just Pakistan—were ready to do business there. I met Popal

img-42.jpeg

A video showing al-Qaeda fighters training circulated in June 2001, making news in the U.S.

in Beijing in 2010. He had lived in the United States and served time in a U.S. federal prison for drug smuggling. He was unusually worldly for an Afghan, and when he returned to Afghanistan from the United States, he ended up becoming a liaison to the Chinese. The China Building Material Industrial Corporation, he said, had sent a single intrepid representative to meet with the Taliban in the late 1990s. Kabul was wrecked from years of war. After seeing the rubble, the Chinese sent a group of engineers to determine whether they could open a cement factory—a resource that would be in high demand, if ever the country were to be rebuilt. The Chinese, as usual, were also sniffing around for mining opportunities. In 1999, Popal led the first Taliban delegation to Beijing. They met with company officials and discussed collaboration. "They treated us like VIPs," he told me. "All halal food."

By late 2000, China had sent a delegation to Kabul and to Kandahar to see Mullah Omar—a rare meeting between the reclusive Taliban leader and non-Muslims. China's one political demand was that the Taliban restrain any Chinese Muslim organizations challenging Beijing's rule in Xinjiang.

"If September 11 didn't happen," Popal told me, "the Chinese government would have recognized" the Taliban no later than

AFF / SETTY

The Atlantic

31


  1. The alternative history he imagines is tantalizing. With Massoud gone, he said, “the morale of the Northern Alliance was 99 percent dead,” and the Taliban could have “just walked” into the Panjshir Valley, completed its conquest of the country, and enjoyed uncontested control of Afghanistan. Most countries hated the Taliban—even the Chinese were furious after it blew up ancient stone-cut Buddhas in early 2001—but at some point, any country hoping to do business with Afghanistan would have had no choice but to join Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, and Pakistan in recognizing Taliban rule over the country. With China on board, one of the last barriers to recognition would have fallen, and this jihadist proving ground would have been on its way to enjoying the same official status as Turkey and Luxembourg.

Popal told me that the Taliban was operating at that point “completely separately” from bin Laden and al-Qaeda, even though they were religiously simpatico. (There is a debate about how closely the Taliban worked with al-Qaeda, or for that matter how well it would have understood the 9/11 plot and its ramifications. The leaders were at least socially close. Popal twice dined with al-Zawahiri, whom his Taliban hosts introduced as “an Egyptian doctor building hospitals.”) The group was eager to clinch its control over Afghanistan, and was in no rush to risk it all to strike a blow against infidels in a distant land. Had bin Laden refrained from attacking America, he might have lived to see his movement nurtured by Taliban rule into a more formidable and mature Islamic power. Formal international recognition became impossible as soon as the Americans determined that al-Qaeda had committed the atrocity, using Afghanistan as a base. The Taliban is now seeking recognition again. Bin Laden set it back 25 years.

THE CONTENTION THAT al-Qaeda deserves high marks, or even a passing grade, as a terror group must therefore fend off the objections that, for the past 25 years, it has almost completely failed to attack America; its key personnel have been killed off; the war of attrition it apparently stumbled into has failed on its own terms; and its great success, the September 11 attacks, abruptly ended the most promising Sunni Islamist–state project to have been launched since the end of the Ottoman caliphate, in 1924.

The most compelling answer to these objections comes down to one word: franchises. Like a malevolent Ray Kroc, bin Laden and later al-Zawahiri began licensing the al-Qaeda brand to hitherto independent jihadist organizations far from Afghanistan. In 2004, after overtures from jihadists in Iraq, bin Laden started the process of taking on franchises; it had become clear that the frontier of jihad would be the killing of American soldiers there. Al-Qaeda received loyalty oaths from the franchises’ leaders and tried to vet them. Bruce Hoffman called this proliferation a “survival strategy” and said it had worked as intended, as a solution to the unrelenting heat that the United States was putting on the core group. Hoffman said bin Laden accepted, reluctantly, that he no longer had a base in Afghanistan, and he established bases elsewhere to hedge against extinction. Those affiliate organizations—in Iraq, North and West

Africa (joined in 2007), Yemen (2009), East Africa (2012), and the Indian subcontinent (2014)—have at times misfired, but the successes have paid off handsomely.

Compared with al-Qaeda core, these groups are nouveau riche. Bin Laden whined for years about a lack of money and fighters. The franchises, particularly in Africa, are flush with men and materiel. Even one of the weaker affiliates, on the Indian subcontinent, is now in an enviable position, with the Taliban back in power in Afghanistan and ready to support that group by letting its followers

img-43.jpeg

The Egyptian physician Ayman al-Zawahiri succeeded bin Laden. He was killed in a Hellfire-missile strike in Kabul in 2022.

congregate and train within Taliban territory. Neither the United States nor any other country has managed to destroy one of these franchises; indeed, the governments of Somalia and Mali have come very close to falling to them, as have cities in Yemen. In April, fighters affiliated with the Sahel franchise, Jama’at Nusrat al-Islam wal-Muslimin, raided Bamako, the capital of Mali, and they continue to control much of the northern part of the country.

Sara Harmouch, a security contractor and terrorism expert who monitors jihadist groups, told me the franchises have learned from the mistakes of al-Qaeda core. She cautions against assessing al-Qaeda as weakened merely because it has not carried out attacks recently. “Al-Qaeda is making huge gains across multiple theaters,” she said. “Their current capability is far beyond what they were before 9/11.” Silence is a “deliberate strategy,” she said, to allow clandestine rebuilding. “They don’t want to make noise that would put eyes on them right now, because they’re not ready to make the comeback attacks they’re planning.” The Yemeni branch, which carried out the Pensacola shooting in 2019, has been tasked with leading operations against the West, and it has developed drone programs.

Moreover, Harmouch said, there are signs that the franchises’ loyalty oaths to al-Qaeda core are still being honored. Since al-Zawahiri’s death, in 2022, most signs have pointed to succession by another Egyptian, who goes by the nom de guerre Saif al-Adel, or “Sword of Justice.” A former military officer now in his 60s, Saif

MAHER ATTAR / SYDMA / GETTY

32

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


al-Adel seems to have paid attention, during his training, to strategy and tactics. He advised bin Laden not to attack the Twin Towers, on the correct theory that doing so would invite reprisals against the Taliban. He has survived being marked for death by the most powerful country in the world for 30 years—the past two decades as the guest of the Islamic Republic of Iran, under an enemy-of-my-enemy deal whose terms are not known. (As an extremist-Sunni group, al-Qaeda is not a natural ally of extremist-Shiite Iran.)

According to Harmouch, the affiliates are heeding Saif al-Adel's commands. He told the Yemeni branch of al-Qaeda to focus on maritime-attack capabilities. It did. He directed the groups to concentrate on achieving financial independence, and the Sahel branch began developing ransom-based revenue streams. Newly detected efforts to deploy drones and adopt 3-D-printing technologies also followed his statements urging the franchises to nerd out on the path of jihad. Harmouch allowed that the groups manage their own affairs, and that none has publicly renewed its loyalty oath to al-Qaeda by acknowledging Saif al-Adel as its new emir. "But they are listening to him," she said. "They are following what he's been saying to a T." If true, this claim is concerning, because Saif al-Adel's recent directives include the advice to poison wells, contaminate food supplies with bacteria, conduct urban assassinations, and replace human suicide bombers with killer drones.

By now the rhythm of terrorism analysis should be familiar: For every piece of evidence that makes al-Qaeda's leaders look like evil geniuses, there is counterevidence that makes them look like hopeless bumblers. As with the war of attrition, Nelly Lahoud said, there is little evidence that bin Laden ultimately thought franchising out was a winning strategy, and a lot of evidence that he considered his far-flung allies pains in the terrorist ass. Bin Laden called them a "liability to jihad." In his Abbottabad compound, he became a pioneer in remote work, realizing long before COVID how hard it is to manage an organization whose employees he never saw.

Almost immediately, the franchises proved unruly and, frankly, insane. Abu Mus'ab al-Zarqawi, the leader of the Iraqi franchise, turned out to be a raving psychopath. Bin Laden fancied himself cerebral, deliberate, and discriminating in deciding who should die. Al-Zarqawi, by contrast, erred on the side of beheading, and positively reveled in gore. When al-Qaeda leaders asked him to stop killing Shiite civilians because doing so was alienating potential supporters, al-Zarqawi ignored the request. The group ghosted al-Qaeda in 2007 and never really listened to it again.

Other franchises adopted the al-Qaeda brand before the group's leadership could vet them. Their priorities often conflicted with bin Laden's, and he and al-Zawahiri were reduced to an advisory role. Instead of building loyal, resilient versions of itself, al-Qaeda created a management problem from hell. Even the more housebroken of the franchises, such as those in Yemen and North and West Africa, at various times told bin Laden, in the most deferential terms, to mind his own business. Chronically behind on the local agendas because of his isolation, he gave advice that was stale or ill-informed. He told the group in North and West Africa not to cut a ransom deal with France after the

group seized hostages. He reminded the Yemenis that they ought to focus on attacking America, and not the Yemeni government or the Iranian-backed Houthis. In both cases, the affiliates assured their absentee leader that they knew best, and bin Laden was left to pout and write frustrated internal memos.

The most dramatic instance of insubordination was the Islamic State, the successor to al-Zarqawi's branch of al-Qaeda. The ISIS project eventually foundered after the whole civilized world decided to stop it by force. But before that happened, it overtook

img-44.jpeg

Abu Mus'ab al-Zarqawi was the leader of the Iraqi franchise of al-Qaeda. But al-Zarqawi ignored requests from al-Qaeda leaders to stop killing Shiite civilians.

al-Qaeda as the premier jihadist group. By comparison, al-Qaeda looked cautious and stuffy. It had taken far less territory, shed less blood, and earned a reputation as the group of choice for radical Muslims who enjoy hiding in basements with elderly Egyptians. Al-Zarqawi was killed in 2006, but ISIS continued its spiritual founder's passion project of dismembering infidels on camera, a practice al-Qaeda considered counterproductive.

In her book, Lahoud quotes a 2011 letter from al-Zawahiri to bin Laden, incredulous at the Islamic State's apparent policy of shocking and appalling even its own potential followers. "I do not understand," al-Zawahiri wrote. "Are the Brothers not content with the number of their current enemies, being so eager to add new ones to their list?" In 2014, al-Qaeda disavowed ISIS after months of disputes between their leaders. Later, ISIS excommunicated al-Qaeda after its leaders refused to pledge loyalty to the caliphate of Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi.

The Islamic State turned many Muslims off the idea of jihad altogether. Many had sympathized with bin Laden and been bitter toward America and Israel, and were intellectually but not viscerally opposed when those two countries were attacked. (I don't condone terrorism, but ...) The Islamic State convinced many otherwise undecided Muslims that the logical conclusion of jihadist terrorism was a death cult.

In some ways even more devastating to the al-Qaeda model was the opposite transformation of al-Qaeda's other regional leader,

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE / GETTY

The Atlantic

33


Ahmed al-Sharaa. A veteran of the jihad against the Americans in Iraq and a close associate of al-Baghdadi's, al-Sharaa split with al-Baghdadi in 2013, shortly before he declared his caliphate. The group al-Sharaa led, the Nusra Front, was not much better: It, too, tortured and killed and established a jihadist state, in this case loyal to al-Zawahiri. But over a period of about five years, al-Sharaa and his followers lost their taste for jihad. In 2023, he told the journalist Wassim Nasr that they were no longer jihadists, and that the global jihadist movement had "only brought destruction and failure to their communities." According to reports, he and his recovering jihadists helped the United States attack ISIS elements in the Middle East. Then, in December 2024, they sacked Damascus

and took over the Syrian government. As president, al-Sharaa has since visited London and Washington. Donald Trump met him, pronounced him "a young, attractive guy," and later gave him a bottle of cologne.

This example has been noticed. Nasr, a reporter for France 24 and a senior research fellow at the Soufan Center, recently interviewed the leadership of al-Qaeda's current Sahel branch, JNIM. He told me that the group learned from al-Sharaa that it is "possible to get out of the jihadi sphere and be accepted by the international community—if global terrorism is denounced." He said the group is thinking about trying to transform along similar lines. The main impediment to such a move is the Islamic State

img-45.jpeg

Clockwise from top: Ahmed al-Sharaa, a former leader of an al-Qaeda affiliate and now the president of Syria; a WANTED poster for Saif al-Adel, the purported new leader of al-Qaeda; smoke rising above the streets of Bamako, Mali, after an attack in April orchestrated partly by al-Qaeda's branch in the Sahel, Jama'at Nusrat al-Islam wal-Muslimin

img-46.jpeg

img-47.jpeg

MOHAMMAD DAHER / BURPHOTO / GETTY; MAI / GETTY; AFP / GETTY

34

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


West Africa Province. Before he could moderate, al-Sharaa had to wait for ISIS to be crushed in Syria, so he would not face defections. JNIM is still fighting ISIS, and Nasr said it isn't yet in a position to explore moderation.

"Al-Qaeda fathered a good son and a bad son," Thomas Hegghammer, a scholar of jihadism at the University of Oxford, told me. "The bad son was ISIS and went on to do so much bad stuff that the whole family got a bad reputation. But then the good son played his cards so well that he reached state power." Al-Qaeda wanted the franchises to show how it endures. Instead they showed that its ideology leads to crucifixions and beheadings if followed, and power if renounced.

IT'S HARD TO ACCEPT that your enemy is an idiot and that somehow you are losing to him anyway. Perhaps Saif al-Adel, with ample free time in his safe house in Iran, has taken online executive-M.B.A. classes and learned how to motivate his employees and keep them on mission, as his predecessors surely did not. The other possibility is that Saif al-Adel controls nothing and has been irrelevant for years. Neither possibility makes the United States look good. The first suggests that after 25 years of the War on Terror, terror is winning. The second suggests that these incompetent nobodies have persuaded the U.S. to burn through its military budget without improving its standing in the Middle East.

Both are possible, and it is difficult to tell the difference between an al-Qaeda that is stealthily rebuilding and an al-Qaeda that is dead. A cat that is stalking its prey is exactly as silent as a cat that was hit over the head two weeks ago with a shovel. Some of those who study and analyze jihadism sound exasperated by the task of convincing people that al-Qaeda core is the second type of cat. Cole Bunzel, a historian at the University of Texas at Austin, told me he considers the notion that al-Qaeda is a "secret behemoth," gathering strength under the guise of weakness, "mostly nonsense."

"I see pretty much no evidence that al-Qaeda has any competence or capability as a centralized organization," Bunzel said. The various affiliates call themselves al-Qaeda, but they appear to take no meaningful guidance from anyone in al-Qaeda core. He likened the core group to a "mostly defunct podcast," a bunch of old guys who occasionally get together to put out a statement, but who have no power to do anything other than shout into a void, because global jihad has long since moved on.

"The branches that operate under al-Qaeda's name have very little to do with the central leadership based in Iran, Afghanistan, and Pakistan," Bunzel said, adding that the fact that Saif al-Adel lives under Iranian supervision would make it awkward for anyone to take orders from him without having to wonder whether the orders were dictated by an Iranian intelligence officer. While other jihadists have spent the past 25 years declaring caliphates, sacking major cities, and sowing carnage and fear, Saif al-Adel has been writing essays and murmuring promises about something big in the works. Those essays, Bunzel said, are not exactly greeted with enthusiasm by jihadists, especially younger ones. The kids are lining up for other acts.

Daniel Byman, a veteran al-Qaeda watcher at Georgetown University, reminded me that al-Qaeda has not even officially announced that Saif al-Adel is in charge. "Their unwillingness to name a leader seems to me very damning," he said. "If you're a 20-year-old who wants to join, what are you going to think? Here's a group that hasn't done much, and I don't even know who the leader is. That's the group for me!" As time passes and al-Qaeda delivers almost no punches against its prime enemy, "at some point the numbers just get pretty clear," Byman said, and the most probable conclusion is that al-Qaeda core is "very, very weak."

FOR DECADES, Thomas Hegghammer said, he has been puzzled by the speculation that a big al-Qaeda attack is just around the corner: "How long do we have to wait before we decide that prediction is wrong?" He acknowledged that an attack could happen at any time. But almost any terror group, including ones that nobody has ever heard of, can pull off a single attack. The question to ask, he said, is whether al-Qaeda can mount a sustained campaign of terror, as the Islamic State did in 2015. That question can be studied and assessed, and right now the answer appears to be no.

What's most remarkable about al-Qaeda, Hegghammer said, is that it has persuaded so many of its enemies to bumble along with it. This band of incompetents has somehow managed to "live rent-free inside the head of the American national-security establishment for an extraordinary number of years." It has dwelled in and dominated this collective imagination, and its persistent ability to remain in its enemies' mind is more impressive than any substantive accomplishment. The threats posed by the group were real, he said, and it made sense to find and destroy it. But what Hegghammer called the "ghost story" of al-Qaeda—the incessant and intrusive thoughts about it, including frantic projection of power and genius onto an organization that by all evidence is in shambles—should have ended long ago.

In 2015, during the Islamic State's heyday, I gave a talk about it before a private audience of policy makers and experts. I emphasized that the group wanted to build a state, and that unlike al-Qaeda, it would reduce its efforts to mount terrorist attacks in the United States if it thought those attacks would conflict with its state building. After the talk, a former senior official at the State Department came up to me and said he had no reason to doubt my analysis. But he said I should choose my words with great care, because anyone who predicts fewer attacks will be ridiculed when one occurs, and anyone who says the enemy's capabilities have been degraded is going to be forever ignored when the enemy manages to lash out one last time. "You don't want to be that guy," he said: the one who tells everyone to chill out, the day before thousands of people are poisoned with Saif al-Adel's ricin in their Cheerios.

But in the case of al-Qaeda, that guy has been right for the past 25 years. A

Graeme Wood is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

The Atlantic

35


HOW

MONA

DO

Somehow, they traverse an entire continent, wintering in the very same forests that their forebears did.

We're only just starting to understand their secrets.

BY VANN R. NEWKIRK II

PHOTOGRAPHS BY ANA HOP


DO

CHS

IT?


¡Mire!” My guide, Silvestre, pointed upward, as if I wasn’t already walking with my neck craned as far back as it could go. The sky was alive with millions of fluttering shapes, congregating into clouds at random, occasionally turning into ribbons that wound through the trees. So many butterfly wings beat the air that their vibrations were audible, like a waterfall rushing in the distance. I understood for the first time the immensity of the event I’d come to see.

I was in the center of El Rosario butterfly sanctuary, part of Mexico’s Monarch Butterfly Biosphere Reserve. Unaccustomed to the thin air at nearly 11,000 feet above sea level, I’d ridden Pelucha, a rust-colored mare, to the heights of the reserve. About halfway up, the orange-and-black butterflies had begun appearing in groups, alighting on flowers or gathering to sip water from puddles. Coupled pairs mated everywhere, and their constant entanglements on the path made it difficult to avoid stepping on them; Pelucha happily crunched more than a few underfoot. I dismounted at the top of the trail and followed Silvestre as he ducked under a rope that kept tourists from accessing the most sensitive areas of the reserve.

It was February, and the monarchs—northerners that had wintered in Mexico—were preparing for their final journey, which doubled as the first leg of a multi-generational relay race north. Their delicateness belies a life cycle that more resembles long-haul trucking than anything you might read in a children’s book. Each of the butterflies above me had already braved many grueling trials. In the following week or so, the majority would be on their way.

Monarch migration is a wonder of the natural world, one of the longest annual cycles of movement undertaken by any creature on Earth, spanning thousands of

miles. Over the past half century, the lands that the monarchs traverse have become more hostile to them, a result of development and herbicides, global warming and organized crime, all of which have put the future of that migration in doubt. And yet, the story I’d come to write—my reason for interloping in this and other sanctuaries—was not just a narrative of beauty being diminished by human trampling and greed. Recently, there’s been good news: Population estimates, after a long march downward, have been increasing for the past two years. This stabilization appears to be connected at least in part to efforts to save butterfly habitats in Mexico, the United States, and Canada. Those developments are reason to hope that there may still be a pathway left for saving the monarchs and their migration.

The monarch persists partly because of the dogged work from its human partners; because of people who have given their life—in every sense of the phrase—to preserve nature. But mostly, the monarch persists because life’s job is to live; because within those thimble-size bodies hides a dynamo of survival that puts our most incredible machines to shame. The more we learn about the butterflies, the more we understand how extraordinary it is that they have so far beaten the odds

we have stacked against them, and how forbidding those odds remain.

WE’VE KNOWN JUST how epic the monarch’s migration is for only about half a century. In the 1970s, using paper tags placed on butterflies’ wings, the Canadian butterfly researchers Fred and Norah Urquhart completed a lifelong mission to uncover the mystery of where all the monarchs born in Ontario went in the fall. To their surprise, the sojourners they followed made it all the way down the length of the U.S., and on to the mountain forests of Michoacán, Mexico. There they roosted, packed tightly into just a handful of colonies that collectively cover no more than a few city blocks, yet hold nearly all of the continent’s monarchs in winter. The Urquharts first visited these colonies in 1976, and National Geographic published a cover story on their breakthrough.

For centuries, Indigenous people in Mexico’s highlands have witnessed the monarchs’ annual return during harvest season, though for most of that time they didn’t know where they came from. The butterflies have been making this migration for as long as 20 millennia, once finding paths to and from the fields gouged out by glaciers retreating with the spring during the last Ice Age. Now their roosting grounds sit within a handful of sanctuaries that I visited. At Sierra Chinca, a few miles north of El Rosario, I stood on a cliff overlooking the slender trunks of oyamel fir trees. I watched living streams of monarchs flying in different directions, sometimes winding about one another like a gigantic knot forever being tied, and looked in vain for three monarchs that I knew were in the fray.

Each had been given a designation in a spreadsheet—CHI016, CHI013, and CHI001—but those were all very boring names for butterflies, so I’d asked my 6-year-old daughter to give them better ones. She’d come up with Cinderella, Eric, and Carle. (She knows The Very Hungry Caterpillar by heart.)

Nothing about the trio was unusual, save for the gear they wore. Affixed to each butterfly’s thorax, like a tiny backpack, was a transmitter the size of a grain of rice. These transmitters, called BlüMorpho tags, had been developed by a company called

img-48.jpeg

AIR BOP FOR THE ATLANTIC

38

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


img-49.jpeg

A monarch butterfly in El Rosario butterfly sanctuary, in Angangueo, Mexico

Cellular Tracking Technologies, and Cinderella, Eric, and Carle were part of the first generation of monarchs to wear them.

Before my visit to the sanctuaries, I'd spoken with David La Puma, an executive at CTT and one of the brains behind the BlüMorpho. The company had initially focused on developing tech for tracking eagles, but La Puma had previously worked in monarch conservation, and carried his interest in the butterflies with him. Tracking a monarch is different from tracking an eagle, as monarchs each weigh less than a dollar bill. Any transmitter attached to one could weigh no more than a few grains of sand.

No battery could be made that small and still provide power over months of flying, and the solar panels that CTT used for eagle trackers were much too heavy. But the team figured out a solution: taking the ultrathin solar squares that line the wings of satellites and carefully chopping them up into tiny bespoke cells. An early version of the tracker, applied to butterflies with dabs of eyelash glue, was linked with a cellphone app via Bluetooth, allowing enthusiasts to follow nearby butterflies—a sort of "Pokémon Go for monarchs," La Puma said—and record their locations in somewhat haphazard fashion. The newest iteration works more like Google Maps, providing far more complete data on the butterflies' locations to anyone, almost in real time.

Knowing more about butterflies' individual habits may enable us to help them thrive collectively (more on that later). The data also just help us get to know the monarchs better. As it turns out, some seem to be worse with directions than others, and can find themselves traveling west or south from Mexico. In the prototyping stage, some monarchs were detected near oil platforms in the Gulf of Mexico, nowhere near land, and some butterflies appeared to enjoy Caribbean vacations. Yet the majority seem to follow well-established paths along invisible corridors in the air.

Cinderella, Eric, and Carle had all been tagged in Sierra Chinca, which meant that I could deduce certain facts about their lives. They were already bona fide world-class wanderers, having flown there all the way from Canada in the fall, a three-month

The Atlantic

39


trip. Along the way, they'd dodged birds and windmills and cars, eventually reaching the same patch of forest—perhaps even the same trees—that their great-grandparents had roosted in. For much of the winter, they had not eaten and had barely moved, jamming themselves so tightly against their fellow travelers that from a distance they looked like scales armoring the sides of the trees. Now they'd awakened, stretching their wings and warming up.

Though I couldn't spot them in the sky, I could see from my phone that Cinderella, Eric, and Carle were near. Over the next several weeks, I would keep tabs on them, following their movements with a level of detail that would have been impossible only a year ago.

INDIVIDUAL BUTTERFLIES CAN travel as far as 100 miles in a single day and can congregate in groups so thick that they show up as clouds on weather radar. Glider pilots have seen them flying at altitudes above 10,000 feet. Year after year, new generations tend to gather around the same landmarks, despite having never seen them before. They seem, for example, to love the Barnegat Lighthouse on Long Beach Island, in New Jersey.

The monarchs' feats of navigation are enabled by their internal technology, a set of instinctual tools that in some ways surpasses our understanding. The butterflies' eyes can sense the angle and intensity of different forms of light. In each antenna, a complex series of molecules maintains their circadian clock, which, when combined with sunlight cues, gives them their sense of direction.

When the sun is unreliable, monarchs have a secondary method of pathfinding—a biological compass that allows them to sense Earth's magnetic field. Internal thermostats help govern the timing of their northward movements.

The butterflies' migration evolved to fit North America's geography. Monarch

caterpillars eat only milkweed, which grows best in cooler climates, but the butterflies can't tolerate freezing temperatures. The length of the continent's interior, unbroken by mountains or oceans, allows the monarchs to find the right weather and plants throughout the year—a Goldilocks ecology, neither too hot nor too cold. They are a marvel of nature's engineering, of the kind of elegance that evolution can achieve over deep time.

"Winter is hard for insects that have to survive it, and monarchs basically avoid it by leaving," says Karen Oberhauser, a researcher at the University of Wisconsin at Madison and a co-founder of the Monarch Butterfly Fund. Unlike many other butterfly species, which are adapted to very specific microbiomes, monarchs have options if a local environment changes.

Indeed, they seem strikingly well adapted for living alongside the world's most disruptive change agent: humanity. Milkweed tends to thrive in transitional areas, such as fallow fields, unkempt lawns, and the edges of highways. "When I first started studying monarchs, it really did seem like they kind of had an advantage over a lot of other species," Oberhauser told me. "That's a disturbance-adapted species." She said, affectionately, that monarchs are like rats or pigeons, all part of the strange but sturdy menagerie of modern life.

But there are limits to any creature's adaptability, and human activity has steadily eroded the monarch's margin for error. In the 1930s, Mexico's land-reform program created ejidos, areas designated for communal use by peasants. They began clearing the ancient oyamel forests to plant corn, beans, and squash, and sold the felled timber. Commercial interests also stepped in, accelerating logging in the butterfly's winter habitats.

North of the Rio Grande, there have been disturbances to the disturbances. Although milkweed can flourish along

roads, the advent of the interstate system also introduced one of the most efficient killers of butterflies: speeding traffic. And although farmland in the Midwest was once a reliable (if accidental) incubator for milkweed, the development of Roundup Ready crops in the '90s allowed more promiscuous use of herbicides. Almost overnight, milkweed disappeared from large-scale farms.

According to a recent report from the World Wildlife Fund, the total area covered by monarch colonies in winter decreased from 45 acres in 1996 to a low of fewer than two acres in 2013. The five-year average of colony size has dropped by 80 percent since the mid-'90s, a plunge of some 170 million butterflies.

As Oberhauser told me, the changes wrought by humans have caught up to the monarchs. In fact, the complexity of the migration might now be a liability, as multiple stops on the journey face upheaval at once. "What makes them so strong also makes them vulnerable," she said.

My trio of butterflies had been strong from their beginnings. As caterpillars, they'd gorged on milkweed, a plant that is toxic to most animals, and incorporated its poison into their bodies. Their distinct coloring is both a warning for predators and a badge of initiation.

They are already one-percenters—only one in 100 of the eggs laid in Ontario last year had produced butterflies that made it this far. Their generation, called a "super-generation," is bigger and more robust than their parents' was or their children's will be: They are centurions built to make the journey all the way south and partway back. (Two successive generations will eventually complete the round trip to Canada.) Now, after a winter of fasting, huddled close against the cold, they are regaining their strength, sipping nectar from flowers near their roosting trees. On my phone, I can see a map with each location that the butterflies ping as they meander from place to place, ever returning to their central roosts.

My phone shows only their movements, not their more private matters, but I know that before they leave these forests behind, they will each find a mate. For Cinderella and Eric—which, as I told my daughter, is a female butterfly—their mates' package of

Monarchs at rest on a tree branch at El Rosario in early March. In winter's colder temperatures, the butterflies pack themselves together so tightly that they resemble scales on the trees.

ANA BOP FOR THE ATLANTIC

The Atlantic

41


sperm will also contain a deposit of nutrients that will help them handle the rigors of the trip. Carle will weaken himself, giving his mate a gift that she must use to ensure the survival of their offspring.

FOR THE PAST several decades, a diverse group of grassroots activists, scientists, and enthusiasts has worked to forestall the monarchs' decline. I'd come to Sierra Chinca as the guest of one of them. José Luis Álvarez Alcalá, a local activist and farmer, showed me around. He pointed to the visitors' center, restaurants, and gift shops near the sanctuary's entrance. "None of this was here 30 years ago," he told me. Then he pointed to a copse of young trees creeping up the hills. "A lot of that wasn't either." Álvarez Alcalá would know: He helped create much of it.

Years of chain-smoking can be heard in the thickness of Álvarez Alcalá's voice, and when we met, he sported a limp from a recent fall while working. He wasn't originally a butterfly guy, he said, but was interested in revitalizing the region that encompassed the sanctuaries, and he ran a tree nursery on Hacienda la Cruz, a 17th-century Spanish colonial estate that he'd restored. By the 1980s, just a few years after the National Geographic story came out, the monarchs were already drawing streams of intrepid sightseers from abroad, despite almost no tourism infrastructure. Álvarez Alcalá realized that there might be a way to align the survival of the species with the local economy.

In 1986, President Miguel de la Madrid gave national protections to the main colony sites, creating the Monarch Butterfly Biosphere Reserve. But those protections did not halt or even slow logging. Encouraged by the butterfly scientist Lincoln P. Brower, Álvarez Alcalá and his associates came up with a more proactive plan. They would give the members of the ejidos oyamel fir and pine saplings to grow, instead of their usual crops. The growers would still be free to profit from their land by selling timber for Christmas trees, lumber, or charcoal, but would be encouraged to harvest the wood sustainably. If done right, on a wide-enough scale, the model could help provide both income for the ejidatarios and the basis for butterfly tourism.

Álvarez Alcalá says that, since launching in 1997, his La Cruz Habitat Protection Project has planted about 20 million oyamel fir and pine trees. Other groups have also reforested hundreds of hectares. The oldest of the trees planted as part of this experiment are now maturing and providing winter homes for exhausted monarchs.

Over the span of just a few years, reforesting and ecotourism have transformed much of Michoacán, the state in which the sanctuaries reside. In the municipality of Angangueo, a brilliant mural depicts the social history of the monarchs, the "hijas del sol," including a painting of the now-famous 1976 National Geographic cover. In El Rosario, the trinkets and souvenirs, the tour-bus parking lots, and even the stable of horses for rent all speak to a symbiosis that has only recently come to be.

The monarch's star turn has changed the places along the more northerly parts of its route as well. In the U.S., seven states list the monarch as their official insect or butterfly, and in many places, monarchs appear on license plates that urge fellow drivers to protect the environment. More than 50,000 yards, parks, and schools now feature Monarch Waystations, special gardens stocked with milkweed and flowers.

According to the World Wildlife Fund, the overwintering areas covered by monarchs this year increased by 64 percent. Cinderella, Eric, and Carle's generation was the largest to leave Mexico in seven years. The measured takeaway from the WWF is that "despite challenges, conservation efforts are making a difference."

Yet there are new challenges, new crises in front of the monarchs. And these may eclipse the ones they've seen so far.

"FUCKING AVOCADOS." Álvarez Alcalá's son Luca was driving me around the outskirts of Hacienda la Cruz, where La Cruz Habitat Protection Project is based. He pointed to the offending field in the distance, its neat rows of hunter-green bushes

a dead giveaway. The fruits represented one of the emerging threats to the reforesting mission, and to the monarch's survival.

I'd arrived in Mexico just after the annual high-water mark for avocado consumption: the Super Bowl. Michoacán is the largest avocado-growing region in the world, producing nearly all avocados eaten in the United States. Its volcanic soil is ideal for the fruit, and intense American demand for guacamole and fancy toast has, in these parts, given avocados the moniker oro verde—"green gold."

Unfortunately for monarchs, their forests sit right in the middle of some of the most promising areas for growing avocados. And the green-gold rush is so lucrative that it has drawn the attention of the area's cartels, which now extort local growers, smuggle many of their avocados across the border, and even operate plantations directly. There's a good chance that if you bought chips and guac to eat while you watched Bad Bunny during the big game, a cartel profited.

Recently, cartels have been a major force behind illicit logging in the forests that Álvarez Alcalá and his son have tried to revive and protect, and much of the land has been converted for avocado farming. In 2020, Homero Gómez González, a prominent conservationist at the Biosphere Reserve, was found dead in Ocampo, the closest municipality to the sanctuary. Gómez González had been known as a vociferous antagonist of loggers. His killing has not been solved, but many outlets have placed the blame on the cartels.

Those same cartels instigated the crisis that gripped Mexico during my travels. Just three days before I got to Hacienda la Cruz, Mexican authorities killed Nemesio Rubén Oseguera Cervantes, the leader of the Jalisco New Generation Cartel. The death of "El Mencho" sparked violence across the states of Jalisco and Michoacán: Cartel members erected barricades on major roads and ambushed National

*José Luis Álvarez Alcalá at Hacienda la Cruz,

42

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


ANA BOP FOR THE ATLANTIC

img-50.jpeg

The Atlantic

43


img-51.jpeg

ANA HOP FOR THE ATLANTIC

44

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


By mid-February, Cinderella is restless, regularly streaming to the southwest and back, even visiting Ocampo, veering toward a little snack bar in town.

An ecotourism industry has developed around El Rosario. Rental horses and guides help tourists travel along the reserve's high mountain trails.

Guard members, killing at least 25 and also attacking several journalists.

When I asked the elder Álvarez if touring the region would be safe, he gave perhaps the least-encouraging encouragement I'd ever heard: "I think there will be no problems," he said. "But nothing in life is for sure." During my trips to El Rosario and Sierra Chincua, both sanctuaries were mostly empty of tourists; cartels had been burning cars near the base of Sierra Chincua. It was all a stark reminder of how precarious monarch tourism is, and how much money there is to be made in destruction.

When I spoke with Megan Fulton, the executive director of Álvarez Alcalá's project, she was keen to point me to a recent report from the WWF showing that, the avocado boom notwithstanding, rates of forest degradation and illegal logging in the sanctuaries have slowed in the past year. She attributed the positive development to the local communities being galvanized by global warming and weather changes. "They are the communities that are already seeing the effects of climate change," she said. "So they want to restore their land and protect it for future generations."

But the very fact that the communities are experiencing tangible effects—unprecedented heat waves that have killed hundreds, record droughts and wildfires that have ruined crops—means that the problem is bigger than organized crime, and perhaps beyond the ability of individual people or local groups to solve. Climate change is an accelerant for troubles that are already afoot. High mountain elevations that were once cool and less hospitable for avocado growing are getting hotter—and thus more tempting for felling. Warmer temperatures will also narrow the already tiny bands of habitability for oyamel firs, disrupting forest ecologies even in places that logging hasn't yet touched.

The most ominous signs were visible from Hacienda la Cruz. In the forests just outside the property, like scars on the green mountainside, three ugly patches of brown, bare tree skeletons stood out. Luca explained that these patches had been infested by pine bark beetles, notorious evergreen-killers that feed on stressed or weakened conifers. The beetles are a normal part of forest ecosystems, and

their numbers are usually controlled by cold winters. But the season has grown warmer. More trees now suffer from heat stress and dehydration, making them targets. Oyamels are particularly vulnerable. Authorities have already been forced to cut down whole sectors of the reserve to keep beetle infestations from spreading.

ON MY PHONE, I can see that by mid-February, Cinderella is restless, regularly streaming to the southwest and back, even visiting Ocampo once or twice, veering toward Loncheria Los 4 Elementos, a little snack bar in town that sells tortas, burgers, and micheladas. Eric is a bit more adventurous, making her way almost as far west as Ciudad Hidalgo, where the great father of the nation once owned a hacienda. Carle is more of a homebody, sticking closer to Sierra Chincua and often staying in its forests.

Eric is the first of the trio to leave for good, but her eagerness might be her undoing—the weather might not yet be warm enough for a successful transit. She flies north through Querétaro, but then her tracker stops transmitting. Cinderella and Carle choose to leave with the bulk of their cohort a week later, around the second week of March. There's not much road ahead for Carle; he stops transmitting soon after.

But Cinderella keeps going, winding her way through Querétaro, swerving toward the old colonial city of San Miguel de Allende, then bending northeast. On March 15, she crosses the Rio Grande in the vicinity of Rio Grande City, Texas.

The same week that Cinderella and her fellow survivors began fanning out into the United States, I visited Monarch Watch, an organization based at the University of Kansas that has long served as a hub of monarch research and conservation. I met Kristen Baum, its current director, and Chip Taylor, its founder and director emeritus. Baum runs a blog for Monarch Watch that tracks the radio-tagged butterflies' movements. These data points could help conservationists model the migration more accurately, anticipate changes in population size, and better decide how and where to allocate resources to restore habitats. The day before my visit, Baum noted that CHI016, Cinderella's

The Atlantic

45


government name, was likely the farthest north among all the tags.

The tiny building that Monarch Watch occupies is jam-packed with records, research, and the butterflies themselves. In one room, I watched as a female split open her green chrysalis and emerged to spread her wings. Across the hall were refrigerators full of milkweed seeds—the group has donated more than 1 million milkweed plants for restoration projects since 2015.

Taylor himself developed an artificial diet that could be used to raise caterpillars in lieu of live milkweed. In 2009, Monarch Watch sent caterpillars provisioned with this food (which looks something like old guacamole) on the Space Shuttle Atlantis to the International Space Station, where they successfully metamorphosed into butterflies.

The word emeritus doesn't capture the full role that Taylor, 88, still plays; he is a constant presence around the building. Before he secured more generous funding, he'd bankrolled many of Monarch Watch's activities himself, using the proceeds from investments that he and his wife had made in Apple. He helped pay 100-peso rewards for finding paper butterfly tags—still the standard, low-tech method of tracking the creatures—in Mexico, which became a problem one year when people recovered more than 3,000 tagged butterflies. "That cost me $12,000," he told me. "I wasn't too anxious to do that over and over again."

It was hard, there in the middle of all of the butterfly posters and joyful pictures, to ask him the question I'd really come to ask. But Taylor eventually sighed and launched into an answer on his own. "What we're doing ecologically to save the monarch butterfly, the scale of it is just nothing compared to what's going on," he said. "The population is going to creep lower and lower in time because we're incapable, I think, at this point, of really mastering enough of the restoration."

In the United States and Canada, the math leads to a similar place as it does in Mexico. For all the bootstrapped recent successes in forestalling the butterfly's decline, we've merely been playing catch-up. Now climate change is the primary threat to monarch numbers, and it is implacable. Higher temperatures make

monarchs more susceptible to infection by a protozoan called Ophryocystis elektroscirrha, a parasite that drains the butterfly's strength and makes it less likely to complete its journeys. And climate shifts are yet another threat to milkweed's viability in particular locales, throwing off the distances and timing that are so crucial to each butterfly's travels.

"Maybe we can do something about the climate, but the opportunities for doing that are really, really diminishing very rapidly," Taylor said. Even accounting for this year's surprising bounce-back in numbers, he puts the timeline at 20 years or so before the migrating monarch's numbers become too low to recover. The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service estimates upwards of a 50 percent chance that the eastern migratory monarchs will be extinct by 2080.

WHEN I WAS growing up, the flowers outside my bedroom window always brought visitors. I'd often wake up in the morning to the buzzing of a hummingbird's wings. But the visitors I greeted most joyfully were the monarchs. On late-summer days, kaleidoscopes of butterflies would land together, covering the flowers like an orange blanket. Even then, I understood that there was something special about their fleeting delicateness. And fleeting it was: The world will probably never again see as many monarchs as existed then.

But I would not bet entirely against the monarch. The fight to protect the species continues. In its persistence and its cooperative nature, that fight shares qualities with the monarch itself. The project is proof, in a fractured time, that people can join together and decide to help defend the things they see as valuable.

Even as Taylor despaired of the monarch's future, he mused, briefly, about the possibility of restocking wild-butterfly

populations using a scaled-up version of Monarch Watch's colony program. With that, his exertions in perfecting his home-grown colony process—the green smoothie for caterpillars, testing procedures for parasites—came into clearer view for me. They could be understood, I realized, as the beginnings of an attempt to bottle a fragment of the monarch's magic for the future world. Maybe migration will continue, in that future, with an assist from something like a butterfly doomsday vault. Or maybe the next generation of the monarch's friends will find further innovations to defeat problems that now seem insurmountable.

The things we have learned recently about individual butterflies will be helpful for vanquishing those scientific problems, but the most important contribution of all this new information might be wonder itself. I am not a scientist, but after watching and tracking the butterflies for months, it seems to me that monarchs have something of a personality, a level of individuality that might endear them even more to the public. Some appear impulsive, or impressively rangy, leaving earlier and traveling more, whereas others fail to leave altogether. In El Rosario, when I asked Silvestre, my guide, about why groups of butterflies chose specific times to find water, he was enigmatic: "They decide."

And whether or not we call it personality, there's science behind the idea of the butterflies' individuality. In humans, traits such as neuroticism and recklessness appear to have some evolutionary basis—emerging perhaps to provide our species with sentries who alerted us to threats, and with explorers who led the way to new food sources. Research suggests that the goofball butterflies that might seem to lack a sense of direction are actually pioneers, scouts finding new habitats to exploit or new places to hunker down should worse come to worst.

Top: A paper tracking tag being affixed to a monarch at Monarch Watch, a hub of butterfly research and conservation in Lawrence, Kansas.

Middle: A butterfly habitat box, used to transport monarch caterpillars from the center to the International Space Station in 2009. Bottom: A University of Kansas student, Merrie Clough, prepares caterpillar food, which will be sent, along with larvae, to individuals and schools hoping to raise monarch butterflies.

46

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


img-52.jpeg

img-53.jpeg

img-54.jpeg

No matter what happens along the Mexico route, the monarch is likely to live on, albeit in smaller numbers, elsewhere. Across the planet, most populations of monarch butterflies—in Spain, in Hawaii—are likely descended from vagrants that veered off the Mexico migration path. Monarchs introduced to Australia in the 1870s have now established an annual migration along the east and southwest coasts—they have earned the fitting local epithet of “wanderers.” And in little pockets of the United States, Central America, and the Caribbean, in places where milkweed grows year-round, small monarch populations have settled in, no longer migrating and now sporting shorter wingspans than their more transient cousins.

For all their seeming fragility, monarchs will be an extraordinarily capable partner in efforts to save them. They may yet surprise us. We may yet surprise ourselves.

CINDERELLA IS A MARATHONER. She flies through San Antonio and then skirts Austin, avoiding the congestion of the city proper during the South by Southwest festival, and then cuts through the Piney Woods toward Texarkana. At the time of her last detection, Cinderella is in Arkansas, having likely traveled from the Great Lakes to the Mexican highlands, and then halfway back. The diaspora she belongs to has spread out across a wide expanse of the country, ending up in Florida, Georgia, Mississippi, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and every place in between. They’ve spent themselves, but they have fulfilled their biological missions.

During her roughly eight-month life, Cinderella traveled farther than scientists might have imagined possible, more than 3,000 miles as the butterfly flies. Along the way, she likely glued hundreds of tiny eggs onto milkweed plants. Perhaps some of the hatchlings will live, and continue her line. Perhaps they, too, will have her preternatural strength and tenacity. I hope, for the sake of my own daughter, and her ability to live in a world of beauty, that they will. A

Vann R. Newkirk II is a senior editor at The Atlantic.

The Atlantic

PHOTOGRAPHS BY CHASE CASTOR FOR THE ATLANTIC

47


img-55.jpeg

THE CITIES THAT SAID YES TO DRUGS

Policies that gave addicts clean needles and places to use drugs were intended to reduce harm. They created a “zombie apocalypse.”

By Michael Powell | Photographs by Dana Golan


img-56.jpeg

The Atlantic

49


L

ate last year, I walked roughly a mile from downtown Seattle to the working-class neighborhood of Little Saigon and came upon a montage of human despair. An open-air drug market stretched along the intersection of 12th and Jackson: about 250 people, many smoking fentanyl or bent over in the thrall of the drug, tilting as if mid-fall. Three women lay passed out on the sidewalk, their

chests slowly rising and falling, while fellow addicts stepped over them and dealers made sales. Young boys, schoolbags on their backs, stood on a far corner and watched.

I walked around the block to the Hoa Mai playground, named for a Vietnamese flower that signifies rebirth. City workers had installed gates to keep drug users away, but at 4 p.m. on a Wednesday, I counted 27 people smoking drugs and nodding off. No children were in sight.

Half a mile to the south, in the Beacon Hill neighborhood, I visited a 10-acre park named after the Filipino nationalist Jose Rizal. It has a playground and the remnants of an apple orchard, and at night you can peer downtown and see the city lights. As I arrived, a drug user squatted next to a child's slide and relieved himself. Others had set up tents and colonized the park pavilion, where they heated fentanyl on tinfoil and inhaled the fumes with glass pipes. A few went old-school and injected it.

Across the street, I spoke with Angelina Monsegur as she waited at a bus stop. When she was a kid, she told me, she and her father ate candied apples in the park and watched Fourth of July fireworks. A few weeks earlier, she and her 6-year-old daughter had gotten on the bus and seen a man smoking fentanyl on board. "Are you serious?" she'd shouted at him. "My daughter has asthma." I asked if she had called the police, and she smiled at my naivete. "All the city does is send out teams who hand out aluminum foil and fentanyl pipes."

Seattle is one of the wealthiest and best-educated cities in the world. It can afford to try various strategies to address its drug epidemic and high rate of fatal overdoses. Yet many of the city's leaders, apparently supported by voters, view enforcing bans on the open sale and use of narcotics, and forcing addicts off the streets and into treatment, as akin to an act of state repression.

Seattle, like a striking number of other liberal American cities, has embraced a radical form of "harm reduction," which is more a philosophy about treating addiction than a scientific approach to it. Harm reduction's adherents hold that police and outreach workers should "meet the addicted where they are," which is to say without judgment. The New York State Department of Health, a bastion of harm reduction, describes it as a "social movement" committed to "building leadership" among drug users. In these places, de facto and sometimes legal restrictions on narcotics use have been greatly loosened; cities fund teams of workers to hand out drug paraphernalia, and in some rare cases they've created dedicated spaces for addicts to shoot up. Meanwhile, police departments struggling with staffing shortages and budget cuts have stopped devoting resources to sweeping users and dealers off the streets or out of parks and playgrounds.

Harm reduction was born 50 years ago of an admirable humanitarian impulse. Its most basic ideas, such as providing clean needles to users, deservedly draw broad support. There's a debate to be had, though, about whether this approach has saved lives or added to the carnage of America's terrible drug epidemic. From 2014 to 2024, roughly 862,000 Americans died of drug overdoses, more than twice the toll of the previous decade. Several studies have shown that addicts who shoot up at official injection sites are far less likely to die of overdoses than those who use drugs in, say, alleyways and parks. Over the past decade, however, overdose-death rates climbed sharply in nearly every city where the strongest harm-reduction policies were in place, and even with declines in the past two years, the rates remain well above those of previous decades. From 2016 to 2025, 7,089 people died of overdoses in King County, which includes Seattle—seven times the number of homicides in that period.

Harm reduction isn't just a problem for addicts. In many cities, the autonomy of drug users has taken precedence over nearly everything and everyone else, not least working-class families like Monsegur's who must live alongside addicts and accept dystopian decay. Keith Humphreys, a Stanford psychiatry and behavioral-sciences professor and a former adviser to President Obama, supports needle exchanges and opposes the widespread jailing of users. But when he argues that drug policy must take into account the impact on communities, he told me, some critics dismiss him as a reactionary. Their arguments, he said, "sound a lot more like gun rights and vaccine refusal. It's no longer about the whole population; it's about the subset who use drugs."

In recent years, officials in cities such as San Francisco and Philadelphia have moved to rein in the excesses of harm-reduction policies. Nevertheless, these policies retain a powerful hold on public-health and political leaders in blue parts of the country. I witnessed this in visits to Seattle and Burlington, Vermont—two of America's more progressive cities. Both are afflicted by high overdose rates, overwhelmed police forces, parks and public squares often captive to drug use, and the theft and disorder that accompany all of that. Yet many of their elected officials continue to insist, despite everything, that harm reduction is the most effective and moral solution to addiction.

HARM REDUCTION TOOK ROOT in the 1970s in the Netherlands, where addicts formed unions—the Junkiebond in Rotterdam, for instance—that distributed needles and pushed back against official insistence on abstinence from hard drugs. Not long afterward, this philosophy gained support in some American and Canadian cities. I first encountered it when I reported on a heroin-shooting gallery in Bushwick, Brooklyn, in 1991. The work of harm-reduction advocates at the time undoubtedly saved lives. HIV-infection rates for drug users in Bushwick had reached 50 percent or higher, at a time when that diagnosis was close to a death sentence. Activists risked arrest to distribute clean needles and bleach to disinfect used ones. But some began to argue for a more radical step: There would be less death, they said, if addicts could inject drugs without fear of arrest.

That momentous step came about not in New York but in Vancouver, a city whose political culture was left-wing and

50

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


img-57.jpeg

In Seattle's working-class Little Saigon neighborhood, where hundreds of people gather in open-air drug markets, businesses and playgrounds have installed gates to keep addicts away.

libertarian, celebrating the rights of the individual. In 2003, as overdose deaths surged, the Liberal Party of Canada carved out an exemption to federal drug laws and established North America's first sanctioned injection site, in Vancouver's Downtown Eastside, a troubled dockside neighborhood. Addicts could bring their heroin and cocaine to a 13-seat center where staff dispensed needles, swabs, and sterile water to cook the drugs and offered advice on vein maintenance. Clinic staff were trained to reverse overdoses, and if that failed, to call a hospital for help.

Initial opinion surveys found broad public support for the center, and it shone like a beacon for some activists, academics, and journalists in the United States and other parts of Canada. A stream of studies and articles celebrated Vancouver's legal shooting gallery, which resulted in fewer cases of AIDS and other infections, and fewer deaths. Public-health officials coined a nonjudgmental nomenclature that persists to this day. The word addict was stigmatizing; better to refer to people who use drugs. People used rather than abused narcotics. They did not fail a drug test; they tested positive.

Vancouver's model spawned dozens of injection sites across Canada. Health officials in British Columbia went still further, championing a program known as "safer supply": Former government officials started companies that provided addicts with free opioid alternatives such as pharmaceutical-grade hydromorphone pills—considerably more powerful than heroin. Drug users obtained these pills from pharmacies and specially designed vending machines.

By 2020, the rights of addicts in the province had edged toward the fantastical. In 2023, the province decriminalized small amounts of certain hard drugs. One hospital instructed nurses not to confiscate fentanyl or meth from patients and not to restrict suspected dealers from visiting patients. When British Columbia banned illicit-drug use within 50 feet of a public park, playground, or swimming pool, the provincial supreme court blocked the law, ruling that it could cause "irreparable harm" to drug users. "Harm reductionists had the force of a bulldozer," Julian Somers, who studies addiction at Simon Fraser University, told me.

Some addicts learned to game the system by obtaining daily allotments of hydromorphone pills—15 or more a day was

DANA GOLAN FOR THE ATLANTIC

The Atlantic

51


typical—and then selling them to dealers in exchange for stronger fentanyl concoctions. Dealers could then sell the original pills on the street. An investigation by the National Post reported a price drop of 70 percent or more for black-market pills in cities that had instituted safer supply. This, in turn, expanded the circle of the addicted and led to more overdoses.

The consequences were predictable. Over the course of two decades, many thousands of drug users poured into the Downtown Eastside and other Canadian neighborhoods in search of narcotics and places to shoot up. Overdoses spiked. In 2014, British Columbia recorded 369 overdose deaths; in 2023, the figure peaked at more than 2,500. Fatal overdoses last year decreased to 1,826, as Canada moved to reverse decriminalization and tighten regulation of narcotics, but that still represents a nearly ninefold increase over 15 years. Advocates of harm reduction have long held that more addicts would die if officials closed injection centers. But a recent study found that after an injection site in Alberta closed, there was no increase in the number of overdose deaths, and more addicts sought treatment. Advocates have also insisted that crime does not spike near injection centers, but the data are more mixed than they admit.

Not long ago, I walked through a park in Toronto to a fence with hundreds of purple ribbons tied to it. Each represented a resident who had died of an overdose, and I was unavoidably moved. Then, as I read a leaflet, I realized that the memorial was the work of the Harm Reduction Advocacy Collective, “a liberation movement of people who use drugs,” along with public-health professionals and academics who “stand up for the rights

of drug users.” It’s one of a number of similar groups in Canada, such as the Substance Use Health Network, which condemns “anti-euphoria prohibitionist principles” such as “the idea that illicit drugs are inherently bad.”

British Columbia is starting to rethink its runaway experiment. In 2025, the province began requiring addicts using the safer-supply program to consume their prescribed narcotics in front of pharmacists, and earlier this year, the drug-decriminalization program expired. Provincial health authorities are now making attempts to encourage addicts to get treatment. The sense is of a political culture reluctantly shaking off a decades-long stupor. In 2024, the premier of British Columbia appointed Daniel Vigo, a psychiatrist and public-health researcher, as the province’s chief scientific adviser on toxic drugs. Vigo has spoken of the terrible toll that repeat overdoses take on addicts’ brains, and has advocated for a new policy of mandating treatment for some addicts. Progressive activists and journalists tend to talk about forced treatment as a conservative-driven return to a carceral state, but considerable data show that addicts who enter mandated treatment are as likely to avoid drug use and rearrest as the relatively small number who seek treatment voluntarily.

Vigo’s words today would have amounted to heresy a few years ago. “It’s as if we forgot that the goal was to try and stop people from getting addicted,” he told me, adding later: “Harm reduction gets people in trouble when it stops being one part of a holistic strategy and it becomes an ideological movement.”

But even as Vancouver has begun the painful process of revising its harm-reduction policies, the city still exerts a powerful hold

img-58.jpeg

Medics attend to a man who overdosed on drugs in Vancouver’s Downtown Eastside neighborhood. Thousands of addicts have poured into the city since it opened North America’s first sanctioned injection site, inspiring similar programs across the U.S. and Canada.

52

SEPTEMBER 2026

A

GARY CUBONADO / LOS ANGELES TIMES / GETTY


on the imagination of liberal leaders in the United States. In New York City, which established two injection sites in 2021, health officials and academics point to the perceived success of Vancouver as inspiration. Rhode Island, where an injection center opened in Providence in 2024, also holds up Vancouver as a model. The Washington State legislature appointed a working group that in 2025 recommended establishing a safe supply of narcotics for addicts, and officials repeatedly cited the Vancouver program.

The shadow cast by Vancouver extends to Burlington. Last year, the city council approved the establishment of an injection center. The group that the city chose to run it noted that Vancouver “remains the source of much of the evidence” showing the benefits of such spaces for drug users and the community.

BURLINGTON SITS ON Lake Champlain, the Adirondack Mountains rising on the far shore. It’s a beautiful city, but its drug scene is not covert, spreading over downtown and several other neighborhoods. Users pitch tents in churchyards and parks and along the waterfront. When I sat in City Hall Park last September, I counted at least 70 users and dealers, many looking hyperkinetic in the way of the strung out. I walked through an alley next to city hall where, a few weeks earlier, a group of young people had allegedly beaten a man to death in an argument over drugs.

Vermont has strict laws against possession of heroin and cocaine, but users in Burlington are rarely arrested or prosecuted for possessing small amounts. Although it’s hard to isolate the effects of these policies, in 2024, the city of almost 45,000 recorded 585 drug overdoses, 28 of which were fatal. That is more than twice the rate of fatal overdoses per capita in New York City the same year.

Beth Sightler walked me around her working-class neighborhood in the Old North End. Burlington’s progressive political culture and tradition of caring for the poor are well established; Bernie Sanders served four terms as mayor in the 1980s. Sightler, a liberal who runs a mental-health center, said she has fished needles out of her flower boxes and seen people overdosing in cars and cemeteries. She carries naloxone, a medication that can reverse an opioid overdose, when she walks her dog. One morning she saw a young woman on the grass near her porch wearing underwear, a bra, and sandals. “There was this beautiful woman, absolutely beautiful, sitting there trying to find a vein and inject,” Sightler recalled. “I told her, ‘Sweetie, you gotta move along.’”

Many people in Burlington offer similar stories. A block from City Hall Park, the King Street Center provides tutoring and recreation programs for families living in poverty. Staff members arrive early to sweep up needles outside the building. When drug dealers began playing dice out front last summer, Shabnam Nolan, the executive director, called the police, who eventually chased the dealers away. “We’ve tried to sound the alarm, and yet people are not taking us seriously enough about what’s happening,” Nolan told me. “Why does a drug user’s ‘right to ‘dignity’ violate children’s right to come to our center without seeing blood and needles?”

“It’s as if,” she said of Burlington and its culture, “we are frozen with fear that someone might see us as uncompassionate.”

“IT’S AS IF WE FORGOT THAT THE GOAL WAS TO TRY AND STOP PEOPLE FROM GETTING ADDICTED.”

The city’s political class has compounded these problems. In 2020, activists launched a campaign to defund the police department, although it was regarded as relatively progressive and community-oriented. The city council cut almost $1 million from the police budget. Six years ago, Burlington had about 100 officers; now it has fewer than 70. The current city-council president, Ben Traverse, a liberal Democrat who has grown uncomfortable with Burlington’s direction, told me that sometimes as few as five officers are on duty citywide after midnight on the weekends. It used to be that if you wanted to deal drugs, “you did not come to Burlington,” Traverse said. But that’s changed: “Open-air drug sales are a common occurrence here.”

State’s Attorney Sarah George, the prosecutor for the county that includes Burlington, is a progressive Democrat who once wrote that the American legal system “was built on the oppression and caging of black, brown, and poor people.” She told me that the combination of COVID, ever less affordable housing, and a cascade of evictions fed a drug crisis that has devastated Vermont. But she doesn’t blame addicts, who she said are “rarely dangerous” and are suffering. “I’m very frustrated with this narrative that City Hall Park is the end of the world,” George added. “That park is still a very safe place to be.”

I asked her how Burlington might balance drug users’ sometimes dominant presence in the city’s parks and streets with the desire of residents to use and enjoy those same places. The city, she replied, should start by opening its planned injection center so that addicts can use drugs in private. The state legislature has allocated about $2 million that it obtained from a national opioid settlement to help fund the center, though potential neighbors have pushed back against the sites that have been floated so far. More broadly,

The Atlantic

53


BURLINGTON'S MAYOR ACKNOWLEDGED THAT MANY IN HER CITY HAD GROWN IMPATIENT LIVING WITH A DRUG-ABUSE EPIDEMIC. "WE ARE FATIGUED WITH OUR COMPASSION."

George opposes pushing addicts to the margins. "They cannot be disappeared," she said. "They are part of our community."

In 2022, George announced a new policy: If police officers stopped cars with broken taillights, tinted windows, or expired licenses and found a cache of narcotics, her office would most likely decline to prosecute the cases, on the grounds that racial discrimination could have motivated the traffic stops. She emphasized to me that police officers could in any case confiscate and destroy the drugs. But she questioned the need to go beyond that. "Is prosecution needed?" she said. "Or have we done enough already?" George has been reelected twice and is running for a third term.

In April, I spoke with Burlington's mayor, Emma Mulvaney-Stanak, of the Vermont Progressive Party, which has governed the city for much of the past four decades. She has seen firsthand the effects of the drug epidemic. When she lived in the Old North End and her child was a toddler, they awoke to drug dealers beating on their door. She told me that she supports police and Drug Enforcement Administration investigations that target dealers, although she noted the "whack-a-mole" nature of that work, as new dealers replace those who are arrested. She said that without more help from the county and state, the city lacks the funds to build larger shelters that could help keep addicts off the streets. She is aware that Burlingtonians have grown impatient living with a drug-abuse epidemic. "We are fatigued with our compassion," she told me. "All of the attention on harm reduction and public health—I get that."

But, like George, Mulvaney-Stanak has not backed away from harm-reduction policies that she sees as humane and essential. Last summer, she opposed a city-council resolution calling for police officers to be stationed in City Hall Park to clear out users and dealers, arguing that the drug traffic would only go elsewhere

and that there were not enough officers to enforce the policy. She signed off on the resolution, but she shares George's philosophical objections: "Displacement and removal of people is not the solution," the mayor said.

Wouldn't an injection center, I asked her, draw more addicts and dealers to Burlington? She acknowledged the possibility, but framed it as a necessary risk. She repeated the harm-reduction maxim: "It helps people where they are at." The city's problems, Mulvaney-Stanak insisted, were more image than reality: "People need to ignore the clickbaity articles that distort the nature of Burlington."

Recently, Traverse and other Democrats on the city council have begun to challenge the mayor on harm reduction. Jennifer Morrison, the state's public-safety commissioner, has also spoken up. She served as Burlington's interim police chief for six months in 2020 before quitting, in part because of what she described as the city's "mismanagement" and "social activism." She and Governor Phil Scott, a moderate Republican, have clashed with Mulvaney-Stanak. They have periodically, at the city's request, sent state troopers to Burlington to help local police with drug enforcement and patrolling the central business district. "I lived through the decisions that got us to the place that we are now," Morrison told me. "We are exposing our youth to terrible consequences by normalizing drug use and addiction."

The business community in Burlington has also pushed back. In more than a dozen interviews, local merchants spoke of feeling abandoned. In testimony before the state legislature, the owner of Outdoor Gear Exchange reported that in 2024, the business lost an estimated $400,000 to shoplifting, as addicts stole to support their habit. At Homeport, a 40-year-old home-furnishings store downtown, a co-owner, Mark Bouchett, told me that he lost $95,000 to shoplifting in 2024 and was forced to hire a security guard. Drug users defecate in the doorways of businesses.

Bouchett joined 170 other business owners and restaurateurs who last year wrote an open letter to the mayor warning that the city was in crisis. Their tone was reasonable; they sought treatment for addicts, not incarceration. But a broad coalition of the political left in Burlington—unions, harm-reduction groups, pro-Palestine and trans-rights activist groups, and the local chapter of the Democratic Socialists of America—countered with their own letter, in which they denounced the business owners and demanded that they open bathrooms and sheltered doorways to addicts. To call for more police to help address the city's drug problem, this group wrote, would "further harm our most vulnerable community members." One of the signatories, Food Not Cops Burlington, posted and then deleted a boycott map targeting the business owners.

An encampment in South Queen Anne, Seattle. Since taking office in January, Mayor Katie Wilson has authorized sweeps of encampments and signaled an openness to pulling back on harm-reduction policies.

54

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


DANA GOLAN FOR THE ATLANTIC

img-59.jpeg

The Atlantic

55


img-60.jpeg

People who live in Jose Rizal Park know “there is no consequence for being swept multiple times or doing drugs or vandalizing a park,” one community activist says.

Overdose deaths in Vermont dropped last year to 170, a 37 percent decrease from the peak in 2022, but still far above the 78 deaths recorded in 2010. At the Ben & Jerry’s on Church Street, I saw staff hand out cards to customers who asked to use the bathroom: “Vermont is experiencing a tragic increase in overdose fatalities. Our bathroom has also become a destination for folks seeking to inject drugs.” The bathroom was permanently locked.

Families and children speak of being left on their own to navigate these harsh realities. Through the King Street Center, I met a young woman who was earning top grades at the University of Vermont. When she walks her younger sisters home from school, they pass drug dealers on the way. A Burlington High School student told me that her teachers have instructed students to avoid eye contact with dealers and users. A week earlier, she said, an addict had trailed her home after volleyball practice. She broke into a run, yelling for help, and the person eventually turned away.

Then there was Britany, a mother of three young children, who moved two years ago from a homeless shelter to an apartment on King Street. (She asked me not to use her last name, fearing for her

family’s safety.) She said that she often found drug paraphernalia in the apartment building and, on some nights, encountered an addict sleeping in the hallway; her next-door neighbor was a fentanyl dealer. She had constructed a safe room for her children to flee to in case of gunfire. “Everyone talks about needle exchange and harm reduction,” she said. “I mean, okay. But it’s like my children and I are living in the zombie apocalypse.”

JUST A FEW YEARS AGO, voters in Seattle seemed primed for a change. In 2021, they elected Ann Davison, a moderate and independent-minded Republican, as city attorney. Sara Nelson, a Democrat who had advertised her willingness to challenge the harm-reduction consensus, won a seat on the city council the same year and became its president two years later. With support from Davison, she passed laws cracking down on open drug use, prostitution, and dealing downtown, and substantially increasing the number of surveillance cameras in high-crime neighborhoods. Nelson persuaded the city council to redirect money to on-demand addiction treatment. “You can’t meet people where they’re at, because where

DANA GOLAN FOR THE ATLANTIC

56

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


they're at is on death's door," she told me, adding that she believes many addicts can be saved only by a firm push toward treatment.

Nelson also asked pointed questions about what had become the received wisdom in Seattle, such as why the county government paid millions of dollars to supply kits to addicts with tinfoil, pipes, and instructions on how to smoke fentanyl. (Incongruously, these kits came emblazoned with an image of Martin Luther King Jr., the namesake of King County.) What harm was reduced, Nelson asked at a 2023 council hearing, by helping addicts get high? Amber Tejada, an employee of a health nonprofit that had partnered with the city, raised her hand to answer. "I know it can be a little controversial," she told the councilwoman, "but one of the key tenets of harm reduction that I see is that we want to be able to facilitate and champion autonomy of people who use drugs." Tejada added, "There are folks for whom abstinence is not something by which they measure their success in life."

Nelson was no hard-line conservative. She pushed to expand the number of treatment beds for addicts and talked openly of her own past struggles with alcohol. But in elections last November, voters turned out both her and Davison. Their replacements had concerns over the use of surveillance cameras and opposed laws that barred repeat public drug users from certain areas in the city. I spoke with Davison in her office shortly before her term was up. She wrestled with her sense of a job not completed. "It's really sad to watch the slow death of so many people," she said, adding later, "You cannot act like this is a victimless crime."

I asked Sandeep Kaushik, a Democratic political consultant who has lived in Seattle for decades, if he could explain the persistent attraction of radical harm-reduction policies in his city. Kaushik described himself as an "unreconstructed Obama Democrat," which he noted "codes me as a conservative in some circles here." He told me that local leaders "really believe the city should be on the leading edge of translating progressive ideas into policy." There is also a curious disconnect between the policies that political leaders put in place and the desires of voters. In many polls, Seattle residents list crime and illegal drug use as among their greatest concerns, and a Seattle Times survey three years ago found that 60 percent of respondents wanted police to arrest those who used drugs in public places.

Last year, the city elected a new mayor, Katie Wilson, a self-described democratic socialist with no experience in elected office. Wilson has signaled an openness to pulling back some harm-reduction policies. Before she officially entered the race, she wrote an essay for Seattle's alt-weekly, The Stranger, in which she cautioned fellow leftists against smugness. "The central weakness of the left narrative," she wrote, "is a habit of deflection that makes it sound, at best, as though we are in denial about the grim reality on the streets." The left, she continued, should not trivialize "what anyone who spends some time walking around Seattle's streets can plainly observe: People with acute mental illness whose behavior is disturbed and occasionally aggressive. People using drugs, often incapacitated or passed out on the ground."

Since she took office, Wilson has backed up her words by signing off on sweeps of large encampments in parks. Police and city workers have dismantled tents and carted away garbage. In

late June, the mayor emerged from what she described in a statement as a period of "deep listening" and promised to "disrupt the drug dealing" and "public disorder" that plague the city's Little Saigon and Beacon Hill neighborhoods. The police, she said, would commit more officers to those areas, and arrest users and dealers or press them to accept treatment. For a Seattle politician to argue that tolerating drug crime and disorder amounts to harm enhancement registered as something close to startling news.

Yet Wilson runs a political risk. By pledging to crack down, she has broken with many of her allies and supporters. Now she will be judged by her ability to clear the city's streets. Andrea Suarez leads a group, We Heart Seattle, that combines care for the homeless with a hardheaded insistence on legal consequences and addiction treatment for drug users. She was in Jose Rizal Park when police swept it one day in April, and watched users and dealers amble off into the woods or walk over to Little Saigon. They returned a few hours later, she told me. A day or two after that, the tents reappeared. "Everyone who lives in this park knows there is no consequence for being swept multiple times or doing drugs or vandalizing a park," Suarez said.

What's baffling is that none of this lies beyond the ability of city officials to address. San Francisco Mayor Daniel Lurie has instructed police to crack down on dealers and dismantle tent cities. Philadelphia Mayor Cherelle Parker has sent officers into drug-scarred neighborhoods and established a treatment court, which offers first-time felony drug offenders a chance to avoid jail if they enter a treatment program. San Jose, California, has put more police officers in targeted neighborhoods, built emergency housing as police dismantle homeless encampments, and increased fines for landlords whose abandoned buildings are used by dealers to sell drugs and guns. In Boston, Mayor Michelle Wu was once enamored of harm reduction and injection centers. But she has ordered police to clear street encampments, and her administration now puts more emphasis on pushing addicts into treatment, by detaining them if necessary. Wu has also dropped all mention of injection centers from her plans.

In Seattle, by contrast, efforts to reduce public drug use force afflicted neighborhoods to pay a high price. For years, when playgrounds and parks became drug hot spots, the city reacted by fencing them off, depriving families of access. In May, police and city workers returned to Jose Rizal Park and again booted out dealers and addicts, preparing the park for a renovation. As a first step, city workers dismantled the picnic pavilion where addicts smoked and shot up, its condition having deteriorated from all the misuse. Park officials do not plan on replacing it, acknowledging the obvious in bureaucratese: The park "has been impacted by activities not aligned with intended use." The bus shelter around the corner, where drug users gathered day and night, was also ripped out "because of an increase in loitering, littering and vandalism," a King County Metro representative told me by email. All of this felt like another admission of defeat—officials destroying Seattle in the name of saving it. A

Michael Powell is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

The Atlantic

57


img-61.jpeg

The Great Romance Slump

img-62.jpeg

img-63.jpeg

58


img-64.jpeg

img-65.jpeg

Why are so few young people finding love?

By Faith Hill

img-66.jpeg

Illustrations by Kimberly Elliott


A

About 90 seconds into a three-minute hug with a stranger, I began to think that dying alone might not be so bad after all. I'd come to a candlelit loft in Manhattan for a "mindful singles event" called The Feels, which was designed to be the opposite of the disembodied experience of dating apps. Participants, phones tucked away, paired up and attempted a series of "somatic awareness" exercises, including staring into each other's eyes, hugging, and holding a hand over each other's heart.

We'd been warned that discomfort is part of the process. A facilitator had reminded us that, as long as consent and respect are involved, a little uneasiness opens the door to vulnerability. Having paid $100 for a process advertised as "better relating"—informed by Carl Jung and the Buddha and the body's "infinite wisdom"—participants were motivated to agree. And many of us, more by circumstance than by choice, were already experts in exiting our comfort zone. We'd spent years meeting strangers, opening ourselves to judgment, scrounging for conversation topics, worrying about our outfits, gargling mouthwash in the office—but we still hadn't found what, or whom, we wanted. We came ready to get to work.

The mere existence of The Feels, which hosts events in cities across the United States, suggests that we are living in a time of romantic plenty. In New York City, I could go to a dating event every night of the week. I could use a matchmaking service, or talk with a dating coach, or sign up for one of the many newsletters trying to bring back personal ads. Even if I didn't live in a major city, I'd have dating apps to choose from: not only Tinder and Hinge but a zillion others—platforms for farmers, gamers, single parents, cannabis enthusiasts, and members of the gluten-free community. I have four apps in my current rotation; as I write this, one of them has 317 message threads and 455 "likes" that I need to evaluate.

And yet, despite the bounty of possibility, we are living through a great romance slump. Romance is a broad term, of course. Traditionally, it manifests in the thrill of sex, the devotion of long-term partnership, or the ritual of courtship, including the act of hope that is a first date. But all of those manifestations are becoming less common in the U.S., especially among young people.

The proportion of 25-to-34-year-olds in marriages or cohabiting partnerships dropped steeply from 1980 to 2022—by almost 10 percentage points for college graduates and more than 20 percentage points for people without a degree, according to an analysis by the Financial Times data reporter John Burn-Murdoch. A shrinking share of young adults have a steady partner, and in 2019, 42 percent of single adults younger than 40 told Pew Research Center that they'd never been in a committed relationship. In a 2025 YouGov poll, 69 percent of single respondents said they "rarely" or "never" go on dates. And people are having less sex. From 2000 to 2018, the share of 25-to-34-year-olds who said they hadn't had sex in the previous year almost doubled.

It's not that people have lost interest in love. A majority of single young adults say they want lifelong partnership. But for a variety of reasons, fewer of them are finding it. Allie Hoffman, a former CEO of a digital-media company who launched The Feels in 2022, has observed "a collective this sucks" among romance seekers. She has expanded her offerings accordingly. At a "Level 2" Feels event, which costs up to $215, you can be paired with people "at a similar stage in their awareness journey." A spot at a singles' weekend retreat starts at $1,300; three matches based on a questionnaire and a phone call, plus six coaching sessions over three months, total $4,750. In a romance recession, some people give up and some double down.

So here I was, doubling down, sweating in a strange man's arms. My neck hurt. I couldn't figure out how close to him I should stand. (Too near and you lose breathing room; too far and the whole enterprise falls apart.) For years I'd been in the same group chat with pretty much the same single friends. We'd labeled it the "Lonely Hearts Club," and it became a sanctuary for dishing about weird dates, complaining about getting ghosted, sharing links to TikTokers dishing about weird dates and complaining about getting ghosted. I'd received variations of the same "I'm not feeling a spark" text so many times that I started replying with a single emoji: "🐾" But at The Feels, I was trying to be open and optimistic. I'd stared into someone's eyes for three languid minutes, wondering if I was blinking a normal amount. I'd been moved, feeling another person's heartbeat beneath my palm, as anyone with a pulse would be.

The hug was the last round, though, and then real life resumed. We mingled, but the intimacy had disappeared. One man told me that he had high emotional intelligence and could tell that I did too—then he suggested that we travel together someday, handed me his business card, and walked away. I gave a few people my phone number, including one man who sent me a picture of his face the very next morning and another who texted me so much (even after a polite rebuff) that I had to block him. One date with another guy resulted, but I wasn't interested in a second. The perception of abundance had, once again, evaporated into nothing.

I don't mean to suggest that people need romance to be fulfilled. In truth, I don't believe that partnership is inherently better than singlehood. As a society, we've been moving toward this point for decades: where marriage is not a prerequisite for social and financial survival, where we have other sources of purpose and community, where there are many different ways to live a good life.

Yet now that we're here, the reality doesn't feel quite so triumphant. If the dream was more equal partnerships—born from love rather than necessity, freedom rather than convention—what many of us got was no partnership at all, and a feeling that it was eternally out of reach. Those getting ever closer to 40, especially, tend to feel a particular sense of impending loss. Those are the years when the average unpartnered person struggles most with singlehood, Geoff MacDonald, a University of Toronto psychologist, told me. ("It's like—Everybody find a lifeboat," he said.) It's a period of acute open-endedness, when people are trying to figure out what to prioritize, how to plan for the future, which dreams are worth pursuing and which have to be sacrificed. For

60

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


women who want to have biological children, it's also when time is running out.

One 39-year-old I talked with, a woman who works in film, told me she felt like she was on a "precipice." She was weighing having kids and knew the clock was ticking. She'd had a great time on a Feels weekend getaway, and although she hadn't formed a lasting romantic connection, she'd made friends; they chat in a WhatsApp group about their dating highs and lows. Her life is full. Still, she said, "the world is burning. I would really like to be able to go through that with someone."

I wanted that for her, and for myself. Or, at least, I wanted to understand why we weren't finding what we wanted. So I did what I know how to do: I reported. I interviewed dozens of researchers and single people across the country, endured a series of curious but fruitless dating events, and bravely subjected myself to some actual dates. The romance slump, I found, is a product of broader trends: souring gender relations, a transformed economy, the unevenness of social progress, and technology that both connects and isolates us. Millions of individual heartaches are rewriting the love story we've told ourselves for centuries.

7

just to be clear: I'm not nostalgic for how things used to be. For much of human history, romance was incidental. Marriage was typically a practical arrangement: a way to unite families and consolidate resources. In the Industrial Age, young people began relocating to cities for work and enjoyed

newfound independence and leisure time; courtship moved from the family parlor to the dance hall. But women still didn't have many pathways, other than marriage, to financial independence—or to sex. The fact that my great-grandmother got pregnant before she was married, at the beginning of the 20th century, was such a source of family shame, never freely discussed, that my mother felt its dark shadow when she was growing up in the 1950s and '60s.

That was the peak-marriage era, when almost 90 percent of women in the U.S. were married before they turned 25. Even as second-wave feminism boomed, banks could still require a woman to obtain permission from her husband or a male relative to get a home loan or apply for a credit card. In 1965, birth control was legalized, but only for married couples. A few years later, my mother, who was living with her boyfriend at the time, wore a fake wedding ring—a plastic one from a gumball machine—to her doctor appointment to request the pill.

Beginning in the '70s, though, wider access to contraception and abortion began to curb shotgun weddings, and more women entered college and the workforce. Stigmas around singlehood and queer relationships loosened. The nuclear-family model, once such a source of gravity, lost some of its pull. The decline of marriage could also be called the rise of choice—especially for women, Philip N. Cohen, a University of Maryland sociologist, told me. "The 1950s family could not even reproduce itself for one generation,"

I'm 31 now, and most of the people in my social circle are single; quite a few of them have never been in a relationship.

he said. "They couldn't even convince their children that this was the right way to arrange their lives. So it failed immediately."

I came along in 1995: a lucky moment, in many ways. Growing up in the 21st century, I daydreamed not about whom I'd marry but about what fabulous career path I'd choose. (In elementary school I made business cards that said PSYCHOLOGIST: GOT A PROBLEM? CALL ME! and distributed them on the playground.) When my grandmother was widowed in her 50s, her friends—all couples—stopped calling her; it wasn't proper for them to socialize with a single woman. When my mother got divorced in her 50s, she wasn't abandoned by her friends, but she was always aware of her single status in a social snow globe of married people. I'm 31 now, and most of the people in my circle are single; quite a few of them have never been in a relationship. I spent this past Valentine's Day on a beach in Mexico with two of my best friends.

And yet, for many people, singlehood is at once eminently normal and entirely unwanted. Even an unhappily single person, Cohen said, is a sign of progress; at least they haven't been forced to partner with someone they don't want to be with. But that's like telling someone with a cavity to be grateful for modern dentistry: completely correct and a little annoying.

In interviews, people kept saying they knew they ought to make time for romance, but then when would they see their friends or travel or exercise or get ahead at work? Dating has always entailed some hardship, but it used to be the norm to find love in everyday life—at the office, at church, at a party. People didn't need to choose what to step away from. Now many of the quirks of modern life have made meeting organically in person less likely. More people are tucked away at home, working remotely, streaming TV, and having food delivered to their door; approaching strangers feels fraught when so many of us are used to flirting via text with people who have already "liked" us. So we depend on the apps even as we resent them. Dating becomes another responsibility to squeeze in, "like you're scheduling a job interview," Sarah Boyle, a 29-year-old public defender in Chicago, told me. "Oh, let me pencil in this date for three weeks from now with this stranger from the internet."

Modern romance requires a toll, in other words, paid in energy, in sanity, in cash, in hours—and not everyone can afford it. One 2025 study—which, I feel obliged to report, is called "Making

The Atlantic

61


(Enough for) Love”—found that the higher someone’s income, the more likely they were to enter into a relationship, or simply to feel ready for one. You might protest that coupling is actually a savvy financial move; indeed, it was once common for partners to marry first, then pool resources and work toward stability together. But sociologists today say that marriage is seen by many as a capstone—a trophy that people feel prepared for only after they’ve paid off debts, settled into a steady job, or saved enough to buy a house or have kids. Over the past 50 years, job security and stable hours have become scarcer, said Kristen Harknett, a UC Berkeley sociologist. That means traditional milestones are harder to reach—and tying your livelihood to someone else’s can feel like a liability rather than an advantage.

On top of all this, COVID-19 triggered a “pandemic dating recession,” according to the Stanford sociologist Michael J. Rosenfeld. From 2017 to 2022, the number of single adults in the U.S. rose by about 5 percent (more than 13 million people), mostly because young people weren’t meeting as frequently as before. Americans, mired in uncertainty, have lost faith that the old sources of stability—the economy, marriage, one another—will deliver them to solid ground. And mistrust and instability are bad for romance.

I talked with plenty of researchers about numbers and theories, but I wanted to hear how this really feels—and not just for my Lonely Hearts Club. So I created an informal survey to pass around to single people, asking how they approached dating (or didn’t), how set they were on finding a partner, how that fit in with other life goals, and whether they were hopeful about finding love. I heard back from men, women, and nonbinary people, queer and straight, ages 23 to 49, living in places such as Oklahoma City; Atlanta; Pittsburgh; Bowling Green, Ohio; and Portland, Oregon. I talked with people from different race and class backgrounds. And what I heard was that a lot of them are tired.

Dating is “just a series of constant blows to whatever self-confidence I had,” said Keith Causin, a 42-year-old straight man from Queens. “It’s low-key soul destroying.”

“People are very commitment-resistant and it’s contagious,” a queer 27-year-old from New Jersey said. “Being alone and lonely and wanting is safer than risking being put through emotional distress. I think romancing myself, treating myself kindly, doing nice things alone like taking myself on a date and treating myself, has yielded better results.”

“I’m a part of the generation of Disney girls who were groomed from birth that our Prince Charming was coming, and unfortunately, I still believe that,” wrote one 26-year-old woman in Los Angeles who’d been single her whole adult life, though she’d been diligently dating for years.

Olivia Medina, another 26-year-old in Los Angeles, said that, at the beginning of 2020, she’d been excited about a budding relationship with one of her college classmates. Then she had to spend her entire senior year online. By the time the world returned to relative normality, her priorities had shifted. “I had basically created a whole new hierarchy of what’s important,” Medina said. “And dating was so low because I had gotten so used to just spending time with my friends and doing things that I like, for me.”

When the need for romance is low and the toll is steep, some give up. Others hold out for a partnership dreamy enough to justify the search. Again and again, people explained that their lives weren’t lacking, and they would only carve out space in their days for someone who made them giddy. Having expectations this high is a magnificent historical novelty. The hard part is finding someone who can meet them.

7

oanna Davidson, a Boston University anthropologist, was living in a village in Guinea-Bissau when she began to notice a particular kind of run-down house. Kungomaku, she learned, were the structures women moved into after their husbands died and their homes were torn down—a custom

among the Jola ethnic group predominant in the region. The widows either borrowed rice paddies or begged for food. Yet fewer and fewer of them were willing to remarry, she determined, and the number of kungomaku kept growing. “You sit and suffer under the punishment of your husband,” one woman told her. “When he dies, why would you go get punished by another man?”

When Davidson relayed all of this at an American Anthropological Association conference in Washington, D.C., the air felt charged with recognition. A room full of researchers could chart, from their own fieldwork, the depth of women’s dissatisfaction. So Davidson and Dinah Hannaford, a University of Houston anthropologist, sent out a call for contributions for what would become their 2022 book, Opting Out: Women Messing With Marriage Around the World. Their inboxes flooded with case studies from countries rich and poor.

In Botswana, they heard, many children are raised within networks of single women and their kin. (Only about 4,500 Botswanaans married in 2024, out of a population of 2.5 million.) They learned about women in South Korea who had delayed marriage to take care of aging family members—then realized, looking around at the men in their lives, that they had no regrets. Hannaford wrote about women in Senegal marrying men who live abroad, or becoming a man’s third or fourth wife, in the hopes of evading both the public disgrace of singlehood and the practical, emotional, and sexual labor of a typical union. Nine out of 10 people worldwide, the anthropologists pointed out, live in a country with falling marriage rates. The specific challenges varied by location, but all over the globe, women were fed up. “Embedded throughout this volume,” Davidson and Hannaford wrote in their introduction, “is the seeming ubiquity of generally disappointing men.”

Call it a supply problem. Some researchers think that the great romance slump has been caused largely by a shortage of “marriageable men.” But, to be fair to men, the old standards of success have become harder to achieve. In the United States, steady, well-paying blue-collar jobs have been all but decimated, and fewer men than women are earning the college degrees that have become almost a prerequisite for financial stability. The

62

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


percentage of 25-to-54-year-old American men who are neither working nor seeking employment quadrupled over the past 70 years. A vanishing portion can single-handedly support a family, or offer a partner any sense of security. More college-educated women have begun marrying men without a degree, picking off the high earners among them. This means that women without a degree are, in turn, left with fewer prospects—and their marriage rates are plummeting, especially in areas where men face higher rates of joblessness and incarceration.

Meanwhile, a lot of men are feeling painfully inadequate. It's not that money is the only thing a man can offer; after all, fewer women need a breadwinner now. But researchers told me that the qualities women now value more than ever—sensitivity, openness, communication skills—are not typically ingrained in men from childhood. And although men strive to meet those modern expectations, the old standards haven't disappeared. Men are supposed to pay for dinner but also treat women as equals; to initiate flirty banter but never be creepy or aggressive; to be sturdy and masculine but also empathetic and thoughtful. Arthur, a 46-year-old in New Jersey who responded to my survey, said that he's dated women who think he's too nice. One explained that she broke up with him because he has "dad energy." ("I'm not 100 percent sure what that means," Arthur told me, "but I'm guessing it's not very sexy.") Another said she liked how sweet and supportive he was, yet also wanted him to

be more decisive—to be "the man" in the relationship, as Arthur saw it. He wasn't sure how to exhibit both traits at once.

Other men I spoke with felt like the romantic odds were stacked against them, especially on dating apps. They had the sense that women were drowning in matches, while they were sending "likes" into the void. "I feel like I'm being rejected by 4 million women at once," Causin, the man from Queens, told me. The guys I talked with described men as demoralized schmucks and women as thriving girlbosses—the rule-setters, the winners, and the prize. The ones who want romance but do not need it.

But that idea makes women sound a lot more powerful and liberated than they really are, as a whole. Women may be going to college at higher rates, but they still make less, on average, than men with a comparable education in the same field of study. In the typical married or cohabiting straight couple, women still do much more of the domestic labor—even when the woman is the breadwinner.

Kris Swiatocho, who ministers to single Christians, hears from many young women who are so exasperated by their search for romance that they are losing hope. They tell her versions of "I'm meeting a lot of guys who still live at home at 27. And they're gamers. And that's all they're interested in doing." Allie Hoffman has noticed that many of the younger men at The Feels events seem "relationally underdeveloped"—particularly Gen Z men, who have

grown up in front of screens. They want connection but, when confronted with women's expectations, they can feel underequipped and overwhelmed.

The women I interviewed didn't seem picky so much as pessimistic, and burned out on bad behavior. One had flown to visit a guy who was drunk for most of her stay, brushed off his neighbor calling her a "piece of ass," and then, soon after she returned home, texted her that they were "never going to be together long-term." Another woman had fallen for a co-worker with whom she was getting dinner two to four times a week—and who turned out to be seriously dating someone else. A lot of stories were less dramatic: tales of confusion and quiet disappointment, featuring men who couldn't seem to express or even decide what they wanted.

Most women, I think, know that good men are out there. But I don't blame them for growing cynical about the chances of finding one. The feminist progress of the past half century has been met with a virulent backlash of misogyny. Nearly 60 percent of Gen Z men say that their country has "gone so far in promoting women's equality that we are discriminating against men," according to a 2025 Ipsos poll of 30 countries, including the United States. Jessica Calarco, a sociologist at the University of Wisconsin at Madison, said that many of her students' brothers watch videos of the manosphere influencer Andrew Tate, who has argued that women are the property of their husband, and who has been accused of rape, assault, and human

img-67.jpeg

KIMBERLY ELLIOTT

The Atlantic

63


trafficking (allegations he denies). If that's what they're seeing within their own family, why should they trust a stranger from an app?

Hannah Tessler, a postdoctoral fellow at the University of Michigan, has studied the factors that influence whether singles value romantic partnership. In interviews, she found that most young male participants hadn't considered in much detail how they'd split household labor if they married or had kids with a partner; they weren't really expecting to make sacrifices. Young women, meanwhile, were weighing their choices accordingly. Some wanted a partnership only if it was truly equal. 'I don't want to sign up to be somebody else's, you know, caregiver, mom, maid, sex robot, nanny, therapist, etc.,' Tessler summarized. Other women were willing to do just that, if it meant they could have a family.

Gigi Gayle, a 44-year-old in Chicago, has been considering these sorts of trade-offs. She's not someone you'd expect to be looking for a more traditional arrangement. She's a college graduate who owns a marketing company in the nightclub industry and co-owns a counseling center. But she got tired of relationships in which she worked full-time and split the bills—and the men wanted her to cook, clean, and generally act like a 'counselor,' as she put it, 'giving them advice, building them back up.' So now, she's decided to try leaning into being 'more submissive.' She wants a provider, someone who'll make her feel cared for. First, she'll have to find him—and she's not having any luck.

Gayle's story reminded me of something else I'd heard. Carrie Rappaport-Zaken, a Manhattan therapist, said that many of her single female clients have been reading The Rules, a dating guide that was published in 1995 (and was seen as retrograde even back then), because romance influencers are recommending it. 'Don't overwhelm him with your career triumphs,' the book advises. 'Try to let him shine.' Rappaport-Zaken finds it unnerving: all these smart, successful clients waiting for men to pursue them, trying to appear soft and undemanding—all in deference to a book so old that it warns women not to call a man's landline. But she understands why a blueprint like this is appealing. Plenty of her clients have tried going boldly after what they want, only to find that this turns men away.

I kept encountering the same weary nostalgia: for setups and meet-cutes, for steady jobs and gender norms. Some people I interviewed wished openly for more rules and fewer choices. When the present feels hostile to romance, and the future is frightening or unknowable, can you blame people for looking to the past?

I

n the months following The Feels, I attended five other dating events across Brooklyn and Manhattan. I met countless jaded veterans of the New York singles' circuit—who regularly showed up to similar affairs, or frequented the same one. I chatted with a man who said he'd been to so many that he'd

had to institute a rule for himself: five months between each, so as not to lose his mind. Later, when I recounted my observations

to a friend, he said it reminded him of when he'd been looking for an apartment and kept seeing the same people on tours.

One event, at a dimly lit Tribeca bar, was smushed next to a happy hour for real-estate and land-use experts. Attendees were given glowing colored wristbands. 'Purple talk to purple! Red talk to yellow!' the emcee called out, and then she spoon-fed us icebreaker questions such as 'Who is your celebrity crush?' and 'What's your dream date?' I went to two events—a straight one in the Financial District and a (better-dressed) queer one in Bushwick—where presenters used PowerPoint to pitch their single friends to the crowd. At yet another, in Williamsburg, people much braver than me pitched themselves to the room. One guitarist crooned a song she'd written about herself; another did a stand-up routine about how she's 'American ugly,' meaning only men from other countries find her attractive. The host joked that we were all too hot to need an event like this, so our personalities must be terrible.

At the self-presentation event, I sat with a man who shared a sprawling list of deal-breakers (pixie cuts and lack of physical fitness among them) and then proudly described himself as non-judgmental. During a speed-dating night at a diner-like bar in Bushwick, I held court at my assigned booth while men rotated through the spot opposite me. I had only three minutes with each—but as I'd learned at The Feels, three minutes can last a long time. When I gently pushed back against one man's theory about the romance slump—The problem is that when women talk to one another about men, they start to hate them—he changed the subject: 'What's your favorite animal?'

It's hard to know when to get off the dating merry-go-round. Some people view the romance toll as an investment in their future self. On dating apps, you can always keep putting in the work, swiping and messaging and grabbing drinks and swiping again. The volume of potential matches is enormous, and so is the amount of time required to investigate each one, with no guarantees of success. The more you try, the more you want things to work out, and the less sure you become that they will.

Others refuse to pay the toll; they delete the apps and hope love will find them. Margot Bracke, a doctoral student in sociology at the University of Antwerp, said she no longer asks study participants if they are 'actively' looking for a partner; the question that resonates more is whether they are 'open' to a relationship. And many have simply made peace with not being in one, her colleague Elise 't Hoen told me.

In this last category is Treasure Saunders, a 39-year-old who spent years in a string of serious relationships, during which she worked full-time, handled the housework, and took care of her three kids. She always seemed to lose her sense of self. When she decided she was done, she needed 'husband money,' but without the husband. So she trained to become a technical engineer working on transportation infrastructure ('Lots of concrete and steel'). Then she used that salary to achieve a long-standing goal: purchasing a four-unit property, most of which she rents out. At first, without a partner, she was lonely. But she started spending time at a nearby union hall for construction tradespeople and getting close to her fellow UA Local 130 members—almost all men. 'I have the big sweaters and the dirty jeans and the boots,

64

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


and my hair is always a mess,” she said. “I kinda just settled right on in.” And her girlfriends are so precious to her that she is, in a certain way, in love with them. They take one another out to sushi dinners. They travel together. “I’m romantically involved with my friends,” she said, adding with a hoot of laughter: “And I use men for sex.”

In a perfect world, Saunders said, she wouldn’t be single. But this is her reality. I heard similar sentiments in other interviews. Arthur, not beating the dad-energy allegations, has decided to focus on being a good guy, a good employee, and a good uncle. Dating kept getting harder and harder, he said. After so much rejection, opening up to new people feels like asking to get hurt. So he’s said goodbye to the partner he’d once imagined. “It was like I lost a parent,” he told me. “But it’s like anything else, you know—you move on.” He’s been getting back in shape, learning new languages, and spending time with relatives in their 80s and 90s. He thinks—hopes—he’s becoming a better person.

Hoffman, the Feels founder, also once had a specific vision for her future: a soul-mate, a brownstone, two kids. “I had it all figured out,” she said, “and then it didn’t happen.” In her late 30s, she realized that her dream life was just a dream; she could only know what was right in front of her. As she said this over Zoom, she started naming things around her—an orange, a water bottle—to indicate how literally she meant this. Her goal now is “total devotion to reality.” The Feels asks participants to be in the moment together, paying attention to their bodies and their breathing. If romance follows, great. But she’s often said that the events aren’t just about partnership—they’re about connection, “embodiment,” the chance to “emote.”

Hoffman acknowledges that this philosophy is a tough sell for women who want kids—especially those in their late 30s to early 40s. At Feels events, that’s the population that arrives with the most palpable anxiety. Because so many men date down in age, she said, women in that bracket are left with a “portion of the portion” of male prospects that is “excruciatingly small.” In my interviews, too, baby-longing was the great dividing line. The aspiring parents tended to feel most stressed.

I will confess, now, that I am among the ones with no chill. After searching for nearly a decade, I met someone at a wedding almost two years ago who made romance feel unexpectedly easy. We’re a nine-hour train ride apart, but I grew accustomed to the Amtrak caprese sandwich. We said “I love you” eight months in, which felt positively retro compared with my previous interminable, communication-free situationships. But he doesn’t want kids, and I’m pretty sure I do. So here I am in my 30s, in a long-distance open relationship with him and somehow also back on the merry-go-round: running straight from work to meet strangers in bars

img-68.jpeg

across Brooklyn, prepared for another perfectly nice evening that will ultimately lead nowhere.

Of course, people have kids without a partner all the time. In 2024, 40 percent of all babies in the U.S. were born to unmarried women—eight times the share in 1960. A growing number of men are deciding to become single dads. Batya Novick, a therapist who works with people facing reproductive challenges, is seeing more single clients who want to discuss egg freezing or IVF; she hears so much about their romantic lives, or lack thereof, that she’s become a de facto dating coach. Solo parenting, though, is rarely Plan A. Raising a kid without a teammate is difficult, expensive, and sometimes lonely.

So some people are looking for creative Plan Bs. In 2011, Ivan Fatovic created a website called Modamily for people in search of a partner—not necessarily a romantic one—to have a child with. Fatovic was 35 when he realized that there might be demand for such a service; his female friends were starting to worry about their biological clocks, and their dating lives weren’t going anywhere. “Maybe the person that you have children with,” he said, “is not the person that you grow old with.” Modamily now has more than 120,000 users, and it’s led to more than 1,000 babies being born, according to Fatovic.

Through Fatovic, I got in touch with Zachary Sahuque and Amanda Lohse, who have two children together from IVF, and are considering using their frozen embryos for a third. When they met on Modamily in 2019, they were both single and antsy to have kids. Lohse was 40 and preparing to have a child on her own, but figured she’d give the site a shot. After vetting each other for a

KIMBERLY ELLIOTT

The Atlantic

65


few months, talking about God and ethics and parenting styles, they decided they could work well as co-parents. They'd both been through some painful romantic experiences and thought this way might be cleaner—avoiding the great rush of feelings and the disappointment when they fade. Sahuque hoped for what many of us consider a second-best-case scenario: "We'll be like a happily divorced couple."

In that sense, their dream came true. They've become close friends. With their two boys, they go on vacations, spend holidays together, and have the occasional family dinner. Sahuque is grateful for how dedicated Lohse is to the kids; Lohse is happy to have a co-parent at all, but especially someone so warm, who has never made their situation feel awkward. Listening to them, I started imagining that I, too, might find someone on Modamily.

But then I realized, with a sinking feeling, that as unconventional as Sahuque and Lohse's setup is, they still follow traditional gender roles. They reside on his 55-acre ranch in Price, Texas, but she and the kids live in a mobile home on the property. He travels constantly for work, and she balances child care and a full-time teaching job. He's dated since they had kids, but she rarely has the time. And although the women Sahuque has dated seem charmed by their unusual parenting arrangement, she told me, the men she's met seem threatened by it. "There's just something that draws women to men who are actively involved in their kids' lives," she said. But "a woman with two little kids is more of a burden than a benefit." I felt like I'd burst through a new door only to find myself in the same room.

W

e're living in a strange in-between time. Women have gained enough agency to work outside the home, but many still lack equality within it. Men could benefit from a new set of gender norms, but much of American culture embraces the old ones. People can do without romance, but what are they

replacing it with? The anthropologist Dinah Hannaford's concern, after seeing women around the globe "opt out" in different ways, is that single Americans are encouraged to find meaning in professional gain, wellness, and self-actualization—individual pursuits rather than collective ones. In the past decade or so, happiness rates have declined precipitously for unmarried adults—regardless of education level—much more so than for those who are married, Yifeng Wan, a researcher at the University of Virginia, has found. In that sense, singlehood is getting harder, even as it's less stigmatized. Perhaps that's because faith groups, civic organizations, and other communities play a less central role in American life than they once did. These networks used to buffer against isolation and economic displacement—the thorns of modern life that make partnership more valuable yet love more difficult to find.

One of the things that makes us human, the anthropologist Joanna Davidson told me, is that we can envision alternative futures. But first, we must look frankly at the present. The women she and

I kept encountering the same nostalgia: for setups and meet-cutes, for steady jobs and gender norms. When the present feels hostile to romance, and the future is frightening, can you blame people for looking to the past?

Hannaford featured in Opting Out weren't part of an orchestrated revolution against marriage. Most of them still valued romance; they didn't experience singlehood as "unequivocally liberating," the authors wrote. They simply made choices within their given constraints. This was Allie Hoffman's credo, in a way: "total devotion to reality." Yet when enough people veer from tradition—if only to inch their own life forward—a social movement begins.

I'm not sure where this one is leading us. But I feel hopeful when I think back to my first interview with Kris Swiatocho, the singles minister. ("Jesus was single," she likes to remind congregants.) In her 20s, she said, she'd hopped from boyfriend to boyfriend; she was in debt, drinking and partying to try to fill "the well"—the empty place within her. Her parents' church didn't have any single members around her age. But then she learned about a group called Singles Offering Life to Others, or SOLO, and that's where she found her sense of purpose. Now she tours the country teaching church leaders, who are mostly married fathers, how to engage the growing number of single people they need to fill their pews. "I do this," she said, "because I see me everywhere out there."

I found it curious, though, that despite living such a rich, full life as a single person, she urges congregants not to give up on romance. So I asked about the discrepancy. Swiatocho still believes in the beauty of partnership, she said. But she doesn't think that she'll find it anytime soon, and she's content with what's in front of her. She talks with single friends sometimes—half joking, half serious—about buying tiny homes, parking them somewhere, and making a DIY retirement village. Each night they would gather around a firepit, cook dinner, and talk about their day. It's a tribute to reality and also an exercise in imagination. Sounds pretty romantic to me. A

Faith Hill is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

66

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


HAMPTONS

INTERNAI

FILM

FEST.

INAL

OCTOBER 2-12 2024

FOUNDER PASSES ON SALE NOW

WWW.HAMPTONSFILMFEST.ORG

ARTWORK BY ALMOND ZIGMUND.

PRESENTING SPONSOR

ARTEMISRISING FOUNDATION

PREMIER SPONSOR

img-69.jpeg


CONFESSIONS OF

A TOKEN BLACK PROFESSOR

img-70.jpeg

WHY I LOST FAITH IN ACADEMIA

img-71.jpeg

BY TYLER AUSTIN HARPER ILLUSTRATIONS BY ERIN JIA

68

A


img-72.jpeg

The Atlantic

69


img-73.jpeg

As you cross the Androscoggin River into Lewiston, you pass on your left the waterfalls that once set the mills to humming. On your right, affixed to a pockmarked brick mill—now defunct, it had spun tens of thousands of bedspreads a week—a 30-foot-wide neon sign reads HOPEFUL.

And so I was. My wife and I drove by that unlit sign on the hot May afternoon when we moved from New York to the interior of Maine. It was 2020. The 100,000th American was about to die of COVID. And I was starting my dream job.

Arriving at Bates College, we passed the empty quad, took a left, and pulled our U-Haul up to our new home: a century-old colonial just off campus, ringed by a tangle of blooming lilacs and wild blackberries. Someone had just mowed the grass. As we began unpacking, alternating between unloading boxes and marveling at the house—twice the size and half the rent of our Queens apartment—an older man crossed the street and introduced himself as a retired faculty member. We made Norman Rockwell small talk. His wife, crouched in a shaded corner of her garden, waved with a pair of pruning shears.

The setting was impossibly idyllic. And it was not the first time in my academic career that I'd had occasion to reflect on my good fortune. My path to the professoriat had been a fairy tale. In 2014, I went straight from my bachelor's degree at Haverford to a fully funded Ph.D. program in comparative literature at NYU. Five years later, during my first season on the infamously brutal academic job market, I won a tenure-track position at Bates, teaching interdisciplinary humanities courses in the school's popular environmental-studies program. I got the email on December 23, 2019, a Christmas miracle. Topping off this epic run of luck, I signed my contract mere weeks before the country reported its first case of the coronavirus, meaning I was spared from the pandemic freezes and rescinded job offers that would effectively shut down academic hiring.

When I defended my dissertation on Zoom that spring, one of my advisers joked that seeing me with a tenure-track job in hand was like "watching the last dinosaur being born." It was at once a compliment and a grim acknowledgment of reality. I had won the lottery in an apocalypse. I was going off to the kind of secure,

prestigious, fairly remunerated academic job that was rapidly going extinct in a world where most people teaching college courses were stuck in the permanent underclass of contingent labor.

The summer before my first semester of teaching was bliss. I went for long runs along the Androscoggin and the pine-studded Lake Auburn. I arranged books in my sunny campus office and bought snake plants for the windowsill. My wife, who had spent years working at Glacier National Park during college breaks, was thrilled to again be living in a place with real, capital-N Nature. We drank hard cider at a hilltop orchard with views of the White Mountains, made blackberry pie from our own bushes, and posed for photos on the giant boot in front of the L.L.Bean store. Every effort was made to push New York City, with its money lust and voguish pop-ups and puffy-vested financiers and pandemic chaos, far from our minds. We studiously applied ourselves to the task of becoming, if not true Mainers—that requires being born there—then at least credibly Maine-ish.

I believed in American higher education with the dewy fervor of a young missionary. I came from a long line of people possessed by the unshakable faith that college was a ticket to a better life. My grandmother, holler-born in the mountains of West Virginia, didn't finish high school. My mom made it through an associate's degree before I came along and she had to abandon her education. I saw my academic success as the culmination of several generations of familial sacrifice, paid for by the deferred dreams of others. And I saw American colleges and universities as embodying what was best about this country: the belief that an education is liberating, civilizing, a democratic good for all rather than a luxury to be gatekept. I imagined myself teaching at Bates forever.

EVERYWHERE IN LEWISTON, the signs of ghostly wealth, long gone, were visible—the grand factories, endlessly repurposed in the latest revitalization scheme; the paint-peeling mansions on the hill and the cars rusting in formerly stately yards; the addicts on the corners dozing off or holding cardboard signs that pleaded their case. To all appearances, it was a town that had gone bust. That is, until you arrived at Bates, a 133-acre Eden of manicured greens and august buildings smack in the middle of postindustrial purgatory.

Our neighborhood was an informal extension of campus: a mix of homes owned by current or former professors, as well as other properties, such as the faculty house we lived in, that the college owned and rented out. Another home on our street was occupied by a college administrator who was passionate about DEI issues, a woman of color whom I will call Ava. (I have elected not to name the faculty and staff in this story; my goal is not to single out individuals but rather to write about the problems I saw at Bates and in higher education more generally.)

Ava was bighearted and fiery, and seemed to feel some combination of neighborly obligation and professional duty to make sure that her new Black colleague and his nice white wife felt welcome in Maine. These overtures mostly took the form of evening drinks at her house—chairs set a COVID-safe six feet apart, a bottle of chardonnay on the porch between us.

70

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


As I got to know Ava, I was surprised to discover that she viewed central Maine as a Stephen King-esque hell, a place where ancient prejudices and violence lay just beneath the friendly college-town facade. She regaled my wife and me with stories of alleged racial offenses, both major and minor, and generally made it clear that she thought Lewiston—an island of diversity in an otherwise famously homogenous, if not notably reactionary, state—was a hub of white supremacy. One evening, Ava confessed to me that when she drove through town and spied the local “crackers” sitting on their porches (not unlike the very porch we were sitting on), she sometimes thought to herself that these townies would probably like to kill her.

I didn’t know what to make of Ava’s views. I won’t pretend that my sensibilities were inflamed by the word cracker, but the epithet also didn’t seem like one that a college administrator should be using—especially at a school that admits a not-insignificant number of white, working-class Mainers. I also had a difficult time taking seriously the idea that I had moved to a place with would-be Klansmen around every corner. I grew up outside Harrisburg, Pennsylvania—another deindustrialized, permanently revitalizing urban center—and Lewiston felt familiar to me. The people I met were nice, hardworking; they minded their own business. I don’t think it ever occurred to Ava that I could have come from a similar place and similar people.

But although I sometimes found the things she said classist and even offensive, I also genuinely liked Ava. She had a fast wit and a quick laugh. She watered our tomato plants when we traveled to Boston to visit family. We traded texts about the baby fox that scampered through the neighborhood’s yards in the morning and the oversize groundhog that pestered the dogs. I left freshly baked sourdough baguettes on her porch; we commiserated during power outages. Ava struck me as perhaps a touch paranoid, but she was also obviously smart. More important, she was a well-credentialed authority on racism, and I took such people seriously. Why wouldn’t I?

I’d never had great enthusiasm for identity politics; I’d been a socialist since my early 20s, and it had generally been my experience that liberals were as eager to talk about race as they were uneager to talk about class. Yet I also assumed that conservative complaints about “wokeness,” a term just coming into vogue as a pejorative, were essentially Fox News hysteria. Until I got to Bates, I had little reason to suspect that they held any merit.

At Haverford, the campus politics were of the earthy, stoner, peacenik variety—more focused on “late capitalism” and President Obama’s drone warfare than flamboyant identitarianism. At NYU, the students and faculty seemed more interested in enjoying the hedonistic riches of the city than anything that might reasonably be called “woke.” The new political correctness that was spreading on many elite campuses felt mostly like background noise, and seemed harmless besides.

That’s why, when Ava gave me anti-racist reading recommendations that first summer in Maine, I read them with an open mind. And when I found them disquietingly flimsy, politically bizarre, and, in their naked essentializing, even sort of racist, I assumed that I must be the problem. As a light-skinned Black guy who doesn’t

speak African American English, I had rarely been subjected to acute prejudice in my life. I thought that perhaps I simply wasn’t Black enough—“authentically” Black enough—to understand the kind of racial pessimism that had become so mainstream.

Ava was hardly the only pessimist among my new co-workers. Around the start of the semester, I attended an informal orientation event for early-career Black faculty, where I assumed we would talk about our research interests or simply get to know one another. Instead, the gathering felt more like a combined therapy session and HR seminar. At one point, someone casually rattled off a series of local establishments to steer clear of, vaguely implying that they were filled with bigots. Alarmed by the notion that race relations were so bad in Lewiston that there were places I should avoid eating, I asked why one restaurant in particular had earned a reputation for intolerance. My colleague said that a student of color had worked there and not liked it very much.

The source of the most intense racial monomania on campus, I came to realize, was senior leadership. In one of my first encounters with the man who was then dean of the faculty, I mentioned how excited I was to be joining one of the few American colleges founded by abolitionists. At this, the dean—a white biologist who was an expert on sponges—frowned, as though my rosy view of the school’s antislavery history physically pained him. He conceded that, sure, it had been founded by the abolitionist minister Oren Burbank Cheney, but he pointed out that Benjamin Bates, the textile tycoon who had funded the college, had processed slave-picked cotton in his mills. I had come into Bates rather smitten with the idea that I was a Black academic joining the ranks of a faculty whose predecessors had agitated for Black freedom, but the dean seemed to feel that this was actually something to be faintly embarrassed of, a history that was best mentioned, if at all, only after layering on an array of caveats.

I found this kind of endemic self-flagellation to be eye-roll-worthy. But the charged atmosphere at Bates didn’t feel out of step with that of the country as a whole, at least initially. Yes, the college sponsored overearnest discussions of books such as White Fragility and How to Be an Antiracist. Yes, the president of the college bragged that 67 percent of new faculty hires that fall were “BIPOC-identified,” and, sure, it seemed likely that some racial-discrimination laws had been ignored to get that number so high. Yes, college leadership was constantly adding new letters to the sexuality acronym—LGBTQ became LGBTQIAP2+. And, yes, many of us in academia tacked pronouns onto our email signature with the righteous zeal of Martin Luther hammering his 95 theses to the church door. I certainly did. But none of this seemed all that unusual. Bates was weird in 2020. But America was weird in 2020.

That first year, I kept my head down and let the small oddities I noticed pass by without much reflection. Between teaching, grading, student advising, Zoom faculty meetings, twice-weekly COVID testing, wrangling a hyperactive rescue puppy, and trying to survive the Maine winter, I didn’t have much time to think about the college’s (or the country’s) cultural eccentricities. Ironically, that pandemic year turned out to be the sanest one I would experience at Bates.

The Atlantic

71


THE REQUEST CAME a couple of weeks into June 2021: Would I co-chair the task force that organized the college's annual Martin Luther King Jr. Day celebration?

Before the start of their second year on the tenure track at Bates, professors are assigned service work by the Committee on Faculty Governance. Although they are technically handed their appointments, they can request assignments that align with their interests or aptitudes. I'd volunteered to serve on a committee that was focused on preparing Bates students for graduate school, which was something I really cared about. To make extra money while getting my Ph.D., I'd spent several years working as a freelance grad-school-admissions consultant, and I thought this experience would be an obvious boon. The committee, however, explained that my academic work in the environmental humanities would make me a good fit to lead the MLK Day celebration.

You have got to be shitting me, I thought. I texted a friend and fellow academic in a huff. "Say no," he shot back. "Or better, say 'who'?"

It was obvious to anyone with eyes that I'd been picked because I was one of the handful of Bates faculty members who didn't need to wear SPF 50 sunscreen. I admired King as much as the next person, but that wasn't really the point. The point was that I was getting saddled with Black-Guy Work for which I had no real qualifications. All I knew about MLK, I had learned at my Pennsylvania public high school a decade earlier—which is to say, not very much.

I'd like to tell you that I responded indignantly. Instead, I said yes. I did not want to develop a reputation for being difficult, and I thought (or hoped, anyway) that by agreeing, I might earn some goodwill and eventually get rewarded with an assignment I was excited about. I even began to wonder if I was being too sensitive. Maybe the powers that be really did want me to bring a more ecological perspective to Bates's annual celebration. And, anyway, was it really so bad if they needed a Black guy to be the face of America's most famous minority day? In this censorious racial climate, who could blame them?

A month after being asked to co-chair the committee, I received an email that left me further discomfited. This one, from a concerned faculty member, said that a white student of mine—let's call him Mason—had tried to lynch a Black student.

I read the email with my mouth agape. The professor who'd written it was someone whose academic work I thought highly of; surely she wouldn't make such an extreme accusation if it had no basis in reality. But I was rather certain that Mason—a crunchy-granola environmentalist type outspoken about his progressive politics—was not a virulent racist. He had taken my Climate Fiction course and written a paper critiquing the "Western colonial empire" depicted in a feminist science-fiction novel I had assigned. How, exactly, had he attempted a lynching?

Mason and several other white students had apparently gotten into a dispute with a Black friend they lived with. The white students had asked their Black housemate to leave, and had said they would call the Lewiston police and say he was threatening them if he tried to get his things. According to my colleague,

they had thus conspired to "weaponize state power to terrorize or kill" their Black classmate. "It is not an exaggeration to say their actions were an attempted lynching," she added.

The professor also accused several students who were evidently brought to tears during the unfolding drama of intentionally leveraging their "white womanhood" by crying. The email concluded by demanding that Mason and the other white students face serious consequences. It also demanded that professors of color be provided "protection" if any of the students involved in this "white supremacist incident" enrolled in their courses.

Someone mentioned that the college might be investigating the incident, but if such an investigation happened, to my knowledge nothing ever came of it. Even so, the email stuck with me.

Whatever had happened among those students, and whoever had been at fault, I was sure the conflict was not driven by racial hatred. I was also troubled by the evidence-free assumption that an encounter between a Black liberal-arts-college student and the police was so likely to end in death that calling 911 was tacitly homicidal. Although Black men are significantly more likely to be killed by the police than white men, the number of unarmed Black men who are fatally shot this way annually in America is minuscule—11 in 2021, for instance. And of course, most of those who are unjustly killed by the cops are not undergraduates at one of the most expensive colleges in the country.

I came to understand the Mason affair as emblematic of the kind of "politics" that dominated at Bates, a place where current and future elites paid—or were paid—for the privilege of cosplaying as radicals, victims, or both. In this upside-down, 133-acre world, an "attempted lynching" was a graver threat to Black undergraduates than student debt, and faculty needed protection from their own students. Some of my colleagues, it seemed, were engaged in an Alice in Wonderland-style reenactment of civil-rights-era struggles, in which glancing racial faux pas and willfully misinterpreted private encounters were treated with the solemnity of nooses swinging from oak trees.

IN RETROSPECT, it is no coincidence that wokeness blossomed at prestigious American colleges at the very moment when those schools were facing rising discontent over student debt and tuition costs. For the academic aristocracy, touting fealty to Black Lives Matter, #MeToo, trans rights, and other progressive movements served as a convenient distraction from the intractable economic and social issues that the colleges themselves were perpetuating. This allowed higher education to reclaim the moral high ground after Occupy Wall Street and the 2016 Bernie Sanders campaign—to say nothing of the anti-elite fury that gave rise to Donald Trump—had kicked mud all over academia's ivy-twined walls. Even better, embracing social-justice rhetoric and adopting schemes to boost faculty diversity were cheap. Cheaper, anyway, than lowering tuition or hiring more tenure-track professors.

Wokeness allowed elite higher ed to create a new model of inclusive exclusion: one in which tuition can continue to climb, acceptance rates can continue to plummet, endowments can continue to expand, and adjunct labor can continue to be exploited as long as the demographics of those paying the tuition and

72

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


img-74.jpeg

E8.1M J2A

The Atlantic

73


those being exploited continued to get browner, Blacker, more LGBTQIAP2+. It also helped nurture the delusion that elite college graduates were being prepared for lives of civic virtue, and that their highly priced education would be deployed in service of the public good. Never mind the fact that, during my time at Bates, roughly a quarter of the school's graduates went on to jobs in tech, finance, or consulting—a startling figure that nonetheless pales in comparison to the nearly half of Harvard and Yale students who end up in these same career tracks.

All of this was the backdrop of the dean's announcement to faculty, in the fall of 2021, that the college's next major project would be to napalm the strangling weeds of bigotry that were apparently rooted deep in its soil. "Racism, sexism, ableism, classism are deeply embedded in society, in our fields of study, and in the spaces we occupy," he observed. "To eradicate these inhibitors, these retardants to progress and educational potential, these poisons," we were told, would require setting aside "self-censorship" and "dogmatic positions." Some of this "work" would focus on the individual: "Many of us, especially white faculty and staff, require explicit training." But as with all cultural revolutions, the real change would involve collective struggle.

The dean explained that every department and program at Bates was to complete a racism self-audit. The goal of this project, innocuously called Foundational Dialogues, was to identify areas where white supremacy, "colonial" frameworks, and other forms of bias might be lurking in curricula and major requirements. To facilitate this work, departments were required to bring in an external consultant. Each major would produce a "curricular transformation plan" and deliver the report to the dean's office.

To me, the whole initiative rang serious alarm bells for academic freedom: The faculty was being made to accept a highly contestable and expressly political conclusion—that racism was latent in every department and program on campus—and then sent on a treasure hunt to find evidence supporting that predetermined finding. Given that the transformation plan was mandatory, We didn't unearth any white supremacy hidden in our astronomy courses clearly would not be an acceptable verdict.

Even more disturbing was what the dean said would come next: "serious consideration" of a report from Bates's Curricular Working Group, a committee composed of faculty and students, which proposed that all students be required to take at least two courses "centering" race, white supremacy, colonialism, and "intersecting experiences of power and privilege" within their major. In other words, the report recommended that every single major on campus—not just those in the humanities and social sciences, but also physics, chemistry, biology, and the like—offer and require two such courses.

The report declared that enacting the proposal "will make our students of color feel safer," but it didn't say how or why. Moreover, much of the evidence it cited suggested that the proposal was acutely unnecessary. The committee noted that 94 percent of 2020 Bates graduates had taken at least one course that addressed race, power, privilege, colonialism, or white supremacy. It lamented, however, that "only" 21 percent of Bates courses overall touched on these topics.

The committee also wrote that it had looked at 32 other colleges to see how many had DEI-related course requirements. Although slightly over half had at least one required course, none of the schools placed that requirement within a major—a discovery that the committee seemed to find positively titillating. In the committee's view, the fact that no peer institution it surveyed had tried to force science majors to take chemistry courses on bigotry, for instance, was proof that the proposed requirement was "unique and transformative" (rather than, say, ill-advised and obviously deranged) and would help advance the goal of "distinguishing Bates from its peers." The committee even provided examples of hypothetical new courses that could fulfill the requirement, such as "Mathematics for Social Justice," which could help students understand "the role of mathematics as a gatekeeper and driver of injustice."

Yet even the report's most absurd curricular recommendations seemed harmless compared with those found in its "Accountability" section. Outside consultants, it proposed, should be brought in to "train faculty" and enact "the cultural shift we now require"; course-development funds might be restricted to only those professors creating classes about approved topics; it was strongly implied that teaching evaluations, an important metric in the tenure process, should be based in part on demonstrated allegiance to the new norms.

Most ominous was the committee's argument that an "external oversight group" should be created, one composed of faculty experts from Bates and beyond; college staff, including DEI administrators; students who had taken approved courses; and "community leaders and activists." The committee provided a list of outside organizations that could furnish the enforcers, including a social-justice-inflected arts nonprofit and a "virtual law firm" that appeared to specialize in selling online DEI seminars.

The whole document struck me as an Orwellian masterpiece, by turns insane and sinister. The only thing that gave me solace was the certainty that the proposal was so self-evidently unhinged that it would never get past the rest of the faculty.

All of this social-justice rhetoric also felt wildly hypocritical. The same October day that the dean promised to abolish "retardants to progress"—including classism—adjunct faculty and staff announced that they were starting a union drive, citing "low pay, and poor working conditions at the college." The union was intended to be "wall-to-wall," meaning that it would include not just non-tenure-track faculty but also people working in facilities, the dining hall, and other nonacademic roles on campus. The administration's skulduggery started almost immediately.

Just over a week after the unionization push became public, the student newspaper took down an article about it from its website when a college spokesperson requested that it do so, citing inaccuracies. (The student journalists denied being pressured by the college to remove the article and said that they wanted to ensure that it was accurate.) Shortly thereafter, a new version of the story appeared with talking points and edits suggested by said spokesperson. The college declared that it would not remain neutral during the unionization drive, and by November, Bates

74

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


APPARENTLY, MY COLLEAGUE HAD ASSUMED THAT, BECAUSE I AM BLACK, I MUST BE AN EXPERT ON THE AFRICAN DIASPORA.

had hired the same consulting firm that was helping Amazon crush labor organizing on Staten Island.

I began to develop a case of political vertigo. There I was, joining my colleagues in sifting through our curriculum like anti-racist truffle pigs; assigning an Afro-Caribbean graphic novel, Marshallese ecopoetry, and the like to diversify my syllabi; and organizing a “Decolonization and Liberation”—themed MLK Day celebration meant to honor a civil-rights leader who had been assassinated while supporting sanitation workers agitating for basic labor rights. Meanwhile, the college was paying ungodly sums to corporate mercenaries to ensure that it could continue exploiting its most vulnerable employees. But if administrators felt the least bit sheepish about their hypocrisy, they didn’t show it.

I WAS IN A search-committee meeting, reviewing the scores of applicants who had applied for an open tenure-track position in the environmental-studies program, when a colleague from another department shared their thoughts on a candidate whose work focused on the African diaspora. “I’m worried his work will be too close to Tyler’s,” they said.

The comment left me dumbstruck. Too close to Tyler’s? This would have been a good point—it is routine to pass on candidates whose interests are too similar to those of faculty already on campus—except that my research and teaching were about 19th- and early-20th-century British literature, with a focus on science fiction and the history of science. Apparently, my colleague had assumed that, because I am Black, I must be an expert on the African diaspora.

Partway through the meeting, I sent an email to a friend recounting the incident. “All of these good white liberals are so racist,” I wrote. Minutes later, I sent another update. “Now we

just nixed a candidate who works on American environmental history and Edward Abbey,” I said, “because he did not ‘even acknowledge the profound whiteness of Edward Abbey.’” I did not know what “profound whiteness” meant, exactly. (Were all white people profoundly white, or was it possible, through hard work and good behavior, to become merely moderately white, or even mildly white?) But I did know that, whatever “profound whiteness” meant, it wasn’t good.

It had been obvious to me since my arrival at Bates that I was what conservatives like to call a “DEI hire”—that is, I likely wouldn’t have gotten the job were it not for the color of my skin. True, I’d gone to a top Ph.D. program, had prominent advisers, scraped together an above-average amount of teaching experience, and graduated with distinction. I was more than qualified for the job I was hired to do. But was I more qualified than every other candidate who’d applied? Probably not.

Because of the volume of people earning doctorates and the paucity of good jobs available, the country is flooded with talented scholars who have spent years bouncing from gig to gig, contract to contract, hoping to win a tenure-track position. This system pits people several years out of their Ph.D. program, armed with substantial publication records, against those straight out of grad school. I was in the latter camp. When I applied to the Bates job, I am certain, I was competing against applicants with more teaching experience, a postdoctorate fellowship or two under their belt, perhaps even a published book.

I knew being Black had given me an advantage on the job market—over the past decade, colleges and universities haven’t exactly hidden how desperate they are to hire minorities—but when I’d arrived at Bates I’d also assumed that this boost had been defensible and comparatively modest. I believed that affirmative action was about redressing historical inequalities, and I thought I knew how it was supposed to work: If you have an A- white candidate who is very polished, and a B+ minority candidate who has some rough edges but shows real potential, you hire the minority. After a few years at Bates, though, I began to see the version of affirmative action that I had defended in my head as a fantasy.

One of the first blows to my idealism about the academic meritocracy came in late 2022, when I was serving on another search committee, for an assistant professor in the sciences.

With the exception of educating young people, selecting new tenure-track faculty is arguably the most solemn responsibility professors have. Academia is one of the only fields in America where people are hired for jobs that are intended to be permanent, held until age or infirmity forces them to step aside. At small liberal-arts colleges, where each academic department might have only a handful of faculty members, these decisions are especially consequential.

After a monthlong search, we’d narrowed down the pool of applicants to a trio of finalists, two minorities and one white candidate: I’ll call them Sofia, Charlotte, and Sarah. During their campus visits—in which each of the three candidates put on a teaching demonstration, gave a “job talk” about their research, met with students, and sat for interviews with faculty members—it became clear to me that only Sofia was viable. She was wrapping up an impressive postdoc, had an original research program, and worked

The Atlantic

75


on topics that would excite our students. The fact that Sofia also happened to be a woman of color didn't hurt. She was indisputably the best choice, and I was sure my colleagues on the search committee would agree. Initially, most of them did.

Yet as our deliberations wore on, the mood on the committee shifted. The objection emerged that Sofia, although a brilliant scholar, did not have much experience working across disciplines. There was also some worry that she seemed more focused on research than teaching—not a trivial matter. A small liberal-arts college like Bates is teaching-centric by design, and it did seem like Sofia would have been more at home at a high-powered research institution. I understood these reservations, and in fact shared some of them, but I also thought this put us in a bind.

The other two finalists had clear flaws. Sarah's trip to Bates had been lackluster to the point of disqualifying, while Charlotte's had been borderline embarrassing. The latter's research in biology was, even to my untrained eye, shockingly unsophisticated. "I have substantial reservations about Charlotte's ability to teach complex, rigorous courses," I said in my notes from her campus visit. I added that, as far as I could tell, her work didn't seem much more complicated than walking around and counting animals. As for the mock course she showcased for her teaching demo, it struck me as being pitched at the level of a high-school class. A scientist who had knowledge of her field told the committee that Charlotte's research was simplistic and 50 years out of date, and that her published work had appeared in middling journals. He questioned whether she was qualified at all.

Given our uncertainty about Sofia and the weakness of our two alternatives, I assumed we would return to our pool of applicants in the hopes of finding a candidate we might have overlooked. Instead, something incredible happened. The majority of the committee members slowly began to convince themselves that Charlotte was the right choice. She had extensive work experience, had a history of teaching interdisciplinary courses, and had developed DEI programs at her current institution. This was all true. But it also did not change the fundamental fact that Charlotte was a remarkably low-wattage academic. The fact that we would entertain giving her a job seemed mostly due to her pigmentation and her enthusiasm for DEI bureaucracy.

The committee's letter to the dean, who had final say over the decision, summarized the rationale for hiring Charlotte. It was a marvel of sugarcoating, describing her research as "primarily observational and centered on the distribution of species in different kinds of environments." (In other words, she walked around and counted animals.) It confessed that "we were uncertain whether her research program would develop into something that used some of the most modern tools." (Which is to say, we weren't sure if she was capable of abandoning her 1970s methodologies and joining 21st-century science.) And it noted that we were not confident she had the "ability to help our students develop skills that would be most helpful for going into the increasingly digital and computational workplace." (She might not be able to help our students develop the kinds of proficiencies that would make them employable.) Still, we made the case for giving Charlotte a tenure-track job at one of the most selective liberal-arts colleges in the country.

THE MOST RELIABLE WAY TO GET PROGRESSIVE WHITE ACADEMICS TO DO WHAT YOU WANTED WAS TO TRANSLATE YOUR CONCERNS INTO THE THERAPEUTIC LANGUAGE OF RACIAL HARM.

img-75.jpeg

Thankfully, the dean saved us from ourselves. Although he was a primary cheerleader for DEI on campus—and although he was afflicted with a degree of racial neurosis that would have made Rachel Dolezal blush—the dean was also a biologist, and he must have known that Charlotte had no business at Bates. He voiced "significant concerns" about her research quality, questioned whether she could meet tenure standards, and said he was "very concerned" by the idea that we would knowingly hire someone who lacked the ability to prepare our students for this millennium's job market.

In the end, Charlotte did not get the offer. But the entire episode left me distressed by what it seemed to suggest about the way many of my colleagues at Bates viewed scholars of color.

Did they really believe, however deeply in the recesses of their subconscious, that the only way to get "marginalized" faculty on campus was to lower academic standards to the subbasement? The idea made me irate, not only because it was racist, but because, selfishly, it made me look bad. Maybe I was not an academic rock star, but I thought I was doing quite respectably at Bates; by any reasonable metric, I was meeting, even exceeding, the college's expectations for tenure-track faculty. I was placing articles in well-respected journals. An editor at one of the top university presses was interested in my book project. I'd received glowing internal reviews from members of my tenure committee.

I had spent my entire adult life at college, in grad school, and now working as a professor, and I had never before been self-conscious about being a beneficiary of affirmative action. I had

76

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


always assumed that if I simply worked harder than the people around me—if I read more, went to more conferences, published more and in better venues—then nobody would question whether I deserved to be there. My experience on that search committee, though, disabused me of the notion that any of this mattered at Bates. The school’s culture encouraged us to see professors of color as vehicles for achieving the college’s diversity goals. The inescapable conclusion I arrived at was that I had been hired to be visibly Black first and a scholar second, if at all.

Even more upsetting, my experience on that committee changed how I viewed other newly hired minorities on campus. I sometimes found myself reflexively wondering whether Bates’s professors of color were up to the job, or whether they were underqualified fodder for the school’s social-engineering regime. I could not unlearn what I had discovered: that more than a few people at this elite little college seemed happy not just to move the goalposts for people like me, but to take them down entirely.

The dean, of course, happened to be familiar with Charlotte’s research areas. But if she had been a sociologist or a historian, would he have deferred to the expertise of the faculty on the committee? How many other Charlottes had already been hired at Bates? And how common was this kind of thing at other colleges around the country? It seemed highly unlikely that I had landed at the only school in America so hell-bent on getting minorities through the door that it would make a mockery of academic standards if need be.

I never stopped believing in affirmative action in principle, but I slowly stopped believing in it in practice. I’d understood the spirit of affirmative action to be about recognizing that people from historically underrepresented groups often face additional barriers, about affirming that talented minorities who may be less connected and superficially less refined can nonetheless rise to the occasion if given the opportunity. It seemed to me that the Bates administration’s push to diversify at all costs had led some of my colleagues on the faculty to internalize the opposite idea: that it is not especially important to find minority candidates who are capable of being held to traditional academic norms. Justice and anti-racism required a two-tiered system, a sort of woke Jim Crow, in which radically separate standards were applied to white and nonwhite candidates. In short, I came to see Bates College, self-styled beacon of progress, as an institution that was deeply, incorrigibly racist.

ONE OF MY FRIENDS, a Black software engineer, has a theory about navigating the 2020s job market as an African American. He jokes (but it is not really a joke) that there are “replaceable negroes” and “irreplaceable negroes.” The goal, he says, is to become an irreplaceable negro: someone who is unfreeable because they are too good at their job, because they work for a company that doesn’t have a lot of Black people and can’t afford to lose any, or, ideally, both.

By the spring of my third year at Bates, I’d come to the happy conclusion that I was an irreplaceable negro. I’m pretty sure that I had published more than any other tenure-track humanities professor in my cohort. I taught courses that were popular with

students, and, most important, two other Black, pre-tenure male professors had recently left the college. I reasoned that Bates couldn’t afford to bleed any more Black guys, and because I was finding the atmosphere at the college more bizarre and stifling by the day, I resolved to begin speaking my mind.

I was angry about the culture at Bates. I was sick of being treated like a racial prop rather than a professor, which included being continually recruited to do Minority Work I found silly or degrading. In addition to serving on the MLK committee, which I did for several years, I had been asked to be on multiple committees related to the college’s metastasizing diversity bureaucracy—work it seemed that my white faculty friends were rarely asked to do.

But more than this tokenizing, it was the disconnect between the college’s progressive patter and its labor practices that was pushing me toward a breaking point. Environmental studies had lost several non-tenure-track faculty members since I’d arrived, each a fantastic professor. Watching this happen as the administration continued to spend most of its time bleating about social justice left me considerably less patient when college leadership made its next cartoonishly progressive move.

Bates’s Academic Affairs Council was a small but powerful committee composed of the dean and four senior faculty members drawn from the humanities, social sciences, sciences, and interdisciplinary studies. In December 2022, the council circulated draft legislation for a version of the proposal that the Curricular Working Group had suggested back in 2021: the Race, Power, Privilege, and Colonialism requirement, or RPPC, as it came to be known. If the proposal passed a faculty vote, every major would be required to offer at least one course related to “race, power, privilege, colonialism, and their consequences.” Students would be required to take two such courses, one of these in their major. That the council was composed of five white people, with nary a professor of color among its ranks, added a degree of bleak hilarity to the whole affair.

I found it less funny, though, that the council was determined to have its way seemingly regardless of broader faculty sentiment, which early polling had shown was thoroughly skeptical of such a plan. At a March 2023 faculty meeting, the RPPC requirement was put up for debate and comment. I commented.

Standing at the mic in a cramped auditorium, I laid out my case against the requirement: It was a clear violation of academic freedom. The burden for teaching these new courses would probably default to minority faculty members, who would be further pigeonholed into race work that they may not want to do. And asking professors in the sciences to teach courses on race and colonialism would likely be a disaster. Most Bates science faculty lacked any expertise in these areas, nor did they have much experience discussing fraught social issues in the classroom. I argued that pushing them to act as bigotry experts not only was of dubious educational value, but would likely do more harm than good, especially to students of color who would be subject to their fumbling attempts at teaching racially sensitive topics.

I leaned on this last point especially hard. If my time at Bates had taught me anything, it was that the most reliable way to get

The Atlantic

77


progressive white academics to do what you wanted was to translate your concerns into the therapeutic language of racial harm. As if on cue, a professor on the council whom I will call Sandra hastened to assure me that she took potential trauma to minority students very seriously. She insisted that there would be ways to ensure that classroom dynamics did not become unpleasant for them; the key, she explained, would be to foster a “culture of repair.”

When I said that I had no idea what a culture of repair meant (really, I just wanted to see her try to substantiate her hollow jabber), Sandra gave a helpful example of what “repair” might look like in action. She suggested that perhaps there could be a system in which students of color could call out “oops” or “ouch” if somebody accidentally said something racist—as though these were not young adults with basic human dignity paying minor fortunes to be taught by ostensible subject-matter experts, but toddlers learning not to bite their friends when someone grabbed their toy truck. It took every last ounce of my already threadbare professionalism not to lean into the mic and say “Oops.”

I had long privately believed that the specter of student demand was being used as justification to pass legislation that only senior administrators and a few tenured radicals were excited to see put in place. A strange email I received a few days before the March 2023 faculty meeting appeared to confirm this. In it, a member of the student government not so subtly nudged me to support the requirement. When I wrote back explaining the various reasons I did not, she confessed that she and her peers had been asked by the council to encourage (read: guilt-trip) their professors to endorse it. I was disturbed that students were apparently being recruited for an influence campaign. The student told me, too, that she and her peers had been “blindsided” by the proposed requirement, but had been presented with an almost uniformly favorable faculty view of it.

I also got an email, after the meeting, from “oops, ouch” Sandra, who seemed quite anxious that a young Black professor with leftist politics objected to the committee’s vision. During our exchange, she noted that my views on academic freedom were also found among “faculty with libertarian leanings”—as though the mere fact that my opinion was shared by professors who were not liberal progressives was proof that the opinion was illegitimate. She added, “I do have some suspicion about white people using arguments like this to avoid addressing systemic racisms.” To me, it seemed obvious what she meant: Did I, a Black man, really want to be on the same side as people who didn’t want to Do the Work?

I told her that I saw Bates’s new scheme as simply the liberal mirror image of what was already happening in places like Florida, where the state government was policing curricula to advance a racist, homophobic agenda. “I’m not willing to support violating intellectual freedom in higher education just because it happens to be my team that’s doing it,” I wrote.

Sandra seemed stuck: Some minority professors supported the requirement, while others, like me, did not. In my observation, woke white academics—who are largely acculturated to defer to the “lived experience” of their Black and brown students and colleagues—had next to no ability to make decisions

when confronted with minorities who disagreed with one another. Encountering “marginalized” people with opposing views tended to create a kind of cognitive paralysis in some of my white co-workers, and I noticed that, in such cases, they usually followed the recommendation of the most recent minority they’d spoken with about the issue. With my friends, I jokingly called this the “last Black person I talked to” problem.

But this problem was also an opportunity: If you could manage to be the last minority voice that a white professor or administrator heard before they made an important decision, they’d often just do what you told them to. With Sandra, apparently, it worked. My rebuttals to the RPPC started to land, and she asked if I could support a version of the proposal that would still force students to take two courses on racism without requiring every major on campus to furnish these courses.

I told her that I could. Although I still privately disliked what seemed to me a naked politicalization of our curriculum, my core objections had always centered on the faculty’s academic freedom, and the absurdity of making chemists teach courses on white supremacy. If the requirement could be fulfilled with classes that were already being taught, or voluntarily added, that compromise seemed worth making, especially if it meant that students would be less likely to be subjected to “Mathematics for Social Justice” slop. Sandra said she would suggest this modification at the next Academic Affairs Council meeting. Less than two weeks later, a new version of the legislation was distributed, now with the major requirement removed. The vote to pass or kill the legislation would take place at the April faculty meeting.

I thought, briefly, that my side had won. Yet a week later, a counterproposal came across the transom, this one buoyed by a small but vocal corner of the faculty that was especially militant about social justice. It restored the original demand that every major create required courses on racism.

By some act of cosmic mercy, I had an unexpected personal matter crop up days before the vote, which meant I would be out of town on that fateful April Monday. I alerted a few colleagues who also opposed the legislation. “I won’t be at the meeting,” I told one, “but honestly that’s good, as I think my head would explode.”

I later learned that professors in the Africana program, one of the centers of performative radicalism at Bates, stood outside the meeting distributing flyers that announced they would effectively hold the curriculum captive if they didn’t get their way. They informed the rest of the faculty that they would not allow their classes to count for the requirement if the less aggressive version of the legislation passed. This would have made any implementation logistically challenging, leaving students to fight over spots in a smaller number of courses that could fulfill their obligations. In what seemed to be an even more cynical manipulation, a number of students—many of them minorities—were brought to the meeting by a white faculty member, apparently as visual aids; they audibly cheered for the counterproposal.

Perhaps some professors were uncomfortable striking down an anti-racism requirement in front of the students, or maybe they recognized that Africana’s threat had put everyone in a difficult

78

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


ONE IN FOUR NON-TENURE-TRACK COLLEGE EDUCATORS RELIES ON PUBLIC ASSISTANCE. ONE IN THREE EARNS LESS THAN \$25,000 A YEAR.

spot. It's possible, I suppose, that the light of truth and progress had simply warmed their frigid hearts. Whatever the reason, Bates's faculty relented: The vote was 73 percent in favor of a measure that only a small minority had originally supported.

THE VOTE AND all that preceded it finally pushed me to speak up in a forum that was more public than a faculty meeting. It didn't help my less-than-rosy outlook that, just a couple of weeks before the April faculty meeting, the union effort had officially failed. That June, I published an op-ed in The Boston Globe titled 'I Am the Wrong Kind of Black Professor.'

Voicing the frustrations that I had long kept mostly private was cathartic. I was also about to begin a yearlong break from Bates, a combined research sabbatical and parental leave. I convinced myself that I could stick it out when I got back. I still adored my students, and loved sharing books and films I cared about with them. And even if my views frequently differed from those of my colleagues in environmental studies, they were kind and open-minded people.

The year that I was away, I tried to find humor, sometimes dark, in the glimpses of Bates madness that blipped on my radar: an email sent to the entire faculty to complain that a campus 'Scholar Tea' event was appropriating 'Black Queer Southern traditions.' A Martin Luther King Jr. Day meeting I attended where a white social scientist argued that putting a silhouette of a farmer on a poster was problematic—that year's MLK theme was 'Food Justice'—because farmers 'default to whiteness' and 'tractors reflect whiteness.' The Center for Inclusive Teaching and Learning hosting a 'DeStress Fest' for faculty featuring a 'Lunch & Play' (Play-Doh, LEGO, 'other fun toys'), arts and crafts,

and 'a soft bunny in the next room to pet.' It was incredible to learn that I worked at an adult day care.

But nothing seemed as humorous after I came back to campus.

My leave had started just a few months after OpenAI's breakthrough model of ChatGPT was released, leaving dazed professors and administrators flailing in their response to a technology that seemed poised to make the college essay obsolete. I assumed that by the time I came back in the fall of 2024, Bates would have a strategy for dealing with this existential threat to American higher education.

Yet upon my return, I found that, even as Bates faculty panicked about AI-enabled cheating, many of my colleagues seemed to have little collective will to do anything about it. Nor did the administration seem especially concerned that our students now had at their disposal a tool that could do their reading, writing, and thinking for them. I was distressed to find that safeguarding the basic tenets of liberal arts, or providing students with an experience that might still be recognizable as an education, seemed to be a low priority at Bates.

A search committee I joined that fall compounded my disillusionment. By this point, I had mostly lost the capacity to be scandalized by the administration's questionable DEI policies, or by those policies' deep tension with the college's labor conditions. During this search, however, that tension became impossible to ignore. One of the many 'diverse' candidates in our search pool was a non-tenure-track professor—I'll call her Mia—who had been teaching at Bates for multiple semesters. Her research was exciting, her courses were compelling, and she was a hardworking and thoughtful colleague.

Further, it is routine for colleges to give tenure-track jobs to non-tenure-track faculty members: These 'internal candidates' have the advantage of being a known quantity, and departments are often eager to do right by a co-worker who has been stuck in career limbo. The path to becoming a tenure-track professor can be grueling—the system asks people to spend the prime of their life moving from low-paying job to low-paying job, from one state to another to another, all in the hopes of one day getting a permanent position. Because many universities cap the number of courses that adjuncts can teach (to avoid having to comply with federal health-care mandates), many of them have to teach half a dozen or more per semester spread across different local colleges—a practice known as 'freeway flying'—to cobble together a living. One in four non-tenure-track college educators relies on public assistance. One in three earns less than \$25,000 a year.

Mia's position at Bates was about to expire, and so I assumed that we would take the rare opportunity to hire her onto the tenure track. Once again, I watched a committee talk itself out of an obvious choice.

On a cold morning a few days into 2025, the group arrived at its final decision: We would not be hiring Mia, a result that made it likely that this would be her last semester at Bates, and perhaps her last semester as an academic. If Mia had been a mediocre teacher or scholar, that would be one thing. But the committee agreed that she was absolutely qualified. There just happened to be another 'diverse' candidate who was judged to

The Atlantic

79


be a marginally better fit, and who did more to expand our curricular offerings. I had watched the college chew up and spit out enough non-tenure-track professors that Mia's fate shouldn't have come as a surprise, but it did.

I saw clearly now what should have been obvious all along. Bates was not a good place to work, nor a moral one. And the problem went beyond a single college: Bates was a node in a higher-education system that offered teenagers an uncertain future in exchange for often unpayable debt, and that asked scholars—enticed by the tweedy dream of a kind of faculty life that has long since been clubbed to death—to keep waiting for the real job that would surely come after the temporary job, and the next temporary job, and the next.

I had been spared all that. And I was on the cusp of getting the very thing I had wanted since I was a 21-year-old English major in my modernism professor's wood-lined office, declaring that I would like to do her job one day. My senior colleagues in environmental studies talked about my tenure as if it were a foregone conclusion and openly discussed how I was next in line for program chair. The same January morning we decided not to hire Mia, Bates's president announced that I was one of four professors—and the only non-tenured faculty member—whom my colleagues had voted onto the powerful Strategic Planning Steering Committee, a body composed of the president himself, various vice presidents, and a member of the board of trustees. I was on the inside track of an inside track, but it felt hollow.

Sitting in that last search-committee meeting, deliberating the fate of a person who, like me, had spent years chasing after a career that felt more like a calling, I was unexpectedly gripped by a granite certainty. I did not want to keep doing this. My academic Stockholm syndrome—You do not leave the tenure track—subsided in a rush. Five years after my adviser had likened me to the last dinosaur, I decided to walk my academic career into a tar pit rather than wait for the asteroid. I sat in my car after the deliberation about Mia ended and sent an email to a confidant explaining that I intended to leave Bates.

THE STORY OF elite higher education's hiring and labor practices and the story of its decades-long creep toward progressive extremism are not separate or even contradictory. They are the same story. In 1969, a survey of 60,000 professors found that 27 percent identified as moderate, 28 percent as conservative, and 46 percent as liberal or left. Now, at some of this country's top universities, only single-digit percentages of faculty identify as conservative. A 2025 survey of Harvard faculty placed that number at 9 percent.

How this happened is no mystery: The very system that was designed to protect the faculty's right to free thought collapsed. By 1980, as many as two-thirds of American college professors were tenured. Today, only about a quarter are. We went from a world where most faculty members could say what they think without fear of being fired to one where most people teaching college courses have to worry that their contract won't be renewed if they cause intellectual offense. It is not surprising that a professorial disproportionately composed of contract workers would also be one that could be pressured into groupthink.

In a consultant-led meeting I attended near the end of my time at the college, one month into Donald Trump's second term, the small group of professors and senior administrators present was asked to share what it saw as Bates's greatest strengths and weaknesses. One of my colleagues said that the college's greatest strength was its commitment to DEI. Another said that the college's greatest weakness was that it could be even more committed to DEI. Someone lamented that our ties to the Wabanaki Nations could have been stronger.

As snow turned into slush, I walked by a flyer pasted to a campus building announcing the college's annual sex week. The technicolor poster proclaimed that Bates would be hosting a game of "dildo ring toss" and would provide "exploration tables" replete with sex toys. Once, I might have seen in that poster a symptom of everything wrong with the college—money wasted on weird bullshit, organized by bureaucrats whose jobs nobody could explain. Now I found it all oddly refreshing. What was Bates if not a place devoted to risk-free ideological masturbation? For a week, at least, we could be honest about it.

Months later, I joined The Atlantic as a full-time staff writer. I was busy enjoying my first fall free from academia when I heard the news: At the November faculty meeting, Bates professors would vote on whether to suspend the Race, Power, Privilege, and Colonialism requirement, which was set to begin in 2026. Cooler minds at the college had evidently judged that, given the political climate, now was not exactly the best time for mandatory courses on the physics of white supremacy or the chemistry of colonialism; such a nakedly politicized curriculum, in fact, could make Bates a target of the current administration. The new legislation proposed that implementation of the requirement be paused until 2029—not coincidentally, after the next presidential election.

I thought I'd feel vindicated. I had argued all along that the RPPC was pointless, unworkable, mad. Now it was dead. Yet, unexpectedly, I was disappointed. Here was one last sign that it had all meant nothing. I recalled the dean's faint embarrassment, years earlier, when I'd said that I was proud to join a school with an abolitionist past. Although the dead cannot speak, I must assume that embarrassment runs both ways.

Bates was founded in 1855 on the principle that a man is a man wherever he is found and whatever color his skin. In the decade that followed, the college furnished from its ranks 173 students willing to spill their blood for the cause of the Union and human liberation. One of these abolitionist-educated men was Holman S. Melcher, who left Bates to join the 20th Maine Regiment. A year later, at Gettysburg, he helped lead the bayonet charge down the hill at Little Round Top and into the maw of an advancing Confederate force.

Now this same college could not find the spine required to simply stand by a curricular change that its faculty and administrators had breathlessly, earnestly, performatively insisted was an imperative because it was nothing less than a matter of justice.

The vote was unanimous. A

Tyler Austin Harper is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

80

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


NO MATTER HOW YOU SERVED,

YOU ARE A VETERAN.

AND YOU DESERVE SUPPORT.

Don't wait. Reach out.

img-76.jpeg


Culture & Critics

img-77.jpeg

OMNIVORE

Not Quite the Vineyard

How the hit series Widow's Bay channels the horror and comedy of the times

By James Parker

What genre are we living in, living through, today? Epic? No chance. Farce? Sometimes. Porno-pastoral? Holistic satire? Digital picaresque? All of these, sure, but only in spasms. No, the big one, the all-encompassing super-genre of where we are right now (did you read/watch/inhale the news this morning?), is obvious: horror-comedy.

Horror (screams) is over here, and comedy (laughs) is over there. And exactly where we find ourselves on the dial that ticks between the two will vary from moment to moment. But the distance that separates them, in 2026 America, is not great; that's the point. The ludicrous abuts the terrible. The ghastly now sits down heavily next to the hilarious, and breathes.

Which brings us to Widow's Bay, currently riding high on Apple TV, by the former Parks and Recreation writer Katie Dippold. Not only does this show successfully blend the genres of horror and comedy; it reminds us that they are kind of the same thing—that horror was always wrapped around comedy, and vice versa, because they share the same brain stem. Sitcom-style no-exit environments; slapstick violence; the alternating rhythm of anxiety and release. The jump scare, the punch line. The existential whiplash. And what greater monster, what deeper bump in the night, than the possibility that all of this is, you know, just one big joke?

Widow's Bay is an island off the coast of New England. It has a diner called the Driftwood, some nice beaches, some craggy old fishermen, no cellphone service, and no Wi-Fi.

APPLE: STEPHEN SAKS PHOTOGRAPHY

82

ILLUSTRATION BY LIZ HART

A


The lack of hooked-upness feels important: It is as if the island's imagination, absent the usual distractions and numbing agents, has gone into blooming-and-festering psychotic overdrive. Everywhere you look there's a curse or a mystery or a bottomless backstory, and the whole place creaks and slithers with that special Stephen King-like aura of hexed quaintness, of bed-and-breakfast menace.

Widow's Bay has a mayor, Tom Loftis, who wants to turn it into the new Martha's Vineyard. Loftis, played by Matthew Rhys, is a figure of quietly fanatical secularism and non-ghost-ism. Clear out the cobwebs and crank up the cappuccino machine. But it is his one-man campaign of gentrification and municipal enhancement that will activate the demons of the island. He whose blundering-about like Michael Scott will bring in the evil fog. He whose desire for summer visitors—and impatience with any kind of supernatural nonsense—will wake up the killer clown and the lurching slasher and the dripping, lank-haired sea hag, who follows you home and sits horribly and brinily on your face until you're dead. "You refuse to accept our history, to accept the truth!" rails Wyck the fisherman, the wild-eyed town doomsayer. "Do you know what I think?" says Loftis. "I think there are some people who want to be miserable."

Rhys as Loftis is expertly cast. Bloodless complexion, inky hair—a great silent-movie face, I've always thought, a melodramatic black-and-white face, with something nervously mobile and Chaplin-esque flickering around the mouth, the bared-teeth smile. The tonal coherence of Widow's Bay depends to a large extent on Rhys, on his ability to ride the current between goofy startlement and raw terror. Loftis lives with, and glumly rinses out the cereal bowls of, his rebellious stoner son, Evan—an extraordinary performance by Kingston Rumi Southwick, full of hazily disruptive rhythms and long, glossy, bullshit-detecting gazes. "I didn't know we were swearing now," he says placidly, having provoked his father into a burst of addled profanity.

Then there's Patricia, played by the English actor Kate O'Flynn. Awkward, traumatized, alarming on the dance floor, doggedly writing her poems and trying to make friends, in horror she's a victim and in comedy she's a heroine. So on the horror-comedy island of Widow's Bay she's both, embellishing how she almost got murdered during a spree by the aforementioned lurching slasher. Remember all those fake memoirs from the early 2000s, by all those writers pretending to be addicts and gangsters and Holocaust survivors? Patricia could have written one of them. "I still sleep with a dresser in front of my door," she insists. "But he murdered teenage girls," Loftis says helpfully. "You're in your 40s; you'll be

The whole place creaks and slithers with that special Stephen King-like aura of hexed quaintness, of bed-and-breakfast menace.

fine." "Beach Reads," the episode in which Patricia organizes a cocktail party based on the guidance of a slightly sinister self-help/etiquette manual ("Feeling like you could die tomorrow and no one would notice? Well, that could be. But the right party can change that."), is a stand-alone classic: When the veil of hallucination lifts, the manual is revealed to be a Blair Witch-style grimoire.

It's very well-made, Widow's Bay. The soundtrack—by the frequent Hans Zimmer collaborator David Fleming—is a delight, a polyphonic mood board of ghost-clangs, spooky bassoons, lyrical electro-motifs, and sighing sea themes. And some of the images are indelible: A close-up of Rhys prone and horror-rigid in his bathtub, the watery essence of the sea hag hovering over his face, will not soon be dislodged from my mind.

The risk, though, with horror-comedy—with dinging from chuckles to shrieks and back again—is always an evacuated center. A lack of feeling at the core.

The masterpieces of the genre have the means to overcome this. Edgar Wright's Shaun of the Dead is more chuckles than shrieks, but it makes a serious metaphysical statement: If you let your life drift, if you sit in the pub all day, if you don't self-actualize, the zombies are going to get you—the zombie tide will take you down. Jordan Peele's Get Out is more shrieks than chuckles, but some of its creepiest moments occur within a brilliantly observed comedy of manners, as Chris, a young Black man, is introduced to his girlfriend's preeningly progressive white parents, and begins to be drawn into the sticky web of their whiteness. ("So how long has this been going on?" leers the dad about his daughter's relationship. "This—this thang.") As for Twin Peaks ... Well, Twin Peaks is Twin Peaks. Nobody does it like David Lynch, bringing such a pressure of seething strangeness to bear on both the chuckles and the shrieks that a third element was created, a third genre: the Lynchian.

Season 1 of Widow's Bay does not operate at this level. The final showdown with the island's dark past gives you not catharsis but that more familiar groggy, post-binge, hunched-over-your-laptop feeling, your brain glutted with narrative and your antennae drooping. But a second season is in the works, with the potential to deepen the action, and the world will reliably continue to keep us in the mood: more horror, more comedy. Nobody's getting off this island yet. A

James Parker is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

The Atlantic

SEPTEMBER 2026

83


Culture & Critics

img-78.jpeg

84

ILLUSTRATION BY ELENI KALORKOTI

A


BOOKS

What if Freud Was Right?

A neuroscientist dares to argue that old-fashioned psychoanalysis holds the key to curing mental illness.

By Scott Stossel

To announce that you are embarking on a course of psychoanalytic training today is tantamount, in many quarters, to admitting that you plan to treat your patients using astrology or by parsing the entrails of a goat. To say that you are undergoing psychoanalysis as a patient is to reveal that you are entrusting your mental health to a witch doctor. So if I were to tell you that a respected neuroscientist has undertaken to exhume Sigmund Freud and make a case for both his theory of mind and his psychoanalytic method as the best—indeed, the only—approach that can cure emotional disorders, you would likely rate that a quixotic project, and its author perhaps a candidate for serious therapy himself.

Freud’s cultural and scientific influence crested some 70 years ago, and much of psychiatry’s history since then has consisted of a renunciation of the man, his concepts, and his therapeutic techniques so comprehensive as to have an edge of savagery, even vengeance, to it. He has been deemed a sexist, a misogynist, a bully, a narcissist, a homophobe, a pervert, an addict, an opportunist, a plagiarist, a fabulist, and a scientific fraud, as well as a disloyal friend and a credit-stealing protégé. Not to mention a bungling, incompetent therapist—“a dogmatist who browbeat his patients and consistently failed to mark the crucial difference between their fantasies and his own.” (So sums up the flap copy on a collection of Freud-filleting essays by 18 psychiatrists, philosophers, historians, and others compiled in 1998 by Frederick Crews, a literary critic and onetime devout Freudian turned virulent heretic.)

If coroners were to pin an actual time of death on Freudianism, they might specify 1963. That year, the philosopher of science Karl Popper held up psychoanalytic theory as the archetypal instance of what he called “pseudoscience”: Worse than mere bad science, psychoanalysis was, in being untestable, simply not

science. Based in large part on the highly speculative interpretation of imperfectly recalled dreams, of all things, psychoanalytic theory was impervious to real scientific inquiry. In presuming to explain everything, Popper pronounced, psychoanalysis explained nothing at all.

SO WHO TODAY would dare attempt a rehabilitation of Freud? And why? To take the second question first, here’s one reason: What has followed Freudianism has not been, by many reckonings, any better. In the 1970s, the mental-health profession fled from such squishy psychological concepts as transference and countertransference, the death drive, and seduction theory—as well as more outlandish ones like penis envy, castration anxiety, and the Oedipal complex—and leaned instead into “biological psychiatry,” which had emerged from the drug discoveries of the 1950s and ‘60s.

Physiological notions took hold, such as the “catecholamine hypothesis of affective disorders,” which attributed anxiety and depression to deficits of the neurotransmitters norepinephrine and dopamine. Three decades later, in the 1990s, the “chemical-imbalance theory of depression” arrived, tying depression and other mood disorders to dysregulation of another neurotransmitter, serotonin. Psychoanalysts’ highly subjective assessments gave way to the ostensibly more objective measurements provided by neuroscientific instruments that can capture brain activity, such as EEGs, PET scans, and fMRIs. Doctors turned to genetic testing to help identify various temperament types and emotional predispositions, and relied on standardized questionnaires assessed for their validity in diagnosing mental illness.

In repudiating Freudianism and touting the field’s proper medical grounding, science-based psychiatry confidently predicted that measurable success was soon to come. That’s not what happened. Biological psychiatry “overreached, overpromised, over-diagnosed, overmedicated,” as the Harvard medical historian Anne Harrington put it in 2019. Which raises the question of whether psychiatry has simply exchanged one form of witchcraft for another.

The champions of so-called anti-psychiatry and critical psychiatry—now emboldened by Secretary of Health and Human Services Robert F. Kennedy Jr. and the MAHA movement—certainly think so. So do some leading figures in biological psychiatry. As the head of the National Institute of Mental Health from 2002 to 2015, Thomas Insel tried to root America’s approach to mental-health care more firmly in brain physiology and the emerging understanding of genetics than in the nebulous concepts of Freudianism. But in 2017, when he looked back on the $20 billion he’d spent on

The Atlantic

SEPTEMBER 2026

85


Culture & Critics

the endeavor, his verdict was bleak: “I don’t think we moved the needle in reducing suicide, reducing hospitalizations, improving recovery for the tens of millions of people who have mental illness.”

What biological psychiatry once promised seemed revolutionary; from the suffering patient’s perspective, what it’s delivered has been marginal. Still, reverting to the nostrums of a disgraced Victorian quack seems a little like saying This modern medical technique isn’t working so well—let’s go back to using leeches. Well, as it happens, leeches have become an important part of the modern reconstructive surgeon’s tool kit, for use in skin grafts after surgeries, among other things. Might Freudianism be psychiatry’s leech, resurrected for the astonishing health benefits it contained all along?

THE PLATONIC IDEAL of the person who might dare to make this case would look a lot like Mark Solms, the author of the new book The Only Cure: Freud and the Neuroscience of Mental Healing. He is a South African neuroscientist armored with a sturdy résumé and hundreds of articles in scientific journals, along with half a dozen books and counting. His lab discovered the specific pathway in the forebrain responsible for stimulating dreams, and he disproved the notion that dreaming is dependent on REM sleep. He’s also done extensive research into the science of consciousness.

Solms is a practicing psychoanalyst as well; he treats neurological disorders (stroke, Parkinson’s, dementia) in addition to psychiatric disorders (anxiety, depression, psychosis). He’s coined a term, neuropsychoanalysis, to describe his clinical work, because he buttresses traditional psychoanalytic techniques—free association and dream interpretation, among other methods of probing the unconscious—with the more recent findings of neuroscience. Much of his research has involved trying to use modern technology to demonstrate the scientific underpinning of certain Freudian concepts and theories. For instance, Solms says that the pleasure-seeking drive (the source of Freud’s “pleasure principle”) is located in the brain networks that communicate via dopamine, and he has mapped the superego onto a region of the prefrontal cortex involved in emotional regulation.

A neuroscientist who is also a practicing psychoanalyst is a rare bird. But Solms is rarer still, having spent the past 29 years completing a revised translation of the complete works of Freud. Twenty-four volumes were published in 2024, and an additional four, consisting of his writings on neuroscience (including some that have never previously been published in English), are due out in 2028. Making available previously overlooked writing has given Solms a chance

THE ONLY CURE: FREUD AND THE NEUROSCIENCE OF MENTAL HEALING

Mark Solms

PEGASUS BOOKS

to correct the misimpression that Freud was homophobic. In a letter to a woman who had asked him to “cure” her son’s homosexuality, Freud writes that being gay “is nothing to be ashamed of, no vice, no degradation; it cannot be classified as an illness.” (This last bit is ironic in light of the American Psychiatric Association’s official classification of homosexuality as a “sociopathic personality disturbance” or “sexual deviation” until 1973.) Freud goes on to note that some of the most accomplished figures in history—Plato, Michelangelo, Leonardo da Vinci—were gay, and ends by saying that although psychoanalysis can help her son become happier, less neurotic, and more productive, none of that will have anything to do with his sexual orientation. I suspect more than a few Freud detractors will be surprised to read this.

By Solms’s own estimation, there might be “nobody alive who has spent more time with Freud than I have.” But Solms is no doctrinaire acolyte, as guardians of the Freudian flame have tended to be. Ernest Jones, an influential early director of the International Psychoanalytical Association, believed his role was to create a secret committee “like the Paladins of Charlemagne” to protect Freudian theory against heresy. Solms, in contrast, embraces some major criticisms of Freud, calling the death drive, for example, “an egregious error.” As for Freud’s rather “idiosyncratic” theories about sex, Solms writes, “I don’t think there’s any getting around the conclusion that Freud had this stuff seriously muddled.”

Part of Solms’s premise in this book is implicit and inarguable: Despite the attempts to purge Freudianism from psychiatry, its tropes, terms, and concepts—the unconscious; the id, ego, and superego; sublimation; defense mechanisms; the obsession with sex; the importance of early-childhood experiences—have seeped so deeply into our cultural limbic system that they live on in the shared metaphors and terminology we use to discuss personality and mental health: Frank is “anal”; Mary is “repressed”; Donald Trump is a “narcissist” and an “egomaniac”; Jill Biden was “in denial.” When Freud died, in 1939, W. H. Auden wrote that he had become “a whole climate of opinion / under whom we conduct our different lives.”

But the two explicit arguments Solms makes on Freud’s behalf in The Only Cure are astonishingly ambitious—and contentious. The first is that Freud deserves credit for neuroscientific prescience. A recent history of neuroscience states baldly that “Freud had nothing novel or insightful to say about how the brain worked.” On the contrary, according to Solms: Many prevailing theories about how the brain functions were first worked out by Freud. For instance, Solms writes, Freud effectively identified the way that short-term memories get consolidated into long-term

86

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


BOOKS

ones, and did so more than half a century before the neurochemical mechanism for this was discovered. (To bolster his case here, Solms marshals the very man who identified that particular mechanism, Eric Kandel, who won the Nobel Prize in Physiology or Medicine for doing so, and who agrees with Solms that psychoanalysis is “the most coherent and intellectually satisfying view of the mind” we have, and that neuroscience is the “new intellectual framework” that can reinvigorate psychiatry.)

Or consider Freudianism’s key concept, the unconscious. Freud argued that our personalities and behaviors are governed by a maelstrom of hidden drives and motivations mostly unknown to our conscious selves. What we experience as our “conscious life” is in fact only a post hoc rationalization of things we are doing for other reasons, a devastating blow against not just human rationality but even free will.

For years, evidence of the unconscious seemed inaccessible to objective science. How can you prove the existence of something that none of us, by definition, can be subjectively aware of? But technologies unavailable to Freud have demonstrated that much of what happens in the brain is in fact unconscious. Studies using fMRI machines have revealed that when frightening images or angry faces are shown to people too fast for them to consciously perceive them, their brains nevertheless register the fear stimuli: The machines detect a flare of activity in the amygdala, which is followed by a surge in heart rate, blood pressure, and stress hormones, among other responses. The feeling of fear in the body then breaks into consciousness, and the brain makes decisions in response to that. It has become hard to deny that, at least in basic outline, Freud was right about the unconscious.

SOLMS’S SECOND explicit claim is, if anything, even more provocative. There is abundant evidence, he writes, that psychoanalysis and its offshoots “are astoundingly effective”—in some cases, he argues, “as dependable as, say, insulin is at managing type 1 diabetes, or as the HPV vaccine is at preventing cervical cancer. These treatments are so well proven that it would strike most doctors as—to use a technical term—crazy not to deploy them by default.”

Solms’s unqualified endorsement of psychoanalysis is startling after decades of criticism. In support, Solms cites a number of studies and papers from the past 40 years to show that psychoanalytic-style talk therapy is more effective than antidepressants or electroconvulsive therapy for depression, or than antipsychotics for schizophrenia. He also cites research demonstrating that psychoanalysis has a robust “sleeper effect”—that is, symptoms continue to improve long after the treatment has ended.

Technologies unavailable to Freud have demonstrated that much of what happens in the brain is in fact unconscious.

These results are so striking that I decided to look at the underlying studies, and some other relevant ones. I found that Solms is highly selective in what he cites, and elides a lot of nuance (and sometimes directly contradictory evidence) in service of his case for psychoanalytic-style therapy and against other forms of therapy, especially pharmacotherapy. Cherry-picking is not unusual (especially when dealing with studies that are hard to compare), but the conclusions that flow from it are usually accompanied by a degree of circumspection.

Solms’s verdicts are categorically blunt: “Nearly every psychiatric disorder listed and defined in the standard diagnostic manuals is best understood and treated, not pharmacologically, but psychologically.” And: “There are, as things stand, no physiological cures in psychiatry.” And perhaps most bracing: “The mainstay of modern psychiatry—psychopharmacology—is for the most part a defence against facing the facts about what our patients really need. It is a way of suppressing symptoms instead of asking what they mean and fixing that.”

Solms’s position aligns him, probably unintentionally, with the public pronouncements that RFK Jr. has issued about SSRI antidepressants in his role as HHS secretary, which made the American Psychiatric Association convention in May jangly with tension. Antidepressants are useless, Kennedy has said at various times; they are more addictive than heroin, result in “brain damage,” and could be partly responsible for school shootings. None of this is true. But one reason demagoguing against medication has been easy is that the biological model of psychiatry—although filling the coffers of pharmaceutical companies—has delivered no panaceas, instead fueling cycles of disenchanted overreaction. (Today, one in six Americans takes an antidepressant; no wonder APA attendees were on edge.)

Solms does concede that while no physiological cures exist in psychiatry, physiological treatments can remediate symptoms. That Advil doesn’t “cure” pain doesn’t stop people from taking the drug to alleviate it. Still, his broadside against pharmacology seems overbroad: Although it is surely true that many of those who take SSRI antidepressants do not need, and should not be on, them, it is also true that many others would be debilitated, if not dead, without them.

Before Freud became a psychiatrist, he himself was a neuroanatomist. Some of his early research was on the gonads of eels and the nervous systems of crayfish. But given the tools available to him in the 1890s, he kept bumping up against the limits of what the physical brain could reveal about the functioning of the mind. Frustrated and in need of money, he put aside the microscope, opened a private practice, and began focusing instead on clinical observation of patients, and

The Atlantic

87


Culture & Critics

BOOKS

of his own mind. Studying consciousness—and the unconscious brain that lay beneath it—from the inside was how Freud constructed psychoanalytic theory. He sometimes expressed embarrassment at this approach. “It still strikes me myself as strange that the case histories I write should read like short stories and that, as one might say, they lack the serious stamp of science,” he reflected in his foundational Studies on Hysteria in 1895.

Freud never abandoned his quest to link physiology and psychology. “We must recollect that all our provisional ideas in psychology will presumably some day be based on an organic substructure,” he wrote in 1914. In 1938, not long before his death, Freud was still at it: “The future may teach us to exercise a direct influence, by means of particular chemical substances, on the amounts of energy and their distribution in the mental apparatus.”

Solms has picked up the baton, but he is adamant that we have not reached the future that Freud was forecasting. Rather, his view is that we need to go back to Freud’s true aim: to treat the soul, not by ministering to the brain, as modern biological psychiatry does, but “by accepting that the ‘soul’—construed as the experiencing, active, living ‘I’—is a part of nature.” And he has company, even among clinicians who came of age during the rise of biological psychiatry: Patients with psychosis are “too fascinating and complex to be reduced to the blockade of dopamine receptors,” the psychiatrist Pesach Lichtenberg wrote in the 2023 book Psychopharmacology Reconsidered. So what kind of map does Solms provide?

YOU KNOW Chekhov’s famous stipulation that if you introduce a gun in the first act, it must be fired in the third? Well, here’s a corollary: If you introduce a penis on the first page of a book about psychoanalysis, it will go off, or fail to, or both, very soon. In his second paragraph, Solms ushers in a depressed physician named Teddy P, who gets dumped by his girlfriend after struggling with both premature ejaculation and erectile dysfunction (perhaps a bit on the nose for a book about Sigmund Freud).

When Teddy’s case becomes acute—in addition to depression and sexual dysfunction, he develops insomnia, headaches, brain fog, seizures, and evidence of possible dementia—Solms takes him on as a patient. He determines that Teddy’s underlying disease is psychological, not neurological (the seizures had made that an open question), and attributes much of what ails Teddy to the cascading effects of drugs and treatments he’s being given for his depression, anxiety, insomnia, and pain. Solms weans him off his medications and embarks with him on a course of psychoanalysis. Then he puts Teddy aside, leaving the reader in suspense for 258 pages before resuming the account of his fate.

“Psychoanalysis is a cure wrought by loving your neighbor as yourself.”

For all his extensive neuromedical training, Solms makes a point of describing the work of psychoanalysis as “less like science and more like a practical trade. Long experience leads to familiarity with many different kinds of glitch and suggests many different kinds of fix.” Some people—and by some people, I might mean me—derive a certain solace from understanding their anxiety and depression as, in effect, mechanical failures, not moral ones: a snag in the temperamental wiring here, an unfortunate genetic variant there, a dysregulation of neurotransmitters not unlike the problems with insulin regulation in a diabetic’s pancreas.

But Solms’s contention, drawing from Freud, is that those mechanical problems can be fixed only as part of a wholesale realignment of unconscious drives and emotional needs. That worked for Solms: He had been plagued by a severe death anxiety since he was a little boy, when his older brother suffered brain damage in a freak accident, but was cured by a course of analysis on the couch of Clifford Yorke, a British World War II veteran who had helped care for survivors after the liberation of Bergen-Belsen.

Teddy recovers. (This is no spoiler; readers could hardly have been expecting otherwise.) After four years of arduous work with Solms, revisiting early-childhood experiences and his relationship with his mother, his depression and anxiety lift, his sexual and romantic-attachment issues abate, his growing conscious awareness frees him from damaging unconscious compulsions. He becomes an outstanding doctor.

The treatment involves all kinds of unexpected twists and turns, and Solms deploys a lot of Freudian tools—dream analysis, free association, breaking down defense mechanisms, recovering buried memories, transference and countertransference, and elaborate (too elaborate, if you ask me) feats of interpretation by the analyst. To someone with my firmly materialist leanings, it all seems a bit much.

But I was struck by two things Solms writes in different places earlier in the book. One is that the aim of psychotherapy, at its core, is simply “to help our patients find better ways of meeting their emotional needs.” Whatever you think of the whole complicated Freudian edifice, who could take issue with that? The other is: “Psychoanalysis is a cure wrought by loving your neighbor as yourself.” Solms has set out to complete the Freudian project by giving it a neuroscientific basis—but maybe the more important accomplishment is to have restored to psychiatry its humanity. A

Scott Stossel is the national editor at The Atlantic and the author, most recently, of My Age of Anxiety: Fear, Hope, Dread, and the Search for Peace of Mind.

88

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


BOOKS

Bad Luck, Bad Choices

Richard Russo is America's portraitist of left-behind people in hollowed-out towns.

By Mark Oppenheimer

img-79.jpeg

"I'm the first writer in the family," the novelist Richard Russo once said, "but I'm not the first bullshitter in the family." That honor belonged to his divorced father, Jim, a highway worker with no interest in books and an only intermittent interest in his son. Jim's strongest connections were with his buddies at the bar. On summer breaks from college, Russo returned to Gloversville, in upstate New York, and his dad would get him on the road crew. When work ended, they would head home, hitting pubs along the way. At each stop, Jim would regale the regulars with a story about something that had happened on the job that day.

"He would pay attention to what worked in Roadhouse A," Russo said in 2025, "so that when he got to Roadhouse B, he would remember what got a laugh and what didn't, and so he would change the story." Jim would tell the same story over many days, cutting and shaping, finding the beats. "There's a word for that," Russo said. "It's called revision."

Revision, a refined term that Jim would never have used, is a staple of M.F.A. programs, such as the one his son attended at the University of Arizona. When Russo graduated in 1980, the experimental fiction of William Gass and Kurt Vonnegut was in vogue, but he much preferred the shambling shaggy-dog novels of Twain and Dickens, whose humor arose not from formal innovation but from the foibles of flawed characters (like his dad), many of them poor and unlettered (ditto). Early on, Russo threw in his lot with Tom and Huck and Jim, with David Copperfield and Oliver Twist—characters whose humble beginnings offer a vantage from which to see the absurdity of an unjust world.

Beginning with the 1986 publication of his first novel, Mohawk, Russo has filled 10 novels, plus many essays and short stories,

KNOPF / OLP ANDERSON / GETTY / DAVID TISBROSS / GETTY / CHRONICLE / ALAN / BETTMAN / GETTY

The Atlantic

ILLUSTRATION BY PAUL SPELLA

89


Culture & Critics

with portraits of men born with few gifts save their wits, making their way in an economy not set up to reward their kind. The bulk of his fiction is set in New York, in towns like Gloversville, where the good jobs have vanished (the glove-making trade there—once responsible for 90 percent of gloves sold in America—was by the 1950s already being replaced by imports). In these places, it’s unclear who is slinging more bull, the semi-employed men in bars or the educated civic “leaders,” such as mayors and bankers, promising that good times will return.

In Russo’s best work, especially his classic trilogy, set in fictional North Bath—Nobody’s Fool (1993), Everybody’s Fool (2016), and Somebody’s Fool (2023)—his characters’ banter, crude and self-knowing, reminds us that the worst effects of the modern economy are present not in the landscape but in the soulscape, the fractured lives and identities of obsolete workers. Their barroom bravado is a front, masking inner hurt, or just bewilderment. In the novelist’s business of exploring what’s inside people’s heads—the way we all think more than we can say—Russo is the peer of Jonathan Franzen and Meg Wolitzer, even if his characters think in fewer syllables.

At 77, Russo has published a new novel, Under the Falls, that at first seems to be a break with his past work. The characters are young, mostly in their mid-30s, and the protagonist, Tyler Sinclair, is honest-to-goodness rich. After high school, he left Stone Mountain, another of Russo’s fictional upstate hamlets, riding his guitar to stardom. When he blew out of town, he left behind a toxic love triangle and a paralyzed buddy, the victim of a near drowning that many blamed Tyler for. In the years since, he has milked the town, and a Mellencamp-like image as a boy from the sticks, for songwriting material. Now Tyler has come back to a place he never wanted to see again. Stone Mountain’s denizens feel the same way about him. At his much-ballyhooed return show, he and his band are pelted with eggs. On the way out of town, the band’s limousine is mysteriously driven off the road, and during his convalescence in Stone Mountain, Tyler gets caught up in local intrigue involving dope dealing, manslaughter, and police corruption.

Under the Falls is a short potboiling book, lacking the finer-grained mind reading and social texture that Russo excels at (the acknowledgments note that it began as a TV-pilot script). Yet in the Russo tradition, it’s about a boy whose hometown has mired him in grief but also given him the stories that will lift him out of it. And tucked into its harebrained (if thoroughly enjoyable) plotting is a line that could well be Russo’s artistic credo. Tyler is relieved, and a bit amazed, to see how Doc, his paralyzed friend, has

made a decent life for himself, with his own trailer, wheelchair, and car (a hearse tricked out with hand controls), funded by his “vast criminal enterprise.” “As an artist,” Russo writes, “Tyler has more than once wondered whether, under the right circumstances, or maybe the wrong ones, simply living life might qualify as art, and it occurs to him that his duty here is simple: to surrender his reservations and simply admire the man.”

AMONG ALL the hard-luck men in these hard-scrabble towns, the ones who compound their bad luck with bad choices interest Russo the most. His emblematic figure is Donald “Sully” Sullivan, the star of the North Bath trilogy, a saga about one man surfing the arc of the 20th century that invites comparison to Richard Ford’s Frank Bascombe books and John Updike’s Rabbit quartet, also anchored by troubled male protagonists. But Sully, whom we first meet in late middle age as a handyman with a bum knee—flashbacks fill in his tortured boyhood, his high-school-football career, his World War II service, his failed marriage—is on the opposite side of the class divide from those men. Bascombe is a writer, then a real-estate agent, and Harry “Rabbit” Angstrom dies rich, fat on sales from the car dealership he inherited from his father-in-law. Sully never has a penny extra until his old age, when he has some luck with the ponies and then inherits his landlady’s decaying house—and discovers how disconcerted he is by the taste of middle-class life. “He’d always suspected that life’s deck was stacked in favor of those with means,” Russo writes. Now what? For Rabbit and Bascombe, the American dream is real, or real enough. For Sully, the idea that he was “now and forevermore insulated against adversity” just doesn’t compute; it feels like a cruel joke.

And for Russo, the place that Sully inhabits is at least as interesting as the man himself—a signature of his fiction, which specializes in ensemble novels. “One of the good things about small towns,” Russo writes in his Pulitzer Prize winner, Empire Falls (2001), set in a postindustrial Maine hamlet, “was that they accommodated just about everyone; the lame and disfigured were all your neighbors, and seeing them every day meant that after a while you stopped noticing what made them different.”

The important thing is how they’re alike on the inside. In his sad-sack locales, characters face their predicaments with a mix of resilience, disappointment, and humor. They want love or connection, but they need money. Equipped with mostly meager educations and varying degrees of sophistication, they bounce off one another like bumper cars, everyone’s actions affecting everyone else’s. Gainful employment

UNDER THE FALLS

Richard Russo

KNOPP

90

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


BOOKS

is in short supply; vices take hold, whether ugly addictions or minor gambling habits; and in Under the Falls, the criminality moves beyond small-time hustles. Russo's townsfolk do one another the courtesy, when necessary, of pretending not to see what's in front of them; they also fight, make up, make love, and, above all, tolerate one another.

We tend to think that, in hollowed-out towns such as the ones Russo writes about, those left behind are left behind in the apocalyptic sense: The chosen ones got raptured out, to better places with more work, more Starbucks, more Subarus. But Russo shows how anyplace is good enough if you've chosen it, or can tell yourself that you have. Class and cultural divides are sources of tension, but also of local cohesion, as Tyler discovers in Stone Mountain—and as Sully has known all his life. Just because Sully never went to college doesn't mean he couldn't have hacked it. North Bath is always suffering intruders, from downstate and especially from nearby Schuyler Springs—an obvious stand-in for Saratoga Springs, which has the college (Skidmore), the racetrack, the tourist season, and hence the money that Gloversville lacks.

Sometimes these interlopers want to buy and rehab a house, and that's where Sully is indispensable. He and a partner do the fixing up on fixer-uppers. They just want to be paid, with money and perhaps a modicum of respect. After Miles Anderson, a university professor from downstate, keeps him waiting for an hour to talk about some repairs on his new property, Sully gets huffy, leading Anderson to ask, pissily, if Sully wants the work or not.

"Look, Mr. Anderson," Sully said, "I need the work. I'm just too old to jump up and down, okay? Inside, I'm all aflutter. Trust me." (The "aflutter" is a nice touch, hinting at the elevated vocabulary Sully can deploy when he wants to.) "Hmmm," Miles Anderson mused. "Well, I was also told you were insolent, though I suppose that's to be expected. The gruff, frontier independence of the American blue-collar worker and all that."

The only thing worse than new wealth threatening to intrude is old wealth that has fled, leaving desolation. In Empire Falls, there are perennial rumors about what might become of the old mill—is it true that investors from Boston have plans for it? The prologue to Under the Falls features a moving paean to the long-shuttered Stone Mountain Amusement Park. "Remember what amusement parks were like before they became corporate," Russo writes, "before there were special lines for people who have more money than you do."

For Russo, amusement parks, with their rides and buffets and dining-room windows "left open to capture the breeze off the lake," were once the great levelers, places where, for a day, "you're not poor; you're

The men who compound their bad luck with bad choices interest Russo the most.

rich." Stone Mountain Amusement Park offers an echo of the Ultimate Escape Fun Park, planned by Texas moneymen, that the town banker in Nobody's Fool hopes to lure to North Bath. But the Texans, after flirting with North Bath, ultimately choose a more prosperous site, near Portland, Maine. It seems they were full of it all along.

Russo never intimates that his bullshitters in the roadhouse are better men than the ones in the C-suite, or the ones with tenure, or the rock stars. (He is especially withering, though, about the tenured bullshitters, the professoriat. His most beloved book may well be Straight Man, a campus satire in the tradition of Kingsley Amis and David Lodge.) There's good and bad everywhere, and Russo is alert to self-serving delusions wherever they surface. "I made a man's mistakes," Sully's absentee father, "Big Jim" (obviously named for Russo's own father), says at the end of his life.

That has the ring of nobility, until we remember that his manly mistakes included beating his family, cheating on his wife, and drinking away his pay. Nor is it lost on the reader that he got away with his malign hijinks because, as a big man in a small town, he knew everyone, was enabled by everyone: cops, neighbors, co-workers. In Under the Falls, the town sheriff knows about, and indirectly profits from, Doc's drug running. He doesn't approve, but in a small town, complicity is hard to avoid.

Here's what characters like Sully come to understand about hometowns, at least in their wiser moments, and what Tyler has to learn: Achieving escape velocity is one of those aspirations, like being "now and forevermore insulated against adversity," that is forever out of reach. "It kind of feels like you're on the clock," Tyler reflects about his unexpected wealth and success. "Like any day now somebody's going to notice there's been a mistake, after which you'll go back to being poor."

Which doesn't mean you should simply stay put. Russo found Gloversville claustrophobic, as did his eccentric mother, whose mental illness—the subject of his 2012 memoir, the aptly titled Elsewhere—was surely exacerbated by being a dreamy, literate soul in a town of Babbitt. The two of them had to get out (Russo's overattached mom followed him to college in Arizona), only to realize that the fight was never with the town but with themselves. After years of attempting to make a life elsewhere, she returned to Gloversville. So did her son, of course. He never really left. A

Mark Oppenheimer is the editor of the magazine Arc: Religion, Politics, Et Cetera and the author of Judy Blume: A Life.

The Atlantic

91


Culture & Critics

img-80.jpeg

BOOKS

A Book That Wasn’t Meant to Be Read

Why does J. D. Vance’s Communion exist?

By Matthew Walther

92

ILLUSTRATION BY JARED NANGLE

A


J. D. Vance's new book, Communion, answers a question no one had thought to ask: What would Augustine's Confessions have looked like if the saint's greatest literary influence had been Hillary Clinton's immortal classic, Hard Choices?

One of the best-selling nonfiction titles of 2014, Hard Choices runs to more than 600 pages, many of which consist of factoids copied and pasted from Clinton's old speeches. It is possibly the least introspective book ever written. Her ghostwriters' modus operandi was to take a bunch of platitudinous abstractions from her time at the State Department ("The strategic fundamentals of our relationship—shared democratic values, economic imperatives and diplomatic priorities—are moving us closer to an understanding and a trust that reflects the convergence of values and interests") and switch the tenses ("The strategic fundamentals of our relationship with India—shared democratic values, economic imperatives, and diplomatic priorities—were pushing both countries' interests into closer convergence").

Vance's book never quite sinks to this level, but it does make me wonder why it was published, and for whose edification. Even by the standards of faith-driven airport nonfiction, Communion is not very interesting. Despite what the jacket copy suggests, the book is not "the story" of Vance's conversion to Roman Catholicism, which had already been recounted in an essay published six years ago in the journal I edit, The Lamp. (Unaltered passages from it appear in the present volume without acknowledgment.) If anything, the book, from its Methodist-church-emblazoned cover on, seems oddly squeamish about the Catholic Church, couching most of its arguments concerning religious questions in a generically Christian register. When Vance does address specifically Catholic subject matter, his language is in some cases awkward and in almost all curiously unidiomatic. At one point, he describes himself attending "a Mass mourning Christ's passion," a phrase so theologically defective that it could be the subject of an entire ecumenical council.

Like Hard Choices, Communion is full of what might loosely be described as anecdotes. Take the one about Vance's future wife, Usha, recommending Joan Didion's memoir The Year of Magical Thinking while they were students at Yale Law School. Usha said she found it "cathartic," prompting Vance to look up this unknown word in the Oxford English Dictionary. As one does? Until I stumbled onto this passage, I would have guessed that the middle of the Venn diagram of "people who use the paywalled OED rather than Dictionary.com" and "people who don't know what cathartic means" is empty, like the Strategic Petroleum Reserve. I'm not saying that Vance's story is impossible. I'm just saying that if it did happen as described, it

For every ludicrous snippet of fanfic, there is at least an equal number of conversations so boring that they must be true.

would be like somebody discovering this Beethoven character in his well-thumbed set of the multivolume New Grove Dictionary of Music and Musicians.

If random disclosure of common-sense-defying detail is your idea of a searing, poignant journey into the light of faith, there's more where that came from. Communion includes what is almost certainly the ne plus ultra of a new rhetorical trope—the posthumous invocation of Charlie Kirk to justify whatever the author or speaker wants you to believe or do. You know what I mean: the thing where a conservative podcast host assures his audience that a week or a few days or possibly just minutes before the man's death, Kirk shared the secret gnosis about Israel, which is inevitably followed by a riposte from a Mar-a-Lago influencer insisting with equal stridency that milliseconds before (or perhaps even after) the shooting, she received private confirmation via text message of Kirk's established public position. In this case, however, the spirit is summoned to explain why Usha had become pregnant again; specifically, we learn that Kirk's widow, Erika, told Vance's wife that she regrets not having more kids with Charlie, and that this moved Usha deeply and—Marvin Gaye needle drop.

People decide to have children for every possible reason or none. But until recently, the actual circumstances leading up to their conception were generally a private matter. If a dead friend inspired me and my wife to renew our acquaintance with the facts of life, I would probably not feel comfortable immortalizing his influence in my spiritual memoir slash campaign manifesto. But over and over again in these pages, Vance gives the impression that his book is meant to provide some kind of quasi-evangelical impetus to aspiring parents. If the right-wing dads of America start using "Let's do it—for Charlie!" as a come-on, the U.S. birth rate is going to drop below that of Vatican City.

This oversharing of small details exists uneasily alongside a surprising lack of reflection on the book's ostensible themes. A memoir that begins with criticism of anhedonic ambition becomes the chronicle of a man who, in less than a decade, is elected to the Senate and becomes vice president of the United States. Does everything that Vance says about the perfunctory pursuit of empty honors (he gives the example of Supreme Court clerkships) apply to his own rapid ascent to the office memorably described by John Nance Garner, one of its former holders, as "not worth a bucket of warm piss"? If not, why? Vance skates around this question—not, I think, because he is actively trying to do so, but because it actually seems not to have occurred to him.

There is one interesting exception here to Vance's lack of reflection on his political career: a two-page apology for his remarks about "childless cat ladies."

The Atlantic

SEPTEMBER 2026

93


Culture & Critics

BOOKS

For what it's worth, I think he is protesting too much. When these comments came up again during the 2024 presidential campaign, my sister was a childless cat lady, a fan of Vance's writing, and a Trump voter; she joked about his remarks with her husband, a naturalized citizen born in Mexico, and voted for Donald Trump again. Now the two of them are the proud parents of a beautiful baby boy. Only in America! At any rate, for me, this pang (OED: "a sudden sharp feeling of mental anguish or intense emotional pain") of conscience was oddly precise in its calibration. If Vance now recognizes his comments as churlish, lacking in charity, and utterly unlikely to persuade voters, much less witness to the sublime truths of the Christian religion, good for him. But what about those Haitians in Ohio who, it turned out, were not barbecuing Lassie? Does he consider those dog whistles at least equally ill-conceived? Or was the issue simply that dunking on DINKs is a riskier gambit for graduates of Yale Law School than race-baiting?

I could go on. But to what end? I have said that after reading Communion, I was left wondering why it had been published. This is not as cutting a remark as it might sound. Even less interesting than a deeply mediocre book is a reviewer taking such a book too seriously. There is not a single person in the United States whose desire to read (or purchase) it will be affected by my opinions.

Could Vance have written a better book? Could Hard Choices have been better? Come on. When I say that Communion is a complete waste (of time, paper, the resources of the vice presidency, etc.), I really mean it, but I would say the same if I had been asked to review, say, Kamala Harris's 107 Days. Here is a sample from what her ghostwriter expects us to believe is an actual conversation:

"I'm fully behind you, Joe," I told him. "But if you decide not to run, I'm ready. And I would give it all I've got, because Trump has to be beaten."

Dialogue is always stilted in these books. But for every ludicrous snippet of fanfic like this, there is at least an equal number of conversations so boring that they must be true. Early on in Jill Biden's View From the East Wing, the former first lady recounts a conversation that begins "Let's have lunch," to which her husband replies, "Okay." A few sentences later, the repartee continues, with the couple addressing a perhaps invisible server whose existence we are simply meant to infer (unless, of course, the Bidens were talking to themselves).

"Chardonnay, please," I said. Joe said, "I'll have a Diet Coke."

COMMUNION

J. D. Vance

HARPER

Before we'd even looked at the menu, I said:

"This is it, Joe. You have to make up your mind.

Are you going to run or not?"

"Yes, I want to run," he told me, matter-of-factly.

At last, clarity.

"Okay," I said.

Okay. On what possible scale involving literary merit, human interest, or historical value is it even possible to evaluate a text containing these sentences?

At times the book reads like a bold linguistic experiment, an attempt to discover the absolute minimum level of evocation that can be achieved by what are technically grammatical English sentences. Don't get me wrong, though. View From the East Wing would not have been improved if it had been more lyrical. The single worst thing about the book is that every few pages, we get a high-toned quotation, or at least an attempt at one: "The Danish philosopher Søren Kierkegaard said, 'Life can only be understood backwards, but it must be lived forwards.'" He didn't.

The only thing harder than envisioning the end of capitalism is trying to imagine a readable book written by (or attributed to) a contemporary American political figure. These books are not meant to be seriously reviewed, for the very simple reason that they are not meant to be seriously read. It is hardly an exaggeration to say that they are not meant to be read at all. They exist to be announced breathlessly, advertised, embargoed, analyzed via leaks and scooplets, discussed on podcasts—but their final end is to collect dust in the free pile outside used-book stores. For a laugh, go to the books section of a Salvation Army or a Goodwill and see how many copies of Bill Clinton's My Life you can find. My personal record is 43, sitting side by side in their glorious order and array, like the blessed angels in heaven.

The problem here extends beyond books by politicians (and their wives). Already so much of what publishers find room for is "current affairs" slop that is basically indistinguishable from the kind of bad writing I am talking about, save for the fact that the authors are television stars or podcasters or—(shudders)—political reporters rather than elected officials. Only readers can stop this madness, by turning their attention elsewhere. Read about the past. Read about far-away places. Read Macaulay or Sylvia Townsend Warner or Santayana's letters. Read a real book. A

Matthew Walther is the editor of The Lamp, a Catholic literary journal. He is writing a biography of John Henry Newman.

94

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


NEW YORK CITY

SEPTEMBER 17-19

THE ATLANTIC FESTIVAL

PERELMAN PERFORMING ARTS CENTER (PAC NYC)


THREE DAYS OF BIG IDEAS WITH TODAY'S BOLDEST THINKERS.

ENJOY NEWS-MAKING CONVERSATIONS, EXCLUSIVE SCREENINGS, BOOK TALKS, AND PERFORMANCES YOU WON'T FIND ANYWHERE ELSE.

EXPERIENCE THE ATLANTIC'S ESSENTIAL JOURNALISM LIVE ONSTAGE.

PASSES ON SALE NOW. SUBSCRIBERS SAVE 30 PERCENT.

SPEAKERS AND AGENDA ANNOUNCED! THEATLANTICFESTIVAL.COM

UNDERWRITERS

PRESENTING:

Genentech

A Member of the Boston Group

SUPPORTING:

Boston Scientific

Advancing science for life

contentful

Edward Jones

TIAA

CONTRIBUTING:

Allstate.

Health

HAUSER & WIRTH

SEABOURN

Luxury Meets Exploration


Culture & Critics

img-81.jpeg

BOOKS

Invisible Men

Gay Jamaican men struggle for survival in Marlon James’s new novel.

By Stephanie Burt

The Jamaican writer Marlon James won international fame with A Brief History of Seven Killings, which was awarded the Booker Prize in 2015. That title misled—the book describes dozens of killings, not just seven, and it is by no means brief—but its premise delivered. The 700-page novel, his third, revisits the Jamaican election of 1976 and the assassination attempt on Bob Marley that year; the gang truce of 1978; and the violence that preceded and followed, first in Kingston, then in New York City during the 1980s and early 1990s. Lots of Americans, myself included, learned some pivotal Jamaican history and some Jamaican English and patois from its many troubled narrators.

Most of those narrators seek political power, bloody revenge, wealth, or journalistic glory. The sole woman in the

96

ILLUSTRATION BY ROCHE

A


array—the only consistently sympathetic narrator—wants instead to disappear: “Shut everybody out. Shut everybody down. Just go.” She even pores over How to Disappear Completely and Never Be Found (it’s a real book). “Whether on a plane or in a box,” she muses, “I was going to leave this place.” James, who grew up in Kingston and now splits his time between New York City and Minneapolis, has said the same about himself: “Whether it was in a plane or in a coffin, I knew I had to get out of Jamaica.”

The Disappearers, James’s new novel, shows why. Brief History studies men who want to rise, to dominate, to become stars; this one focuses on men who try not to be seen. It’s James’s most clearly autobiographical work. Of its five main narrators, two share his age, background, and interests, and one of those misses out on the worst of Jamaica’s violence and ends up, as James has, in a stable job with an advanced degree. It’s also James’s first realist novel since Brief History—he published two long works of complex, bloody, mythological fantasy in between.

This time, he writes about Jamaican men who have sex with men (only some would call themselves gay). Eight of them assemble in a Kingston home in 1988 for rehearsals of the Canadian playwright John Herbert’s 1967 prison drama, Fortune and Men’s Eyes, under the direction of Havelock, a confident, queeny émigré who’s returned from England. Speaking in Jamaican English, as most of the characters do, he explains that it’s “a gay play about men loving and sexing and rule over other men.”

None of the men who gather at the house on Lady Musgrave Road is a professional actor. All responded to flyers or heard about the play through word of mouth, and the five central narrators take turns admitting us into their minds. Eddy, a bookish university student and one of the James-like pair, combines his literary interests with a craving for porn; his passion for indie rock and X-Men comics alienates him further from his peers. Jordan, who lives in his car and hustles to survive, becomes almost a doppelgänger for Eddy: He likes comics and alternative rock too, and reads the same sort of literary books as Eddy.

The group also includes a mysterious half-Chinese businessman whom Eddy can’t help finding hot; wealthy Omar, who funds the rehearsals; and three other actors. All discover, during and after rehearsals, some imaginative refuge—a space for people who, as Eddy puts it, “can’t leave but can’t stay.” They chat and flirt and grumble about what parts they’re assigned. One actor objects to playing a drag queen. Men feel they have to protect their manhood, even in this private space.

Then the violence descends. A posse of men finds the house and beats almost everyone bloody

“Whether it was in a plane or in a coffin, I knew I had to get out of Jamaica.”

or worse, using blackjacks, nunchucks, knives, fists, a crowbar, a cricket bat. James depicts the aggressors’ thoughts in a short Faulknerian fugue. At least one of the attackers is closeted: “Kill it in them, kill it in me.” Two are cops. Another’s a reggae star whose big hit “Batty Is Not Pussy” advocates killing gay men. (Batty is Jamaican slang for “rear end,” and battyman is an insulting term for gay men.) James’s made-up star recalls the real musician Buju Banton, whose breakout track, “Boom Bye Bye”—which he’s since repudiated—also extols gay-bashing and murder. The mayhem leaves one actor dead, another blinded, and the rest hoping to rebuild, or more likely flee, their prior lives.

The remainder of the novel follows the survivors as Jordan and Eddy attempt, separately and together, to track down those among them who have gone missing. Parts of interlocking stories unfold in the narrators’ divergent voices. Havelock writes delightfully ornate letters to his former lover in England. Jordan and Eddy relate their own travails through recorded interviews with a journalist named Petra, but also describe, in the first person, their days and years. Jordan ends up with the most eventful character arc, ultimately tracking down perpetrators too: He wants them to pay, or at least not to disappear.

BRIEF HISTORY looks at power in a place of violence and examines what secrets it hides. Now James has written a book about people whose whole lives feel like secrets. And he has a thesis: Those who grow up learning that they are bad and do not deserve to exist—people who might get raped, maimed, or murdered for trying to be themselves—almost inevitably organize their life around attempts to disappear, escape, or else retreat to the margins, becoming (like Eddy) figures who observe others, themselves unseen, or (like Jordan) agents of vengeance who stick to the shadows.

“There is a Jamaica underneath this Jamaica,” Jordan tells Eddy, whose more sheltered and luckier life means he might not know. It’s a metaphor, except when it’s not; the drag queens, trans women, and unhoused youth who live in Kingston’s gullies, below street level, have made it literal, as Eddy and Jordan, in flight from another mob later in the story, show us. James makes the gully dwellers and their fragile world a compelling side story, intent on presenting a panorama of Kingston’s gay life, from those who occupy the economic heights (also literal hills) down to “all of them queens and freaks and fishboys and battymen” who “cannot and will not pass.” The survivors of Lady Musgrave Road flee to totally closeted respectability, “a safe place filled with disappointment,” where several remain for years; or else to

The Atlantic

SEPTEMBER 2026

97


Culture & Critics

opportunities off the island, or religious rebirth, or a near-invisible secluded life “at the top of a mountain.” We might see the whole novel as an attempt to create a stage, a space, where gay Jamaican men can honestly and fully appear, at least in retrospect.

Like Brief History, The Disappearers offers a big, modernist assemblage of contrasting styles, personas, and points of view. It, too, is a work of classic realism, touring the social layers in a changing Kingston as its characters earn and lose money, rise and fall. But unlike Brief History, which includes gay characters but mostly isn’t about them, The Disappearers also belongs with those earlier chronicles of gay America that Jordan and Eddy name-check, especially John Rechy’s The Sexual Outlaw. And so it’s full of gay sex: ecstatic, conflicted, reluctant, a desperate secret or an open secret.

James acknowledges occasions of sweet, mutual, that’s-how-it-should-be sex—but those happen largely offstage. Most of the on-page couplings instead mix, alarmingly, sex with violence. Some people seek humiliation; some want to inflict it. Some get hurt by their tricks. James manages not to kink-shame anyone, but he’s less interested in kink education than in displaying a sexual world where every hookup comes with scary risks: assault and battery, for example, or public exposure, or HIV in the age before retrovirals. Living in fear of “the AIDS” entails its own “long set of disappearing acts”—not just sickness and death, but shame and denial and an inability to mourn.

Those risks do not keep most of James’s survivors from pursuing, or becoming, hookups and rent boys and hate-fucks, with and without proper lube and enemas, which the novel—appropriately, even necessarily—describes: Responsible writing about anal sex has to mention those things, and James does. He wants to bring his gay men’s sex lives into the light. The men, however, keep trying to “erase themselves,” learning how to “make yourself into the kind of person nobody wants to see.” Early on, Eddy claims, “I don’t think about it a lot,” and yet he’s never unaware of being “part of an us that people just want to beat to death.” Or bury alive.

THE NOVEL opens up many pleasures for literary readers, in its pacing, in its observations, and especially in the ventriloquism of Havelock’s old-school prose (he even writes one letter in the obsolescent gay slang Polari). But it’s not, mostly, a book about pleasure: These lives are often—realistically—scary or sad. We should not label them tragedies, though, because that implies a controlling divinity, or at least a fixed fate. As Havelock insists, “We need to stop calling atrocities tragic.” The Disappearers is, among other things, one novel responding to many atrocities.

THE DISAPPEARERS

Marlon James

RIVERHEAD

When you grow up surrounded by people who hate you for what you are and whom you love, it’s tough to disentangle their hate from self-hate, and either one from a wish to die. And it’s not just the cast from Lady Musgrave Road that conflates self-destruction with self-fashioning, death with destiny. So does the music of Kurt Cobain, the most important among the cultural touchstones that give Jordan and Eddy alternatives to Kingston. They listen to Nirvana, and to the rock bands that Cobain recommended—“music that people who hate me don’t like,” Jordan says—more than to “Peter Metro and Admiral Bailey” and other hit-makers from the island.

Major characters also find allies in older gay novels, like Rechy’s, and in comic books. “Come to think of it, my life is exactly like X-Men. I served a world, in this case the world of cool boys,” Eddy decides early on, “only to have those same boys abuse and brutalize me.” The heroic mutants of Marvel Comics—Nightcrawler, who looks like a devil; Storm, whom one gully queen resembles; and the rest—promise one way to survive the Kingston experience, even though, in the particular issue of X-Men that Eddy covets, the X-Men literally disappear.

Renaissance writings—Shakespeare’s sonnets and King Lear, Christopher Marlowe’s Edward II—give James additional scaffolding for his stories about attachment and found family, literal torture and tortured love. The strongest subplot links the fate of Eddy’s half-Chinese crush back to the sonnets, as well as to Herbert’s play. The weakest subplot turns Jordan into an obsessive, predictable avenger, less like one of the X-Men than like a Jamaican Joker, with a twist that’s no twist at all if you’ve seen horror films. Yet up to that obvious final act, the Eddy-and-Jordan pairing works elegantly, showing two sides of the same damaged face.

Still, any reader will feel for Jordan when he exclaims, late in the novel, “My ghost suffering makes me want to scream.” He means both that, compared with people dying of AIDS, he isn’t genuinely suffering (though he is), and that he feels like a disembodied outcast, a kind of ghost. The Disappearers ends up as a violence-driven protest, a scream of rage—like Nirvana’s final album—against a world that keeps trying to kill people like him and then pretends that they asked for it, or that they never existed. The novel is a superbly fashioned instrument for showing what felt wrong, what went wrong, in Jamaica in the late 1980s and ’90s, and what’s still wrong in other places, too, where people who grow up marginalized get blamed for their own persecution, or else celebrated as brave exceptions when, against the odds, they succeed.

98

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


BOOKS

The fantastic unfairness—especially if it’s as brutal and direct as what James depicts—might make you a vanisher or an avenger (like Jordan). Or it might instead make you a chronicler (like Eddy and Petra), a maker of memorials, even a rescuer for people who want to be rescued—people who get sick of trying to disappear. And some do: Most of the survivors from Lady Musgrave Road, however wounded, find a way to forge on. Some (like Havelock) even keep trying at “building something—I don’t know, a safe place, a room of one’s own and world so you can let your hair down so to speak?”

In James’s wildly patriarchal Jamaica, the struggle to live as a gay man means a struggle to become and remain some kind of man, whatever you like to do in bed. Life is, or seems to be, all about men: Women appear in the book but never narrate (as one does in Brief History), and barely say how they feel. That’s part of the point of The Disappearers, in which the same men who persecute gay desire want women to disappear. As in any binary opposition, men learn to define themselves against their supposed other: “Nothing more shameful for a man than to be treated like a woman,” one character thinks, an idea all too familiar in the contemporary United States as well.

Among the seven people who survive the Lady Musgrave Road assault, James traces some future for all but one: outside or inside Jamaica, in sham marriages that fail or desk jobs that allow them to subsist, and even in fragile, comforting, long-delayed reunions. As for that one actor who just drops out of the plot, maybe he died. After all, his “own family prefer him gone.” Or maybe that person was never a man in the first place and built a solid life elsewhere as an adult woman, her boyhood deleted for good—what trans people in earlier generations called “woodworking” (fading into the woodwork).

Within The Disappearers, that’s one character’s speculation, dismissed as soon as it’s raised. But it’s also another hint of hope. And this novel, which ends in 2005, does offer hope: not just for gay Jamaican men but for trans teens, nonbinary adults, and anyone else since then who’s felt as though their society has kept asking them to hide, or lie, or die, or just go away. The Disappearers is a harrowing book, to be sure, but never nihilist, or defeatist, or cynical. Its joy in ultimate survival comes through. A

Stephanie Burt is the Donald and Katherine Loker Professor of English at Harvard and the author, most recently, of Taylor’s Version: The Poetic and Musical Genius of Taylor Swift.

The Atlantic

Stance

By Deborah Garrison

Summer he was 9 going on 10, suddenly he had one: chin tucked into the leading shoulder, the body at once lifted high and crouched; something in the thighs was attached to the ground yet there was an upward determination in the elbow—

a boy could be pulled skyward and earthward at once, could be, like the bat, expectant, not quite still, quivering with intent to circle and strike a note; his hands fused to the wood and wrists braced as though screwing tight or about to unscrew the lid of a jar (love in the wrists was part of the stance)

and when the swing broke and the ball whistled long and everyone was moving, calling—the throw’s to second— I wanted to study the stance again in that suspended life before a play happens, before memory carried it away.

Deborah Garrison, the editorial director of poetry at Knopf, is the author of two poetry collections, A Working Girl Can’t Win and The Second Child.

99


ESSAY

Music's Most Mysterious Profession

What conductors actually do

By Matthew Aucoin

The conductor is a con artist. Or: The conductor is God. Musicians frequently encounter both of these extreme views of music's most mys- terious profession. It's not surprising that conductors elicit sus- picion as well as adu- lation. The very act of conducting—waving a wand to summon ravishing or ethereal or earsplitting sounds— can look like either

100

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


STEFANO BIANCHETTI / CORBIS / GETTY

img-82.jpeg

The Atlantic

101


img-83.jpeg

inexplicable magic or embarrassing nonsense, a kind of tuxedoed air guitar.

With most kinds of musical performance, the listener can sense, in their heart and their gut, how demanding the musician's task is. To possess the infinitesimally sensitive fine motor skills required to make a violin sing, or the poise and breath control needed to coax beauty out of a trombone, is to be not only an artist but an Olympic athlete in command of invisible muscles. There's a reason that a primal scene of countless anxiety dreams is the musical

performance for which you are unprepared, the audience coughing impatiently and the grand piano awaiting you in a pool of light, like some kind of gleaming, jet-black armored tank.

Conducting is different. I would bet that practically everyone who's seen a conductor leading an orchestra has had the fleeting thought Come on, anyone could do that. They're just waving their arms! Aren't they? And if not, then what exactly are they doing? Plenty of people—plenty of musicians, even—mistrust the abracadabra mysticism that

Previous page: An 1846 caricature of the Romantic composer Hector Berlioz, known for his love of big, loud orchestras. Above: Herbert von Karajan, 1970.

102

SEPTEMBER 2026

A

JEAN-CLAUDE DEUTSCH / PARIS MATCH / GETTY


so frequently surrounds practitioners of this elusive and slightly dubious art.

At the other end of the spectrum is the equally inaccurate notion that the conductor is an infallible being with almost supernatural powers. People who hold this view tend to assume that the orchestra would be utterly helpless without the sage guidance of the baton-wielder; they forget that any good ensemble is made up of dozens of experienced, intelligent musicians, each of whom is capable of autonomous musical thought. Listeners inclined in this direction will sometimes marvel that the conductor seems, somehow, to know every note of everyone's part. If they attend a rehearsal, they might swoon over even a simple request from the maestro—for example, to play a passage more lyrically—as if it were a commandment from on high.

I'm mainly a composer; I'm at my happiest confronted with a blank sheet of staff paper. But I am also a conductor, of both my own music and other music. And the mystery of conducting has fascinated me since long before I picked up a baton. Orchestral musicians don't need a conductor in order to execute the core tasks of music-making. And yet, with an exceptional conductor on the podium, an electricity can flow through the ensemble, an extra energy that helps dozens of musicians breathe and speak as one complex, multifarious organism. Conducting is, above all, a profound exercise in trust: the orchestra trusting the conductor to keep a hand on the throttle, the conductor trusting the orchestra to soar.

CONDUCTORS AREN'T always necessary, of course. For someone to stand up and wave their arms at a trio or quartet would be superfluous, not to mention insulting. Communicating is easy in a small group, where the musicians can face one another, like friends in a booth at a restaurant, and have a musical conversation. Everyone can hear every other part clearly; the players can meet one another's eyes, breathe together.

This kind of interaction can turn cumbersome, however, once a gathering reaches a certain numerical threshold. A group of four or five friends can decide,

on the fly, where to go for dinner. But a group of 70 or 80 people? Any given member of the group probably doesn't know every single other person, and holding one conversation without some kind of agreed-upon structure would be all but impossible. In such situations, even the most independent-minded adult can yearn for a competent event planner. One of the conductor's core functions is to be that helpful, sheepdog-like presence.

Conducting, as a distinct profession, only emerged in the mid-19th century, an inevitable result of converging musical and technological developments. The Industrial Revolution left its imprint on music as on so much else, enabling the invention of newfangled instruments: the tuba, the saxophone, the celesta. Instruments that had been around for centuries got upgrades; the addition of piston valves to trumpets and French horns, for example, made them louder and more precise. In turn, these technical improvements made possible the roaring, oceanic modern orchestra, an ensemble capable of producing the rich, polished sound that we might call "cinematic" today.

Many composers made gleeful use of the new coloristic possibilities available to them. Now they had brass sections whose burnished, gleaming tone could rattle the listener's ribs, and string sections so large and lush that they could lull their audience into a narcotic stupor. Orchestras got bigger and bigger, ultimately evolving into the musical counterpart of the mighty steamboats and freight trains of the Industrial Age. And like those boats and trains, these ensembles were unwieldy enough that they needed conductors to steer them.

The aristocratically sponsored court orchestras of earlier centuries tended to be small enough that they didn't require a conductor. Those ensembles often performed in intimate halls, for exclusive audiences, and they were typically led by the first violinist or a keyboardist, who would mark time with their bow arm or their head while playing. But throughout the 19th century, in both Europe and the United States, musical organizations sprang up that, rather than being housed at royal courts, were founded by private

citizens. These new orchestras were civic institutions, and they were intended to be available to as many people as possible. To accommodate this bigger audience, many cities built formidable new concert halls, and the size of the ensembles onstage grew too.

The solitary, magus-like figure of the conductor was also an ideal emblem of the Romantic age, a period that valorized the lone artist endowed with mystical gifts. Composers had once tended to think of themselves as craftsmen, not so different from woodworkers or shipbuilders or shoemakers. Regardless of whether a church composer was feeling especially inspired in a given week, his job was to write new music for every Sunday service.

The Romantic composers had a very different conception of the artist's relationship to the world. The creative artist was a singular, almost divinely inspired fountain of imagination, a spirit blessed (or cursed) with the capacity to gaze into the heavens and the abyss. Composers such as Hector Berlioz and Richard Wagner dreamed up wild, intricately phantasmagorical works so challenging for musicians of the time that both composers had to take up the baton themselves to make their musical cosmos a reality. The conductor, and especially the composer-conductor, was the Romantic figure par excellence, the visionary who faced a sea of musicians, like some figure out of a Caspar David Friedrich painting, and summoned storms.

ONCE ORCHESTRAS reached this grand scale, the conductor became a practical necessity. Logistical and spatial issues intrude when you have 90 or 100 people onstage. With an ensemble of this size, someone at one end of the stage is going to find hearing exactly what's going on at the other end extremely difficult. If you're a trombone player, sitting way in the back, are you really going to notice if the first violins speed up a hair, way down in front? If the formidably loud colleagues who surround you—trumpets, tubas, timpani—happen to be playing their heart out too, they're probably the only people you'll hear. How, then, are you supposed to coordinate what you're doing with

The Atlantic

103


img-84.jpeg

Arturo Toscanini, circa 1955

people playing much quieter instruments at the other side of the stage? How can you tell whether your sound is balancing and blending with people you can't even hear properly?

And how would you synchronize your playing with theirs, especially given the fluid sense of rhythm that's integral to the performance of so much orchestral music? If you mainly listen to contemporary pop music, you're probably accustomed to hearing a steady beat; a lot of pop music today is even recorded to a "click track," or a preset electronic pulse that provides a string of beats spaced with absolute, inflexible evenness. In such music, the performer's first task is to lock into that easily audible pulse. If a steady beat is present, getting through a piece without a conductor is no problem for a group of musicians, no matter its size. Even an orchestra of 100 players would do fine on its own if it were simply playing along with a very loud drummer.

The trouble is that in most orchestral music, no such beat exists; absolute metronomic steadiness usually isn't the goal. Time can flow with the changeability of a river current. It might be swift and free at one moment, and then a second later turn halting and trickling, as if navigating around boulders. Even within a single phrase, a performer might feel an impulse

to slow down and caress an especially tender change of harmony, and then to surge forward again once the moment passes. One of the thrills of orchestral performance is that the pacing is flexible and volatile; the same piece might move somewhat differently from one evening to the next. In a given performance, if the violins bring an extra dose of voluptuous beauty to a certain section, the whole ensemble might want to slow down more than usual, to wring every drop of expressive power from the music.

This is the conductor's essential task: to embody, guide, and react to the current of the music. A responsible conductor understands that they must both lead and serve as listener in chief. They should have a clear plan for how a performance will be shaped, but they must also be prepared to respond to their colleagues' music-making as it happens. If a particular player or section is doing something magical, the conductor should know how to absorb that energy and reflect it back to the ensemble. Last year, when I conducted performances of my piece Music for New Bodies at Lincoln Center, I remember being so stunned by the oboist Joseph Jordan's beautiful sound that his solo sections expanded and stretched in ways I hadn't anticipated, even though I wrote the music. The transference of

musical ideas between conductor and orchestra is a two-way street.

And although conductor and orchestra alike are guided by a score, a single piece of music can be performed countless ways. There can be as many interpretations of a phrase in a Mozart symphony as there are members of the orchestra. Should a given moment sound joyous, wistful, irreverent, sarcastic? What is its emotional temperature? What should the quality of sound be—dark or gleaming, soft-textured or biting? The risk, when an ensemble performs without a conductor, is that everyone's different musical ideas can get averaged out, that everyone can gravitate toward the median interpretation rather than the most daring.

But the fact that small or medium orchestras could play without a conductor means that the bar for what conductors offer ought to be set very high. Both orchestras and audiences have a right to ask: Is this performance stronger and more expressive thanks to the person waving the baton? Orchestral musicians have a bone-deep instinct for this; they can usually tell within the first minute of the first rehearsal whether a given conductor is likely to make their life easier or harder. If the orchestra is playing a familiar piece—say, a Brahms symphony—and the conductor's cue results in a first chord that sounds hesitant or scattered, the conductor may already have lost the orchestra's trust, within five seconds. And if the conductor talks too much at the start of the rehearsal, attempting to tell the musicians how things should sound rather than physically showing them, that's another immediate yellow flag.

Any orchestra that plays together week after week shares a collective unconscious, and in that unconscious is a finely calibrated autopilot system. This autopilot engages if the conductor isn't sufficiently clear or interesting. If a conductor is unhelpfully flailing around, the musicians don't even need to say a word: The autopilot turns on, and the players instinctively react primarily to one another rather than to the person on the podium. The bodily intelligence of an orchestra is formidable; the musicians always know when it would be safer to

104

SEPTEMBER 2026

A

B. GATES / HOLTON ARCHIVE / GETTY


ignore the lunatic in the cockpit. Some conductors are painfully aware of when they're being ignored. The more clueless ones think they can take all the credit, even when it's the orchestra that is calmly guiding the plane back to Earth.

THERE IS an abiding tension between the profession of conductor, with its persistent whiff of old-world autocracy, and the workplace culture of most contemporary American cities. We are a long way from the days when Arturo Toscanini could arrive at the Metropolitan Opera House and shriek that "the orchestra play like pig!", or when Herbert von Karajan could pause a rehearsal, ask a violinist near the back of the section to stand up and play a passage by himself, and then—unsatisfied with the result—show that violinist the door and announce that he never wanted to see him again. If a conductor attempted such a move today, the musician's union would have them drawn and quartered. Conductors are now more likely to speak of their orchestra as a family, and to emphasize how collaborative and friendly their working relationship is.

Yet I'm not always convinced by these sometimes-cloying assertions of free and easy collaboration. Even if most conductors have softened their affect, the fundamental power dynamic has not shifted. "I think we're still dictators but we smile more," the conductor Stéphane Denève said, with refreshing candor, in a 2011 interview.

For the most part, Denève is right. In rehearsals, except for occasional moments when orchestra members might request clarification on a particular point, the conductor is typically the only person who speaks, deciding what to rehearse, how many times to repeat a section, whether to stop and tune a complex chord in the winds and brass, and so on. For a clarinetist to suddenly start holding forth about something would be an unthinkable

breach of protocol. In economic terms, too, conductors occupy a singular position within the orchestral hierarchy, by which I mean they're radically overpaid. A conductor can make 10 times as much as the highly trained virtuoso musicians they claim to treat as equals.

It's true that if a conductor serves as music director of an orchestra, they have institutional responsibilities beyond conducting concerts, especially in the United States, where public funding is scarce and fundraising is a perpetual necessity. An orchestra's music director hears auditions, plans the repertoire for future seasons, and generally serves as an ensemble's recognizable face, its ambassador to the public. But it's also true that the music director might be present for only a few months a season, whereas the instrumentalists are required to perform with the orchestra all year round. I've always been impressed by the unusual example of the Dutch conductor Frans Brüggen, a co-founder of the Orchestra of the Eighteenth Century, who insisted on economic parity with the instrumentalists in his ensemble. "I earn the same as the second clarinet," he said simply, in a 2008 interview. Some conductors might bridle at Brüggen's approach, but I doubt they'd enjoy having to articulate why their work is so much more valuable than that of the musicians whose task it is to bring sound into the air.

AT ITS BEST, the musical connection between an orchestra and a conductor is a profound and mysterious thing. In those rare situations when an orchestra and a conductor understand each other completely, the relationship is neither democratic nor autocratic but symbiotic; it becomes impossible to tell who is doing what, who is leading whom.

Consider the question of how orchestras respond to a conductor's beat. A conductor gives the downbeat—but when, relative to the visible gesture, does the orchestra's sound speak? It can't be literally instantaneous. The conductor provides a physical impulse, which the players react to. And there is always a slight delay between the visual signal and the audible response.

Here's the odd thing: This delay is subtly different from orchestra to orchestra, occasion to occasion. No two orchestras react the same way to a conductor's gesture; the same orchestra might respond differently to different conductors, and even with the same conductor, the nature of the reaction will be different depending on what music is being played.

Who among the participants could explain exactly how this works? No one. Not the musicians of the orchestra, and not the conductor. If you were to ask any of the players, "How long, exactly, is the space between the visible gesture

img-85.jpeg

Stéphane Denève, 2013

MICHAEL P. FARRELL / ALBANY TIMES UNION / GETTY

The Atlantic

105


and the sound?,” I doubt you’d find one who would say, “Oh, our policy is that it’s about an eighth of a second.” Even the most basic action (how do we all know to start together?) is deceptively hard to account for.

Picture yourself sitting with your instrument in the middle of the orchestra, poised to make the evening’s first sound, to break the ice of that fraught pre-performance silence. Breaking a silence can be scary, and an orchestra’s ability to do so with confidence depends on a deep shared instinct for when it’s safe to jump. I have a colleague who played for a long time with the Berlin Philharmonic, a mighty ensemble whose addictively rich sound speaks with a special kind of roar that seems to well up from within the Earth. Each musician visibly digs deep, drawing on some shared inner reserve; the string section rocks and bobs as if steering through a high wind.

This tremendous effort tends, understandably, to cause a slight delay in the orchestra’s reaction time. At my colleague’s first rehearsal, when the conductor gave the downbeat, he played immediately; that was what he’d been trained to do in other orchestras. Embarrassingly, he was blatantly ahead of everyone else. A kindhearted fellow musician turned to him and said, in effect: Don’t look for where the beat is. Feel it with us. Just trust it; you’ll figure it out before long. And within a few rehearsals, my colleague found himself—in a way he couldn’t explain—reacting in tandem with the rest of the orchestra.

The conductor Carlos Kleiber, a wizard of the craft, exploited this ineffable psychological dynamic in a 1970 rehearsal, filmed with an orchestra in Stuttgart, Germany, of the overture to Carl Maria von Weber’s opera Der Freischütz. This piece begins with an ominous unison C-natural in the strings and winds, a note that swells from nothingness into velvety saturation before

leaping up an octave. Kleiber summons that initial note with the gentlest of gestures: First, with benedictory grace, he spreads his arms, leading the musicians to perhaps expect a generous downbeat. But at the crucial moment, after bringing his hands close together, he pauses for an instant, then tilts his hands barely—just barely—downward. There is no downbeat

A great conductor can help unleash a communal musical power that no individual could achieve in isolation.

to speak of, just this microscopic tilt, like a diver leaning slightly forward on a diving board without jumping. The musicians start to play, and Kleiber stops them almost immediately. The texture isn’t quite right; the sound has poked its head too abruptly out of the silence. In this situation, most conductors would offer a straightforward remedy—“Start softer,”

for instance, or “Take more time with the crescendo.” But Kleiber says something gnomic: “Let the others start. Always let your colleagues start.”

This is a paradoxical instruction. Kleiber asks every member of the orchestra to not play until the other musicians play. If everyone took this directive literally, no one would make any sound at all. But in reality, what he’s asking the musicians to do is to listen with absolute focus to their shared unconscious instinct. To say “Don’t play until your colleagues play” is to say Don’t play until we all feel, as a collective, that it is impossible not to play, that we’re all playing at the behest of a will not our own. He himself can’t be sure exactly how the sound will speak, but his job is to create conditions under which that subterranean intelligence, wiser than any one individual, can take hold. He restarts the piece, once again making only the subtlest of physical gestures, and this time the sound surges forth with the liquid force of a geyser.

At its best, this is what conducting can be. A great conductor can help unleash a communal musical power that no individual could achieve in isolation. It’s this kind of subtlety that refutes the all-too-easy comparison between conductors and demagogues. No doubt conductors, like despots, are required to possess a degree of charisma; in both cases, the leader’s success depends on rousing the collective energy of the people they oversee. But in music, unlike in politics—certainly unlike in American politics—that potent communal force can be channeled only if everyone involved knows how to listen with every cell of their being. When an orchestra and a conductor work together in this way, the power they summon might be described as the opposite of violence. A

Matthew Aucoin is a composer and conductor.

The Atlantic (ISSN 1072-7825), recognized as the same publication under The Atlantic Monthly or Atlantic Monthly (The), is published monthly by The Atlantic Monthly Group, 610 Water Street SW, Washington, DC 20024 (202-266-6000). Periodicals postage paid at Washington, D.C., Toronto, Ont., and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: send all UAA to CFS (see DMM 707.4.12.5); NONPOSTAL AND MILITARY FACILITIES: send address corrections to Atlantic Address Change, P.O. Box 37564, Boone, IA 50037-0564. Printed in U.S.A. Subscription queries: Atlantic Customer Care, P.O. Box 37564, Boone, IA 50037-0564 (or call +1 855-940-0585). Privacy: We occasionally get reports of unauthorized third parties passing as readers. If you receive a suspicious notification, please let us know at fraudalert@theatlantic.com. Advertising (646-539-6700) and Circulation (+1 855-940-0585); 610 Water Street SW, Washington, DC 20024. Subscriptions: one year $89.99 in the U.S. and post, add $10.00 in Canada, includes GST (123209926); add $20.00 elsewhere. Canada Post Publications Mail Agreement 41385014. Canada return address: The Atlantic, P.O. Box 1051, Fort Erie, ON L2A 6C7. Back issues: For pricing and how to order, see TheAtlantic.com/Backissues or call 410-754-8219. Vol. 358, No. 3, September 2026. Copyright © 2026, by The Atlantic Monthly Group. All rights reserved.

106

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


PROMOTION

img-86.jpeg

The Atlantic

INTRODUCING

Free Atlantic access for U.S. public high schools

Independent journalism to inspire the next generation of independent thinkers

img-87.jpeg

To learn more about how to sign up, scan the QR code.

TheAtlantic.com/hsaccess

img-88.jpeg


LOOK CLOSER

img-89.jpeg

Contrejour in the French Style

David Hockney, etching, soft-ground etching, aquatint, 1974

By Susan Tallman

David Hockney, who died at 88 in June, became famous as a young artist for imbuing 20th-century life with the formality and stasis of early Renaissance painting. His sharp-edged figures stand by the pool or sit by a coffee table in spaces as orderly as those in a Fra Angelico annunciation. The real world does not look so tidy, symmetrical, and enchanting. Except, very occasionally, when it does.

Contrejour in the French Style depicts a window at the Louvre that Hockney encountered shortly after moving to Paris in 1973. With its shade partly drawn, shutting out unwanted sunlight while giving a glimpse of garden, it was, he thought, “a picture in itself.”

Working from a drawing and some photographs, he rebuilt the found scene—tugging here, flattening there. His pathways and parterres are a streamlined echo of the nearby Tuileries, just as his balustrade is a compass-and-protractor enactment of the elegant original. The way the two receding diagonals intersect the wall, window, and walkway to converge at the tree line is an almost perfect diagram of single-point perspective. Hockney used visibly different etching techniques in different territories of the image—soft mats of color for the window blind, meticulous linear hatching for the floor, and splotchy, translucent color for the surrounding wall.

The formal garden, the parquet, the deep window setback, and the dappled wall (a nod to the pointillism of Georges Seurat) all wave the flag of “French Style,” with its distinct history of rules developed in the pursuit of beauty. Soon after Contrejour, Hockney’s own style shifted toward fragmented space, expressive brushwork, and episodic motion. This print, however, still exerts its wistful invitation to bask in quiet emotional weather, and notice the pictorial machinery he was about to dismantle. A

Susan Tallman, an art historian, is a contributing writer at The Atlantic.

© ESTATE OF DAVID HOCKNEY. EDITION OF 75. PHOTOGRAPH BY RICHARD SCHMIDT.

108

SEPTEMBER 2026

A


Gun injuries are the #1 cause of death for children and teens in the U.S.

Be part of the solution at AgreeToAgree.org

Source: Gun Violence in the U.S. 2023, Johns Hopkins Center for Gun Violence Solutions and Center for Suicide Prevention.

AGREE TO AGREE

ad COUNCIL


img-90.jpeg

HAUSER & WIRTH

MAX BECKMANN

SELF-PORTRAIT ON GREEN WITH GREEN SHIRT, 1938

Max Beckmann, Selbstbildnis auf Grün mit grünem Hemd (Self-Portrait on Green with Green Shirt), 1938, oil on canvas, 65-5 x 50mm, 65-1 x 49 mm, 3 Molds Right, Society (1938) New York / NY, Billerimah, Bison, Courtesy Private Collection, Germany. Photo: Gina Folly

🔍 解读视角:本篇基于现象学本质直观、法兰克福学派批判理论(阿多诺/哈贝马斯)与批判话语分析(CDA)传统展开。

制度与权力批判深度研判:The Atlantic (2026-09)

▌ 本日全报思想与文化深思雷达 (Intellectual & Cultural Significance Radar)

在系统通盘梳理本期报纸所涉及的报道后,以下 3 个具体事件在思想史、文化政治与制度伦理层面最值得学者进一步深思:

  1. 【学术界的“表演性承诺”与有色人种学者的异化】 [F2_20 🔍]

    • 事件简述:泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀 (Tyler Austin Harper) 讲述其离开缅因州贝茨学院 (Bates College) 终身制助理教授职位的经历,揭露该学院对社会正义的承诺具有“表演性”且最终被证明是虚伪的。
    • 思想文化深思切入点:探讨制度化的“包容”如何转化为一种新型的权力控制,即通过赋予形式上的身份可见性来掩盖实质上的学术等级制,导致个体在被“接纳”的同时被“客体化”。
  2. 【“减轻伤害”政策与社会绝望的悖论】 [F2_13 🔍]

    • 事件简述:部分城市实施的向成瘾者提供洁净针头和用药场所的“减轻伤害”政策,旨在减轻伤害,结果却造成了所谓的“僵尸末日”景象。
    • 思想文化深思切入点:分析治理逻辑中“生物政治”的局限性——当政策仅聚焦于维持生物意义上的生存(降低死亡率)而忽视了生活世界的意义重建时,治理本身是否成为了绝望的共谋。
  3. 【传统主义的兴起与权力权威的怀旧】 [F3_28 🔍]

    • 事件简述:分析指出传统主义者的兴起并非是对过去的真实还原,而是对现状的不满,其核心情绪是此前拥有定义社会权威的群体失去了权力。
    • 思想文化深思切入点:剖析“传统”如何被建构为一种“创世神话” [F3_26 🔍],用以掩盖权力结构变动带来的焦虑,以及这种叙事如何通过否认科学和独立思考来寻求安全感。

▌ 精选核心专题深度思想论证 (In-Depth Dialectical Monograph)

专题一:【可见性的陷阱:DEI 制度化过程中的客体化与学术异化】

在当代高等教育的治理逻辑中,多样性、公平与包容(DEI)政策被塑造为一种进步的伦理承诺。然而,泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀在贝茨学院的经历 [F2_20 🔍] 揭示了一个残酷的现实困境:当社会正义被转化为一种制度化的指标时,它极易演变为一种“表演性承诺”。在这种机制下,有色人种学者被聘用并非基于其学术主体性的认可,而是为了填补制度在视觉呈现上的“多样性缺口”。这种困境在于,学者在形式上获得了终身制职位的权力保障,但在实质上却被赋予了“花瓶”的角色 [F2_14 🔍],其存在本身成为了机构向外界展示其“进步性”的符号。

从话语策略来看,这种权力运作极其隐蔽。机构通过使用“包容”和“正义”等高尚词汇,将一种实质上的排斥包装成形式上的接纳。这种修辞将少数族裔学者置于一种双重 bind 中:如果他们接受这种安排,就成为了制度虚伪性的共犯;如果他们质疑这种安排,则可能被视为不符合机构的表演需求。这种权力运作在版面中被置于封面故事,暗示了这种个体异化已成为学术界一个具有普遍性的结构性危机。

引入批判理论关于“同一性思维”的视角,我们可以发现,DEI 政策在某种程度上将“多样性”本身同一化了。它不再关注个体作为独立思考者的差异,而是将个体简化为某种预设的身份标签。当一个黑人教授被视为“代表黑人群体”而非“代表其学术观点”时,他便从一个主体被还原为了一个客体。这种“可见性”并非解放,而是一种新型的禁锢——它通过赋予个体在视觉上的可见,实现了在思想上的不可见。

专题二:【权力权威的怀旧:传统主义作为一种权力补偿机制】

针对大卫·布鲁克斯关于传统主义与现代性关系的探讨 [F3_23 🔍],本期分析提供了一个深刻的认识论反转:传统主义的兴起并非是对某种失落的“伊甸园”的回归 [F3_26 🔍],而是一种基于现状的权力补偿机制。分析指出,传统主义者的核心诉求并非是对历史真实性的追求,而是对“定义社会如何运作的权威”的渴望 [F3_28 🔍]

在这种逻辑下,“传统”被建构为一种创世神话。通过将人类历史简化为“从和谐到堕落”的线性叙事,传统主义者试图将独立思考定义为“堕落”的开端 [F3_26 🔍]。这种叙事策略旨在通过建立一个不可质疑的既定权威,来消除现代性带来的不确定性。然而,这种安全感的追求实际上是对社会权力结构变动的防御性反应——随着边缘化群体获得更多权利,原有的权力中心通过诉诸“传统”来试图恢复其定义社会的垄断地位。

进一步分析可见,这种倾向与现代技术(如人工智能)带来的生存威胁密切相关 [F3_25 🔍]。当个体在经济适用房缺失、职位匮乏以及 AI 威胁等现实压力下感到无力时,他们更容易在传统机构中寻求心理安全感。这意味着,传统主义的吸引力并非源于其意识形态的逻辑自洽,而源于其能够为处于焦虑中的个体提供一个虚构的、稳定的“根植感”。

因此,真正的社会整合不能依赖于一个衰落的神话,而应基于“人人生而平等”这一奠基原则 [F3_29 🔍]。只有发展出一种能够涵盖所有群体的广泛叙事,才能将个体从对虚假传统的依赖中解放出来,转化为真正的公民归属感。


▌ 面向学者的开放性思想追问与研究路标 (Open Horizons for Scholarly Inquiry)

  1. 【关于制度化包容的悖论研究】:当一个制度将“多样性”作为一种可量化的 KPI 时,它在多大程度上不可避免地会导致对少数群体的二次客体化?是否存在一种非表演性的、能够真正整合主体差异的制度设计方案?
  2. 【传统主义的心理社会动力学研究】:探讨 AI 等颠覆性技术如何通过摧毁个体的职业安全感,进而推动人们向传统主义和原教旨主义回归的因果链条。
  3. 【叙事重建与公民认同研究】:在解构“衰落神话”后,如何构建一套既能提供“根植感”又符合现代平等原则的共同公民故事?
🔍 解读视角:本篇基于制度理性架构(Logos)与生活世界集体情感(Pathos)内在辩证机制展开。

理性与情感辩证深度研判:The Atlantic (2026-09)

▌ 本日全报生活世界痛感与情感政治深思雷达 (Lifeworld & Affective Significance Radar)

在系统通盘梳理本期报纸所涉及的报道后,以下 3 个具体事件在生活世界痛感、情感政治动员与制度理性冲突层面最值得学者进一步深思:

  1. 【学术界的“表演性正义”与少数族裔学者的异化】 [F2_20 🔍]

    • 事件简述:泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀 (Tyler Austin Harper) 在缅因州贝茨学院 (Bates College) 担任终身制助理教授期间,发现学院对社会正义的承诺仅停留在表演层面,最终选择辞职 [F2_20 🔍]
    • 情感政治与伦理深思切入点:探讨制度理性如何将“多样性”量化为一种组织装饰(Tokenism),而这种“花瓶”式的安置实际上是对个体学术尊严的剥夺,揭示了制度冷漠如何伪装成道德关怀 [F2_14, F2_20]
  2. 【芬太尼危机中的“伤害减轻”政策与社会绝望景象】 [F2_13 🔍]

    • 事件简述:部分城市实施的提供洁净针头和用药场所的政策旨在减轻伤害,但结果却造成了所谓的“僵尸末日”景象 [F2_12, F2_13]
    • 情感政治与伦理深思切入点:分析技术官僚的“减害理性”与底层生存状态中极端的“绝望痛感”之间的撕裂,探讨当制度理性放弃了“治愈”而仅追求“维持生存”时,如何反向加剧了社会空间的异化。
  3. 【传统主义回归与现代性焦虑的心理博弈】 [F3_24, F3_25]

    • 事件简述:大卫·布鲁克斯探讨反动主义者接管世界的现象,而评论者指出人们在人工智能 (AI) 等现代技术威胁下,倾向于在传统机构中寻求安全感 [F3_23, F3_25]
    • 情感政治与伦理深思切入点:剖析在算法虚无主义与经济不确定性面前,个体如何通过回归“传统主义”来对抗现代性的漂泊感,探讨“根植感”在当代社会心理重建中的矛盾作用 [F3_29 🔍]

▌ 精选核心专题理性与情感辩证论证 (The Dialectic of Logos and Pathos Monograph)

专题一:【量化正义的虚无:DEI 制度理性与少数族裔学术生存的异化辩证】

在当代高等教育的治理逻辑中,多样性、公平性与包容性(DEI)已演变为一套标准的技术官僚理性模型。这种模型将社会正义简化为可度量的指标——如教职员工的种族比例。从制度理性的角度看,这种量化管理旨在通过程序正义实现组织结构的“代表性”平衡。然而,这种追求效率的 Logos 却在无意中构建了一种极其冷酷的“表演性承诺”。当贝茨学院将泰勒·奥斯汀·哈珀安置在终身制助理教授职位上时,制度端将其视为一个达成多样性指标的成功案例,但在生活世界的微观层面,这种安置却将个体简化为了一个符号化的“花瓶” [F2_14, F2_20]

这种制度理性与生活世界痛感之间的摩擦,体现为一种深层的“被抛弃感”。哈珀所经历的并非是真正的接纳,而是一种被精心包装的边缘化:他发现学院对社会正义的承诺是“令人窒息且最终被证明是虚伪的” [F2_20 🔍]。这里存在一个残酷的辩证法:制度端越是强调其对社会正义的“承诺”,这种承诺在缺乏实质文化变革的情况下,就越显得虚伪。这种“去情感化”的行政语言与个体在校园中感受到的孤独、被工具化的痛感形成了剧烈反差。

最终,这种撕裂导致了学术信任的崩塌。当个体意识到自己仅仅是制度为了维持道德合法性而摆放的装饰品时,制度理性所追求的“和谐”便成了最深刻的异化。哈珀选择离开终身制职位,实际上是对这种虚伪理性的反抗,是对个体学术尊严的夺回。这证明了当制度理性完全脱离了对人类真实生存状态的体察,而仅将其作为数据点进行操弄时,它不仅无法实现正义,反而成为了制造新形式压迫的机器。

专题二:【安全基地的追寻:AI 时代的算法焦虑与传统主义的心理补偿】

在现代性进程中,效率理性驱动的技术进步旨在消除不确定性,但人工智能 (AI) 的崛起却制造了一种新型的、深层的存在主义焦虑。根据对大卫·布鲁克斯观点的讨论,现代人倾向于否认科学并在传统机构中寻求安全感,正是因为 AI 威胁到了人们的生活 [F3_25 🔍]。这里存在着一种深刻的辩证摩擦:技术理性在提供极致便利的同时,剥夺了人类在社会结构中的“根植感” (Rootedness) [F3_29 🔍]

传统主义的兴起并非简单的“历史倒退”,而是一种心理补偿机制。当个体在数字化、流动性的现代生活中感到漂泊时,他们试图通过构建一个“完美和谐的人类伊甸园”的神话来获得心理慰藉 [F3_26 🔍]。然而,这种回归往往隐藏着权力逻辑:许多传统主义者的诉求实际上是希望恢复其群体曾经拥有定义社会的权威 [F3_28 🔍]。这意味着,对“安全基地”的追求在情感层面是真实的,但在政治层面却可能演变为对边缘群体权利的剥夺。

因此,解决现代性焦虑的路径不在于盲目回归一个被美化的过去,而在于构建一种更广泛的、基于“人人生而平等”奠基原则的公民叙事 [F3_29 🔍]。真正的“根植感”不应建立在排他性的传统权威之上,而应建立在对国家完整故事的认同之中。这种从“狭隘传统”向“广泛归属”的转移,是试图在算法虚无主义与权力反动主义之间,寻找一条能够兼容现代理性与人类情感需求的第三条道路。


▌ 面向学者的伦理与社会心理开放性追问与研究路标 (Open Horizons for Ethical & Sociological Inquiry)

  1. 【关于“符号化正义”的制度伦理追问】:当组织通过量化指标(如 DEI 比例)来实现形式上的正义时,这种“指标化”如何在潜意识中强化了对边缘群体的刻板印象?我们能否构建一种非量化的、基于真实生活世界互动的“实质性包容”模型?

  2. 【关于“安全基地”与权力反动的社会学研究】:在 AI 彻底重构知识生产与就业市场的时代,人们对“传统”的心理依赖如何被政治力量操弄,从而转化为对民主制度的质疑?

  3. 【关于“减害理性”与社会空间异化的政治心理分析】:在公共卫生治理中,当“减轻伤害”的理性逻辑导致社会空间出现“僵尸末日”般的景象时,制度应如何在“维持生存”的底线与“重建生活”的愿景之间重新寻找平衡?